The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
FISCAL YEAR 1 9 8 2 Budget Revisions Additional Details on Budget Savings APRIL 1981 Presidential Message Introduction Table of Contents Budget Savings by Agency and Department Savings Affecting Many Agencies Appendices Indices. 3 5 11 16 387 401 415 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402 TO THE CONGRESS OF THE UNITED ST A TES On March' 10, 1981, J forwarded to the Congress a fully revised 1982 Budget with specific proposals for fiscal year 1981 and 1982 and clearly stated targets for 1983 through 1986. I have already submitted to the Congress the supplemental budget requests, rescissions and deferrals for 1981 and budget amendments for 1982 necessary for the Congress to act upon my proposals. My Budget Reform plan, first presented February 18th and submitted in detail on March 10th, was one of four parts of my comprehensive program for the Nation's economic recovery. The Budget plan called, for substantial budget savings and a redirection of Federal Government activities. It included more than 200 proposals for spending reductions, user charges and off-budget savings that are necessary to put the Federal Government on a path toward fiscal responsibility. We have already provided extensive information on the proposed budget savings. However, I want to be sure that the Congress and the American people fully understand the reasons for the planned budget savings. Accordingly, I have directed the Office of Management and Budget to compile a document to make available additional details on the specific savings proposals. I hope that this information will be useful to the various committees and subcommittees of the Congress as they consider my proposals. Ronald Reagan April 7,1981 THE WHITE HOUSE 3 Introduction The 1982 Budget Revisions submitted to the Congress by President Reagan on March 10, 1981, reaffirmed the Budget Reform Plan which he announced on February 18th as one of four parts of his program for the Nation's economic recovery. On February 18th, the President also announced his proposals for relief from excessive tax and regulatory burdens and a stable monetary policy.17 Budget Targets The 1982 Budget revisions placed before the Congress specific recommendations for actions needed now to reduce sharply the rate of government spending and to reduce and redirect the role of the federal government. The President's budget targets call for: • Actual 1980 1981 1982 Estimates 1983 _1984 1985 1986 520.0 600.3 650.3 709.1 770.7 849.9 940.2 579.6 655.2 695.3 732.0 770.2 844.0 912.0 -59.6 -54.9 -45.0 -22.9 0.5 5.9 28.2 Receipts 20.3 21.1 20.4 19.7 19.3 19.3 19.5 Target Outlays 22.6 23.0 21.8 20.3 19.3 19.2 19.0 Budget Totals Receipts (with tax cuts) Target Outlays ceiling Target surplus or deficit (-) • Percent of GNP Summary of Budget Savings Achieving these targets requires substantial budget savings. The 1982 Budget Revisions provided details on budget savings for 83 major policy and program changes that had been announced on February 18th and savings from over 200 additional budget reductions affecting nearly every department and agency of the Federal Government. 17 See following publications: Fiscal Year 1982 Budget Revisions, March, 1981, Office of Management and Budget; and Americas' New Beginning, A Program for Economic Recovery, February 18, 1981, The White House 5 The table below summarizes the savings proposed in the 1982 Budget revisions: Estimates (fiscal year) inbillions 1984 1985 50.1 61.4 70.2 77.3 6.7 8.4 12.4 16.4 18.5 4.8 41.4 58.5 73.7 86.6 95.8 L6 7.1 8.8 7.5 6.2 6.9 6.4 48.6 67.2 81.2 92.8 102.7 - Proposed user charges and other proposals c / 0.3 2.6 2.9 3.3 3.6 4.0 Total Budget Savings 6.6 '51.2 70.2 84.5 96.4 106.8 06 4.7 6.9 8.4 9.8 11.6 7.2 55.9 77.0 92.9 106.2 118.4 • 1981 1982 4.8 34.8 1983 1986 Outlays - Savings listed on February 18th ^ -Additional savings planned on Feb. 18 for March revision (but not specified) b / Subtotal - Further savings now proposed Total Outlays Savings • c/ Receipts • Off-Budget - Reductions now listed Total Savings ^Measured from the current policy base. b/ Measured from the January Carter Budget. C/ Includes savings also proposed in the Carter January Budget and, for that reason, not listed on the reductions table. These savings are: 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 Budget Outlays 0.3 8.2 9.1 9.7 11.1 11.5 Budget Receipts 0.2 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 The combined reductions announced on February 18th and March 10 will slow the rate of growth in Federal spending in 1982 from 11.6% to 6.1% Budget and Program Priorities and Criteria. The President decided that achievement of his budget targets will require an end to the proliferation of new Federal programs and a reversal of the trend toward greater Federal roles in planning and controlling economic and social decisions. He directed that all Federal programs be subjected to thorough scrutiny. However, in doing so he decided that: • A margin of safety must be created by rebuilding the Nation's defense capabilities. • The Social Safety Net of income security measures erected in the 1930's to protect the elderly (including cost of living protection for the elderly), unemployed, and poor, as well as veterans, must be maintained. Eight basic criteria were used in evaluating and making decisions on programs 1 Entitlement Programs must be revised to eliminate unwarranted beneficiaries and payments. 2 Subsidies and benefits for middle and upper income levels must be reduced. 3 Allocable costs of government programs must be recovered from those benefiting from the services provided, such as airports and airways, inland waterways and Coast Guard services to yacht and boat owners. 6 4 Sound economic criteria must be applied to economic subsidy programs such as synthetic fuels, Export-Import Bank loans, and subsidized loans. 5 Capital investments in public sector programs—such as highways, waste treatment plants and water resource projects—must be stretched out and retargeted. 6 Fiscal restraint must be imposed on programs that are in the national interest but are lower in priority than the national defense and safety net programs. Examples include NASA, National Science Foundation, and the National Institutes of Health, which would be allowed to grow at lower rates than planned. 7 Large numbers of categorical grants must be consolidated into block grants permitting less Federal administrative overhead, greater flexibility for State and local governments, greater efficiency in management and reduced overall costs. The principal examples are elementary and secondary education, and health and social services. 8 Federal personnel and overhead costs, and program waste and inefficiency must be reduced. Budget Outlays by Agency (in billions of dollars) Actual , 1980 1.2 0.6 0.1 7.5 24.6 3.8 132.8 3.2 13.1 6.5 194.7 12.6 4.4 2.6 29.7 1.9 19.0 76.7 5.6 Agency Legislative Branch The Judiciary Executive Office of the President Funds appropriated to the President Agriculture Commerce Defense—Military Defense—Civil Education Energy Health and Human Services Housing and Urban Development Interior Justice Labor State Transportation Treasury Environmental Protection Agency National Aeronautics and Space Administration Veterans Administration Office of Personnel Management Other agencies Allowances Undistributed offsetting receipts Total revised budget outlays Revised Budget Estimates 1981 1982 1.5 1.4 .0.7 0.7 0.1 0.1 6.1 6.1 20.7' 23.7 2.9 2.5 158.6 184.8 3.3 3.2 14.3 12.4 10.5 11.1 227.6 250.7 13.5 14.3 4.4 3.3 2.6 2.5 35.5 26.7 2.2 2.4 22.0 18.3 87.7 92.6 5.5 5.2 4.8 21.1 15.1 20.0 - - -21.9 579.6 7 5.3 22.3 17.9 19.4 — -29.3 655.2 5.9 23.6 19.9 14.1 1.8 -32.0 695.3 Budget Authority by Agency (in billions of dollars) Actual 1980 1.3 0.6 0.1 12.5 24.9 3.1 142.6 3.3 13.8 10.0 195.9 35.7 4.6 2.5 28.8 2.1 18.2 90.6 4.7 Agency Legislative Branch The Judiciary Executive Office of the President Funds appropriated to the President Agriculture Commerce Defense—Military Defense—Civil Education Energy Health and Human Services Housing and Urban Development Interior Justice Labor State Transportation Treasury Environmental Protection Agency National Aeronautics and Space Administration Veterans Administration Office of Personnel Management Other agencies Allowances Undistributed offsetting receipts Total budget authority Revised Budget Estimates 1981 1982 1.3 1.5 0.7 0.7 0.1 0.1 14.0 9.8 26.3 25.9 2.4 2.1 177.1 221.8 3.1 3.1 13.5 12.3 10.5 11.9 226.2 255.3 32.8 29.0 3.9 3.4 2.3 2.3 32.2 27.9 2.3 2.8 23.4 19.2 86.2 92.9 3.0 1.4 5.2 21.2 24.9 34.3 — -21.9 658.8 5.5 22.9 28.5 21.1 — -29.3 710.1 6.1 24.2 30.4 17.9 2.3 -32.0 772.4 Additional Details Now being Presented When the budget was reviewed, a large amount of information about existing programs was assembled and used in making decisions on proposed revisions. To aid in understanding the savings proposals, principal details about the progams have been summarized in the pages that follow for more than 200 planned changes. Briefly, each description shows: • Funding changes, compared to the Budget submitted to the Congress on January 15, 1981, by former President Carter. The funding information has been broken down to show changes due to reestimates and adjustments (e.g., for changes in economic assumptions or availability of later estimates) and to policy or program changes. (When savings proposals are included in both the Carter January Budget and the Reagan Budget, this is identified by a footnote.) • Description of the program being changed. • The proposed change. • The rationale for the change. • Key facts about the program. Most information is organized by department and agency. A detailed table of contents begins on page 11. Policy changes to achieve budget savings that affect many agencies begin on Page 387. A "key word" index begins on page 417. An index by budget reform criteria begins on page 425. And an index by functional code begins on page 433. 8 Additional Summary Information Appendices are also included which show: • Rescissions proposed and deferrals reported by President Reagan. • Programs being recommended for termination over 1981-1986. 9 Additional Details on Budget Savings TABLE OF CONTENTS Budget Savings by Agency and Department Department of Agriculture Page Child Nutrition, Summer Food Service Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) — Interest Rates ana Interest Waiver Changes — Storage Facility Loan Conservation Cost Sharing Farmers Home Administration — Business and Industry Loan Program — Direct Lending — Grant and Home Ownership Assistance * — Water and Sewer Loan Levels and Interest Rates Food Stamps Forest Service Reductions Nutrition Assistance for Puerto Rico Rural Electrification Administration (REA) — Community Antenna Television (CATV) Loans Elimination — Direct Lending Reductions (including elimination of FFB direct lending) — Telephone Bank Capital Stock Purchase Elimination Special Milk Program Special Supplemental Food Program for Women, Infants and Children User Charges for Grain Inspection and Cotton and Tobacco 21 23 25 27 29 31 34 36 37 39 41 43 44 46 48 49 50 Department of Commerce Economic Development and Title V Regional Commissions Programs Maritime Assistance: Construction and Operating Subsidies National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Land Remote Satellite Sensing (LANDSAT) National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Ocean Programs — Coastal Energy Impact Program (CEIP) — Coastal Zone Management (CZM) — Fisheries Management and Development — National Ocean Satellite System (NOSS) — Sea Grant Program Public Telecommunications Facilities Program Commerce: Summary of Small Items — Office of Productivity, Technology and Innovation (OPTI) — Minority Development Assistance — National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Weather/Research 55 57 59 61 61 61 61 61 65 66 66 66 Department of Defense — Military Defense Savings 71 Water Resources Programs Water Projects Unfunded Water Resource Development Construction Water Research and Technology Water Resources Council/Office of Water Policy Waterway and Port User Fees 11 75 76 77 78 80 Department of Education College Housing Loans Elementary and Secondary Education Block Grants Higher and Continuing Education Impact Aid Institute of Museum Services Library Programs National Institute of Education Special Population Programs Student Assistance Vocational Education Youth Initiative (see Labo"r) . 85 86 90 93 95 97 99 101 103 105 248 Department of Energy Alcohol Fuels/Biomass/Urban Waste Department of Energy Administration/Overhead Energy Conservation Programs Energy Information Activities Energy Regulation Energy Sciences Fossil General Science Magnetic Fusion Other Supply Solar Synthetic Fuels Uranium Enrichment 109 Ill 113 US 117 119 120 122 123 125 128 131 134 Department of Health and Human Services Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC) and Child Support Enforcement (CSE) Alcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental Health Administration (ADAMHA) Block Grants Cuban/Haitian, Domestic Assistance Health Maintenance Organizations Health Planning Health Professions Education Indian Health Service Medicaid, Cost-Effectiveness Increase National Center for Health Care Technology National Health Service Corps National Institutes of Health Office on Smoking and Health Professional Standards Review Organizations (PSROs) Public Health Service (Merchant Seamen) Hospitals and Clinics Public Health Service (PHS) Commissioned Corps Physician Bonuses Refugee Assistance, Domestic Social Security — Adult Student Payments — Disability Insurance — Minimum Payment Amount — Payments on a Worker's Death Supplemental Security Income 12 139 144 146,148,150 152 153 155 156 158 159 161 162 164 165 166 167 169 170 172 174 176 177 178 Department of Housing and Urban Development Administrative Expenses Community Development Block Grants (CDBG)/ Urban Development Action Grants (UDAG) Federal Housing Administration (FHA)/Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) Mortgage1Backed Securities Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) Tandem Mortagage Assistance Programs Housing Counseling Assistance Neighborhood Self-Help Development Planning Assistance Public Housing, Operating Subsidies Rehabilitation Loan Fund Research and Technology Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank Subsidized Housing — Summary — Program Level — Tenant Rent Contribution — Rental Assistance Payments — Indian Housing — Public Housing Moderanization 181 182 184 186 188 189 190 192 194 195 196 198 199 201 203 204 206 Department of the Interior Bureau of Indian Affairs, Operating and Construction Programs Fish and Wildlife Service Improved Targeting of Recreation and Conservation Expenditures Mineral Leasing Acceleration Payment in Lieu of Taxes Surface Mining Regulation and Reclamation Youth Conservation Corps (YCC) 209 210 212 214 216 217 219 Department of Justice Department Employment Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Program Termination 223 225 Department of Labor Black Lung Disability Trust Fund Comprehensive Employment and Training Act (CETA) — Employment and Training Grant Consolidation — National Programs — Public Service Jobs Employment Service Federal Employee Injury Compensation Program Trade Adjustment Assistance Unemployment Compensation for Ex-Servicemembers Unemployment Insurance — Extended Benefits — Regular Benefits Work Test Young Adult Conservation Corps (YACC) Youth Initiative 13 229 231 233 235 237 238 240 242 243 245 246 248 Department of State Conduct of Foreign Affairs 251 Department of Transportation Airport Construction Grant Program Airport and Airway Trust Fund AMTRAK Fare Subsidy Reduction Boat and Yacht User Fees (Coast Guard) CONRAIL Cooperative Automotive Research Program Great River Road, Federal Highway Administration Highway Construction Program, Federal Highway Administration Highway Safety Grants (402) Highway Safety Program (Research and Development, Regulations) Northeast Corridor Improvement Project Railroad Branchlines Railroad Restructuring Assistance Urban Mass Transit — Capital Assistance — Operating Assistance 255 257 259 262 264 266 267 268 271 272 274 276 278 280 282 Department of the Treasury Treasury Law Enforcement and Tax Administration Staffing 287 Environmental Protection Agency Clean Lakes, Great Lakes, Chesapeake Bay Program Reductions Energy Research and Development Regulatory Program Reductions (Agencywide) Superfund Wastewater Treatment Grants 291 293 294 295 297 National Aeronautics and Space Administration Reductions in Research and Development 301 Veterans Administration Beneficiary Travel Construction Projects Dental Treatment, Outpatient G.I. Bill — No Extension — Flight Training and Correspondence Training Insurance Loans Physicians' and Dentists', Bonuses Veterans Medical Program — Medical Care — Medical Staffing Veterans Readjustment Counseling Centers 307 308 309 310 311 312 314 316 317 319 Foreign Assistance Foreign Development Assistance — Multilateral Development Banks — International Organizations — Agency for International Development — P.L 480 — Food Aid. — Peace Corps — Common Fund for Commodities 323 325 328 329 330 331 332 14 Other Agencies ACTION (Domestic Programs) Appalachian Regional Commission (ARC) Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (ATBCB) Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB) Subsidy Elimination Community Services Administration (CSA) Consumer Product Safety Commission Corporation for Public Broadcasting Council on Wage and Price Stability: Wage and Price Standards Program District of Columbia — Borrowing from the U.S. Treasury Executive Office of the President: Resources Export-Import Bank Federal Emergency Management Agency — Flood Insurance Program Federal Trade Commission — General Staff Reductions General Services Administration — Building Construction — Historic Publication and Records Commission Grants — Sales of Excess Materials from the National Defense Stockpile — Federal Protective Service International Communication Agency Legal Services Corporation National Consumer Cooperative Bank National Endowments for the Arts and Humanities National Science Foundation Office of Personnel Management — Annual Indexation of Civil Service Retirement Annuities — Intergovernmental Personnel Act Grant Program Postal Service Railroad Retirement Board Small Business Administration — Business Credit Assistance — Disaster Loan Assistance — Summary of Small Items Small Business Development Center Women's Business "8a" Minority Procurement Program: Business Development Expenses Student Loan Marketing Assoication (SLMA) 335 336 338 340 342 343 344 346 347 348 349 351 352 354 356 357 359 361 362 364 366 369 371 373 374 376 378 380 382 382 382 382 384 Savings Affecting Many Agencies Savings Due to Reduction in Regulations Reductions of Federal Civilian Employment Revision of Federal Pay Comparability Standard and Related Savings Davis-Bacon and Service Contract Acts ! 389 390 396 398 Appendices I. Rescissions and Deferrals II. Programs Being Recommended for Termination over 1981-1986 403 411 Indices I. Key Word Index by Program II. Budget Reform Criterion Index III. Functional Index 417 425 433 15 Budget Savings by Agency and Department 17 Department of Agriculture 19 Child Nutrition Programs1/ Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 605 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: 1 7 Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: 2 7 Budget Authority Outlays 3737 3727 Budget Reform Criterion: 2,6 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 4661 4324 5169 4810 5609 5225 6049 5642 6484 6053 -155 -85 -344 -545 -450 -667 -565 -801 -689 -939 -2173 -2051 -2291 -2161 3311 2790 3504 2953 2,682 2,533 2,811 2,653 PROGRAM CHANGES: 3 7 -35 -1768 -1911 -2053 Budget Authority Outlaxs -1651 -1806 -1939 REAGAN BUDGET: 2914 3702 2738 3106 Budget Authority 3727 2459 Outlays 2588 2619 1/ Includes funds transferred and available from the Section 32 permanent appropriation. 2/ Includes savings associated with nutrition consolidated grant for Puerto Rico. 3/ The Carter budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: Budget Authority Outlays -35 2,221 2,080 2,381 2,251 2,535 2,395 1985 1986 Program Description The Child Nutrition appropriation finances a variety of programs: school lunches and breakfasts, child care meals, summer meals, snacks, nutrition education, equipment assistance, and State administrative expenses. The lunch, breakfast, and child care programs subsidize all meals served, but the subsidy amounts vary in three tiers by household income level. The summer program is fully subsidized for all recipients. In recent years, large supplemental requests — $100 to $300 million — have been commonplace to finance costs of subsidized meals claimed by States. Proposed Change At present, the Federal Government provides subsidies in three different categories (cash, commodities, and special cash assistance) to school districts that agree to provide free meals to the lowest-income students (those below 125% of the poverty line), and reduced-priced meals to those with sHghtly higher incomes (between 125% and 195% of the poverty line). The basic cash and commodity subsidies are distributed to schools based on the total number of children participating in the meal program, regardless of income level. The result is a subsidy, equal to about 50% of the purchase price of meals served to middle- and upper-income students— many of whom come from families with very high incomes. Given the need to focus Federal benefits on those truly in need, the Administration will propose legislation to focus subsidies on the lower-income groups. The summer feeding program, which has been riddled with abuse and fraudulent claims will be proposed for termination. Other nonessential activities funded under this account will also be terminated, including funds to purchase new school food service equipment, nutrition education and training grants to States, subsidized snacks, and all subsidies to schools with high tuitions. The base and special subsidies for both free and reduced price meals will be annually indexed in future years from 1982 levels for price changes in the currently authorized indices. Finally, schools will begin to verify the income eligibility of students claiming full or partial meal subsidies. 21 Rationale By focusing Federal meal subsidies on children from families in need, Federal costs will be reduced by over 35% next year, or by more than $9 billion by 1986. At the same time, continued full and partial Federal subsidies for lower income students will help to ensure that these students have access to adequate nutrition at school. Administratively, these changes will reduce the existing complexity of over 20 subsidy rates that vary by income level, type of meal, and type of institution claiming the subsidy. Elimination of activities collateral to funding nutrition subsidies for the needy moves away from inappropriate Federal involvement in State and local school administration. Key Facts About the Program • Full subsidies will continue for over 10 million needy participating children under the Administration's "proposal; Federal subsidies will end for 14.5 million middle and upper income students whose familes' income exceed $15,630 per year. • Grand jury indictments were handed down in March 1981 for fraud in New York City's summer feeding program, evidence of the continued abuse of that program. • Federal funding has grown dramatically on a portion of school meal financing. 22 CCC Interest Rates and Interest Waiver Changes Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 351 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Outlays Funding ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 CARTER BUDGET: 618 912 582 PROGRAM CHANGES: -84 -212 REAGAN BUDGET: 534 700 1985 1986 655 684 714 -229 -254 -284 -316 353 401 400 398 *Budget Authority is excluded because it bears no relation to individual programs. Program Description A generally understood price support policy is that the interest rate charged on all Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loans will be equal to the Treasury interest rate charged to CCC. (Also known as CCC's cost of borrowing.) In practice, however, farmers have been charged interest rates below the CCC cost of borrowing in recent years. For three-year grain reserve loans, the Congress mandated in a 1980 amendment that all interest be waived. Before that, USDA/CCC used discretionary authority to waive interest for the second and third years of the reserve and charged interest for the first year. Proposed Change Interest which is due on all CCC loans will be charged at the CCC cost of borrowing rate. Legislation is being submitted to eliminate the mandate that interest be waived on the first year of 1981 crop grain reserve loans only. • This action does not affect the 1980 crop. • Interest will still be waived for the second and third years of the loan. • Reserve loans would still receive higher-than-usual loan rates and extra payments for storage costs. • The reserve program for the 1982 and beyond crops will be part of the Administration's comprehensive farm program. Rationale The CCC cost of borrowing is well below commercial interest rates. Charging farmers interest at CCC cost of borrowing will still provide farmers credit with terms much better than can be found in the private market, while reducing Federal costs. Restoring the ability to charge first year interest on 1981 crop reserve loans will help reduce CCC operating costs without adversely affecting grain reserve participation. • Grain reserve loans provide higher loan rates than regular loans. • The Federal Government pays storage costs for reserve loans but not for regular loans. • Interest will still be waived for the second and third years of the reserve. • When interest was charged in the first year, the reserve still received tremendous participation. • Now, even with all interest waived, virtually no feed grains remain in reserve. Generally, participation is not a function of interest charged, but of commodity market conditions. 23 Key Facts About the Program For the regular loan programs, CCC was lending funds to farmers at 11.5% interest at the same time it was paying 15% interest to the Treasury for these funds. When Congress waived all reserve loan interest, interest-free credit during a year when there was a This created the opportunity for CCC borrowers Market or other short-term investments. This was original purpose of a grain reserve. many farmers used the reserve for short-term high probability that the reserve would be called. to place interest-free Federal loans into Money truly an abuse of the reserve system, warping the The following table provides the outlay savings for each action: CARTER BUDGET: Program Changes: Interest on regular loans Reserve loan interest waiver Subtotal, changes REAGAN BUDGET: 1981 618 1982 912 Net Interest Costs ($ in millions) 1983 1984 582 655 -4 -80 -84 534 -45 -167 -212 700 -49 -180 -229 353 24 -54 -200 -254 401 1985 684 -59 -225 -284 400 1986 714 -66 -250 -316 398 CCC Storage Facility Loans Agency: Department of Agriculture Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Functional Code: 351 Outlays Funding 1981 1982 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 CARTER BUDGET: 210 150 150 150 150 150 PROGRAM CHANGES: -25 -100 -110 -120 -130 -150 REAGAN BUDGET: 185 50 40 30 20 — *Budget Authority is excluded because it bears no relation to individual programs. Program Description USDA (Commodity Credit Corporation) provides loans to farmers of up to $100,000 each to cover at least 75% of the cost of building or renovating storage and drying facilities, usually for grain, rice, or soybeans. These provisions, enacted in 1977, expire at the end of 1981, at which time a permanent mandate for grain (only) storage facilities will exist. Proposed Change 1981 and 1982 outlay reductions will be achieved administratively — • maximum loan coverage will be reduced from Carter policy of 85% to statutory minimum of 75%; and • repayment terms will be reduced from Carter policy of 8 years to 5 years. Outyear reductions above $100 million are contingent upon elimination of permanent statutory mandate. The Administration's farm bill will change the mandate to discretionary authority, allowing a phased termination over several years. Rationale Excess crop storage has existed for three years and is expected to continue — • in 1979, a year of abundant supply, excess storage existed; • in 1980, a year of low supply, excess storage doubled; and • the recent drought and projected high grain demand indicate increased excess storage. By proposing elimination of the permanent statutorily mandated program, the Administration will be able to conduct a discretionary program, with terms equivalent to commercial credit, at reduced costs and with a phased elimination over five years, to be completely eliminated in FY 1986. The Administration will continue a smaller-scaled program in order to alleviate specific localized problems in those few States where adequate storage capacity may still be lacking. Key Facts About the Program USDA analysis of storage availability as of October 1, 1980 showed a national surplus capacity of 3.8 billion bushels. Only 2 States showed minor deficits which in fact may not exist at all since the assumption was made that all late harvested (after October 1) crops (corn, soybeans, and sorghum) were in storage as of October 1, 1980. 25 The following table presents an overview of the situation: Storage Availability (in billions of bushels) 1979 (Good Production Year) Supply of Stocks for Storage Storage Capacity: Off-farm On-farm Total Excess Storage Capacity States Still Experiencing Major Deficits in Capacity: Indiana Kentucky Michigan Montana Ohio 26 1980 (Bad Production Year) 15.6 14.7 7.2 106 17.8 2.2 7.3 1L2 18.5 3.8 -.067 -.068 +.003 -.018 -.105 +.005 +.044 -.038 +.143 -109 Conservation Cost-Sharing Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 302 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS:* Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 212 228 215 200 234 251 — — — 212 228 1985 1986 254 244 272 260 290 280 -19 -10 -39 -25 -57 -42 -74 -58 -55 -15 -55 -31 -55 -38 -55 -46 -55 - 54 160 185 160 210 160 181 160 172 160 167 *Effect of eliminating allowance for inflation from discretionary programs. Program Description Three cost-sharing programs administered by the Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service (ASCS) are included. • The Agricultural Conservation Program (ACP) provides cost-shares to farmers and ranchers to establish conservation practices on agricultural land for erosion control, water conservation, point and nonpoint pollution control, rural water quality improvements, forestry and wildlife enchancement and energy conservation. • The Water Bank Program (WBP) provides cost-shares to landowners for maintaining, improving and increasing water-fowl habitat in migratory water-fowl nesting and breeding areas of the United States and land for leasing rent to protect wetlands. • The Forestry Incentives Program (TIP) provides cost-share and technical assistance for tree planting and timber stand improvement (TSI) to increase supplies of timber products. Proposed Change • ACP (-$40 million). The reduction leaves $150 million for annual and long-term agreements for cost-sharing for conservation and pollution abatement measures on 8.9 million acres. • WBP (-$10 million). The reduction eliminates funding for the program. • FIP (-$5 million). The remaining $10 million would support planting 120,000 acres and TSI on 85,000 acres. Rationale The imposition of fiscal restraint on other programs of national interest is a necessary part of the Administration's overall effort to reduce Federal expenditures. Many programs that are in the national interest but which cannot be accorded an urgent priority must be reduced. Cost-sharing for soil and water conservation and forestry development programs on private lands are among these kinds of programs. Key Facts About the Program In the case of ACP there is evidence that the targeting of the public cost-sharing investment to intensively eroding areas could conserve more soil at less cost. About 84% of all excess sheet and rill erosion on agricultural land is concentrated on that 4% of the acreage that is eroding at rates of over 14 tons per acre annually. The ACP evaluation found that in the 171 sample counties for the nine erosion control practices studied, land suffering sheet and rill erosion at rates in excess of 14 tons per acre annually received only 21% of the sample practices. More than 52% of the sample practices were 27 installed on lands eroding at rates of less than 5 tons per acre annually. Practice installation costs per ton of erosion reduction decline rapidly as the pre-assistance rate of erosion increases. In the case of WBP, the public's investment in leasing of wetlands for water-fowl habitat protection and development provides only temporary protection at increasing costs. Technical assistance to private landowners interested in investing in wildlife development is available. Landowners were assisted on 2.6 million acres in FY 1980. In addition the Migratory Bird Conservation Fund in the Department of the Interior (DOI) will spend $16 million in FY 1982 for acquisition of wetlands for bird and waterfowl production areas. This will add to the almost 30 million acres currently included in the National Waterfowl Refuge System. An additional 1.6 million acres of wetlands are protected under the wetlands acquisition or easement program administered by the Fish and Wildlife Service of the DOI and about 5.1 million acres of wetlands provide local benefits under State control. In the case of FIP, it has not been demonstrated that the market is unable to allocate resources for timber production efficiently. Indeed, it is questionable that work accomplished through this program is additional to that which would be accomplished in the absence of Federal assistance. What is clear is that some costs of private investment are shifted to the public. 28 Farmers Home Administration Business and Industry Loan Program Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 351 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Loan Guarantee Commitments Funding CARTER BUDGET: 1981 1982 741 500 PROGRAM CHANGES: REAGAN BUDGET: 741 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 500 500 500 500 -500 -500 -500 -500 -500 0 0 0 0 0 Program Description The Business and Industry (B&I) loan program provides guaranteed loans to individuals, public and private organizations and Indian tribes to finance projects to improve the economy of rural areas. The Carter budget proposed, for 1982 and beyond, a program level of $500 million, $241 million lower than the 1981 level. Legislation restricts this program to communities of 50,000 or less with primary emphasis on serving communities of 25,000 or less. (From 1974-1980, 53.8 percent of the B&I projects were located in communities of 5,000-10,000 people). As currently administered, FmHA may guarantee up to 90 percent of the principal on privately originated loans. There is no statutory limit on the size of individual loans (the average loan size was $820,000 in 1979). The interest rate on the loan is negotiated between the borrower and the lender, with the lender paying a 1 percent fee which may be passed on to the borrower. Repayment terms vary as follows: 1) 30 years for land, buildings and permanent fixtures, 2) 15 years for machinery and equipment, and 3) 7 years for working capital. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to terminate guaranteed B&I lending in 1982. Rationale The proposal to terminate the B&I loan program is consistent with the premise that it is more appropriate for private capital to finance these types of rural development projects rather than affect the resource allocation and interest charges through Federal guarantees. Since B&I loans are made to many credit-worthy applicants, it has not been demonstrated that private lenders would not finance such projects without Federal guarantees. Accordingly, there is no evidence that rural development will be significantly affected by the elimination of this program. (Local banks that sold die guarantees in the secondary market were the program's primary beneficiaries.) Termination of this program is also consistent with the Administration's plan to return FmHA to its original role of lender of last resort in the areas of farm credit, housing and certain community projects. Key Facts About the Program Defenders of the B&I program argue that since the loans are guaranteed, the Government does not incur any expenses unless a loan defaults. Defenders also point to the low default rate (traditionally, less than 3 percent of the funds lent in any one year have defaulted). Further, only $41M in actual losses have been paid out through December 31, 1980. However, lately, FmHA has purchased a number of loans from banks which are over 60 days delinquent in payment and are treated as defaults by banks. In such cases, the bank believes that the loan cannot be brought current, and the holder is directed to FmHA. Consequently, FmHA executes the guarantee and buys back the loan, for servicing as a direct FmHA loan. 29 The chart below illustrates the trend in secondary market purchases of B&l loans by FmHA. ($ in millions) 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 (est.) 1982 (est.) 4.7 2.2 34.9 70.5 100.0 102.0 A significant amount of staff time is devoted to making and servicing these highly complex loan projects. Termination of the program will enable FmHA to concentrate more of its staff resources on servicing its existing portfolio of loans, and in serving in its traditional role of lender of last resort for agricultural credit, low income housing, and selected community facilities loans. 30 Farmers Home Administration Direct Lending Functional Code: 351,371,453 Agency: Department of Agriculture Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Direct Loan Obligations: PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority* Outlays Direct Loan Obligations: REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Direct Loan Obligations: Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1982 1985 1986 1,056 -1,205 12,990 3,644 2,557 10,237 3,049 2,952 10,237 3,454 3,232 10,237 3,764 3,490 10,237 3,870 3,652 10,237 -30 -565 -110 -2,354 -30 -179 -2,354 -105 -255 -2,354 -179 -331 -2,354 -255 -407 -2,354 1,056 -1,235 12,425 3,644 2.447 7,883 3,019 2,773 7,883 3,349 2,977 7,883 3,585 3,159 7,883 3.615 3,245 7,883 * Budget authority funds the operations of three revolving funds which finance these programs and has no direct relationship to direct loan obligation levels. Program Description The FmHA administers a broad range of rural credit programs for agriculture, housing, and community facilities. In the January Budget, direct loan commitments for all of these purposes totaled $12,990 million in 1981 and $10,237 million in 1982. For 1982, agricultural credit accounts for approximately $5 billion, housing $4.4 billion, and community facilities $835 million in 1982. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to reduce 1981 direct loan obligations by $565 million. The chart below describes the programs affected by this reduction: $M $M Number of Loans 1981 Budget 1981 Proposed Number of Loans Farm ownership 870 10,563 790 9,592 Moderate income homeownership 825 22,400 509 13,820 Water and sewer 750 1,777 590 1,398 110 2,276 101 2,053 Other agricultural credit loans The proposed change will include the following direct loan programs in FY 1982: Loan Level (SM) Farm ownership Number of Loans 700 7,650 Farm operating 1,325 39,200 Emergency disaster 1,600 30,890 44 1,690 Soil and Water Conservation 31 Loan Level (SM) Number of Loans 2,300 67,000 Moderate income housing 500 19,500 Rural rental housing 870 1,210 24 6,960 Water and waste 300 646 Community facilities 130 306 Resource Conservation and Development Low income housing Very low income housing repair OTHER CHANGES: Legislation is being proposed to eliminate interest subsidies for the following programs: farm ownership, emergency disaster and moderate income housing loans. Legislation is also being proposed to increase the interest rate for water, sewer and community facility loans to the municipal borrowing rate. Finally, legislation is being proposed to eliminate emergency (disaster) loans to applicants who can obtain credit elsewhere. Rationale FmHA was created to be a lender of last resort. Individual farmers and rural residents were the primary clientele. Interest rates originally approximated the prevailing market, even though some were subject to a statutory ceiling. Recently, FmHA's role has changed. Through a variety of programs including the economic emergency, disaster loan, and the business and industry loan programs, the agency has offered loans without applying the credit elsewhere test. Further, substantial increases in prevailing market rates of interest have widened the gap between the rates charged by private lenders, the rates charged by Treasury and those offered by FmHA. This proposal is part of a government-wide effort to reduce Federal involvement in credit markets and channel those able to obtain credit toward private lenders.' Key Facts About the Program The major programs affected by the budget revisions are discussed below: AGRICULTURAL CREDIT: Farmownership loans • Subsidized interest rates, low down payments (FmHA currently requires no down payment), and long repayment periods (FmHA currently offers 40 years) provide an incentive to pay higher prices for farm land. Eliminating interest subsidies and reducing the size of the Farm Ownership program should reduce somewhat inflationary pressures on land prices. • Recent changes in the statutory authorities of the Farm Credit Administration (FCA) will increase its role in serving young and beginning farmers. (FCA is a Federally-chartered agency that obtains all of its financing from the private market.) • FmHA has not been a major source of farm real estate debt. As of January 1, 1981, FmHA held only 9.4 percent or $9 billion of all farm real estate debt outstanding. The major suppliers of such credit are the Federal Land Banks (a part of the Farm Credit System) which hold 38 percent or $36.6 billion of this type of debt. 32 Farm Operating Loans • A level of $1,325 million will be proposed for FY 1982 which compares to only $850 million available for FY 1981. The increased funding is intended in part to provide credit to farmers who may have received financing under the Economic Emergency Loan program which is expiring at the end of 1981. • Action will be taken administratively to increase the interest rate on operating loans to limited resource farmers from 7 percent to the Cost of Treasury borrowing. • FmHA holds 15.4% or $13 billion of farm nonreal estate debt outstanding as of January 1, 1981. Commercial banks and the Farm Credit System held the major share of nonreal estate debt (37 percent and 25 percent respectively). Emergency Disaster Loans • Legislation will be proposed to eliminate from eligibility for Emergency (Disaster) loans those borrowers who can obtain credit elsewhere. Traditionally, this FmHA program has been limited to those who cannot obtain credit elsewhere. However, eligibility was expanded through legislation enacted last year. Returning to a program open only to those who cannot obtain credit elsewhere will provide for a reduction in the 1982 loan level from $2 Billion to $1.6 Billion. Limiting eligibility to only borrowers who cannot obtain credit elsewhere returns the Farmers Home Administration to its original role as a lender of last resort. • Legislation will also be proposed to increase the interest rate on actual loss loans to noncredit worthy borrowers from 5 percent to the Cost of Treasury borrowing. • Subsidized disaster loans have led farmers to borrow more heavily than might otherwise be the case. • These legislative proposals would be implemented together with administrative procedures to reduce obligations under the Emergency (Disaster) program. For example, applicants for loss loans would be required to purchase crop insurance to cover that portion of the yield used as collateral on the loss loan (this action is expected to reduce substantially the demand for emergency loans in the future). RURAL HOUSING: Low Income Homeownership Loans • In 1982, the amount of homeownership loans to low income families (incomes below $11,200) will be maintained at the 1981 level. Moderate Income Homeownership Loans • In 1982, the amount of homeownership loans for moderate income families* (incomes from $11,201-$15,600) will be reduced from $802 million to $500 million. This proposed level is just slighdy below the loan level actually used in 1980 ($585 million). • The proposed reduction will not significantly change the way in which the homeownership program has been operated. Rather, it reflects the repeal of a recently enacted statutory change that would have reduced the interest rate on loans to moderate income families from about 13 percent (currently) to as low as 3 percent. Implementation of the legislation would have resulted in a substantial increase in demand for loans. RURAL DEVELOPMENT: • In 1982, the Water and Waste Disposal Loan program will be reduced from $575 million to $300 million. This loan level will result in a loan-to-grant ratio of 3:1 which is more appropriate than the 6:1 ratio contained in the Carter budget. Generally, the wealthier communities that would qualify for loans without grants would be affected by the proposed reduction in loan level. • The Administration will support legislation which has already been submitted to the Congress to increase the interest rate on community facility and water and waste disposal loans. The proposal would repeal the 5 percent interest rate ceiling and replace it with a rate based on the municipal bond market. Funding of the loan and grant programs for water and waste disposal are contingent upon enactment of on the proposed legislation. 344-211 33 0-81-2 Farmers Home Administration Grant and Home Ownership Assistance Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 371 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 11 12 108 13 109 14 -5 -4 -108 -11 -109 -14 6 8 2 1985 1986 109 15 110 18 110 20 -109 -15 -110 -18 -110 -20 Program Description Includes home ownership assistance grants ($100 Million), rural development planning grants ($6 Million), and rural housing supervisory assistance grants ($2 Million). Proposed Change Funding for the programs is to be terminated effective April 1, 1981. Rationale Congress did not appropriate funds for the Home Ownership Assistance Program (HOAP) in either 1980 and 1981. The $100 Million Carter budget request for 1982 only would fund an experimental program involving less than 900 units. The annual cost of subsidizing units under HOAP would be slightly less than under the rural rental assistance program. However, the major disadvantage to HOAP, is that assistance would be provided to individual owner occupants while rental assistance payments finance a unit which may be occupied by several different tenants over the life of the contract. Further, HOAP would be limited, by law, to areas where it is not feasible to construct rental housing for low income families. Elimination of funding for the other relatively small grant programs (e.g., rural planning, and supervisory housing assistance) would have little, if any, effect on rural communities in general. Few communities receive any of the limited funding currently available. Key Facts About the Program Summary of FmHA Grant Programs 1982 1981 January Budget Home Ownership Assistance Grants (HOAP) Rural Development Planning Grants Rural Housing Supervisory Assistance Grants Other TOTAL - Reagan Revisions - - January Budget Reagan Revisions 100 - 0 - 5 3 2 4 1 2 11 6 34 6 0 2 - - 108 0 - - 0 • HOAP provides a supplemental grant to very low income families who could not afford the mortgage payments of a 1 percent FmHA home ownership loan. Congress authorized this program three years ago but did not appropriate funds. • Although the Administration is not proposing HOAP, very low income rural families may be assisted through the following four existing FmHA programs: ($ in millions) Rental Housing Rental Assistance Home Ownership Repair Loans Home Ownership Repair Grants 1981 1982 918 403 24 25 870 398 24 25 • The Rural Supervisory Assistance Grant Program finances organizations that counsel low income rural households on Federal eligibility requirements filing applications for assistance, etc. Since the FmHA loan level is proposed to be reduced significantly, agency staff will have more time to counsel applicants and borrowers. • The rural planning grant program finances planning and technical assistance projects which are not considered priority activities. 35 Farmers Home Administration Water and Sewer Loan Levels and Interest Rates Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 352 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Direct loan obligations Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Direct loan obligations Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Direct loan obligations Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6,4 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 750 9 575 14 575 16 -160 -2 -275 -4 590 7 300 10 1985 1986 575 17 575 20 575 25 -275 -5 -275 -6 -275 -7 -275 -9 300 11 300 11 300 13 300 16 •Outlays represent the cost of interest subsidies calculated as the difference between Treasury borrowing costs and the rate charged to borrowers. Program Description The water and sewer loan program finances projects in communities of 10,000 people or less. The Carter budget proposed a loan level of $575 million which would support approximately 1,238 loans. Proposed Change The Reagan budget assumes the following two changes in the water and sewer loan program: • a reduced 1982 program level of $300 million which would support 646 loans. This loan level, retained in the outyears, results in a 3 to 1 ratio of loans to grants; • support for a proposal in the Carter budget to raise the 5 percent interest rate to the average muncipal bond rate charged on similar types of projects. Rationale The proposed program level reduction preserves the 3 to 1 ratio of loans to grants and directs assistance to those communities that are too poor to afford water or waste systems without a grant. This focus on the poorest communities is consistent with the Agency's original role as lender of la"st resort. The increase in the interest rate on water and waste loans will reduce Federal outlays and the demand for these loans from those communities that can participate in the municipal bond market. This proposal will not prevent those communities unable to obtain credit from constructing necessary water and waste facilities; it will, however, pass on to such communities the cost of these facilities. The Administration believes that this proposal will result in sounder public investment decisions and more equitable and undistorted resource allocation. Key Facts About the Program The 5 percent rate for water and sewer loans was established in 1968 when the cost of borrowing was only 6.25 percent. There is no analytical basis for retaining this subsidized rate when FmHA currently is paying 13.82 percent to borrow from the Federal Financing Bank. 36 Food Stamps Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 605 Funding 1981 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 (S in millions) 1983 1984 CARTER BUDGET: 14289 11084 12882 15278 Budget Authority 15164 12722 14181 10950 Outlays 1/ REESTTMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: -1409 -2280 -2880 Budget Authority -1394 Outlays -2266 -2861 PROGRAM CHANGES: 27 Budget Authority -1717 -1927 -150 -2369 Outlays -1917 -2357 -149 -1700 REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority 10934 10082 9756 10029 Outlays 10801 9946 9628 9998 1/ Includes savings due to consolidation of food stamps with other nutrition programs for Puerto Rico. v 1985 1986 16008 15889 16706 16582 -3261 -3239 -3806 -3781 -2533 -2520 -2660 -2647 10214 10130 10240 10154 The Carter Budget already included sayings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 1984 1982 1983 1985 1981 -2,204 -2,943 -150 Budget Authority -2,646 -2,938 -2,182 -2,632 -2,923 -149 -2,928 Outlays 1986 -2,992 -2,977 Program Description Food stamps subsidize the food purchases of low income households. e Each household meeting eligibility requirements — a net income test, a disposable assets test, and a'work requirement for able bodied persons — receives stamps redeemable for food. Monthly stamp allotments may be household size and net income level. Allotments are annually indexed to changes in USDA's Thrifty Food Plan. Proposed Change In accordance with the Administration's efforts to target assistance to the most needy families, and to restrain the uncontrolled growth of entitlement spending, major changes will be proposed in the food stamp program. For a family of four, eligibility will be limited to those whose gross income is less than $11,000 per year — about $900 per month. Under current law, similar families with income in excess of $14,000 annually are eligible for food stamps. Overlapping school meal and food stamp subsidies will be eliminated. Benefit calculations will be based on actual recent earnings or payments rather than projected earnings or payments. A recipient's initial allotment will be prorated to ensure that the benefits provided are more equivalent to the number of days in the month for which assistance is needed. Liberalized allotment levels and income deductions scheduled to take effect in the next fiscal year will be repealed. Tightened administration and program monitoring will yield additional savings through reduced overhead costs, and through the elimination of payment errors and food stamp fraud. Rationale These changes will help to refocus the food stamp program on its original purpose — to ensure adequate nutrition for America's needy families. The combined effect of food stamp's current prospective income test and high deductions from income has been to divert the food stamp program away from this original purpose toward a generalized income transfer program, regardless of nutritional need. By restructuring food stamps to complement other nutrition programs and targeting funds on those whose low income prevent them from maintaining an adequate diet, significant savings can be achieved while ensuring that needy families have the resources to meet their nutritional needs. 37 These changes are also designed to eliminate anomalies found in the present program, where families with high annual income are nevertheless eligible for food stamps during short, temporary periods of unemployment. The present program also permits those with relatively high incomes to take higher deductions for shelter and child care expenses than lower-income families. The Administration's program would remove 400,000 such households from the rolls. At the same time, a family of four with income below $10,985 would receive the full nutritional benefit — only modified to account for duplicated nutrition subsidies. Key Facts About the Program • Food stamp costs have doubled in the past three years and one out of ten Americans (22 million people) now participates in the program. The value of food stamp benefits grew from $5.2 billion in 1979 to more than $10.3 billion in 1981 and over 6 million people were added to food stamp rolls over that period. • In 1977, Congress established annual "caps" on Food Stamp appropriations, based on the best available economic and program projections. For three of the four years that the "cap" has been authorized, program growth has forced Congress to increase this statutory appropriations "cap." Increases enacted for FY 1980 and 1981 exceeded the "caps" established for those years by more than 55% for each year. In addition, a second increase of $1.2 billion above the "cap" for FY 1981 is currently pending. • Contrary to some popular suggestions, the growth in Food Stamp paraticipation is not largely related to rising unemployment. Between February 1978 and February 1979, for example, Food Stamp participation increased by one million while the number of unemployed civilian workers remained constant. In the succeeding 12 months, Food Stamp participation increased by over three million while the number of unemployed increased by only 500,000. In 1975, at the peak of the recession, there were 7.8 million unemployed and 17.1 million Food Stamp participants. At the 1980 peak of 7.5 million unemployed, the program grew to in excess of 22 million participants. 38 Forest Service Reductions Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 302 Funding 1982 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 4,6,8 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 2,310 2,429 2,443 2,496 2,543 2,597 2,655 2,722 2,766 2.824 -100 -95 -150 -165 -220 -246 -313 -327 -386 -11 -11 -74 -64 -74 -74 -74 -74 -74 -74 -74 -74 2,155 2,146 2,236 2,265 2,274 2,272 2.304 2,303 2,335 2,335 2,365 2,364 2,166 2,157 Program Description Forest Services activities include: • a comprehensive research products from forest lands. • cooperative forestry programs which provide modest amounts of technical and financial assistance to States and private owners of forest land. • management and protection of the 190 million acres National Forest System for multi-purposes including timber, recreation, water, fish and wildlife, forage, wilderness, and mineral and energy resource extraction. program in the management, protection, and utilization of Proposed Change The only reduction proposed in FY 1981 is $11 million in savings from the employment freeze and other administrative reductions. A $74 million reduction is proposed for FY 1982 including $14 million in administrative savings. The 1982 budget will still exceed funds available in FY 1981 by $81 million. Reductions by major activity are: • Research (-$9 million). This would result in a $134 million progam including $1 million in administrative savings. • Cooperative Forestry (-$3 million). This deletes a $3 million grant for investment on non-Federal forest lands in northern Minnesota. • National Forest System (-$62 million). This represents about a 3 percent reduction of the approximately $1.8 Billion January Budget. About $13 million of this reduction is associated with the employment freeze and other administrative savings. Rationale The proposed changes will reduce overhead and personnel costs of the Federal Government, reduce economic subsidies, and impose fiscal restraint on programs of national interest: • Research. The lowest priority projects would be deleted or deferred. • Cooperative Forestry. . Deletion of grant to non-Federal public and private land owners in northern Minnesota reduces economic subsidies. • National Forest System. The remaining $49 million represents relatively minor reductions in road and facility construction and maintenance and for nontimber resource management. This is expected to improve the efficiency of the transportation system and may delete or defer the lowest priority projects. 39 Key Facts About the Program Specific program reductions are presented below. equal or exceed the FY 1981 budget. In most cases the FY 1982 Reagan Budget will ($ in millions - BA) 1981 Base Research Cooperative Forestry National Forest System Cooperative law enforcement Forest road maintenance Forest trail maintenance Recreation use Wildlife and fish management Range management Soil and water management Construction of facilities Road construction Purchaser road construction 1982 January Budget 1982 Reduction 129 74 143 73 -8 -3 5 78 15 118 42 36 39 23 215 210 984 7 86 15 125 48 40 42 26 221 255 1,081 -1 -5 -2 -7 -3 -2 -1 -3 -15 =1Q -60 The research program will still be increased by $5 million over FY 1981 after the reduction. Although $3 million for cooperative forestry programs has been deleted, substantial investments have been made in FY 1980 and 1981 ($19 million) to offset economic impacts of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area Act of 1978. An additional $8 million will still be available in FY 1982 for investment on National forests and to provide financial and technical assistance to resort owners and local communities. A number of National Forest System activities are reduced but in almost every case the revised budget is equal to or greater than FY 1981 appropriation action. The revised budget provides for balanced multiple-use management in a time of severe fiscal pressure. It does require that costs be reduced and that some lower priority activities be deleted or deferred. 40 Nutrition Assistance for Puerto Rico Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 605 Funding 1982 1981 CARTER BUDGET: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ 1,095 1,404 1,095 1,040 Budget Reform Criterion: 7 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,229 1,151 1,303 1,281 1,359 1,336 1,402 1,377 1,427 1,402 -308 -280 -381 -359 -437 -414 -480 -455 -505 -480 922 871 922 922 922 922 922 922 922 922 Represents estimate of Puerto Rico's share of USD A categorical food assistance programs. Program Description Puerto Rico receives nutrition assistance under several USDA categorical programs including food stamps, summer feeding, school lunch, school breakfast, equipment assistance, commodity assistance, state administrative expenses, nutrition education & training, special -milk, and the Women, Infants and Children (WIC) Supplemental feeding program. Proposed Change A consolidation of funds amounting to $0.9 billion is proposed in the form of a nutrition consolidated grant. The proposed amount is about 75% of the expected 1982 level of USDA nutrition assistance for Puerto Rico prior to proposed reductions in the catgorical feeding program. This consolidated grant would eliminate the detailed nutrition prescriptions, financial reporting and accounting currently required by Federal feeding programs, and would give the Commonwealth government the flexibility to target nutrition assistance in accordance with its priorities. Rationale • Puerto Rico has rapidly become heavily reliant on Federal payments as a source of income. From about $1.3 billion in 1974, Federal outlays to Puerto Rico leaped to $2.8 billion in 1976. In FY 78, Federal payments were at a rate of $3.4 billion, more than one-third of Puerto Rico's $8.9 billion gross product — and more than $1,000 for each of the 3.2 million island residents. • The Food Stamp program has become a disincentive for self-sufficiency and work. 58% or about 1.86 million of the island's 3.2 million residents receive food stamps. • Federal transfer payments increased from 7% of Puerto Rico's personal income in 1970 to 20% in 1977. By 1978, one of every eight Federal "food-stamp" dollars went to Puerto Rico. With a nutrition consolidated grant: • Puerto Rico could focus on areas of greatest need. The availability of Federal funds or sendees that are restricted in use distorts local priorities and induces dependency on continued Federal payments. Under the Administration's proposal, nutrition funds will be available with few conditions to treat problems and priorities identified by the commonwealth. Duplication of nutritional aid could be eliminated. • Nutritional assistance could be made more responsive to the socio-economic characteristics of Puerto Rico and supportive of the Commonwealth's culture and economy. More discretion over use of funds could enable the Puerto Rican economy to grow faster. By involving citizens and private sector groups in the planning and execution of food assistance, the Commonwealth could become more self-reliant and stimulate local agricultrual production. 41 Key Facts About the Program • With less than 1.5% of the U.S. population, Puerto Rico absorbs more than 10% of the food stamp budget. • Dependence on transfer payments and other Federal assistance has impeded Puerto Rico's economic growth. Private sector growth has been blunted by excessive expansion of public sector employment and benefits. 42 REA (Rural) Community Antenna Television (CATV) Loans Elimination Functional Code: 452 Agency: Department of Agriculture Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority* Outlays Loan guarantees Direct loans PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays Loan guarantees Direct loans REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority* Outlays Loan guarantees Direct loans 1981 1982 32 19 3 (31) 2 12 -16 -7 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 4 9 3 12 — (34) — (34) 1985 4 2 — (34) 1986 3 1 — (34) (34) -10 — — — (-16) (-34) 16 12 3 15 1 2 — — (-34) (-34) 1 7 6 — (-34) 1 1 (-34) 1 1 •Includes Authority to Borrow. Program Description On February 14, 1979, President Carter announced a series of White House initiatives to "overcome isolation in rural areas through modern communications technology." 'The initiatives included a provision to finance facilities for television as well as other telecommunications services for rural residents. In 1981, insured loans bearing an intest rate of 5 percent are available to nonprofit cooperatives, and insured loans at market rates and loan guarantees are available for profit-making CATV ventures. All of these loans have a maturity of 35 years. During Fiscal Year 1980, the first full year of the program, REA committed $34 million, its total lending authority for cable television service. Insured loans of $10 million were made to four rural cooperative systems in four States to serve a total of 11,500 rural families. Also, 18 loan guarantee commitments totaling $24 million were approved for cable service for a total of 55,000 customers in 11 States. Proposed Change Terminate program effective April 1,1981. Rationale The proposal to terminate this program has resulted from the application of sound criteria to economic subsidy programs. The President's Budget Reform Plan proposes to significantly reduce Federal activities that are neither justified by cost-effective use of tax resources nor by the President's commitment to market-directed policy. Key Facts About the Program We do not believe that Federal assistance is necessary for the provision of this sendee. Available data indicates that some 4300 systems (serving 11,000 communities and some 17.5 million subscribers) have been installed with less than 1% receiving Federal funds. 43 REA Direct Lending Reductions (Including Elimination of FFB Direct Lending) Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 271 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 6,245 4,774 6.245 5,752 6,745 7,387 7,280 7,571 7,870 7,520 8,500 7,800 -187 -38 -5,545 -1,152 -6.045 -2,360 -6,580 -3,670 -7,170 -5,091 -7.800 -6,630 6,058 4,736 700 4,600 700 5,027 700 3,901 700 2,429 700 1,170 Program Description The Rural Electrification Administration (REA) of USDA makes direct and guaranteed loans for construction and operation of electric and telephone utilities in rural areas. By statute, direct loans are made by REA at very low interest rates — 2% or 5% — depending upon the project and the financial condition of the borrower. Loan guarantees are made to attract private capital to rural electric and telephone projects, particulary in those cases where utilities do not have the equity structure or cash flow necessary to attract privately-originated loans without Federal assistance. Since the Federal Financing Bank was established, the REA has relied almost entirely upon it as the originator of these guaranteed loans. The Carter budget provided a minimum of $1,100 million and a maximum of $1,325 million in direct loans for this program ($250 to $1,100 million for electric and $250 to $325 milllion for telephone respectively). Also available in the Carter budget for loan guarantees in this program is a minimum of $5,145 million and a maximum of $6,655 million. Proposed Change The following changes are proposed: • Discontinue FFB origination of REA-guaranteed loans; rely on private originations effective October 1, 1981. • Eliminate 2% loans, substituting an equivalent amount ($150 million). of 5% loans. (Legislation is being submitted to authorize this change, effective upon enactment.) • Eliminate direct 5% loans for generation and transmission facilities; substitute privately originated loans with an REA guarantee. (A $62 million reduction in 1981 and a $100 million reduction in 1982.) • Reduce remaining direct 5% lending of $1 billion by $125 million in 1981 and by $300 million in 1982. • Substitute specific loan level limitations for existing limitation ranges. Taking these actions will result in a dramatic reduction in direct Federal lending — $5.5 billion in 1982, and over $33 billion between 1982 and 1986. In addition, Federal interest subsidy costs would be reduced by about $29 million in 1982 and by about $270 million over 1982-86. Rationale This proposal is an integral component of the Administration's overall effort to apply sound criteria to economic programs. 44 Key Facts About the Program The availability of these subsidies reduces the necessity for recipients to improve their financial positions in order to attract private capital. Within some individual states, rural electric systems may charge more than other utilities which have access to public power projects and therefore provide electricity at relatively low cost. However, nationally customers of REA-financed electric utilities receive service at rates on the average which are less than average rates charged by non-REA-financed utiliites. A 1977 study of the REA electric program by USDA and OMB found that REA-financed electric utilities charged rates on the average which were 8 to 12% less than average rates nationally charged by non-REA-financed electric utilities. The most recent available data (Jan. 1, 1980) shows that non-REA-financed electric utilities charged on the average 9.9% more than REA-financed utilities for service provided to customers in the 2,500 KWH class per month. When the REA electric program was established in 1935, only 11% of the Nation's farms had electricity. Now more than 99% of the farms have electric service, and many of the are served by electric co-ops. 45 REA Rural Telephone Bank (Capital Stock Purchase Elimination) Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 452 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Authority to Borrow Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Authority to Borrow Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Authority to Borrow Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 22 130 171 \ 22 149 165 22 96 180 22 130 194 22 126 144 — -22 -22 -22 -22 — 172 165 118 180 152 194 149 144 130 171 1985 1986 136 152 136 152 Program Description The Act which established the Rural Telephone Bank in 1971, authorized the U.S. Government through annual appropriation, (not to exceed $30 million annually) to furnish capital to purchase class A stock in the Bank until the total of such capital reaches $300 million. TTiat objective will be achieved by the end of FY 1981. The Act requires that the funds provided by the Treaury for the purchases of such capital stock shall bear interest at the rate of 2 percent per annum, and that retirement of the stock shall begin as soon as practicable after FY 1985, so long as such retirement does not impair the operations of the Bank. It is the intention of the Act that the Bank shall become self sufficient and independent of the Federal Government at the time all class A capital stock purchased by the Government has been retired. The 2% funds are mixed with funds which the Bank receives from other sources at higher interest rates (e.g., 10% dividends on class B stock, 7% dividends on class C stock and 12 5/8% on current cost of other borrowing) in order to provide funding to eligible borrowers (telephone companies and cooperatives) at interest rates less than normal market rates. The Carter Budget proposed that the authority to purchase class A capital stock be extended through fiscal year 1985, but be limited to $22.5 million annually until the total of such purchases reaches $390 million. Legislation would be submitted to the 97th Congress. Proposed Change Do not propose legislation authorizing purchase of additional capital stock beyond FY 1981. Rationale Termination of this program will reduce Federal subsidies. The President's Budget Reform plan proposes to significantly reduce Federal activities that fail to assure cost-effective use of tax resources or that don't contribute to the President's commitment to a market-directed policy. Telephone companies (even in rural areas) should be encouraged, as aTe other private enterprise undertakings to depend more heavily on private money markets for capital and less on the Federal Government. The continued availability of Telephone Bank lending assures assistance to those telephone companies and cooperatives which serve isolated areas where subscriber density is so low that it may be uneconomic to attempt to provide telephone service at rates which subscribers could afford. 46 Key Facts About the Program • The $300 million in capital stocks authorized by the act to get the program started has has already been subscribed by the Federal Government. • The infusion of additional Federal funds at 2% interest tends to exacerbate and perpetuate the problem of hidden subsidies. • Even without Government subscription to capital stock, the telephone bank will still have the opportunity to borrow from the Treasury at the Treasury borrowing cost, a more favorable interest rate than is available in the private market. 47 Special iMilk Program Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 605 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 1,6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 119 115 125 117 129 122 - 95 90 119 115 30 27 - 1985 1986 136 128 146 137 155 145 98 92 102 96 108 101 113 107 31 30 34 32 38 36 42 38 Program Description The Special Milk program subsidzes half-pints of milk served in schools. The subsidy covers the full cost of milk for needy children and part of the cost for others. Proposed Change Eliminate special milk subsidies in schools that participate in other federally subsidized meal programs. Milk is also susidized as part of the school lunch and breakfast programs. Rationale • Special milk subsidies duplicate those funded by USDA subsidized meal programs. Needy children will continue to receive fully subsidized milk through those programs. • Many schools have already dropped the separate milk program because it duplicates the milk served as part of the school breakfast and lunch programs. Special Milk adds administrative burdens in tracking and claiming milk subsidies separately from meal subsidies. In the context of fiscal restraint, the Special Milk program is a low priority — a position taken by many school food service directors. Key Facts About the Program • Under administration proposals in 1982, milk subsidies in school meal and' milk programs will exceed $450 million. • Eighty million dollars is spent on milk in the regular meal programs and an additional $115 million in the Special Milk program. • This program has been slated for reduction or outright elimination by every President since John F. Kennedy. 48 Special Supplemental Food Program for Women, Infants, and Children Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 605 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEV1ATES & ADJUSTMENTS: 17 Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 927 903 1,068 994 1,068 994 1,068 994 1,068 994 1,068 994 50 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -326 -270 -327 -253 -327 -253 -327 -253 -327 -253 725 707 724 724 724 724 724 724 724 724 927 953 Represents savings associated with nutrition consolidated grant for Puerto Rico Program Description The Women, Infants and Children (WIC) program funds food supplements (milk, cheese, eggs, cereals, juices, formula) for pregnant or nursing women, and infants, and children up to age 5. WIC has grown rapidly in recent years with monthly average caseloads increasing from 300,000 in FY75 to 2.2 million in FY81 and with costs rising from about $100 million to nearly $1 billion. Many WIC recipients also receive other Federal nutrition benefits, primarily food stamps. Proposed Change Reduce FY82 WIC appropriations request to $742 million — a 20% reduction from the FY81 level. Alone this would reduce average monthly caseloads by about one-third. Caseloads would average 1.5 million in FY82 rather than 2.2 million proposed in the prior administration's budget Under existing priorities, WIC clinics ought to serve pregnant or breast feeding women and high risk infants first Lower priority would be given to postpartum, non-breastfeeding women and older children ages 1-5 with bad diets but no measurable nutritional deficiencies. Under the Reagan proposed funding level, the highest priority recipients could continue to be served. Rationale • • • WIC expanded explosively over the past six years — increasing in participation by over 700% and in spending by nearly 1,000%. This expansion paralleled rapid growth under the Food Stamp Act of 1977, and in the school meal and child care feeding programs. WIC benefits are available to families with incomes over 195% of the poverty level, or over $17,000 per year for a family of four. Most WIC clinics do not verify recipients' income data and WIC benefits are not exclusively available to the poor. Some medical evidence indicates that WIC food supplements help increase infant birthweight and reduce infant mortality. Yet 52% of WIC current recipients are not pregnant women nor infants, but older children up to age 5. Many of these children have no measurable nutritional deficiencies but are eligible on the basis of bad diets. There is little evidence that WIC food supplements help children who have no demonstrated nutrition problem and studies by the Center for Disease Control suggest that WIC may contribute to obesity in some children. At the recommended funding level, WIC resources will be targeted on those most likely to benefit from WIC food supplements, low-income pregnant women, nursing mothers, and their infants with identified nutritional deficiencies. Key Facts About the Program • USDA Inspector General audits in 1980 in 10 states with largest WIC programs showed significant abuse by WIC food vendors, including sales of ineligile foods, overcharges for food sold, and redemption of food vouchers m excess of food actually sold. • 20% of WIC funds are used for overhead costs (salaries, etc.) rather than direct benefits. 49 User Charges for Grain Inspection and Cotton and Tobacco Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 352 Budget Reform Criterion: 3 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVLATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 17 : Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 49 52 32 33 34 34 36 36 37 37 39 39 -1 -1 -3 -3 -5 -5 -6 -6 -8 -8 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 7 8 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 49 52 1985 The Carter budget already included savings for the cotton and tobacco portion in the following amounts: 1982 1984 1981 1983 1985 24 24 24 24 Budget Authority 24 24 24 24 Outlays 1986 1986 24 24 Program Description The Federal Grain Inspection Service (FGIS) of USDA was established in 1976 to assure that grain exports and domestic shipments are accurately graded and weighed. FGIS uses Federal employees to grade and weigh grain, and also authorizes this work to be conducted by certain State and private agencies. The current law authorizes FGIS to assess a user charge for the costs of grain grading and weighing activities, but does not allow recovery of the costs of supervising these activities. The Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) of USDA establishes product standards and provides classing, inspection and grading services for cotton, tobacco and naval stores. These standards and services aid in the conduct of commerce between buyers and sellers of these products. AMS also inspects warehouses in order to determine their financial and product storage conditions. Proposed Change Legislation is being proposed to allow USDA to recover the costs of supervising grain grading and weighing operations, in addition to the current authorization to recover the cost of nonsupervisory operations. Legislation is also being proposed to allow USDA to recover all of the costs associated with cotton classing, tobacco and naval stores grading, and warehouse examinations and inspecting, and licensing. Rationale As a matter of equity, costs which can clearly be identified as benefiting a limited-group should be repaid by the beneficiaries. The legislation would include recovery of headquarters. costs relating to grading and weighing operations since these costs are an integral part of the service being rendered. However, the costs of standardization, (establishing uniform standards, and developing new grading technology) and compliance (assuring compliance with laws and delegation of activities to the States) would still be funded by appropriations. Because cotton classing, tobacco grading, naval stores inspections and warehouse examinations have become an integral part of the marketing activity, it is also appropriate to recover these costs. The legislation would include all costs associated with these programs. 50 Key Facts About the Program Over 90% of the voluntary grading and inspection program costs for meat, poultry, dairy products, and fresh and processed fruits and vegetables are funded through industry assessments. These proposals are expected to have minimal impact on the firms in the industry. After deducting the value of the sample, cotton classing could cost about one dollar per bale and tobacco grading could cost one-half cent per pound. For grain, the additional cost is expected to be about .0042 cents per bushel of grain inspected at terminals. The 1976 amendments to the Grain Standards Act authorized recovery of both supervisory and nonsupervisory costs. This legislation was amended in the 1977 Farm Bill to exclude the recovery of the costs of supervision. 51 Department of Commerce 53 Economic Development and Title V Regional Commissions Programs Agency: Department of Commerce Functional Code: 452 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REEST1MATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 711 605 674 698 736 748 -366 -19 -624 -381 345 586 50 317 1985 1986 798 782 861 849 924 885 -694 -536 -759 -622 -823 -755 -889 -844 44 212 39 160 38 94 35 41 -879 -799 -949 -902 The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: -366 -742 Budget Authority -668 -811 -19 -409 -565 Outlays -660 Program Description The Department of Commerce's Economic Development Administration (EDA) provides grants, loans, and loan guarantees to assist economically distressed areas and to deal with problems of economic adjustment. The 1982 Carter Budget requested approximately $670 million in budget authority for both 1981 and 1982 for EDA programs. The Title V Regional Commissions provide some of the same types of assistance to eight regions encompassing most of the country. The 1982 Carter Budget proposed that funding for the Commissions be eliminated in 1982. Proposed Change The specific changes will involve: (1) rescinding remaining 1981 appropriations for EDA (-$342 million) and the Title V Regional Commissions (-$21 million) and (2) eliminating funding for both programs in 1982. (EDA's trade adjustment assistance program is not included in the reductions and will be transferred to the Department's International Trade Administration (ITA) in 1982.) These changes will save about $4 billion in budget authority and more than $3 billion in outlays over the next 5 to 6 years. Except where pending project applications meet certain specified criteria (e.g., in the case of public works—projects which have written permission to start construction) no new grants, loans, or loan guarantees will be made starting this year. Funds are left for the orderly closing down of the programs. Rationale • These major program terminations are part of the effort to move away from misdirected subsidy programs and to rely on the President's comprehensive economic plan to address the real problems associated with deteriorating economic performance. • Economic expansion and job creation will be stimulated throygh the President's overall economic recovery program, which includes general tax, spending and regulatory reduction measures. By 1986, the program is expected to create 9 million new jobs. Improvement in overall economic conditions offers more hope to distressed areas than do the programs to be terminated. • Aid to urban areas and small cities will be provided from a restructured and more flexible development program that will combine the Community Development Block Grant and Urban Development Action Grant programs. The Farmers Home Administration will continue to provide specialized development assistance to the neediest rural areas. 55 • There is little evidence that the economic development expenditures of these programs have fulfilled their primary purpose of inducing development in distressed areas that would not have occurred either there or elsewhere without this investment • There is no evidence that the programs being terminated have created new national jobs. Rather such programs appear primarily to influence the allocation of productive resources leading to a subtraction in potential growth in some areas to enhance growth in others. The government does not create net new jobs in the economy by moving productive resources from the private sector to the public sector. • The programs being terminated often lock people and resources into firms and areas that have lost their economic viability. The nation pays for this subsidization of inefficiency through direct budgetary costs and hidden costs of decreased productivity and economic growth. Our economic system generates prosperity and high living standards through a process of continual economic change. • These economic development programs often substitute Federal resources for expenditures that would have been made by the private sector or local public sector. • The funding of Regional Commissions is an inappropriate Federal role. These Commissions often duplicate activities that would normally be undertaker by States without Federal support. Key Facts About the Programs • Economic development programs are not targ'etted to those most in need. Over 80% of the country is eligible for EDA assistance. Regional Commissions cover 35 states. Areas no longer in distress continue to be eligible for assistance. • States can expect to receive substantially more benefits from personal and corporate tax reductions ($54 billion in 1982) under the President's program than they have received from EDA and Regional Commission funding. 56 Maritime Assistance: Construction and Operating Subsides Agency: Department of Commerce Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 17 : Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 5 Functional Code: 403 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 665 636 733 688 805 737 -23 -57 -31 -23 -44 -34 -54 -44 -107 -40 -29 -53 -55 -44 -86 -54 -124 -59 415 562 549 528 579 569 603 600 627 634 1985 1986 1981 1982 488 609 522 623 601 638 -24 -21 -21 488 564 The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 1984 1982 1983 1981 Total Savings: — -141 -170 Budget Authority -166 -149 -127 -45 -68 Outlays -221 -164 -279 -183 Program Description • The Department. of Commerce's Maritime Administration provides two types of direct subsidies to the maritime industry; 1) ship construction differential subsidies (CDS) of up t.o 50% of the price of building new privately owned merchant ships in U.S. shipyards; and 2) operating differential subsidies (ODS) to offset the higher costs (primarily wages) of operating U.S.-flag vessels in the oceanborne foreign commerce. The 1981 appropriation provided CDS to construct five new dry bulk carriers and meet existing 20-year contract obligations for ODS. The Carter 1982 budget proposed funds to construct three additional dry bulk carriers and also to meet existing 20-year contract obligations for ODS. • The Maritime Administration (Marad) also guarantees construction loans and mortgages on U.S.-flag vessels built in the United States. These guarantees enable eligible parties to obtain long-term financing at interest rates comparable to those available to AAA-rated corporations. Proposed Change For the construction differential subsidy (CDS) program, the Administration proposes: • an annual program level averaging $100 million in 1982 through 1986;. • two new ships in 1981 (already funded); two new ships in 1982; the quantity and type of ships to be subsidized in 1983-1986 to be specified later. For the operating differential subsidy (ODS) program, the Administration proposal is to: • meet the Government's obligation on existing contracts; no additional ODS commitments are included in the budget. For the loan guarantee program: • the level of new loan guarantee commitments would be reduced by $300 million in 1981 to $900 million and by $350 million in 1982 to $1,050 million. Rationale • This proposal is an integral component of the Administration's overall effort to stretch out and retarget public sector capital investment programs. The Administration plans to conduct a full review of maritime policies including the need for subsidies, the importance of shipbuilding capability and the merchant marine to national defense, the impact of planned increases in naval shipbuilding, ways to increase commercial participation in military support functions, and the effect that new tax policies and possible trade agreements may have on improving the competitiveness of the U.S. merchant marine. 57 • While the proposal assumes that two ships will be subsidized in 1982, it leaves for later specification the types of ships to be constructed, as well as the appropriateness of other assistance to the maritime industry. These decisions would flow from the maritime policy developed. • The reduction in new loan guarantee commitments is consistent with the Administration's efforts to reduce and control Government intervention into private credit markets. Key Facts About The Program The proponents of Marad construction and operating differential subsidies usually cite as justifications for continuation of the progam: • Maintenance of-a shipbuilding/ship repair mobilization "base" in the event of war or a national emergency; • Maintenance of a competitive U.S.-flag fleet in the ocean foreign commerce; • Usefulness of merchant vessels as military support in a war or national emergency. Facts on the CDS program's contribution to maintenance of a shipbuilding/ship repair mobilization base: • Total employment in the active shipbuilding/ship repair "base" has increased from 67,000 in 1961 to 73,000 in 1971 to 123,000 in December, 1980 while the percentage of new merchant vessels contracted to be built with CDS has decreased from 70% in 1961 to 41% in 1971 to 20% in 1979. • CDS contracts currently account for only 3,871 (3%) of the .123,000 employed in the active shipbuilding base (as of 12/80). • 4 of the 27 major yards in the active shipbuilding base currently have contracts through Marad: • — Sun Shipbuilding and Drydock in Chester, Pennsylvania, which has already announced its intention to go out of the new construction business as it is no longer competitive; — Norfolk Shipbuilding and Drydock (Virginia), which has recently announced a positive backlog of orders; — Avondale Shipyards in New Orleans, Louisiana which has backorders in the millions of dollars and jobs they are unable to fill; — Levingston Shipyard in Orange, Texas, which is in the same positive position as is Avondale. The expanded naval shipbuilding program will provide stimulus for competitive yards requiring new orders. Facts on subsidy as a requirement to keep the U.S.-flag fleet competitive in the world commerce: • The U.S.-flag fleet share of U.S. oceanborne foreign commerce is approximately 4%. Facts on subsidy as a requirement to maintain a viable fleet for military support in the event of war or a national emergency: • Less expensive, foreign-built ships can be purchased for U.S. military purposes; the Department of Defense has recently purchased 8 foreign-built ships for chartering by the Military Sealift Command. • Twenty-two (22) or less than 15% of the merchant-type ships (165 total) in the National Defense Reserve Fleet (NDRF) were built with subsidy. other facts: • Operating differential subsidies (ODS) lock the Government into 20-year contracts with no control over increasing costs and most existing contracts do not expire until the 1990's. • There are 156 ships receiving ODS subsidy-and they are owned by 20 companies—7 liner companies and 13 bulk and tanker operators. 58 NOAA Land Remote Satellite Sensing (LANDSAT) Agency: Department of Commerce Functional Code: 306 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 1 1 124 120 174 169 -122 -118 2 2 - 1 1 1985 1986 165 167 149 149 131 131 -138 -133 -129 -131 -113 -113 -95 - 95 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 Program Description Under current policy, in 1983, the Department of Commerce's National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) is scheduled to take over operation of the United States civil land remote sensing satellite program (LANDSAT) from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). A LANDSAT satellite covers almost any given spot on the earth about every 16 days, and through its sensors, provides data on renewable and nonrenewable earth resources. The LANDSAT earth resources program will move into a semi-operational phase in the fourth quarter of 1982 following the launch and checkout of the new satellite series, LANDSAT D, by NASA. NASA has the Rinds in its budget to finish building and to launch two new "D" series LANDSAT satellites (D and D^). The satellite remote sensing data will be used by several Federal agencies (e.g., USDA and DOI), State and local governments, foreign governments, and the private sector for such applications as agriculture forecasting, mineral resource exploration, water resource planning, and land use classification. The 1982 Carter Budget projections reflected a 1979 Administration commitment to provide data continuity (i.e., LANDSAT type data) through the procurement of two additional satellites ( D ^ and D ^ l ) extending satellite coverage into the early 1990's. Proposed Changes The Administration proposes to terminate the commitment to earth sensing satellite data continuity through the 1980's by cancelling plans to: (1) upgrade the LANDSAT ground system, and (2) purchase additional satellite hardware needed for backup and extended satellite coverage through the end of the decade. Under the revised plan, NOAA would continue to use the Department of Interior's EROS Data Center for processing, distributing, and archiving LANDSAT data. Additional funding ($700,000) is included so that the EROS Data Center can adjust the satellite reference system to the new LANDSAT D orbit Additional satellites, beyond the two new NASA-budgeted satellites, and ground system improvements would depend on the private sector's willingness to invest in and operate" an earth resources satellite system. Rationale It is the Administration's judgment that the present NASA investment in LANDSAT satellites is sufficient to permit evaluations of operational uses of LANDSAT data and, if these uses are cost effective, to attract a private sector owner/operator. 59 NASA's program to develop, launch, and test two additional satellites (LANDSAT D and D*) will continue as previously planned. Expansion and extension of the U.S. civil land remote sensing program, beyond that already funded by NASA, is inconsistent with the need for across-the-board fiscal restraints. The NOAA operation of LANDSAT D and D^ should provide satellite data continuity through the mid 1980's, by which time the private sector could develop a system if a sufficient market exists. Key Facts About the Program Longer term research on advanced satellite earth sensors (i.e., beyond LANDSAT capability) would be continued by NASA, as previously planned, so that the United States will have the capability of launching even more advanced and cost-effective satellite systems later in the decade. This advanced sensor capability may be heeded to maintain United States leadership in earth remote sensing in the face of strong competition ftom the French and Japanese. The outyear projections include funds for NOAA to operate the LANDSAT system. A cost-recoveryfrom-users policy will be worked out over the next few months. Funding Analysis: The following table summarizes by activity the LANDSAT funding in the Carter and Reagan budgets in NOAA, NASA, and the Department of Interior. 1980 Actual 1981 Carter Budget Change (BA in Millions of Dollars) 1982 Reagan Carter Reagan Budget Budget Change Budget 1983-1986 Carter Budget Change Reagan Budget DOC/NOAA: Spacecrafts & Launching ( D ^ or D orRefurb. of D) Ground System (Godard Data Center (Other) Planning & Operations Total, NOAA NASA: LANDSAT D &D1 Operations Advanced Sensors Planning Total, NASA DOI: EROS DATA Center Total, LANDSAT 104 14 -104 -13 1 (11) (3) (-11) (-2) 1 124 -122 89 3 84 3 — (--) (--) (--) (-•-> _1 1 1 1 104 2 89 3 — 106 119 — (—) (--) _11 106 1 - - • - - — 92 <--) - 92 8 2 97 11 106 11 234 — — 60 - - — — ^122 — 459 -459 - - - - (—) (1) (-) (—) (—) (—) (—) (—) 1 2 161 620 =12 -476 144 144 84 3 82 3 8 2 97 34 "121 11 112 791 - - — -476 82 3 34 2 121 5Q 315 NOAA Ocean Programs Agency: Department of Commerce Functional Code: 300,452, 376 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1981 1982 156 167 124 177 168 194 -51 -12 -111 -82 105 155 13 95 The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings 1982 1981 -183 Budget Authority -233 -194 -221 Outlays 1985 1986 209 224 226 224 210 208 -161 -156 -202 -201 -219 -217 -203 -201 7 38 7 23 7 7 7 7 expected are as follows: 1984 1983 -262 -303 -255 -306 1985 -318 -317 1986 -311 -292 Program Description The Department of Commerce's National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) supports a national weather service 2/ , ocean/atmospheric research, coastal/ocean mapping and charting, coastal zone management and energy impact assistance, environmental remote satellite sensing 37 and fisheries research, management and development. A short description of the NOAA ocean programs proposed for change follows: • The Coastal Energy Impact Program(CEIP) provides Federal assistance (loans and grants) to States and localities to plan for and mitigate the impact of coastal energy development activities. The Carter 1982 Budget requested $1 million in budget authority for 1982 but included gradually increasing funding for loans in the outyear projections. The Carter budget projected that any significant coastal energy impacts, which exceeded localities' capabilities, would not occur until the mid-1980's. 27 National Weather Service reductions are discussed in a separate paper summarizing smaller Department of Commerce reduction items. 37 See NOAA land remote satellite sensing (LANDSAT) paper. • The Coastal Zone Management (CZM): State grant program provides Federal grant assistance (80% Federal matching share) to 25 States to administer and implement CZM programs that protect and develop in a "rational" manner their coastal zone. The Carter 1982 Budget requested $39 million to maintain current funding of the State programs and proposed a gradual phasedown of Federal funding starting in 1983. • The Sea Grant program was designed to develop marine research capabilities across the country in 16 participating Sea Grant Colleges and other academic institutions. The Carter 1982 Budget requested $39 million to maintain the 1980 funding level. • The proposed National Ocean Satellite System (NOSSJ would be used to obtain oceanographic data for civil and military weather prediction and to assess the role of the ocean in determining the world's climate. In addition to NOAA ($16 million in 1982), DOD and NASA would share in the $900 million total cost of NOSS, which is in the early stages of development. • The Fisheries Management and Development programs include collecting marine fisheries stock data for management plans, State grants for commercial development and anadromous species, aquaculture and undersea research, a vessel-buy back program for the State of Washington, and cooperative grants to the commercial fisheries industry to improve existing operations and to expand into new fisheries. The Carter 1982 Budget proposed that $25 million of 1981 appropriations for fisheries activities (Washington State vessel-buy back at -$10 million and various management/regulatory activities at —$15 million) be rescinded. 61 Proposed Changes The Administration proposes the following changes: • The Coastal Energy Impact Program (CEIP): The remaining 1981 loan funds ($40 million) will be rescinded and CEIP will be terminated for a savings of $158 million from the Carter Budget through 1986. The remaining balance for the energy impact formula grants will be utilized in 1981 ($27 million). • The Coastal Zone Management (CZM): Federal funding will be terminated for the program starting in 1982. The 25 States will need to assume responsibility for supporting their CZM programs to the extent they believe appropriate. This will save the % general taxpayers $179 million through 1986 from the Carter Budget proposal. • Sea Grant program: Federal funding to Sea Grant Colleges and institutions will be eliminated starting with 1982 for a total savings of $222 million through 1986. States, localities, and the private sector are expected to pick up support for some portion of the ongoing activities. • Fisheries Management and Development: Overall funding will be curtailed through reaffirmation of the Carter proposed rescission and additional reduction actions, which include: (1) termination of State fisheries grants and industry subsidies, and (2) reduction in research activities. This will result in savings totaling $127 million from 1981 to 1986. • National Ocean Satellite System (NOSS): The NOSS project will be cancelled. The project is in early stages so there will be little lost in investment made to date. This action will result in a total NOAA savings of $364 million; when DOD's and NASA's share of the costs are included, the total savings will be close to $1 billion. Rationale These programs generally are in the national interest but cannot be accorded a high priority in time of fiscal restraint. In times such as these, State and local support must assume responsibility for programs that primarily benefit local jurisdictions. Some promising investments in science and technology must be restrained and new undertakings postponed. NOAA will continue to have adequate funding to maintain its priority ocean related research and services activities aimed at conserving marine fisheries resources, understanding the long-term effects of pollutants on the ocean environment, and the protection of life/property in the coastal areas. The programs that are being reduced or terminated are primarily those programs that support State/local and industry programs which should be supported by the users. The specific rationale for such program reductions is as follows: CEIP The Administration proposes to terminate the CEIP program because: — This change is consistent with the original intent of the CEIP program to provide Federal assistance only if essential. — The local impacts from oil and gas development have proven to be far less than originally anticipated and well within the capability of States and localities to handle. — CEIP has fostered "institution building." The States have now developed planning capacity for addressing coastal energy development. — This change is consistent with the original intent of the CEIP program to provide Federal assistance only if essential. CZM State Grants The Federal support of the State CZM programs has largely achieved its purpose: — States covering 78% of the coastline already have received 7 years of Federal coastal zone management program assistance. Continuation of the States' CZM programs and any additional improvements should be financed by the States. — This change is consistent with the original intent of the CZM program — to provide Federal seed money. 62 — Congress has acknowledged ultimate phase out of the Federal assistance for States' CZM programs. Sea Grant The Administration proposes to terminate Federal funding for the Sea Grant program because: — The Sea Grant program has largely met its original intent of creating nationwide marine research and advisory network. — The Sea Grant College programs are primarily directed to satisfy local, State or regional needs. — Sea Grant research has provided useful results, but Sea Grant College research and information sendees can be conducted without NOAA funding. — In general, Sea Grant funding is not a major source of revenue for these institutions. Fisheries Management and Development These reductions will have minimal impact on marine fisheries: — The State grant program on the average represents a small part of the marine fisheries program. The original intent of the program to build States' capabilities has been achieved. — If economic incentive exists, the fishing industry will expand into new fisheries without Federal subsidies. Many projects do not address national needs. — The aquaculture and other research will be maintained at adequate levels. Aquaculture research has focused on commercially attractive species for many years and private industry should be willing to take over at this point. NOSS — The cost of NOSS is too high at this time. Oceanographic data needs can be met through other means and data requirements for global weather models are not urgent. Improvement of weather forecasting will not be an immediate result from NOSS. The program is considered low priority in comparison to other defense-related programs. Key Facts About the Program With the revised budget, NOAA will still be able to conduct the following essential ocean programs — The NOAA fisheries research and management program will be maintained at $109 million in 1982. — NOAA programs designed to understand better the marine environment and research the effects of man-made and natural pollution discharges into the ocean will be maintained at $18 million in 1982. — NOAA will continue its current level of effort for developing and updating coastal/ocean charts and issuing severe weather warnings for marine transportation and recreational safety. CEIP — Current projections of associated population increase resulting from coastal energy development are minor — about 8,000 annually nationwide. — Louisiana, the largest recipient of CEIP funds, also received approximately $500 million in 1979 severance taxes from oil and gas — funds which could be used to address local population increases. — Thirty-one coastal States and U.S. territories have received financial assistance through the CEIP. CZM — Prior to receiving CZM administration grants funding, 35 States received 3-4 years of developmental funding. — Eighteen of the twenty-five approved State CZM programs would have received their fourth year of administration grants in 1982. 63 — The average annual grant is $1.4 million. The range is from $0.5 to $4.0 million. Sea Grant Program — The Sea Grant Program has provided financial assistance to support research, education and extension courses at 46 institutions including 16 Sea Grant Colleges. — Fourteen State legislatures already appropriate funds as an explicit item in their State budgets. Fisheries Management and Development — In 1980, 50 States and 6 U.S. territories received $5 million in fisheries state grants to carry out research and development of commercial fishery resources. The amounts of these grants range from $3,000 to $25,000. — In 1980, 19 States received $2 million in anadromous grants to conserve, develop, and enhance the nation's sea lamprey anadromous fisheries resources. The amounts of these grants range from $1,000 to $421,000. Alaska, California, Oregon, and Washington receive 71 percent of the funds. — Funding for aquaculture and undersea research programs will be at $6 million in 1982. Priority aquaculture research and two undersea research programs will be continued. — The fisheries development program emphasizes the promotion of American fishery products, the development of under-utilized species, and technological innovation. NOSS — Funding was included in three Federal agencies under the Carter Budget as follows: (BA S in millions) 1981 6 6 12 24 Commerce (NOAA) NASA Defense TOTAL 64 1982 16 35 45 96 1983 43 53 88 184 1984 71 47 116 234 1985 71 30 106 208 Public Telecommunications Facilities Program Agency: Department of Commerce Functional Code: 503 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 22 22 22 22 22 22 -22 -3 -22 -9 -22 - 8 19 13 14 - 1985 1986 22 22 22 22 22 22 -22 6 -22 0 -22 0 16 Program Description • This program was started in 1961 to provide "seed money" to local interests desiring to initiate or improve public (and educational) television and radio stations' operational capabilities. It provides funding for planning, equipment, and facilities. Over the past two decades, the program has spent over $193 million which has been used for the start-up, expansion and improvement of 1,187 public T.V. and radio facilities. Proposed Changes • The Administration is proposing to terminate funding for new grants for this program in 1981. In 1981 a rescission has been proposed, and no additional funding is being sought in 1982 and beyond. Rationale • In imposing fiscal restraint on programs of a national interest, we believe this program has accomplished its purpose and it is, therefore, of a low priority given the overall economic objectives of the President. • The program has achieved its fundamental objectives of establishing, extending, and strengthening the availability of public programming. Public programming, (either T.V. or radio) via terrestrial, cable or satellite transmission currently reaches over 90% of the U.S. population. • The Federal Government has achieved its primary objective in providing funds to establish public programming for most of the country. Local interests themselves should ultimately be responsible for further capital expenditures. • The private sector, through the expansion of cable T.V., the development of low power T.V. stations, the expanded use of satellite communications, and other technological developments, is substantially expanding the communications alternatives foT the public. Key Facts About the Program • The further development of the cable industry should serve to expand the reach of public broadcasting through private initiative. Recent estimates show that all of the nation's approximately 4,100 private cable systems carry at least one public T.V. signal; many carry multiple signals. • More than 7 million Americans, or over 2.5 million households not within reach of an over-the-air public T.V. signal, currently receive public T.V. via cable. • The continued expansion of satellite and the advance of low-power T.V. will increasingly offer new alternatives for providing more options to the public. 65 344-211 0 - 8 1 - 3 Summary of Smaller Department of Commerce Items Agency: Department of Commerce Functional Code: 370,300 Funding 1982 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESHMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES:17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (Sin millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 306.9 303.1 347.1 343.7 357.0 3515 369.1 362.9 37L1 366.6 424.1 420.3 -6.0 -7.6 -33.5 -27.5 -36.7 -34.8 -410 -36.2 -46.3 -41.7 -504 -46.6 300.9 295.5 313.6 316.2 320.3 317.7 327.1 326.7 324.8 324.9 373.7 373.7 The Carter Budget already included sa?ings for this proposal Total savings in 1981 are expected to be S8.5 million in budget authority and $10,1 million in outlays. Program Description A number of smaller reductions are proposed in the following Department of Commerce programs: • Office of Productivity, Technologyt and Innovation (OPTI). and related technology transfer programs, initiated during the Carter Administration, were intended to foster the adoption of existing technologies by industry and assist in the creation of new technologies. The Carter Budget included the establishment of three "generic technology centers" in 1981 and one additional center in 1982, as part of a joint program of technology development with industry. The Carter Budget also included funding for: a technology transfer program to increase the utilization of Federal and foreign technology; the centralized licensing of patented Government inventions; and Federalization of the functions of the Science Information Exchange, Inc., to disseminate abstracts of Federal research in progress. • Minority Business Development Agency (MBDA) provides for the delivery of management and technical assistance to minority businesses through private consulting firms. The Carter Budget requested $39 million for this function in 1982, which constituted a $5 million increase over the 1981 level. • The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) is responsible for weather services, and its National Weather Service operates over 300 weather stations across die country. These stations disseminate information on local weather conditions, including approaching severe storms. NOAA also conducts a climate research program. The Carter Budget proposed that in 1981 funds be rescinded for new local weather radars and that in 1982 funds for the development of advanced radars and automated surface operations be increased significantly. Proposed Changes • • The Reagan Budget reduces the Commerce technology programs by $5.8 million in 1981 and $16.2 million in 1982 by: eliminating the Office of Productivity, Technology, and Innovation and the Government Inventions program; phasing out direct appropriations for the technology transfer programs; and maintaining the Science Information Exchange (SIE), as a private contractor rather than having the Federal Government assume the function. MBDA management and technical contractual assistance will be reduced by 10% in both 1981 and 1982. • In 1981, funds for the installation of local weather warning radars in selected areas will be rescinded, and the development of advanced radars (NEXRAD) and automated surface observation equipment will be slowed down in 1982. In addition, low priority part-time weather stations will be closed. Climate research and information dissemination activities will also be reduced in scope. This results in a savings of $9.3 million and 125 full-time permanent positions in 1982. 66 Rationale and Key Facts OPTI: • The Reagan Administration is aware of no convincing evidence that direct Federal spending programs or specific Federal interventions in the private sector contribute to increased productivity; indeed, they are likely, to do the opposite. Federal intervention and regulation deter the natural private sector impetus to research and invest in new technologies that result in increased productivity. Increased productivity and economic growth will be stimulated by the general tax, expenditure control, and regulatory measures outlined in the President's Economic Recovery Program. • The Government Inventions program is not needed since the patent licensing function can be carried out by the agency sponsoring the research. • In keeping with the policy to recover allocable costs by means of user fees, direct appropriation support for the technology transfer program and SIE will be phased out. MBDA: • The proposed changes in MBDA and NOAA are an integral part of President Reagan's comprehensive plan to impose fiscal restraint on programs of national interest. • Although MBDA's management assistance funding will be reduced, MBDA will be able to offer management assistance in 1982 in the 100 metropolitan areas with the highest concentration of minority businesses, as proposed in the Carter Budget • MBDA's plan to reduce the number of clients receiving technical assistance will result in more in-depth service per client. • The 1982 reduction in funding from the Carter Budget still constitutes an increase over 1980 and 1981 program levels for technical assistance. • SBA also provides management and technical assistance to minority business. Moreover, SBA provides significant financial assistance. NOAA: • The areas where weather stations are to be closed and local radar warning systems terminated will still be adequately covered by other weather stations and network radars. NEXRAD and automated surface observation development is not urgent, and the testing can be spread out over a longer time. • The proposed reductions to the National Weather Service budget have been selected with the objective of reducing labor-intensive operations. • Thirty-eight part-time Weather Service Offices (WSO's) will be closed and the forecast and warning responsibility will be reassigned to adjacent offices. Eight Weather Service Forecast Offices (WSFO's) will be converted to Weather Service Office (WSO) status. Their aviation, marine, and agricultural forecast program responsibilities will be reassigned to an adjacent full-service WSFO. State and regional public forecast guidance will continue to be prepared at these eight stations. • Climate program activities will continue at an adequate level of funding. 67 Department of Defense — Military 69 Department of Defense Savings Agency: Department of Defense Functional Code: 051 Savings BUDGET AUTHORITY: Pay1' Operations Acquisition TOTAL OUTLAYS: PayV Operaitons Acquisition TOTAL 1/ Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 8 1981 1982 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 68 270 262 607 2005 290 1565 3860 3330 550 1216 5096 3714 920 1698 6332 3900 1370 1959 7229 4045 1920 2139 8104 68 240 40 348 2005 280 632 2917 3330 500 956 4786 3714 800 1338 5852 3900 1200 1669 6769 4045 1600 1899 7544 1985 ;e. Pay savings from the Carter Budget are as follows: 1982 1984 1983 1981 1985 31 363 1831 2688 3533 31 386 1831 2688 3533 1986 1986 4443 4443 Program Description Savings for the Department of Defense are categorized into three major areas: Pay — salaries for civilians, retired pay cost-of-living adjustments, and deferral of military retired pay reform Operations —for the military establishment which covers everything from the day-to-day operations and maintenance of the military installations to paying for consultants and'travel. Aquisition —including acquisition management and the procurement of supplies and equipment. Proposed Change Pay adjustments — The Administration will propose major legislative changes in the way that Federal Civilian Pay is adjusted each year to maintain "comparability" with the private sector. Also annual cost of living adjustments for military retired pay will be proposed as well as withdrawal of military retired pay reform proposals made by the Carter Administration. Operations —Savings in Defense Operations incude those from: operating efficiencies in travel, consultants, and civilian manpower utilizaiton; consolidations of functions and reductions in overhead and joint use of facilities; and contracting out of functions which private enterprise can handle more efficiently, and modification in administrative practices under the Davis-Bacon and Service Contract Acts. Aquisition Reform —Savings in this category include improved acquisition management, elimination-of marginal systems, productivity savings, and multiyear procurement. The most substantial savings will result from acquisition management improvements. Rationale Pay adjustments — The Administration will propose changes in the way Federal civilian pay is adjusted each year to maintain "comparability" with the private sector. These changes include: expanding the comparability principle to include benefits as well as pay; expanding the wage surveys to include state and local government wages as well as private sector data; paying white-collar salaries on a locality basis; and paying ony 94% of comparability to offset the Federal advantage in job security, promotion opportunity, pension portability and other non-pay conditions of of employment The current system of adjusting retired pay twice a year by the increase in the Consumer Price Index has resulted in a situation wherein a significant majority of military retirees are receiving annuities larger than those who retire today. The disparity had been growing larger each year. The proposed change to an annual adjustment of military retired pay will slow down the growth in this disparity. 71 The previous Administration proposed a change in the uniformed serivices retirement system that is significantly more costly than the current system for the next 20 years, but would produce savings after that time. The near term cost increases occur because the reform permits the "early withdrawal" of part of each member's future retirement benefit This proposal will not be endorsed by this Administration. This will enable us to review current retirement policy and determine if any farther changes are needed. Operations — In addition to a review of the facilities and installations in order to achieve reductions in overhead, a major effort will focus on contracting for commercial and industrial sendees. Government policy, as specified by OMB Circulr No. A-76, is for maximum feasible reliance on the private sector for goods and services. This policy is a matter both of free enterprise philosophy and of efficiency. Savings are also expected from the Administration's review of administrative praactices under the Davis-Bacon and Service Contract Acts. (See separate section on savings affecting many agencies.) Acquistion Management — Reduce or terminate marginal programs. The Defense Department has identifed programs which can be cut back or terminated amounting to $.1 billion in 1981 and $1.0 billion in 1982. There is room for additional improvement and cost savings in Defense acquisiton management. Among the problems most commonly cited are the condition of Defense industry and Federal regulations and policies and practices that influence i t These include over-capacity in some sectors (e.g. major airframe contractors) which drive up overhead costs, and under-capacity in other sector (e.g., nuclear ships) which limit competition and lead to production bottlenecks. The industry is also under capitalized because of poor incentives for private investment, and there is limited capability to respond to mobilization and surge requirements. Also, many Federal practices make the situation worse; i.e.v too many regulations and too much paperwork. One near term effort which can help to reduce acquisiton costs is to increase the amount of price competition. Competition in- procurement is generally acknowledged to help in improving the quality of any given product or service and in reducing its price. Numerous studies have shown that competition in weapon systems and spares acquisition usually reduces prices by 10-40 percent Despite regulations and management actions by DOD in support of competitive procurement, there has been a steady decline in competitive procurement in Defense business because of the uncertainty of weapons system production levels and design. Multiyear procurement also offers potential economies. Current procurement contracting practices require full funding of contracts on an annual basis. Procurement quantities are normally influenced more by the amount of funds which can be allocated to the program that year than by consideration of economical procurement quantities. As a result, defense contractors are inclined to plan on an annual basis. Economies resulting from procurement of larger quantities of material from subcontractors are lost and leadtimes are longer than necessary because firm planning for future year production cannot be accomplished. Productivity investments. Additional emphasis will be given to productivity enhancing investments with high potential savings both in the Defense industrial base and in Government-operated facilities. The revisions to the Defense budget include an increase of $90 million for these investments. Key Facts About The Program • The Defense Department employs 1,025 thousand civilian and 2,120 thousand military personnel costing $60.5 B in 1982. • Current Administration practices by the Department of Labor under the Davis Bacon and Service Contract Act in making prevailing wage determinations for workers employed by the Federal Goverment and sendee contracts result in costs to the Federal Government of approximately 6-7% of total contract costs. • The Defense Department has 3,970 installations in the United States covering 24.5 million acres. • Approximately $103 B will be spent for the development and acquisition of Defense systems in 1982. 72 Water Resources Programs 73 Water Projects Unfunded Agency: Department of Defense—Civil Functional Code: 301 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 5 f $ in millions) 19&4 1983 1981 1982 118 118 154 154 215 215 -2 -2 -10 -10 108 108 — — 1985 1986 195 195 327 327 253 253 -15 -15 -76 -76 -103 -103 -47 -47 -115 -115 -200 -200 -119 -119 -224 -224 -206 -206 37 37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Program Description January Budget funded Yatesville Lake, KY; Red River Waterway, LA; and Big South Fork National River and Recreation Area, KY & TN at a level to insure project completion on an optimal schedule. Proposed Change The three projects are unfunded in FY 83-86 and remaining funds in FY 81-82 are to cover ongoing contracts and round out existing facilities at the project sites. Rationale The fiscal retrenchment required by the President's economic plan requires a stretchout and retargeting of public sector capital improvement programs. The three unfunded projects are examples of public works expenditures with low economic return which can be deferred indefinitely as part of die fiscal restraints required to meet the current economic situation. Key Facts About the Program • All three projects are less than 20% complete • Remaining benefit/remaining cost ratios at 7 3/8% are — Yatesville Lake 0.76 — Red River Waterway 0.64 — Big South Fork has no B/C Ratio • Yatesville Lake and Big South Fork have recreation as a primary benefit. Unfunding these projects is consistent with Administration moratorium on the purchase of recreation lands • Red River Waterway has a large portion (35%) of less critical benefits — recreation, bank stabilization, and area redevelopment • Red River Waterway has substantial environmental problems, and would raise water tables causing flooding as far as 20 miles from the project • Red River Waterway costs are likely to increase substantially for non-inflationary reasons since only 60% of project design work is complete 75 Extend Water Resource Development Construction Agency: Department of Agriculture Department of Defense-Civil Department of the Interior Functional Code: 301 Funding 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 2415 2520 2660 2675 3167 3163 3359 3355 3252 3249 2930 2930 -0 -0 -0 -0 -43 -43 -97 -97 -139 -139 -158 -158 -0 -0 -95 -90 -340 -337 -545 -544 -515 -514 -215 -217 2415 2520 2565 2585 2784 2783 2717 2714 2598 2596 2557 2555 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 5 1985 1986 Program Description The construction program of these agencies develop the water resources of the nation for such purposes as hydroelectric power, navigation, water supply, and recreation. These programs were budgeted in January for optimal construction completion in FY83-86.. Proposed Change The Administration proposes an 11% reduction in the planned construction program of the Corps of Engineers-Civil, Water and Power Resources Service, and Soil Conservation Service. This reduction will not delay the realization of hydroelectric, municipal water supply, navigation, or urban flood control features; it will however, defer some less critical parts of projects such as the development of recreation areas and some rural flood control and irrigation deliveries. It should be noted that expenditures for water resource construction will continue to increase through FY 83, and will still be higher in FY 86 than in FY 81. Rationale The fiscal retrenchment required by the President's economic plan requires a stretch-out and retargeting of public sector capital improvement programs. Only 75 of the more than 300 projects underway will incure delays in bringing non-critical features on-line. These delays will average about two years and will reduce Federal expenditures by $1.6 billion over the next five years. Key Facts About the Program • Only less critical features are posponed • Savings are maximized ($1.6 Billion) with minimal delay in bringing benefits on-line • Expenditures for water resource projects during FY82-86 will remain high - $13.2 billion. 76 Water Research and Technology Agency: Department of the Interior Functional Code: 301 Budget Reform Criterion: 5 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 {$ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 30.5 28.7 32.0 29.2 36.6 32.8 37.6 35.7 40.9 38.4 41.7 40.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -34.7 -7.0 -32.0 -26.0 -36.6 -42.8 -37.6 -39.7 -40.9 -40.1 -41.7 -40.4 18.7 22.9 0 9.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Program Description The Office of Water Research and Technology's 1982 budget provided funds to support and carry out research and development leading to solutions for state, local, regional, and national water problems and to perform research and development for uses of saline or impaired waters. In addition, the FY 1982 budget contained a supplemental request for 1981 in the amount of $22.9 million for the construction of the two saline demonstration plants — one at Virginia Beach, Virginia, and Alamogordo, New Mexico. Proposed Change This Administration has deleted funding for the Office of Water Research and Technology for 1982. It has also withdrawn the request for funding the construction of two saline demonstration plants. Rationale The proposal of this Administration to eliminate the OWRT is part of an overall effort to return to private industry those programs that are more appropriately undertaken by that sector. The results achieved by OWRT research efforts are applied directly to the resolution of state and local water problems. Although these research and development efforts of the OWRT have produced some worthwhile research results, the Administration believes that those results could have been achieved equally well by the private sector. Because of the concern expressed by the National Academy of Science in its recent report on Water Resources Research Priorities concerning the financing of desalting technology by private industry, we have deleted funding for the construction of the two proposed desalting plants. Key Facts About the Program The program provides grants to academic institutions and other research oriented entities or individuals for research efforts to solve local, state, and national water problems. Such grants are funded up to 100% Regarding the construction of demonstration plants, desalting technologies are far enough along that they can be applied without federal assistance. 77 Water Resources Council/Office of Water Policy Agency: Water Resources Council Functional Code:301 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 1981 1982 (Sin millions) 1983 1984 24.8 22.6 39.4 36.8 42.3 42.9 -5.0 -36.9 -31.2 2.5 1 ' 5.6 17 — 19.8 22.6 1985 1986 43.4 43.4 44.0 45.0 44.7 46.7 -40.3 -40.8 -41.4 -41.3 -42.0 -42.8 -42.7 -44.4 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.0 2,1 2.3 ^ 1982 Budget includes zero budget authority ($3.2M outlays) for the Water Resources Council; it also includes S2.5M budget authority (S1.8M outlays) for the new Office of Water Policy Program Description The Water Resources Council was established in 1965 to foster improved State and regional water planning, and coordinate Federal water activities. Eight departments with water resource programs have been represented on the policy-making Council, which has been chaired by the Secretary of the Interior. Proposed Change The Water Resources Council is being zero-funded, including a $5 million rescission in 1981 to reduce carryover of activities into 1982. A small Office of Water Policy will be established in the Department of the Interior. Rationale The existing organization has not been an effective means of implementing Federal policies. Because decisions are by consensus, the WRC has been unable to deal with tough issues or resolve interagency disagreements. River basin commissions funded through the WRC have been unsuccessful at resolving inter-state conflicts and have failed to produce a demonstrated improvement in regional planning. WRC's State grant program has not resulted in improvements in States' water management capabilities. The new Office of Water Policy will advise the Secretary of the Interior on water policies. The new Office will also oversee the timely completion of the Upper Mississippi Master Plan, due to the Congress in January 1982. The Administration will continue to examine water planning and development programs for additional improvements. Key Facts About the Program Water Resources Council State Grants: • 50/50 matched grants for water management and planning • $5 million rescission in FY 1981 • To be eliminated because they have not produced an expansion of State planning capabilities 78 River Basin Commissions: • Funding for all 6 Federal/State commissions to be eliminated (New England; Ohio River; Great Lakes; Upper Mississippi; Missouri River; Pacific-Northwest) • Not closely linked with other State planning and development activities • The required consensus decision-making has proven to be ineffective Office of Water Policy (Interior): • Will provide advice to the Secretary of the Interior on water policies • Will partially fill vacuum created by zero-funding of the Water Resources Council • Will provide for completion in January, 1982, of the Upper Mississipi Master Plan • Will have personnel ceiling of 25 Other: • "Principles and Standards" (P&S) will continue to guide Federal water project planning 79 User Fees for Recovery of Costs for Construction and Operation of Inland Waterways and Deep Draft Ports Agency: Department of Defense-Civil Functional Code: 301 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 3 1981 1982 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 -30 -58 -58 -67 -67 -82 -82 -90 -90 -110 -110 -248 -248 -483 -483 -515 -515 -550 -550 -585 -585 -306 -306 -550 -550 -597 -597 -640 -640 -695 -695 — — — Program Description The Department of Army (Corps of Engineers) has constructed, operated, and maintained the inland waterway system with (beginning in 1981) only a nominal charge to users. It has also constructed and maintained the deep draft harbors and channels at no charge to users. Proposed Change For the waterways the Administration is proposing, in addition to the current fuel tax: • A system of user fees consisting of, but not limited to, license -fees, ton-mile fees, lockage fees, and congestion fees. • The fee system will recover; — all operation and maintenance expenditures of the existing waterway system; — amortized costs of replacing and rehabilitating the system; — costs of new waterways on a phased basis, in recognition that it may take many years to develop sufficient traffic on them to bear the full cost of repayment. • The fee system will extend to all waterways used in commercial transportation except those privately constructed and maintained. For deep draft harbors the Administration is proposing that: • The nation's port authorities (or other appropriate public bodies) agree to reimburse the government for its expenditures for operations, maintenance and construction of navigation channels and other improvements • Payment for new construction be amortized over 50 years with interest based on the yield of government securities during construction, or • Port authorities and public bodies may find their own financing and reimburse the federal costs during construction, in which case planning and construction could begin without further Congressional authorization. • The port authorities and other public bodies will be able to pass on the cost of the federal user charge by the same means they now cover landside and other port costs, subject only to potential federal guidelines, where needed, to prevent inequities and abuses. Rationale These proposals are part of the administration's efforts to require payment for services rendered by the Government when the users are clearly identifiable and the costs allocable. For inland waterways and deep draft ports, the conditions are met. In addition the proposals will remedy long-standing imbalances in the transportation system caused by continued subsidies to two segments of the transportation industry. The subsidies are no longer needed as the industries are profitable and growing. 80 Key Facts About the Program WATERWAYS: • Built by Government at a cost of over $6 billion. • No charge to users until 1981 when 4 cents per gallon tax instituted. • Garry over one sixth of nation's intercity tonnage. • Average increase in fees will increase costs less than 0.4 cents per ton mile. HARBORS: • Federal costs for harbor channel dredging exclusive of Navy and other non-commercial governmental costs are currendy about $225 million per year. • Non-Federal costs for landside port facilities, berth dredging, and dredge spoil disposal are much larger than Federal channel dredging costs. • Federal dredging costs are small compared to the value of cargo moved in international trade (about $400 billion annually). • Federal port user charges would be small in porportion to the operating costs of vessels engaged in trade (about 0.5 to 2 percent, depending on type). 81 Department of Education 83 College Housing Loans Agency: Department of Education Functional Code: 502 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEV1ATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 15 32 13 3 12 3 -15 -13 -4 14 -1 1985 1986 12 3 12 3 12 3 -12 -30 -12 -75 -12 -86 -12 -85 -27 -72 -83 -82 -18 Program Description The Department of Education provides three percent loans, from a revolving account which consists of funds borrowed from the Treasury, to colleges for the construction and rehabilitation of student housing. Collections from past loans replenish the loan fund and new budget authority is used to meet the difference between interest earned on the loans and the cost of Treasury borrowing. The 1982 Carter Budget proposed to make $95 million available for new lending activity. Proposed Change Under the Adminstration's proposal: - No new College Housing Loans would be made - Collections would be used to meet interest insufficiencies with any remainder going to the Treasury to retire outstanding debt. Rationale This proposal is a component of the Administration's effort to impose fiscal constraint. With the college age population projected to decline in the next few years there is no national need to expand the capacity of colleges. If loan projects are cost-effective then it is simply unnecessary for the Federal Government to provide subsidized capital as there is already an incentive for the use of private capital. This proposal is consistant with the Administration's objective to reduce and control Government intervention in the Nation's private credit markets by reducing the borrowing requirements of the Treasury by returning $265 million to it between 1982 and 1986. Key Facts About the Program • Prior to the Administration's proposal an appropriation for the payment of participation sales insufficiencies has needed to be requested. The insufficiency results from the difference between the 5 to 6 percent rate of interest paid on the participation certificate and the 3 percent rate of income received on an equal amount of loans. The Administration's proposal would pay insufficiencies from repayments to the account. • No new loan commitments for college housing" will be made. The nation is no longer facing rapidly expanding postsecondary enrollments and the need for college housing has largely been met. There is no longer a clear Federal role in this area. • The capital for this program came from the Federal Financing Bank (FFB), and the termination of new loan awards will allow the program to begin reducing its debt to the FFB. The return of this capital to the FFB will reduce the Treasury's future borrowing requirements in the private market. 85 Elementary and Secondary Education Block Grants Agency: Department of Education Functional Code: 501 Funding 1982 1981 Budget Reform Criterion: 7 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 CARTER BUDGET: 5,400 5,837 6,386 Budget Authority* 5,214 4,655 5,573 Outlays REESTO1ATES & ADJUSTMENTS: -210 Budget Authority — — -42 Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: -1.527 -1,597 Budget Authority -1,398 1,684 1,122 -113 Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: 4,579 4.356 Budget Authority 4,060 305* 3,366* Outlays 4,483 •These outlay figures reflect spend out of block grant only, not prior programs. "Represents a composite of existing programs. 1985 1986 6,853 6,016 7,293 6,478 7,757 6,897 -166 -156 -111 -159 -108 -113 -1,878 1,568 -2,133 1,623 -2,347 1,805 4,809 4,292* 5,049 4,696* 5,302 4,979 Program Description For over a decade and a half, Federal involvement in elementary and secondary education has taken the form of a series of categorical programs. In areas thought to be of national interest, the FederalGovernment devised separate programs, each with specific objectives, priorities, and recipients. Implementation of these programs has resulted in individual appropriations, regulations, and paperwork requirements and has stimulated the establishment and continued growth of separate administrative structures for each categorical program at the Federal, State, and local levels. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to consolidate about 45 separate Federal elementary and secondary education programs into two "block grant" programs. Rationale While there is little doubt that these Federal categorical programs were intended to address real problems, some of which persist, and that at least some of these programs have demonstrated a measure of success, observers of the American educational enterprise have become increasingly aware of the weaknesses inherent in the current approach. Federal program requirements have become complex and confusing. Compliance has imposed heavy and growing burdens on State and local agencies and is frequently, from an educational point of view, counterproductive. Meeting Federal mandates has drawn increasing sums away from services into administration and other overhead costs. The current categorical approach has also distorted the division of responsibility originally built into the Federal system. Control of educational policy has gravitated toward the national government rather than remaining at State and local levels. Many Federal programs sprang from the realization that, for various reasons, particularly a lack of funds, State and local agencies were unable to meet certain national needs. Federal efforts have continued without regard to widespread and significant changes within State and local educational agencies. Current Federal programs ignore State and local projects designed to serve the same populations and meet the same needs. An adversarial relationship between the Federal Government and State and local educational agencies has persisted far too long, however. At the school and classroom levels, similar problems have emerged. Children in need of special services have failed to receive the required attention because they did not fit neatly into a Federal category; some children have lost out because they rightly belong in more than one category. Schools have adopted educational methods and strategies with an eye toward Federal fiscal controls and 86 regulatory restrictions rather than pedagogical values or local conditions. Rules and instructions intended for all the Nation's 16,000 school districts often have seemingly suited none. School administration has become, in some areas, as fragmented as Federal policies. The 1982 Budget, therefore, proposes block grants as the key vehicle for supplying financial resources to States and local educational agencies for elementary and secondary educational services. Key Facts About the Program • The Block Grants are intended to reform and redirect Federal involvement in elementary and secondary education. They will provide financial resources to States and local school districts so that they can serve various populations in need of special educational services. They will entail minimal regulatory and administrative burdens and allow maximum flexibility to design programs suited to special populations and with regard for State and local needs and circumstances. The 1982 Budget requests funding for school year 1982-83 of $4.4 billion. Funding Budget Authority by Activity 1980 Actual Estimate 1981 Revised Estimate 1. State and local education block grants $4,356,924,000 ($6,020,000) ($5,200,000) ($4,780,000) 2,630,022,000 2,824,880,000 2,118,660,000 98,325,000 142,142,000 106,606,000 107,800,000 107,800,000 80,850,000 Special programs and projects^ 84,419,000 75,083,000 56,312,000 Magent schools, pairing, and neutral site schools 36,302,000 30,000,000 22,500,000 922,000,000 691,500,000 25,000,000 18,750,000 100,000,000 120,000,000 9,000,000 18,625,000 18,125,000 12,625,000 145,000,000 165,000,000 123,750,000 Neglected and delinquent 32,291,655 37,750,000 28,312,000 State administration 48,318,628 47,000,000 5,450,000 Evaluation (technical assistance centers) 13,475,000 8,000,000 5,450,000 Improving local educational practice 146,400,000 91,400,000 50,000,000 Strengthening State educational agency management 51,000,000 51,000,000 38,250,000 Program evaluation^ Grants for disadvantaged: Basic grants to local educational agencies State agency migrant grants^ Emergency school aid: Basic grants to local education agencies Education for the Handicapped: State grant program 874,500,000 Preschool incentive grants 25,000,000 Adult education: Grants to states Basic skills improvement^ Handicapped 1982 Estimate 87 5,200,000 Emergency school aid: Special programs and projects (SEA incentive grants, multicultural arts, and assistance to Territories). $7,600,000 $8,500,000 $6,375,000 Grants to nonprofit organization 5,000,000 7,500,000 5,625,000 Educational television and radio 6,450,000 6,450,000 34,256,000 Training and advisory services 45,675,000 45,675,000 34,256,000 Women's educational equity 10,000,000 10,000,000 7,500,000 School libraries and instructional resources 171,000,000 171,000,000 128,250,000 5,919,991 5,000,000 3,750,000 18,739,927 18,800,000 13,800,000 594,726 2,200,000 1,20Q,000 Innovation and development (demonstration projects and technical assistance) 8,085,000 7,750,000 2,750,000 Regional resource centers 9,760,688 9,750,000 7,312,000 Special education personnel development 55,375,000 58,000,000 43,500,000 Career education incentive (State grants and model projects) 14,825,000 14,775,000 9,850,000 Community schools 3,138,000 10,000,000 3,138,000 Consumers' education 3,617,000 3,617,000 2,713,00 Law-related education 1,000,000 1,000,00 750,000 Basic skills improvement (Part A—technical assistance, parental involvement, and involvement of educational agencies; and Part B — State leadership) 13,375,000 13,375,000 11,425,000 Follow through (LEA service projects and sponsors) 39,144,000 35,250,000 28,187,000 Gifted and talented (Stateadministered grants, Statewide activities, and model projects) 5,400,000 5,400,000 3,830,000 Alcohol and drug abuse education 3,000,000 3,000,000 2,250,000 Education for the handicapped: Severely handicapped Early childhood education (demonstration, outreach, State implementation, and technical assistance) Regional vocational, adult, and postsecondary and adult demonstration projects) 88 $3,500,000 $3,500,000 $2,625,000 Metric education (All activities except evaluation) 1,840,000 1,715,000 1,255,000 Ethnic heritage studies 3,000,000 3,000,000 2,250,000 Cities in schools 3,050,000 3,050,000 2,287,000 PUSH for excellence 1,000,000 1,000,000 750,000 30,000,000 29,000,000 21,500,000 2.500.000 $5,142,167,615 2.500.000 $5,446,987,000 1.875.000 $4,048,274,000 Arts in education Teacher corps (All activities except evaluation) Pre-college science teacher training Total, budget authority ^ ^ $4,356,924,000 The figures for the program evaluation represent a share of funds available for evaluation within programs with purposes generally comparable to State and Local Education Block Grants. These programs include Grants for Disadvantaged, emergency School Aid, Education for the Handicapped, Career Education, Metric Education and Teacher Corps. Does not include funds set aside for Evaluation and State Administration. ^ Includes only funds for out-of-cycle grants, severe unmet needs, local educational agency planning, grants, pre-implementation assistance, special discretionary assistance, and capability-building contracts. ^ Includes only funds for instruction in basic skills, agreements with State educational agencies, inexpensive book distribution, and special mathematics program. 89 Higher and Continuing Education Agency: Department of Education Functional Code: 502 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 380 385 429 371 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 437 417 485 446 514 476 544 506 -27 -56 -24 -85 -46 -109 -75 -8 -3 -49 -15 -46 -43 -50 -47 -50 -53 -57 -54 372 382 380 356 380 374 379 375 379 377 378 377 Program Description This account is composed of 16 programs that encourage institutions the Department of Education funds to meet the needs of special populations, support institutional change and support study in fields of national concern. Proposed Change Under the Administration's proposal: Funding for the Veteran's Cost of Instruction Program, Educational Outreach Programs, and Law School Clinical Experience would be eliminated. Funding for International Education, Fellowships for graduate and professional study and Law-Related Education would be reduced. Rationale This proposal is a component of the Administration's effort to impose fiscal restraint on other programs of national interest. These programs are not targeted on the truly needy. The programs proposed for no further funding have outlived their usefulness in helping during the post-Vietnam transition or demonstrating the viability of university/community cooperation, State postsecondary planning, and certain teaching methods. The programs reduced have no clear relevancy to a national need or do not merit expansion in an era of budget reductions. Key Facts About the Program The Administration's proposal would effect eight programs: 1. Veterans's Cost of Instruction Program (VCIP) The Administration's proposal will: - Rescind $12,039,000 appropriated for VCIP in 1981. Approximately 1,025 awards would not be supported. Request no funds in 1982. This program: Provides specialized services to potentially enrolled and enrolled veterans. Grants are made to institutions of higher education and are used to maintain a full-time Office of Veterans' Affairs and provide outreach, recruitment, special educational services and counseling; Makes grants on the basis of the number of verterans enrolled and receiving veterans' educational or vocational rehabilitative services. Additionally bonus payments are made for veterans who are educationally disadvantaged or disabled. 90 - Was created in 1972 to respond to the special adjustment needs of the Vietnam era veterans. The peak year of veteran enrollment in postsecondary education was 1976 when there were approximately 910,000 enrolled veterans who were eligible for services under VCIP. Projections indicate that eligible enrollment is likely to fall below 276,000 in 1981. Institutions should now be able to absorb this smaller number of veterans into their traditional counseling and service programs. 2) International Education - Domestic Program The Administration's proposal will: - Rescind $4.8 million of the $21.8 million appropriated in 1981, which would result in a reduction in the size of the grants to 80 International Study Centers, though the average grant still represents an increase of $7,000 over the 1980 level. In addition, 73 fewer academic fellowships, 56 fewer international understanding projects would be supported than at the Continuing Resolution level. - Hold the program to the 1980 level in 1982. 3) International Education - Overseas Program The Administration's proposal will: - Rescind $3.2 million of the $6.6 million appropriated in 1981, which would reduce total funding for these programs to $3,000,000, the same as the 1980 level. From the Continuing Resolution level, the rescission would reduce the number of group projects abroad supported by 14, faculty research abroad projects by 36, doctoral dissertation research abroad projects by 57, curriculum consultants by six, and special bilateral projects by seven. - Hold the program to the 1980 level in 1981. 4) Educational Outreach Programs The Administration's proposal will: - Rescind $12.8 million of the $15 million appropriated for the Educational Outreach programs. Fifty-seven States and Outlying Areas will not receive Federal funding to increase access to continuing education programs for adults whose educational needs have been inadequately served. - Request no funds for these programs in 1982, as potential recipients of grants under this program are already taking steps to increase access to postsecondary continuing education for the underserved adult population without Federal funds being used as an incentive. This is particularly true in the case of institutions of higher education and others, which face a decline in the enrollment of traditional-age students, have an economic incentive to engage in continuing education activities and to reach out previously unserved individuals. 5) Fellowships for Graduate and Professional Study The Administration's proposal will: - Rescind the 1981 appropriations for Public Servic Fellowships and Mining and Mineral Conservation Fellowships and requests no funds for these programs in 1982. — Rescissions of $2,000,000 for Public Service Fellowships and $1,150,000 for Mining and Mineral Conservation Fellowships are requested of the $14,150,000 appropriated for Fellowships for Graduate and Professional Study. Approximately 375 fellowships would not be awarded. The remaining $11,000,000 would be used to support individuals from traditionally underrepresented groups undertaking graduate or professional study. — The market place appears to be sufficient incentive to encourage students to enter mining-related fields of study. For example, the average starting salary of graduates with bachelor's degrees in petroleum engineering is reported to be higher than any other field. Because of these attractive financial rewards, enrollments at mining schools have skyrocketed. In a time of generally declining enrollments, mining institutions are experiencing an annual 20 percent increase in applications. 91 — - Many institutions currently offer high level, high quality graduate programs in the public service field, and there already exists at this time a substantial supply of qualified persons to fill public service jobs. In addition, governments at all levels are hiring significantly more persons with degrees in specific academic disciplines such as law, economics, and engineering rather than persons with broad public administration degrees. Federal government-wide hiring restrictions will depress the need for new graduates even more. Reduce the 1982 Carter request for Graduate/Professional Education opportunities to the 1981 level. 6) Architectural Barrier Removal The Administration's proposal will: — Rescind $10 million appropriated in 1980 and deferred to 1981. — The only appropriation this program has received occurred in 1980". Subsequent to this appropriation, analysis of two federally sponsored studies determined that total higher education renovation costs for compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 were far less than originally assumed. Moreover, these studies indicated that the cost burden for the overwhelming number of colleges and universities was relatively small. — Of the original $25,000,000 1980 appropriation, $15,000,000 was rescinded in the Supplemental Appropriation and Rescission Act 1981. TTiis appropriation would provide less than $150,000 to two-thirds of the States and Outlying Areas. This amount would then be allocated among eligible institutions within a State. The administrative burden at both the State and institution level would be considerable. 7) Law School Clinical Experience The Administration's proposal will: - Rescind the $3 million appropriated in 1981. Approximately 60 demonstration projects in clinical legal education, some of which would be at schools which have already received awards in previous years, would not be supported. - Request no funds for the program in 1982. — When initially funded in 1978, this program was to have supported one time only demonstrations to stimulate accredited law schools to establish or expand clinical training programs for law students in the actual practice of law. The Federal objective to demonstrate the value of clinical experience in the education and training of law students has been met and additional funding is not required. — Since 1978, 168 demonstration projects have been supported. Furthermore, private groups continue to demonstrate the importance of clinical legal experience. For example, the Ford Foundation-sponsored Council on Legal Education for Professional Responsibility; Inc. (CLEPR) has spent approximately $7,000,000 over the past ten years to support die demonstration and development of approximately 100 clinical legal education programs. Now that the concept of- clinical legal training has been demonstrated, it should be the individual institution's responsibility to support the operation of these programs. 8) Law Related Education The Administration's proposal will: — Rescind $250 thousand of the 1981 appropriation for this program. — Request no funding for the program in 1982. — This program provides funds for curriculum development that should be supported by local funds. 92 School Assistance in Federally Affected Areas (Impact Aid) Agency: Department of Education Functional Code: 501 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 642 799 401 443 81 74 -7 723 873 401 450 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 436 426 471 455 504 488 535 520 -35 -25 -70 -55 -103 -88 -134 -119 401 401 401 400 401 400 401 401 ^ T h e Carter budget also included savings for this program from current services estimates. services would be: 1981 1982 1983 1984 Budget Authority -67 -474 -552 -631 Outlays -59 -438 -567 -647 Total savings from current 1985 -706 -727 1986 -777 -795 Program Description The Impact Aid program compensates school districts whose local revenues are adversely affected by Federal activities. Payments are made direcdy to local school districts and used for operating expenses and in some cases, for construction. Payments are currently made on behalf of children who reside and/or whose parents work on Federal property. Payments are being made in 1981 to approximately 3900 school districts. Proposed Change For 1981, the Administration proposes to: • Reduce the funds currently available for the maintenance and operations portion of the Impact Aid program by $67 million. • Make payments to all eligible school districts at 90% of their entitlement under the Continuing Resolution. • Make payments on behalf of all children currently eligible for the program, .those who live on Federal property and/or whose parents work on Federal property. For 1982, the Administration proposes to: • Pay school disticts only for those children who live on Federal property and whose parents work on Federal property ("A" children). • Make payments only to those school districts most heavily burdened by the presence of these children. The Impact Aid law defines such "Super A" districts as districts in which children who live and whose parents work on Federal property comprise 20% or more of the district's total enrollment. • "Super A" districts will receive payments at the rate of 90% of their entitlement for their "A" children and at 20% of entitlement for the "A" children who live in low-rent housing. Rationale The 1981 rescission represents a first step toward the major restructuring of the Impact Aid program proposed in 1982. It recognizes that while the current school year is more than half completed, many districts receiving aid under this program are being overcompensated for the effects of the Federal burden. The 1982 proposal recognizes that, in a time of budgetary restraint, it is no longer possible to justify Federal assistance to school districts for children whose parents pay local property taxes but who happen to work on Federal property. Payments will be made to the 330 districts most burdened 93 by Federal activities, while State and local agencies would resume full responsibility for more than 3,500 districts that currently receive assistance. Key Facts About the Program School Districts in the Impact Aid Program: • 3900 school districts are receiving payments in 1981. • 2200 school districts receive payments only for "B" children, those whose parents work for the Federal government. • 330 districts qualify as "Super A" districts. Children for Whom Payments Are Made: • Over 2.2 million children either live on Federal property and/or have parents who work on Federal property. • Only 340,000 children (15% of the total) live on Federal property and have parents who work on Federal property. Most of these "A" children are children of military personnel or are Indian children living on Indian lands. • Most "B" children either live in low-rent housing or live on private property and have a parent who works on Federal property. 94 Institute of Museum Services Agency: Department of Education Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Functional Code: 503 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 1983 in millions) 1984 12.9 13.0 16.9 15.0 18.3 16.2 1985 1986 19.7 17.4 20.9 18.5 22.3 19.7 -1.4 -0.3 -2.8 -1.7 -4.0 -3.1 -5.4 -4.1 -16.9 -15.7 -16.9 -15.4 -16.9 -15.6 — — -12.4 -0.1 -16.7 -8.4 -16.9 -12.7 0.5 12.8 0.2 6.1 3.2 Program Description The Institute of Museum Services provides grants to museums principally for general operating support. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to terminate the Institute of Museum Services. • Funds for grants to museums will be rescinded in 1981 and eliminated in 1982; • Minimal amounts for program administration are provided in 1981 and 1982 in order to effect the orderly phase down of the Institute's activities. Rationale This proposal is part of an overall Administration effort to rethink Federal support of cultural activities. While museums and other repositories of cultural artifacts are important in our society, they have traditionally been the beneficiaries of private philanthropy, for both construction and operating funds. While in recent years inflation has impaired the ability of museums to operate, the Administration proposes to attack these problems directly, through its overall economic program. A healthy economy will provide more resources for cultural activities without the need for Federal support. Key Facts About the Program • The Institute provides grants to museums, principally for general operating support. Federal support for operating expenses of museums is not an appropriate Federal function. • Many of the activities of the Institute overlap with the museum programs and the challenge grant programs, of the Arts and Humanities Endowments. 1981 Jan. Budget Funding Institute for Museum Services Grants to Museums Program Administration Museum Services Board -12,267 520 70 95 ($ in thousands) 1981 1982 Revised Jan. Budget 50 401 49 16,267 616 54 1982 Revised 220 1980 1981 Jan. Budget Type of Grant General Operating Support $ Number of grants Average Award ($) • 1981 Revised 1982 9,500,000 11,300,000 365 450 26,027 25,111 General operating support grants provide general operating support for unrestricted museum activities. IMS awards one-year grants on a competitive basis to eligible museums. Special Projects 1980 Model Projects $ Number of grants Average Award ($) 899,000 43 20,906 1981 Jan. Budget 1981 Revised 700,000 35 20,000 50,000 2 25,000 1982 Revised • Emergency grants provide a maximum grant of $25,000 to museums that have been damaged by a natural disaster. • Special project grants are one-year innovative and exemplary projects. Accreditation and Assessment Grants -- - $ Number of Awards Average Award ($) 267,000 417 640 • Accreditation grants provide eligible museums with a one-time grant of $800 to help defray the costs of accreditation by an appropriate national association. • Museum assessment grants provide a one-time grant of $600 to'aid museums in paying the costs associated with assessing the quality and effectiveness of their operations. 96 Library Programs Agency: Department of Education Functional Code: 503 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 68 67 78 73 80 71 -31 -3 47 70 68 67 1985 1986 87 87 95 92 97 100 -33 -10 -40 -33 -48 -43 -50 -52 47 61 47 54 47 49 47 48 Program Description College library grants are awarded to institutions of higher education for the acquisition of library materials and for networking activities. Public library funds are provided to establish, expand and improve public library services and are targeted on the unserved, disadvantaged, institutionalized, handicapped, limited english speaking and older persons. A portion of the funds are reserved for major urban resource libraries. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to: • Terminate the college library program in 1982. • Reduce the public library program by 25% in 1982. • Continue funding the interlibrary cooperation program at the current services level. This program provides funds to facilitate cooperative efforts among libraries. Rationale The college library program provides equal grants to virtually all institutions of higher education in the Nation, thereby reducing the awards to an insignificant level. The Federal government provides only 5% of all funds expended for public libraries in the Nation. Local agencies spend 82% while State governments spend 13%. Public libraries are a State and local responsibility and State support for public libraries should increase. Fostering cooperative library projects is clearly a more appropriate Federal role. Key Facts About the Program • Funds for the public library services program are distributed to States through a formula based on total residence population, but with a $200,000 minimum for the 50 states, D.C., and Puerto Rico, and a $40,000 minimum for the other outlying areas. The State and local matching requirement ranges from 33 percent to 66 percent (except for the Trust Territory which is 100 percent federally funded), with States providing matching funds in proportion to their per capita income. • • The legislation of the public library services program authorizes additional funds for major urban resource libraries through an appropriation trigger provision. When the appropriation for this program exceeds $60,000,000, cities with over 100,000 population share 50 percent of the excess over $60,000,000 with the remainder to be used at the discretion of the States within the program purposes. • In 1981 public library grants ranged from $7 million and $5 million to California and New York, respectively, to $303 thousand to North Dakota. 344-211 97 0-81-4 • The interlibrary cooperation program provides funds to States according to a formula based on total resident population, but with a minimum of $40,000 for the 50 States, D.C., and Puerto Rico, and a $10,000 minimum for the other Outlying Areas. No State matching is required. • Between 20 and 30 percent of the funds awarded as subgrants by the States go to urban library systems. • Funding: Carter Public Libraries: 1981 63 Budget Authority ($ in millions) Persons Serviced (in millions) Disadvantaged 30 Physically Handicapped 1 Institutionalized 1 Older readers 8 Interlibrary Cooperation Budget Authority ($ in millions)i 12 No. of cooperative library projects 310 Percent of nation's libraries involved 35 College Libraries Budget Authority ($ in millions) 5 2,600 No. of awards Average award $ 2,000 98 Reagan 1982 63 1981 '63 1982 47 30 1 1 8 30 1 1 8 23 1 1 2 15 12 12 325 310 275 40 35 30 5 2,600 $ 2,000 5 2,600 $2,000 — — National Institute of Education Agency: Department of Education Functional Code: 503 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 79 82 84 81 — ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 92 86 99 91 106 96 113 102 -9 -15 -7 -20 -12 -25 -18 — -5 -3 -23 -22 -22 -20 -23 -20 -25 -21 -27 -22 74 79 61 59 61 66 61 64 61 63 61 62 Program Description NIE funds research and demonstration activities in three areas: basic educational research, educational organization and administration, and dissemination of the results of research and demonstrations to practitioners in the field. Proposed Change The $5 million supplemental proposed by the Carter Administration for 1981 will be withdrawn and funding in 1982 and succeeding years will be reduced by 25%. Carter 1981 596 17 No. of awards No. of labs & centers funded 1982 671 17 Reagan 1981 1982 561 260 17 17 Rationale The activities of the Institute, white occasionally making valuable contributions to the theory and practice of education, are of relatively low priority given present budgetary conditions. This proposal provides the Secretary of Education with considerable flexibility to reallocate remaining funds toward those efforts that will result in continued improvements in education. Key Facts About the Program • NIE has devoted an increasing amount of program funds into fundamental research — 20% in 1979 increasing to 30% by 1985. • Teaching and Learning — Program Data Activity Description Students and schools using instructional materials developed by: — Southwest Regional Laboratory for Educational Development FY 1980 Students 1,050,000 Schools 6,375 — CEMREL Comprehensive School Math Program Students Schools Teachers 50,350 316 1,665 99 FY 1981 (Projection) FY 1982 (Projection) 1,200,000 6,500 1,300,000 6,500 57,850 380 1,915 65,300 440 2,165 • Educational Policy and Organization — Program Data Activity Description Local education agencies, universities and other organizations using information developed through NIE-funded projects on desegregation: — Special publications on desegregation trends, judicial decisions, research methods, and minority students • FY 1981 (Projection) FY 1982 (Projection) 25,000 30,000. 28,000 FY 1980 FY 1981 (Projection) FY 1982 (Projection) 680 695 715 370,000 150,000 410,00 175,000 443,00 210,000 19 4,726,600 19 4,726,600 22 5,103,400 Dissemination and Improvement of Practice - Program Data Activity Description Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) giving practitioners and researchers easy access to report and journal literature covering a wide range of educational issues — Libraries subscribing to entire collection of ERIC microfiche — Total number of documents and journal articles cited in ERIC files — Number of computer searches of ERIC Enrollment of urban districts served through the activities of an urban superintendents' dissemination network: — Districts Served — Student Enrollment FY 1980 100 Special Population Programs Agency: Department of Education Functional Code: 501,502 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 551 453 631 531 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 695 619 743 678 799 736 855 791 -64 -16 -112 -52 -168 -106 -224 -160 -54 -4 -117 -79 -117 -116 -117 -117 -117 -117 -117 -117 497 449 514 452 514 487 514 509 514 513 514 514 Program Description The Indian Education program supports educational services for Indian students through three programs. Part A provides formula and competitive grants to school districts with Indian children to improve their academic performance, reduce dropout rates and expand culturally relevant educational materials. Part B supports discretionary grants to individuals, Indian tribal governments, and organizations to promote Indian participation in programs which involve them and in society in general. Part C supports discretionary grants to Indian tribes, organizations and institutions to improve educational opportunities for Indian adults who have not completed high school. The Bilingual Education program supports the development of bilingual education programs in local schools to help children of limited English proficiency learn English while they develop subject matter skills. The Bilingual Vocational Training program supports vocational training, vocational instructor training, and development of bilingual instructional materials, methods and techniques. The Strengthening Institutions program provides funds to eligible two and four year colleges for the improvement of their fiscal management, administration and academic programs. Grants of from 1 to 5 years are made and a comprehensive development plan is required. Current law requires that 24 to 30% of the funds go to two year colleges and holds harmless the traditionally Black colleges to a funding level not less than 50% of what they received in 1979. In 1979, Black colleges received approximately $65 million out of a $120 million appropriation. Special Programs for the Disadvantaged awards several types of discretionary grants to encourage and assist disadvantaged youths to enter, continue or resume postsecondary education. Upward Bound and Talent Search provide grants for tutorial and counseling services to high school or other youth with college potential. Special Services grants are made to increase tutorial and counseling support of disadvantaged college students. Education Opportunity Centers provide information on colleges and available financial aid. Proposed Change — Reduce the average cost per student under Part A of the Indian Education program to $161 rather than permitting an increase to $213. Reduce the number of service projects under Part B to 19, the 1981 level, reduce the numbers of participants in educational personnel development projects and eliminate a new State level coordination project Reduce the numbers of Indian adults participating in literacy programs from 9,000 to 8,456. — Reduce the Bilingual Education program arid the Bilingual Vocational Education programs to 75% of the 1981 Continuing Resolution level in 1981 and 80% of the 1981 Continuing Resolution level in 1982. In order to implement these changes, the Administration will withdraw the Carter budget request for a $9 million supplemental, propose rescissions totaling $45 million in 1981 and reduce the 1982 request by $65 million. 101 — Reduce the Carter budget proposed increase for Strengthening Institutions from $33 million to $9 million. The $9 million would be used to initiate the new challenge grants program. — Eliminate the Carter proposed increase of $7 million for Special Programs for the Disadvantaged. These programs have expanded rapidly in the last several years from a funding level of $70 million in 1975 to $148 million in 1980. Rationale This proposal is a component of the Administration's effort to impose fiscal restraint on other programs of national interest Reductions in the Bilingual Education program are necessary in order to reduce Federal spending in low priority programs. While the Indian Education program serves a disadvantaged population, it has grown significantly in recent years in the absence of evidence of positive benefits to participants. Even with this reduction, the program will be funded at the 1981 level. The reduction in funds to Strengthening Institutions will maintain the program above the 1981 level and fulfill the President's commitment to the support of Black Colleges. The Special Programs for the Disadvantaged funding will be continued at the 1981 level. Key Facts About the Program Bilingual Education Reagan 1981 190 209 135 144 624 641 426 431 334,124 362,528 560 222,968 500 234,760 560 43 43 38 29 82 102 1,180 82 1,175 81 1,180 325,000 $165 326,000 $161 213 205 120 130 Budget Authority ($ in millions) No. of demonstration and capacity-bldg. projects No. of students participating Carter 1982 1981 No. of fellowships No. of training institutes 1982 560 Indian Education Budget Authority ($ in millions) No. of Part A awards No. of students participating Average student expenditure 1,175 325,000 $165 No. of fellowships 326,000 213 $213 205 120 153 373 207 231 25 463 15 373 431 450 167 450 160 450 160 450 617 617 173 173 617 173 617 173 32 32 32 32 2 20 2 20 Strengthening Institutions Budget Authority (S in millions) No. of strengthening institutions awards No. of special needs awards No. of challenge grants TOTAL AWARDS 203 213 Special Programs for the Disadvantaged 160 Budget Authority ($ in millions) No. of Upward Bound awards No. of Special Services awards No. of Talent Search awards No. of Educational Opportunity Centers awards No. of Training program awards 102 Student Assistance Agency: Department of Education Functional Code: 502 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ Budget Authority Outlays 4,984 4,519 1982 5,065 5,044 Budget Reform Criterion: 2 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 4.526 3,320 4,517 4,704 4,400 4,717 4,224 4,530 -26 1,325 -99 -258 -124 -447 -131 -408 -510 -521 -740 -669 -585 -628 -536 -556 -580 -528 -376 -410 4,474 3,998 4,325 4,375 3.915 4,017 3,882 3,890 3,696 3,742 3,717 3,712 this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 -2,074 -510 -1,016 -1,659 -1,857 -2,019 -521 -803 -1,499 -1308 1986 -2,287 -2,233 Program Description The two major student financial aid programs are Pell Grants (formerly called Basic Educational Opportunity Grants, BEOGs), which provide awards to undergraduate students who can demonstrate need, and Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) which provide subsidized loans to any postsecondary student, regardless of need. Proposed Change Under the Administration's proposal, benefits to the highest income students will be eliminated. In the Pell Grant program this will be accomplished by increasing the amount of discretionary income that families must contribute to the support of a student, except where there is extreme financial need. In the GSL program student loan amounts will be limited to "remaining need" (educational costs minus other aid and family contribution), ending the in-school interest subsidy on loans to students, and eliminating the Federal special allowance to lenders on loans to parents. Rationale Without these reforms, the GSL program would be recklessly expanded in a few years. Under the GSL program, students can borrow regardless of their educational need, with the Federal Government paying all interest on the loan until the student is out of school. The result is that the Federal Government pays high rates of interest, on free money that students spend as they see fit. While the principal amount of the loan must eventually be repaid proceeds of these loans can be invested allowing students and their families to earn 14-15% yields on money for which the Federal Government is paying 14-15%. Without rational limitations, such as the Administration is proposing, the Department of Education could soon become the creditor of the first resort for every American family that has a family member enrolled in postsecondary education. Key Facts About the Program • To ensure continued access to higher education by financially- needy students, funds are requested to support the Pell Grant program ai a level based on a maximum grant of $1,800 in 1982-83. This will maintain assistance to low and moderate income students. The request of $2,486,000,000 will provide grants averaging $920 to 2,700,000 students. 103 ($ in thousands) Program impact data Recipients (in millions) Average grant (in whole $) Maximum grant (in whole $) 1980 1981 2.8 $862 $1,750 1982 2.8 $915 $1,75 2.7 $920 $1,800 The Pell Grant program targets funds to students from families with lower incomes. Until the last few years, over 50 percent of the recipients were ftom families earning less than $6,000. As incomes have risen, however, a larger segment of the population in the over $12,000 income group has qualified and received awards. ($ in thousands) 1980 1981 1982 $2,415,328 $ 2,562,000 $2,486,000 $1,578,000 $ 2,159,000 $2,486,000 Program impact data Estimated program costs Sources of funding: Appropriation/budget request Reappropriation Drawdown from next fiscal yr. Supplemental appropriation Total funds available $579,328 $258,000 — — $ $ — $2,415,328 258,000 661,000 $ 2,562,000 — — $2,486,000 The total cost of the Pell Grant program in 1982 is $76 million less than the requested 1981 level. This reduction is achieved through an increase in the assessment rate levied on family income. In 1981, only 10.5 percent of a family's discretionary'income was expected as a contribution to a student's educational cost in the calculation of a Pell award. In 1982, it is proposed that families contribute 20 percent of their discretionary income for such purposes. By the end of fiscal year 1982, with the Administration's proposed changes, the Guaranteed Student Loan program will have supported about $31.4 billion in loans to student and parent borrowers. Of this amount, about $10 billion will have been directly insured by the Federal Government and over $21 billion will have been guaranteed by State and private nonprofit agencies'and reinsured by the Federal Government Loan volume guaranteed (dollars in billions) Recipients (in millions) 1977 1978 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.8 21.3 1.0 1.1 1.5 2.3 14.8 104 1979 Cumulative Total 1965-1980 1980 Vocational Education Agency: Department of Education Functional Code: Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 779 767 779 937 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 503 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 842 841 903 864 961 912 1,022 968 -63 -49 -124 -101 -182 -153 -243 -208 -195 -77 -156 -174 -156 -123 -156 -126 -156 -131 -156 -134 584 690 623 763 623 669 623 637 623 628 623 626 Program Description The Vocational Education Act (VEA) provides funds to support secondary, postsecondary and adult vocational programs. Most funds are distributed to States on a formula basis. States use funds to support program maintenance, program improvements, consumer and homemaking programs, special programs for the disadvantaged, planning activities and the work of the State Advisory Council. Funds also support research, curriculum development and some demonstration projects at the national level. Proposed Change For all activities funded under the Vocational Education Act, the Administration proposes: • a $195 million reduction (or 25%) in 1981. • a $156 million reduction (or 20%) in 1982. For activities funded under the Vocational Education Act: • each will be equitably reduced. • no existing activity will be eliminated. • Federal expenditures in 1981 will fall by $11 to $34 per enrollee and in 1982, by $9 to $36 per enrollee. Rationale Continued high levels of funding for vocational education can no longer be justified on the grounds that Federal funds either stimulate State and local resources to increase the availability of vocational programs, or provide increased access to vocational training for special populations. In 1980, State and local contributions to vocational education overmatched Federal funds by an average of 10 to 1. In the most recent year for which participation data are available, only about 15% of all vocational disadvantaged education enrollees were handicapped or of limited English speaking ability. Key Facts About the Program Program Enrollments: • About 56% of vocational education participants are in secondary school programs, 15% are in postsecondary programs, and 29% are in adult programs. • Individual vocational program areas (e.g., agriculture, office occupations) tend to have enrollments dominated by one sex. • Vocational programs are offered in about 28,000 secondary and postsecondary institutions. 105 • Only 8% of the secondary vocational institutions are in cities of 500,000 or more; 22% are in communities of 100,000 to 500,000; and 60% are in communities of less than 100,000. Program Funding: • State and local funds account for $10 of every $11 spent on vocational education. • State and local expenditures for vocational education have risen almost 10 times faster than Federal expenditures since 1972. Program Effectiveness: • About 3 million persons complete vocational programs each year. Of those who enter the labor force, most find work related to their training. • Research results, are inconclusive as to whether there are long-term or sustained benefits for vocational program graduates. 106 Department of Energy 107 Alcohol Fuels/Biomass/Urban Waste Agency: Department of Energy Budget Reform Criterion: 7 Functional Code: 276 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Agency: Department of Agriculture 1982 0 107 0 28 0 13 0 15 0 15 0 15 -741 -103 0 -28 0 -13 0 -15 0 -15 0 - 15 -741 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Functional Code: 271 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1981 1982 525 56 104 -505 -46 -94 20 10 10 1985 1986 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 Program Description This program provides financial incentives for alcohol fuels, biomass and energy from municipal waste projects through feasibility studies, cooperative agreements, direct loans and loan guarantees. Budget authority of $1.27 billion was appropriated in 1980 to cover both DOE and USDA programs on a multi-year basis, with $745 million allocated to DOE and $525 million allocated to USDA. Proposed Changes Terminate the program. USDA ($505 million). Rescind $1246 million in budget authority used by DOE ($741 million) and Rationale These financial incentive programs would be terminated as a result of applying sound criteria to economic subsidy programs. Additional direct government spending programs are not needed in light of the other incentives for alcohol fuels, biomass and urban waste. • Gasohol (a mixture of 10% alcohol and 90% unleaded gasoline) currently receives a subsidy as a result of being exempt from the 4 cent per gallon federal excise tax. This subsidy amounts to $16.80 per barrel of alcohol and reduces the cost of gasohol to the point where it is competitive with gasoline. In addition, approximately 30 states provide tax credits for gasohol ranging from 2 to 10 cents per gallon. The federal excise tax exemption will result in estimated tax expenditure of approximately $200 million for gasohol production in 1982, and could total over $2 billion over the next five years. • Capital investment in alcohol fuels, biomass and urban waste projects are made even more attractive because certain types of plant and equipment are eligible for an investment tax credit of 20%. In 1982, these costs will result in tax expenditures of over $200 million. In addition, the President's economic recovery program includes new initiatives which will provide further incentives for alcohol fuels, biomass and municipal waste. 109 • The removal of price control from domestic crude oil will restore market forces in the energy field and make these alternative energy sources more competitive with petroleum. • The President's tax proposals, including the income tax reductions and the accelerated depreciation proposal, when coupled with the Federal spending and credit reductions, will result in a significant increase in the amount of capital formation in the private sector for all types of investment projects. This should increase capital availability for alcohol fuels, biomass and urban waste projects without the need for government intervention through loan guarantees and other financial incentives. Also, unlike other forms of alternative fuels, alcohol fuels, biomass and urban waste projects are a less risky investment because the technology is proven and the economic feasibility can be estimated relatively accurately. These incentives will ensure that alcohol fuels, biomass and energy from municipal waste will be able to compete effectively with conventional energy alternatives without the need for additional government sudsidies through loan guarantees, feasibility studies and cooperative agreements. Key Facts About the Program TAX EXPENDITURES FOR ALCOHOL FUELS, BIOMASS AND URBAN WASTE Excise Tax exemption Production Tax Credits Investment Tax Credit TOTAL 1981 121 13 158 292 1982 189 35 207 431 (S in millions) 1984 1983 299 478 54 68 354 225 628 900 1985 562 80 423 1065 1986 626 90 276 992 PLANNED ALCOHOL FUELS PRODUCTION Results of National Alcohol Fuels Commission (NAFC) Survey • 340 plants are planned, which would result in production of 4.5 billion gallons of ethanol per year. • The Commission's forcast estimates 1983 capacity of 850 million gallons per year, slightly lower than the 1982 goal of 920 million gallons in the Energy Security Act. • The 1985 forecast ranges from 1.4 to 2.1 billion gallons per year, depending on oil prices, corn prices, capital availability and limits on construction and equipment capability. 110 Department of Energy Administration/Overhead Agency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 276 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 7 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 303 294 402 370 387 355 -20 -2 -129 -107 283 292 273 263 1985 1986 397 392 409 404 412 415 -118 -86 -127 -122 -139 -134 -142 -145 269 269 270 270 270 270 270 270 Program Description Most funding for Departmental Administration (indicated in millions of dollars) is for overhead functions (personnel, accounting, etc. totaling $326) but also included are department-wide crosscutting activities such as policy analysis ($29); international affairs ($12); outreach (e.g., intergovernmental, consumer affairs) programs ($46); facilities planning and in-house energy conservation ($90) and miscellaneous activities (e.g., inventory changes, reimbursements) including revenues (-$100). Proposed Changes 1982 funding would be decreased by a total of $129 million (32 percent). Specific decreases (in millions) are: management and support (-$44); policy analysis (-$11); international (-$7); intergovernmental and consumer programs (-$14); facilities planning and in-house conservation (-$41) and miscellaneous activities (-$12). Rationale Decreases reflect President Reagan's effort to impose fiscal restraint on programs of national interest and, especially, to cut Government overhead costs. • Overhead function workload is keyed, with some time lag, to direct program workload in the Department and may be reduced in accordance with direct program cuts. • There is now less need for policy, international and outreach activities since market forces will be playing a larger role in resolving energy issues and guiding energy consumer and producer decisions. • In-house conservation and miscellaneous activities are decreased to reflect only the highest priority projects and activities. Key Facts About the Program GENERAL MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT Support sendees are reduced, and staff decreased by 490. full-time positions. POLICY ANALYSIS A decisive Reagan energy policy based upon a limited Government role permits a 40 percent reduction in funding for energy policy studies. Ill INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS The energy planning program for other countries is eliminated since they can obtain consulting expertise without U.S. Government assistance. Staff is substantially reduced to eliminate duplication with State Department and CIA. OUTREACH PROGRAMS Public Affairs is limited to communicating broad, general DOE policy and program information to the media and the public; more specialized education/information activities are reduced or eliminated. Intergovernmental Affairs will focus solely on necessary coordination with other levels of government; most direct financial aid to State and local groups is eliminated. Consumer Affairs is limited to advising the Secretary on the impacts of DOE policies and programs on consumers and ensuring public participation; special education and training programs are eliminated. 112 Energy Conservation Programs Agency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 272 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 1 7 : Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 753 705 872 931 813 959 -207 -42 -677 -442 546 663 195 489 1985 1986 635 810 579 638 576 576 -631 -645 -461 -623 -408 -467 -407 -407 182 314 174 187 171 171 169 169 The Carter budget already included some savings for energy conservation reflected in a proposed 1981 rescission with outlay impacts in 1981 through 1983. Total savings expected are as follows: 1981 1982 Budget Authority -254 -677 Outlays -60 -460 1983 -631 -657 1984 -461 -623 1985 -408 -467 1986 -407 -407 Program Description The Department of Energy conducts energy conservation programs in three areas: • Technology development, including both near-term, product-specific, as well as long-term, generic research and development. • Standards, technical assistance and information, including standards for buildings and appliances, mandatory, utility-delivered residential/commercial conservation services, and the Federal Government's own energy management efforts. • Financial assistance, including grants for low-income weatherization, for schools and hospitals conservation measures and for state energy conservation and emergency planning and management. Proposed Change For technology development, support only long-term, generic and high risk, but potentially high-payoff, research. Withdraw support from projects where commercial viability can be tested by the private sector alone, including energy from urban waste, consumer products, advanced automotive engine design, demonstration of electric and hydbrid vehicles, and industrial processes. For standards, technical assistance and information, eliminate funding for development and implementation of building and appliance standards and for the residential/commercial conservation services program. Reduce funding for various technical assistance, public service information and Federal energy management programs also. For financial assistance, eliminate grants for State energy conservation and energy emergency planning and management, but retain grants for schools and hospitals conservation measures. Eliminate funding for DOE's low-income home weatherization assistance program and fold it into the community development support assistance program in the Department of Housing and Urban Development No change is proposed for the energy conservation tax credit, which is expected to provide at least $739 million in support of private sector conservation during 1981 and $799 million during 1982. Reductions in Department of Energy conservation activities thus represent a decrease of less than 26 percent in total Federal support for energy conservation in 1982. 113 Rationale This proposal is part of the Administration's effort to apply sound economic criteria to subsidy programs. Motivated by rising energy costs and substantial Federal tax credits, individuals, businesses and other institutions are undertaking major conservation efforts. Decontrol of oil prices and continuation of tax credits can be expected to accelerate these efforts. Some Federal conservation programs, therefore, are no longer necessary, while others may impede private initiative by imposing too great a regulatory burden on the public. More specifically: • Technology development reductions are appropriate because rising energy prices will increase demand for energy-efficient products and thus stimulate private sector development of near-term, product-specific technologies. • Standards, technical assistance and information reductions are warranted because, with rising energy prices, -consumers are demanding and manufacturers are producing more energy-efficient products and buildings without mandatory Federal standards. These trends also obviate the need for much Federally supported technical assistance and public service information. Similarly, where conservation is an economic alternative to new generating capacity, utilities are developing their own conservation programs. • Reductions in financial assistance are called for because State energy conservation planning and management grants do not merit Federal support, given the widespread public awareness of energy conservation benefits and the high level of private investment in energy conservation. The schools and hospitals grant program, however, yields measurable benefits that would not otherwise occur, because of the difficulty localities have in obtaining front-end financing for new public facilities. Further, these grants have proved their value in financing cost-effective conservation improvements in public facilities not eligible for tax incentives. Combining the Department of Energy weatherization program with the Housing and Urban Development Department's community development block grant is an example of Administration efforts to shift resources and decisionmaking authority to State and local governments through block grants and program simplification wherever possible. By shifting responsibility for weatherization efforts entirely to the local level, communities will be able to devise approaches most appropriate to their needs and circumstances and achieve greater levels of efficiency and productivity. Key Facts About the Program Evidence is ample that increasing energy prices already are inducing substantial energy conservation: • In the six years after the Arab oil embargo, total U.S. energy consumption increased only six percent, compared with an increase of 29 percent in the six years prior to the embargo. • While fossil fuels prices in constant dollars have doubled since 1973, energy consumption per GNP dollar (the best indicator of the Nation's overall energy efficiency) has declined every year since that time, decreasing by a total of nine percent. • Annual growth in energy demand declined from over five percent in 1976 to less than one percent in 1979 and to minus four percent in 1980. Fuel use for home space heating declined at least 15 percent between 1979 and 1980. • • Industrial energy use is almost the same as it was in 1972 despite a 20 percent increase in real industry output. • Average miles per gallon of fuel consumed by U.S. passenger cars rose from 13.1 mpg in 1973 to 14.29 mpg in 1979. • • Average annual fuel consumption per car declined 12.9 percent from 1973 to 1979. An April 1980 national survey by Pat Caddell found that nearly 90 percent of the respondents were concerned about the rising costs of gasoline; nearly 80 percent had received information in the past month from newspapers, television and radio on improving their gasoline mileage; and over 70 percent reported reducing gasoline use. • The private, nonprofit Advertising Council has sponsored five national energy conservation campaigns since 1975. All advertising agency staff time and media coverage (TV, radio, newspapers and magazines) was donated free, of charge. The Council estimates the minimum value of media coverage contributed between 1975 and 1979 at nearly $200 million. 114 Energy Information Activities Agency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 276 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 105 102 127 127 135 135 -14 -12 -47 -49 91 90 80 78 1985 1986 144 144 153 153 161 161 -61 -61 -67 -67 -73 -73 -78 -78 74 74 77 77 80 80 83 83 Program Description The Energy Information Administration (EIA) collects and publishes energy statistics; prepares forecasts and analyses; and provides data collection services for other components of the Department of Energy. The budget for EIA has grown significandy from less than $50 million in 1977 to the Carter proposal of $127 million in 1982. The result has been new or more detailed data systems and refined analyses of limited value which have created a growing demand for energy consultants and statisticians. Also, extensive and costly reporting burdens have been imposed on the private sector. Proposed Change The Reagan budget reduces Carter EIA funding by 37 percent in 1982 and by even larger amounts in the outyears, approaching 50 percent by 1986. This will reverse the trend toward ever more detailed statistics and assessments. EIA will focus on basic oil, gas, coal, and electric utility data systems, with improvements in these systems as warranted, and on publications of proven value, such as the Monthly Energy Review. Emphasis will be on national level data; State level data, costly to collect, will be cut back. Recently created systems that have produced information readily available elsewhere will be significantly reduced or eliminated. Analytical efforts will be reoriented to provide faster, more relevant analysis and eliminate duplication with other Department of Energy offices. Reduced activity of other Energy Department units will also reduce the need for EIA support.' Rationale In times such as these, requiring fiscal austerity, the benefits of ever more data and statistical precision fall short of the costs, which include significant costs inflicted on the private sector in burdensome reporting requirements. Therefore, EIA will go back to basics and not try to satisfy each and every demand for energy data and analysis. There will be less need for such services as energy consumers' and producers ' decisions are guided more by the free play of market prices than by Federal planning and regulation. Key Facts About the Program EXAMPLES OF ACTIVITIES ELIMINATED: • Collection and publication each month of State, by State consumption data for six fuel types. This imposes a significant burden on the private sector and Government. EIA can focus on national level data, with little loss to decision making necessary for national energy policy. • Collection of financial data from oil companies which in part is already reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission and is available in company financial reports. Department of Energy reports indicate there are no "scandals" to uncover with this information. Continued collection of these data is a luxury incompatible with the need to reduce the budget. 115 EXAMPLES OF ACTIVITIES CUT BACK OR REORIENTED: • Forecasting of petroleum prices to the year 2000. The limits of analysis are such that we cannot predict oil prices even for next year with a high degree of confidence. • General energy modeling, used as a framework within which to address broad issues. Such modeling will be simplified and more focused on specific public policy needs. At present this activity suffers from too much operations research input and too little economic input. WHAT REMAINS? • For its three principal program responsibilities—collection, analysis, and data services—EIA will focus more on basic data series and systems for oil, gas, coal, and utilities and focus less on discretionary data and systems that try to satisfy every conceivable "need." Validation (quality assurance) efforts will continue within these programs. In addition to the savings of $47 million in 1982, all these changes will eliminate a need for some 390 Federal employees. 116 Energy Regulation iVgency: Department of Energy Functional Code: Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 271 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 238 240 238 234 230 230 -143 -145 -136 -138 -133 -129 -123 -123 105 104 102 102 105 105 107 107 1981 1982 331 291 270 300 248 249 -111 -68 -159 -179 220 223 111 121 Program Description The Carter budget assumed decontrol of crude oil and remaining petroleum products (gasoline, propane) would not take place until September 30, 1981. A wide range of other energy regulations were to continue without major change. This included programs of the Economic Regulatory Administration, the Office of Hearings and Appeals, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, and gasoline rationing preimplementation. Proposed Change President Reagan's commitment to ending unnecessary Government regulation will permit a sizable reduction in spending and removal of large numbers of Federal employees from Government payrolls. Department of Energy activities such as the oil price and allocation regulatory functions of the Economic Regulatory Administration, interventions in State public utility proceedings, mandatory fuel-use restrictions, and the cumbersome coupon rationing system will be eliminated. The proposed reductions total $159 million, or a reduction of 59 percent from 1982 budget authority levels. Rationale These changes are part of the President's policy to impose fiscal constraint on programs of national interest. The economic impact of energy regulations is enormous. For more than nine years, restrictive price controls held U.S. oil production below its potential and artificially boosted energy consumption. These price controls and the related entitlements program subsidized importation of foreign oil, made us more dependent on OPEC, and aggravated our balance of payments problems. Removal of these controls is a positive step toward allowing our free market to promote prudent conservation and vigorous domestic production. Oil decontrol has also enabled the President to propose elimination of the Department of Energy regulatory activities that were designed to compensate for marketplace imbalances caused by price controls on oil — e.g., energy use restrictions as in the Powerplant and Industrial Fuel Use Act. Key Facts About the Program Sizable direct savings of $51 million in 1982 budget authority result from oil decontrol since this eliminates administration of complex regulations, reduces compliance work, reduces the hearings and appeals, and reduces program overhead. For example, the Office of -Hearings and Appeals has quickly resolved almost two-thirds of the cases pending 'at the time of the decontrol action. Indirect savings totaling $104 million in 1982 budget authority also result from oil decontrol. Other regulatory activities designed to compensate for the market distortions caused by oil price controls can be eliminated, including: • Repeal of the coal conversion program under the Fuel Use Act requiring utilities and others to switch away from oil. Reliance should be on market forces. Only three powerplant units have converted to coal under the program in two years, and they did so voluntarily. (Savings of $31 million.) 117 • Termination of assistance for, and Federal interventions in, Stale utility rate proceedings. These Federal activities aided State utility commissions in complying with the Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978. This need will have been met by the end of 1981. (Savings of $21 million.) • Termination of planning for government petroleum allocation during supply disruptions (as under the Emergency Petroleum Allocation Act) and reliance on market forces. Federal allocation programs have been unsuccessful. Rigidities in the past allocation system gave rise to petroleum shortages in recent years. (Savings of $17 million.) • Termination of activities to implement gasoline rationing,, authorized by the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended by the Emergency Energy Conservation Act. Rationing would fail because of its complexity, vulnerability to fraud, and extraordinary regulatory burden. The Department of Energy will pursue alternative strategies relying on market forces. (Savings of $35 million.) Two other changes saving a total of $4 million in 1982 budget authority are proposed to curtail the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission hydropower program authorized by the Federal Power Act: • The first would raise the threshold for hydropower projects that are partially exempt from Commission jurisdiction. As a result, small projects could be placed in operation in much less time. • The second would eliminate the hydropower resources analysis program that develops river basin use plans. This would provide less Federal interference for planners at the local, regional and State levels. In addition to the dollars saved, the reductions will eliminate the need for almost 1500 Federal employees from current on-board levels. 118 Energy Sciences iVgency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 271 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 263 263 346 346 373 373 -2 -1 -54 - 54 261 262 292 292 1985 1986 396 396 417 417 437 437 -60 -60 -64 -64 -68 -68 -71 - 71 313 313 332 332 349 349 366 366 Program Description This DOE program supports basic research in such areas as coal chemistry, materials effects, corrosion, combustion, catalysis, etc. necessary to the effective long-term advancement of new energy technologies. It also includes special programs in University Research and Advanced Technical Assessments. Proposed Change Reductions will generally be taken across the board. Core areas of expertise in all fields will be maintained. The integrity and general thrust of the program is preserved. Rationale Although these programs are in the national interest and appropriate for federal support, the level of increase proposed in the Carter budget cannot be sustained in a period of fiscal constraint. Key Facts About the Program • The Administration remains committed to a strong Federal role in long term energy research which the private sector is not able to support sufficiently in the national interest. • These programs support long-term research which will lead to future improvements in the energy production technologies. • These activities are conducted as a large number of small research programs conducted, primarily at universities across the country. • The Basic Energy Science program operates and supports unique materials research facilities with considerable corporate participation and funding. 119 Fossil Energy Agency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 271 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authorit^ Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays!/ PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 1981 1982 (S in millions) 1984 1983 929 942 1008 1048 1253 1218 1230 1198 1344 1319 1376 1369 -70 -40 -359 -332 -500 -381 -560 -501 -613 -594 -861 -516 859 902 648 716 753 837 670 697 731 725 861 853 1985 1986 Includes Fossil R&D and non-solar parts of Energy Production, Demonstration and Distribution account including the Naval Petroleum Reserve. Program Description DOE currently supports a wide range of activities aimed at developing and improving technologies for producing and using coal, oil shale and oil and gas and for assisting the adoption of these technologies by private industry. These activities also include funding for the operation of major fossil energy demonstration projects and pilot plants. Proposed Change Focus support for fossil energy demonstration projects in the Synthetic Fuels Corporation and terminate on-budget support in the DOE; phase out support for two major coal liquefaction pilot plants; and refocus remaining R&D activities on long-term high risk R&D with potentially high payoffs. Also terminate all commercialization activities. Rationale Costly near-term activities, such as construction and operation of pilot plants and the operation of demonstration plants using company-specific processes, subsidize individual companies while producing rapid and uncontrollable growth in the Federal budget. The budget in this area has increased dramatically in the last seven years, increasing over seven-fold primarily because of pressures from private firms to have Federal funding spread among many potential private competitors. These Government outlays are less needed now because the energy industry has stepped up its research and development investments, having increased its 1979 spending 25% over the previous year's level. Deregulation of energy prices will provide additional incentive to continue this trend, while other Administration policies such as the proposed tax incentive for investment through accelerated capital recovery and removal of excessive regulatory burdens will further enhance the private sector's ability to develop and introduce new technologies. By relying on private market forces and the assistance of the newly created Synthetic Fuels Corporation, near-term technology development and commercialization activities can proceed without direct Federal funding. Federal research support can be focused on relatively less costly high-risk, longer-term, high-payoff activities that the private sector traditionally has been less willing or able to undertake. 120 Key Facts About the Program • In the enhanced gas recovery area the Administration's FY 1982 budget calls for an $18 million reduction under Carter level to $10.7 million in budget authority. About 25 percent of this is due to cutoff of DOE geologic assessment activity which is being done by the private sector. In addition, with price increases under the Natural Gas Policy Act, drilling has increased from 11,378 wells in 1978 to almost 15,000 last year according to some estimates. Largest drilling increases were in the higher cost gas categories (deep and unconventional gas) and preliminary estimates suggest new gas discoveries in 1980 will exceed withdrawals. • In oil shale a reduction of $11 million in budget authority is proposed under Carter budget. Price decontrol, the existence of the Synthetic Fuels Corporation and recent OPEC increases have spurred a new wave of private sector investment in commercial oil shale production. Seventeen of the top 20 oil companies are now involved in oil shale projects. These companies have financial and technical resources to commercialize technology. They do not need direct government R&D subsidies to assist their activities. • A $174 million reduction in budget authority is proposed for coal gasification and liquefaction operating costs. Most of this reduction can occur because of termination of major fossil demos in FY 1982. In addition, the budget proposes to phase out Federal support for the Exxon Donor Solvent (EDS) and H-coal coal liquefaction pilot plants. The Federal government has subsidized the construction of these facilities. The companies involved have both the financial and technical resources to continue to operate these facilities if they believe it is beneficial. • The budget proposes to phase out all magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) activity in FY 1982. MHD is a technology that, although it is long term and high risk, does not have a high payoff relative to other competing electricity technologies. Other technologies, such as fuel cells, promise efficiency nearly as high as MHD, yet they are much closer to market introduction. 121 General Science Program iVgency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 271 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEV1ATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1981 1982 504 510 607 597 653 651 -40 - 24 567 573 — — 504 510 1985 1986 708 708 759 755 801 801 -44 -43 -60 -60 -76 -72 -83 - 83 608 608 647 647 683 683 717 717 Program Description The DOE supports basic research in high energy physics, nuclear physics, and nuclear life sciences at National Laboratories (inherited from AEC) and in universities. This research is analogous to the type of basic research supported by the NSF in all disciplines of science. Proposed Change The Administration proposes a reduction of $40 million in the Department of Energy's general science programs in life sciences and nuclear medicine, high energy physics, and nuclear physics. These cuts are both across-the-board reductions in activity spread across the community and stretchouts or deferrals of existing or newly initiated construction projects. Rationale Although these basic research programs represent an appropriate Federal commitment and are in the national interest, the level of increase proposed by the Carter Budget was too large to be sustained in a period of fiscal austerity. Key Facts About the Program • As evidenced by the 12% increase over 1981 the Administration supports a Federal,role in long term research in frontier areas such as high energy physics and nuclear physics. Such fundamental programs not only provide clearer understanding of the basic constituents of matter but can also lead to technological spin offs. • This increase will cover anticipated inflation in recognition of the importance of basic research in these and other fields of the natural sciences as an investment in the Nation's future. • The proposed 12% increase over 1981 will compensate for anticipated cost increases due to inflation. • The 1982 request will permit continuation of existing construction projects for high energy physics with perhaps some stretch in schedule. The level of experimentation, despite rising dollar levels, will remain esentially constant • The construction schedule on the ISABELLE facility (Intersecting Storage Ring Accelerator) at the Brookhaven National Laboratory will probably be stretched. This is dictated by technical problems associated with magnet design as much as by budget constraints. It is still too early to determine whether a change in project scope or total estimated cost is warranted. 122 Magnetic Fusion iVgency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 271 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 394 443 506 563 580 575 -11 -8 -46 - 84 383 435 460 479 1985 1986 680 630 770 690 835 750 -86 -65 -155 -105 -216 -136 -253 - 168 494 510 525 525 554 554 582 582 Program Description The DOE magnetic fusion program consists of basic plasma physics and engineering development which are being integrated into a technology feasibility program to demonstrate energy production from fusion. Proposed Change This proposed reduction will cancel the Fusion Materials Irradiation Test Facility (FMIT), a materials support device at Hanford, Washington, and will also cancel the ISX long pulse experiment at Oak Ridge. The schedule on construction of the Fusion Engineering Device (FED) has also been slowed. The Center for Fusion Engineering and the commitment to an FED remain as part of the FY 1982 budget Rationale The magnetic fusion reduction from the Carter Budget was taken in 1982 as part of a general reduction in Federal expenditures even in programs of national interest. The cancellation or slowdown of facility construction (FMIT, ISX, FED) should not significantly effect nor unduly delay development of the magnetic fusion program. Key Facts About the Program • These 1982 reductions from the Carter Budget do not represent any basic change in the Administration's strong commitment to the development of this inexhaustible energy supply option. • The revised 1982 request still shows a 5% increase over the 1981 level of effort. • Thirty million net out of the $46 million decrease is due to the cancellation of the Fusion Materials Irradiation Test Facility (FMIT) that was to be built at Hanford, Washington. DOE is now studying less expensive ways to conduct materials research for the fusion program. • The present program continues to maintain a broad science and technology base. This will enable DOE to exploit any successes in new fusion concept experiments. Experiments such as EBT at Oak Ridge, Spheromak at Princeton -and OHTE at General Atomics are important insurance that the best ftision concept will emerge as an eventual reactor candidate. • The cancellation of the ISX experiment (another $8 million) for long pulse operations to be conducted at Oak Ridge represents a legitimate technical judgment by the DOE. More cost effective alternatives exist to provide the same scientific data. 123 • The Fusion Engineering Device (FED) has been slowed by approximately one year. The additional time should permit a better definition of the goals, concept and design of this facility. • Some have suggested that fusion should be slowed down in the interest of developing the breeder. This is not the Administration policy. These are complimentary nuclear technologies with different development and deployment schedules. They both represent reasonable energy supply options and will receive appropriate levels of support in the future. 124 Other Energy Supply iVgency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 271 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 688 657 602 636 639 623 -147 - 70 -223 -195 541 587 379 441 1985 1986 683 647 716 685 734 728 -212 -215 -209 -205 -196 -197 -195 - 204 427 408 474 442 520 488 539 524 Program Description These programs include geothermal, small hydropower, electric energy systems, energy storage, environment, uranium resource assessment, energy impact assistance and general plant projects. Proposed Change: By applying sound criteria to these programs, primarily involving economic subsidy, it is proposed principally to terminate near-term demonstration, commercialization and subsidy activities which should be a private-sector responsibility and which, in many cases, the private sector is already supporting. Rationale The specific reductions in the area of technology development and their rationale are to: • terminate geothermal loan guarantees that serve merely to reallocate capital from more productive investments; • eliminate funding for additional Government-supported commercialization of geothermal technologies that can and should be supported by die private sector; • eliminate development and demonstration programs in electric energy systems and energy storage that can and should be supported by the private sector; • terminate subsidies for additional small hydropower demonstrations, because sufficient incentives already are provided through a 21% investment tax credit and through credit programs in the Department of Agriculture. In addition to the above reductions in technology support programs, other actions are proposed to: • eliminate energy impact assistance grants to the States that unnecessarily assume responsibility for activities that are more appropriately undertaken by .State and local governments with industry support and duplicate other sources of Federal assistance. • terminate environmental studies that are ineffective and Environmental Protection Agency and other Federal agencies; • phase out uranium resource assessment activities because this program is no longer necessary to meet nuclear nonprolioferation objectives and because adequate data on uranium resources is already available; • stretch-out lower-priority construction projects at Department of Energy multi-purpose laboratory facilities during this period of needed restraint. 125 duplicate efforts at the Key Facts About the Program 1981 Hydropower Electric Energy Systems Energy Storage Geothermal Environment Uranium Resource Assessment (.NURE) Energy Impact Assistance General Plant Facilities Total Carter BA BO Reagan BA BO 1982 Carter Reagan BA BA BO BO 22 40 72 199 237 23 42 74 160 230 -3 35 52. 164 227 20 38 52 157 225 3 39 60 97 280 16 38 64 123 275 0 10 39 49 231 10 9 44 84 234 31 62 25 688 47 63 18 657 31 10 25 541 47 30 18 587 25 48 50 602 25 65 30 636 10 0 40 379 19 16 25 441 HYDROPOWER: The private sector is now actively pursuing small hydro development. No further DOE spending is needed. • Applications for FERC preliminary permits increased almost 15 times between 1978 and 1980, to a total of 500 applications. • In fiscal year 1981, over 572 applications were received in the first four months alone. • A lot of this activity is being spurred by the 21% investment tax credit • For small, publicly-owned facilities, credit assistance is still available through USDA. ELECTRIC ENERGY SYSTEMS AND ENERGY STORAGE: Near term development and demonstration activities — which the private sector is or can be expected to supported — are being phased out. For example, the revised budget terminates: • development of new and improved chemical batteries for electric vehicle use; • demonstrations of the use of battery storage to reduce utility peak power demands. GEOTHERMAL: The revised budget terminates funding for near term geothermal activity. For example: • Near term hydrothermal development such as programs in site confirmation, cost sharing commercialization efforts with the States and technical assistance to industry. • The demonstration of the binary cycle at Heber, California. • Operation of the 5MW.binary pilot project at Raft River in Idaho. • The Geothermal Resource Development Fund. Additional guarantees for loans will cease which will allow the banks to assess the value of investments in this technology. The program for geopressured resource and component development is being reduced to eliminate duplication with industry efforts. ENVIRONMENT: The proposed reduction will terminate duplicative and unnecessary activities while ensuring that critical environmental research and assessment activities continue. For example: • Short-term, site-specific research activities will be eliminated because they should be a private sector responsibility. Longer-term generic work will be unaffected. • Duplicative and ineffective environmental assessments, such as the DOE-funded water-for-energy studies performed by the Water Resources Council, will be terminated. These studies duplicate similar activities required under NEPA. 126 • Environmental control technology evaluations, which are unnecessary to formulate energy-related environmental policy judgements, will be terminated, along with other evaluations at specific demonstration sites which no longer will be DOE-supported. URANIUM RESOURCE ASSESSMENTS (NURE): The uranium resource assessment program has essentially completed its original goal to provide a comprehensive assessment of national uranium resources. • Essential geologic and geophysical data on 144 high priority quadrangles covering most of the known uranium-producing and high potential areas has been developed. • Projections of future uranium supply and costs indicate adequate supplies into the next century. • One of the justifications for the program was to prove enough uranium existed to put off a decision on building the breeder reactor. The Reagan Administration's policy is to proceed with the breeder; therefore this justification for the program no longer exists. ENERGY IMPACT ASSISTANCE: This program is being proposed for termination because energy development activities partially generate sufficient State and local revenues to mitigate the adverse impacts of development without Federal assistance. Additionally, a 1978 report to the President identified more than 115 Federal programs which could be used to assist communities impacted by energy development projects. A 1980 report by the Congressional Budget Office also identified numerous Federal and State funding sources for impact assistance, including: • the share of Federal mineral lease royalties which are returned to States (50% of royalties from coal; 37.5% for other minerals) which total nearly $350 million for FY 1981; • loans against future mineral lease revenues, which are authorized by P.L. 94-579 to provide "front-end" funding needed by communities; • Federal payments in lieu of taxes, which are scheduled to provide $111 million in FY 1981; • the reclamation fund established by the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act (P.L. 95-87), funded from a tax on each ton of coal mined, which can be used for impact assistance. • State mineral severance taxes, which have grown from $686 million in 1970 to $2.5 billion in 1978. 127 Solar Energy Development iVgency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 271 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 4 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1981 1982 577 589 583 589 664 650 -99 -79 -390 - 380 478 510 193 209 1985 1986 623 657 595 595 553 553 -457 -443 -403 -437 -362 -362 -309 - 309 207 207 220 220 233 233 244 244 Program Description The DOE solar program currently includes research and development on a variety of emerging solar technologies (e.g. photovoltaics) and market development efforts to promote the use of solar technologies ready for commercialization (e.g., active solar heating). The current program also includes funds for a permanent facility for the Solar Energy Research Institute (SERI). Proposed Change The DOE solar program is being reduced by 67% in budget authority frorp the Carter budget for FY 1982, with cumulative savings of more than $2 billion by the end of 1986. Reductions are proposed in all solar technologies to eliminate nearer-term technology development and commercialization activities. Long-term high risk, but potentially high payoff, research will continue. Funds for a permanent facility for SERI are deleted. Rationale These changes are proposed to apply sound economic criteria to replace current subsidy programs. The DOE reductions are part of a new Federal solar strategy that places greater emphasis on the private sector and market forces for the near-term development and commercialization of solar energy. Deregulation of oil and the increasing natural gas prices permitted under the Natural Gas Policy Act will remove the subsidies for competing oil and gas technologies that have prevented solar from achieving its true potential. Under these favorable conditions for solar energy, and assisted by continued solar tax credits, it is no longer necessary or appropriate for DOE to support costly near-term development, demonstration and commercialization efforts that industry can and will do. These changes will have little effect on solar energy use, which will continue a healthy rate of increase over time as rising conventional energy prices and the tax incentives stimulate the demand for commercial solar products. Funds for construction of a permanent facility for the Solar Energy Research Institute are deleted. The mission of this organization needs to be better defined and an appropriate staffing level agreed upon before any decision is made to proceed. Key Facts About the Program TOTAL FEDERAL SOLAR SUPPORT: The following table compares the Carter and Reagan levels of total Federal support for solar energy. It should be noted that total Federal support for solar energy will remain high under the President's proposal due to continuation of solar tax credits, which are expected to reduce taxes for residential and business investors in solar energy system by $2.6 billion between 1981 and 1986. 128 Budget Authority ($ in Millions) Changes Changes Carter 1981 DOE Solar Program Other Federal Programs Solar Tax Credits (excluding alcohol fuels and biomass) Total 1982 1981 1982 577 239 583 388 -99 -47 128 944 216 1187 ^ -146 Reagan 1981 1982 -390 -92 478 192 193 296 n -482 128 798 1 705 SOLAR TAX CREDITS Federal solar tax credits consist of: • a 40% residential credit available to homeowners on the first $10,000 of their solar investment. • a 15% residential credit for landlords. • a 15% business investment credit. • tax exemption for industrial development bonds (IDB's) for State renewable resource programs. These credits provide significant tax reductions for solar energy users: 1981 1982 FISCAL YEAR 1983 1984 1985 1986 112 276 360 515 191 646 Residential (including landlords) 24 55 100 141 15 160 Business Investment Credit 1 1 3 6 7 IDB's for State renewable programs _2 334 682 128 216 466 TOTAL 796 Extensive Federal tax incentives for alcohol fuels and biomass energy are also available. These are covered in separate justification papers. States also provide tax breaks for solar energy systems. SOLAR INDUSTRY GROWTH: Stimulated by rising conventional energy prices and solar tax credits, the market for solar energy products is expanding rapidly. • Active Solar: The number of solar collector manufacturers has grown from 45 in 1974 to 223 in 1980—nearly a five-fold increase. • Photovoltaics: It is estimated that actual and planned investments by the private sector in photovoltaics have totaled nearly $300 million to date. • Biomass: Direct combustion of wood already provides 2% (1.5 Quads) of our national energy consumption; and annual sales of wood stoves have increased from 160,000 in 1972 to over 1,000,000 today. • Wind: In the mid-1970's there were about seven importers or manufacturers of small wind systems and little private funding of larger systems. Today, there are approximately 37 U.S. manufacturers of small wind systems and at least five privately supported developers of intermediate and large scale systems. EXAMPLES OF ACTIVITIES ELIMINATED OR SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCED: • Wind: Design and fabrication of additional intermediate and large scale wind machines. With private sales already occurring and companies developing these machines without Federal support, no further Federal funding for this activity is warranted. • Photovoltaics: Low Cost Solar Array project, which funds quality improvements and cost reductions in near-term photovoltaic production processes. This activity will be undertaken by the private sector, which has made significant investments in this technology. 344-211 129 0-81-5 • Active Solar: Near term technology development and market support for solar hot water and space heating systems. With more than 300,000 systems already in place, and annual sales of $750 million, product improvements and marketing of these systems can be left to industry. EXAMPLES OF ACTIVITIES CONTINUED: Longer term, high risk, but potentially high pay-off, research such as: • Photovoltaics: devices. • Biomass: Identification and exploratory development of potential biomass energy feedstocks that have not been investigated extensively (e.g., cultivation of microalgae). • Solar Thermal: New materials development and concept definition of advanced solar thermal systems for electricity generation and industrial process heat. Advanced research and development on amorphous silicon material and 130 Synthetic Fuels Agency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 271 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding CARTER BUDGET: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES27 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ 2/ 3/ 1981 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 415 275 858 864 1064 859 362 676 140 224 25 256 -545 -275 -858 37 -864 -1060 -859 -362 -676 -140 -224 -25 -256 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -130 -60 0 0 Does not include non-svnfuel part of Fossil Energy Construction Budget Reduction includes rescission of $300 BA for feasibility studies and cooperative agreements.. Does not reflect future FY 82 rescission of S170M of FY 81 funds for SRC II. Program Description Federal support for synthetic fuels is currently located in the DOE's Fossil Energy construction budget, in the DOE's interim Alternative Fuels program and in the Synthetic Fuels Corporation (SFC). • DOE's Fossil Energy demonstration program currently supports five major synthetic fuel projects estimated to cost over $2.7 billion through FY 1985. (This include only construction costs and does not include plant operating expenses in the Fossil Energy R&D account which would cost an additional $1.9 billion.) These projects, all in the final design or site preparation stages, include: SRC I and II direct coal liquefaction, Memphis medium Btu coal gas, Conoco high Btu coal gas and Illinois Coal Gas Group's high Btu coal gas project. • DOE's Alternative Fuels Program has a total.of $5.5 billion available from 1980 budget authority including $0.5 billion for feasibility studies and cooperative agreements and $5 billion for financial support (i.e. loan and price guarantees) for synfuel projects under the Non-Nuclear R&D Act ($2 billion) and the Defense Production Act ($3 billion). • The SFC has $12.2 billion to support synthetic fuel projects through price supports, purchase commitments, loans, loan guarantees, joint ventures and Government-owned facilities. Proposed Change Terminate additional subsidies for project feasibility studies and cooperative agreements ($300 million savings in budget authority) and DOE funding for synthetic fuel demonstration projects in fossil energy construction budget. Consolidate DOE alternative fuels program in the SFC after the SFC is declared operational by the President. Under existing statutory authority transfer uncommitted and unobligated DOE interim Alternative Fuels Program funds to the SFC on June 30, 1981. Rationale By allowing DOE synthetic fuel demonstration projects to compete for funding in the SFC a more effective and focused synthetic fuels program will result. The Administration policy of eventually focusing all synfuels construction projects in the SFC will capture all of the important benefits of the previous programs while minimizing Federal costs. This policy will have several major advantages: • It will allow project selections to be made on technical and economic merit; the independent nature of the SFC will help insulate project selection from undue political influences. 131 • It will restore management of the projects to the private sponsors, who will also be expected to have a considerably larger financial stake in the success of the projects. By requiring the private sector to bear more of the risk for these plants we increase the chances for project success, decrease Government costs, provide funding certainty (rather than the uncertainy associated with the annual appropriation process) and allow the private companies and vendors to fund and manage projects and market products of synfuels plants. As noted in a recent General Accounting Office study, Government project management has injected costly delays and other difficulties into the construction and operation of major synfuels facilities. • It will allow very substantial reductions in Federal outlays. By allowing the SFC to consider funding projects currently being funded by DOE, we can save taxpayers over $2.7 billion in budget authority for construction over the next 5 years and another $900 million in operating expenses. These savings can be achieved without compromising the pace of development of synthetic fuels given the very substantial support that the Synthetic Fuels Corporation can offer. The Administration is also proposing to rescind $300 million in budget authority for additional feasibility and cooperative agreement studies. This program basically subsidizes companies to do design studies so that they can later ask the Government for construction subsidies. Cutting out Federal involvement in this activity will not only reduce the Federal cost of synfuels programs but will also encourage companies to develop the capability to do their own studies. It is questionable whether any company which does not have either the technical ability or the relatively small financial resources necessary to do a feasibility study will be able adequately to share risk or provide the sound management necessary to construct and operate a commercial synfuels facility successfully. Key Facts About the Program • The following demonstration projects, currently part of the DOE Fossil Energy program, will be affected by this policy. These project sponsors may submit proposals to the SFC. Project/ Process Proposed Location Industrial Sponsors Description SRC-1 Newman, KY International Coal Refining Co. (ICRC) (Wheelabrator-Frye, Air Products & Chem.) Demonstration module to convert 6000 t / d of highsulfur coal into solid and liquid fuels equivalent to 20,000 b / d of crude oil SRC-II Morgantown, WV SRC International Inc. (Gulf Oil subsidiary Demonstration module to convert 6000 t / d highsulfur coal into 20,000 b / d (equivalent) of liquid fiiels. Conoco Coal Development Co. (with 9member consortium) Demonstration plan to convert 1270 t / d highsulfur coal into 19 million cubic feet/d of pipeline quality gas. High-Btu Gas Noble County, OH Demo/BGC-Lurgi Slagging Gasifier High-Btu Gas Demo/ COGAS Perry County, IL Illinois Coal Gasification group (ICGG) (5 Illinois gas utilities) Demonstration-plan to convert 2210 t / d highsulfur coal into 23 million cubic feet/d of pipeline quality gas & 1720 bbl/d of liquids Med-Btu Gas Demo/ U-GAS Memphis, TN City of Memphis, Light, Gas & Water Division Demonstration plan to convert 3110 t/d highsulfur coal into 154 million cubic feet/d of industrial fuel gas 132 • Private sector cost sharing for most of these projects is minimal, in some cases less than 5% of the total project cost which could exceed $2 billion for some projects. It will be necessary for the private sponsors of the DOE demonstration projects to restructure their current financial arrangements in order to compete for SFC support. But in a time of severe fiscal stringency, it is unconscionable to allow projects to proceed on the current basis of minimal private contribution and enormous taxpayer support. • A recent GAO report, which examined Federal costs for the coal liquefaction program, concluded that "premature commitment to contracting and poor construction and contract management — greatly increased costs and schedule slippages." GAO concludes that, "larger investments by private sponsors and sharing of cost growth provides an incentive to private sponsors to control costs and helps to assure that each party is fully committed to the success of the project." • There is a danger that by subsidizing too many projects too early, we increase chances for bottlenecks and key component shortages. This will substantially increase delays and total costs of the program. • Supporters of the Memphis Project have said that funding the project in SFC could save up to $200 million and reduce project delays resulting from the existing Federal procurement process and project management. • Recently one of the supporters of a proposed high Btu coal gasification demonstration announced that it no longer supported construction of the project and that it supports the President's policy in the synfuels area. The Company allegedly will build a smaller diameter gasifier with several other companies using private funds.. • The DOE demo projects could be supported by the SFC either as full scale synthetic fuel projects using loan and price guarantees, purchase agreements or loans, or as synfuel project modules using the joint venture provisions of the Energy Security Act (ESA) (42 U.S.C. 8736). There clearly does not have to be any amendment of the ESA to allow projects presently being supported by DOE to apply for or receive assistance from the SFC. 133 Uranium Enrichment Agency: Department of Energy Functional Code: 271 Funding 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1174 76 423 124 135 -178 -843 ^135 -355 331 76 68 -231 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 1985 1986 144 -134 153 277 161 248 + 64 -22 -5 -16 -41 -27 -29 - 48 200 -200 96 -150 160 250 230 230 — Reduction in contract authority not appropriation. Program Description The Uranium Enrichment program produces fuel for all domestic and many foreign nuclear power plants. Its obligations and expenditures are offset to a great extent by revenues generated from the sale of enriched uranium. Fuel (enriched uranium) is currently produced at the three gaseous diffusion plants (GDPs) located at Oak Ridge, Tennessee; Paducah, Kentucky; and Portsmouth, Ohio. Construction of the Gas Centrifuge Enrichment Plant (GCEP) is under construction at Portsmouth, Ohio using advanced and more efficient gas centrifuge technology. PROPOSED CHANGE: • In FY 81, a reduction in contract authority, a type of budget authority, which the program no longer needs because incoming revenue is now sufficient to cover expenses. • In FY 82, a drop in production from the gaseous diffusion plants which will reduce power requirements for the plants by 1000 megawatts below the Carter Budget. The reduction will yield a savings of $189M in FY 82 with no disruption in meeting demand. • In FY 82, an increase in the price of Separative Work (SWU) yielding an additional $149M in revenues. The price increase will be accomplished by raising the interest rates on plant and capital and by factoring in a reduced level of production. • In FY 83 to 86 changes in power cost estimates due to higher power escalation rate projections and increases in revenues resulting from the FY 82 price increase. Rationale The reduction in operating levels of the gaseous diffusion plants will save $200M in FY 82 and can be accomplished without impairing the Department's ability to meet demand for enriched uranium. The price of the product is being increased in keeping with the Administration's concern that the costs of special government programs be borne more directly by those whose receive the benefits. Key Facts About the Program • The FY 82 level of production is 9.5 million Separative Work Units (SWU's). This is the same as the FY 81 level but 4 million SWU less than the Carter level. • The reduced operating levels in FY 82 at the GDP plants will provide enough production to meet demand by drawing down the SWU stockpile of 30 million by 4 million SWU's. • Current demand by domestic and foreign customers in FY 82 is 14 million SWU's. 134 • A normal stockpile requirement (e.g., for working inventory) is 14 million SWU's (16 million less than DOE is presently maintaining). • These reductions in operating levels will have no effect on employment at the GDP plants. • The SWU price increase in FY 82 will increase the electricity rates for those consumers served by nuclear power by less than 1%. • The SWU price increase will continue to make the US produced enriched uranium the most competitive in the world. The price increase of $11 per SWU will put the DOE price at $130 per SWU which is $30 below the market price charged by foreign competitors. This increase is the legal limit permitted by legislation. • Continuation of GCEP funding will result in a 1994 completion date. The centrifuge technology will consume only 5% of the power of the GDP plants for the same level of output. Its highly efficient production methods will have the effect of reducing the price of SWU by 15% in present dollars. Over 3,000 people will be employed in the Portsmouth, Ohio area during the construction of this project. An addition 1,000 people will be employed nation-wide in support of machinery and component production for GCEP. • There is no change in the construction schedule of the Gas Centrifuge Enrichment Plant at Portsmouth, Ohio. 135 Department of Health and Human Services 137 Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC) and Child Support Enforcement (CSE) Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 609 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS 27 Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1.121 7,793 5.731 7,685 8,043 8,043 8,314 8,314 8.621 8,621 8,907 8,907 -22 -24 -147 -194 -351 -351 -474 -474 -592 -592 -732 -732 — -651 -651 -817 -817 -899 -899 -990 -990 -1,018 -1,018 4,933 6,840 6.874 6,874 6,941 6,941 7,039 7,039 7,157 7,157 7,705 7,817 ^ Includes proposed legislation items. The Carter budget already included savings for proposed legislation adopted in the Reagan revisions, as follows: 1982 1984 1981 1983 1985 -1,182 -1.360 -1,456 Budget Authority -1,563 -1.182 Outlays -1.360 -1,456 — -1,563 1986 -1,609 -1,609 Program Description AFDC is often viewed as the primary Federal welfare program (although SSI spends as much for the poor). AFDC is administered by the States with Federal matching funds ranging from 50% to 83%. Within benefit standards established by each State, cash assistance is provided to low-income families based on household size and family income. Family eligibility and benefits depend greatly on what is counted as income. CSE is designed to reduce AFDC costs by helping States locate absent parents who are liable for child support and enforce collection of such support (this program can also be used by non-AFDC families). The Federal government finances 75% of the State's administrative costs and shares in collections for AFDC cases in the same proportion as the AFDC matching rate for that State. Incentive payments (15% of the amount collected) to cooperating jurisdictions are paid out of the Federal share of collections. While the States reap large net savings from this program, the Federal government incurs substantial net costs. Proposed Change A legislative package is proposed with most of the savings accounted for by addressing the treatment of family income for AFDC purposes and greater sharing of CSE costs by non-Federal sources. AFDC: • Retrospective accounting and monthly reporting — States would be required to determine each month's AFDC benefits based on the family's income and circumstances in the previous month. This would replace the current prospective procedure of estimating future income and family circumstances to calculate benefits, which can result in overpayments and undetected ineligibility and may take several months to correct, if at all. • Stepparent income — The income of stepparents and those assuming the role of stepparents would be counted in determining a child's eligibility and benefits for AFDC, in contrast to current Federal requirements which do not assume any financial responsibility on behalf of stepparents. This proposal would eliminate the anomalous situation of providing AFDC to a child who is an integral part of a household that is not eligible for AFDC, but should be expected to support her/him. 139 Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) — Advance payment of the EITC would be assumed and counted against a family's monthly AFDC payment (the EITC can now be taken either on ail advance payment basis or as a lump sum payment with the family's income tax refund). This proposal would correct the present inequity by which those receiving EITC payments monthly get their AFDC payments reduced and those who receive their benefits in the form of a tax refund have that amount incorporated into their asset base, which only marginally affects AFDC payment levels. It would also take into effect more appropriately the income AFDC families are receiving, and thus better reflect the family's actual current need for public assistance. Minimum AFDC payments — AFDC payments below S10 per month would be prohibited. This simplifies administration for marginal cases, especially those that may fluctuate on and off the rolls, with little effect on AFDC family income, and would affect only higher income AFDC families. State and local training costs — The Federal matching rate would be reduced from the current 75% to 50%, the same as for other regular AFDC administrative costs. This change will encourage States to evaluate training needs on the same basis as other administrative priorities, rather than skew such judgments toward the richer Federal match. Countable other income — States would be permitted to offset a family's AFDC grant to the extent (or any fraction thereof) that (1) the family's food stamp bonus duplicates the State AFDC food need standard, and (2) the Federal rent subsidy (Section 8 or public housing) exceeds the State AFDC shelter need standard. This will allow States to take into account the other sources of support AFDC recipients have and would reduce the effect of pyramiding various public assistance benefits that result in high total income to welfare families. This will also enable States to target more funds on the truly needy by increasing AFDC benefit levels as well. (Note-—not all States have a shelter need standard and would be required to establish one.) Limited eligibility to 150% of Needs Standard — Families with gross income greater than 150% of the State needs standard would be ineligible for AFDC. Families with income over the 150% level can now be eligible for AFDC due to the disregard of earned income because of child care costs, work-related expenses, and other disregards. Families with such high incomes have resources on which to rely and should not draw on public assistance resources that should be reserved for these unable to support themselves. Individuals over age 18 — Children over age 18 would be ineligible for AFDC unless they were in their senior year of high school. Current AFDC policy is a remnant of the time when the age of majority was 21. Individuals over 18 are legally adults and should be independent. AFDC should be reserved for children who are truly dependent Standard work-related expense disregard — Work-related expenses and child care, which are at present unlimited disregards for earned income, would be capped at $75 and at $50/child, respectively. There would also be disregarded 1/3 of the earned income remaining after all other disregards has been subtracted form total earned income—at present, the "one-third" disregard applies before the work expense and child care disregards are substracted from earned income. These provisions will greatly simplify AFDC administration and address a major source of error and abuse. They will also provide a. strong incentive for AFDC recipients to economize on their work and child expenses. Altering the order of application of the "one-third" disregard will ensure that one-third of work-related expenses are not accounted for twice. "$30 and 1/3" four-month rule — The "$30 and 1/3" disregards noted above would apply only to those AFDC recipients who obtain work when they are already on the rolls, and then only for a four-month period. This is a sufficient transition period and provides an incentive for AFDC recipients to join the labor force. It is not reasonable to continue to substantially increase welfare families' income indefinitely once they are capable of meeting their own needs through employment. Resource limits — A limit of $1,000 (equity value) would be placed on an AFDC family's allowable resources. As a result of a recent court decision, resources are valued based on fair market value less encumberances (equity value) rather than full market value, which was the measure used by many States to determine their resource limits prior to the court decision. Because of the change, the value of excluded resources will be considerably more than most States intended. 140 Community work experience — Each State shall be required to establish and maintain a community work experience program approved by the Secretary of HHS for those individuals required to work (exceptions would be the disabled, persons under 18 or over 65, those working full-time, or mothers with very young children) as a condition of receiving AFDC. Community jobs would be provided if private sector jobs were unavailable. This mandatory requirement for AFDC recipients would encourage attachment to the labor force and self-support and would reduce the public assistance rolls so that more resources would be available for the truly needy. Lien provision — States would be permited to place a lien on an AFDC recipient's house for the value in excess of the average value of all houses in the State. The lien would be satisfied on transfer of ownership of the house, except that it would be deferred as long as a member of the household eligible for AFDC continues to reside in the house. Many recipients of AFDC own a valuable home that is not considered an asset for purposes of eligiblity. This proprosal would allow the AFDC recipient to retain his home, but upon the sale of the house the State would be able to recover some of the benefits paid during the period of need. AFDC-U primary wage earner — For two-parent AFDC families, the unemployed parent shall be defined as the primary wage earner. At present, the' States operate under an "unemployed parent" concept. Under the unemployed parent concept, either parent can qualify as the unemployed parent, and even if the other parent were employed, the family could still be eligible for AFDC benefits under the current earning disregards. Adopting the primary wage earner concept will relate eligibility for AFDC more closely to a family's actual need for public assistance. Non-recurring lump-sum payments — Lump-sum payments would be considered available to meet ongoing needs in the AFDC programs, i.e., the lump-sum payment would be considered as income in the month received. If such a payment exceeded the standard of need, the household would be ineligible for aid. Any amount of the lump-sum payment that exceeded the monthly needs standard would be divided by the monthly needs standard, and the household would be ineligible for aid for the number of months resulting from that calculation. Under current law, all income available to recipients of AFDC is supposed to be taken into account in determining benefit amounts and continued eligiblity. However, the law is sufficiently vague that there is currently no way to ensure that one-time lump-sum payments are spent for any purpose related to the family's needs over a period of time. If a recipient receives an inheritance, lump-sum insurance, death or disability payment, income from the sale of property, or income tax refund, the money may be spent immediately on any item. If that occurs, the welfare grant is not reduced or eliminated in future months even though the lump-sum payments would have been sufficient to meet basic living requirements for several months if properly budgeted. This proposal would overcome this deficiency in current law by considering lump-sum payments as income in the month received. Individuals would be held responsible for prudent use of such income. Vendor payments — The provision limiting vendor payments to 20% of AFDC cases would be eliminated. Present law restricts the number of vendor payments (direct payments by the welfare agency for housing, utilities, etc.) to 20% of the AFDC caseload in a State. At present, welfare recipients could spend their AFDC benefit for other items, and the vendors can have great difficulty in collecting what is legitimately owed them. Removal of this arbitrary limitation will make vendors more willing to provide housing, utilities, etc., to welfare recipients, since they would be assured of receiving payment. Recoupment of overpayments —- Any overpayment or underpayment of assistance would have to be corrected as a basic policy of efficient and equitable program administration. Recovery of any overpayment of assistance would be made from a recipient's current assistane payments, available income and resources, and/or legal process. There is no specific reference in current law to the adjustment of overpayments in the AFDC program. Federal regulations hold that overpayments cannot be adjusted unless the recipient willfully failed to report a significant change in circumstances or has some current resource, such as exempt earned income or money in the bank. This proposal would mandate recovery of overpayments from future grants or other income. In addition, retroactive corrective payments of underpayments would not be considered as income or as a resource in the month paid or the next months. 141 • Deeming Provision — This proposal would consider the income of the sponsor part of the income of the immigrant during the immigrant's first three years in the U.S. for purposes of determining eligibility for AFDC, Medicaid and Food Stamps. Exceptions would be permitted when sponsors are unable to take care of the immigrants because of unforeseen circumstances. Our immigration policy is to admit members of families and others based on the sponsor's demonstrated ability and willingness to provide support. • Offers of employment of college students — AFDC parents who are attending college would be required to register for work and to meet all other work requirements under the AFDC program. Under current law, an individual may be exempt from the AFDC work requirement and can get a college education at the expense of the taxpayers without having to meet the scholarship and other requirements for education grant or loan programs. The AFDC program was designed to meet the basic living requirements of needy children and their families, not to enable individuals to attend college at taxpayers' expense. It is inequitable to allow able-bodied adults to avoid the work registration requirement because they are atending school, while the taxpayers who pay for their welfare assistance may be unable to afford to go to college themselves or to send their children to college. • Aid to strikers — Participation in a strike because of a labor dispute (other than a lockout) shall not constitue good cause to leave, or to refuse to seek or accept, employment. Individuals unemployed by reason of going on strike would therefore be ineligible for AFDC benefits. Current Federal law does not expressly prohibit strikers from obtaining AFDC benefits. In States where strikers can qualify for AFDC, the first day of a strike produces an immediate surge in applications. AFDC caseloads continue to increase during the strike until most eligibles have found their way onto welfare. When the strike is ended, however, some remain on the rolls. Because of income disregards contained in the law, some persons may be able to remain on the welfare rolls indefinitely. This is inconsistent with the basic purpose of the AFDC program, and reduces the resources available for the truly needy. • National Recipient Information Systems — A National Recipient Information System (NRIS) would be established to collect information from the States and, in turn, provide them with information on individuals receiving public assistance. Central collection of information on recipients of and applicants for public assistance and dissemination of the information to the States will simplify and standardize information collecting and reporting requirements placed on the States, make information available on a more accurate and timely basis, and improve the administration of the various assistance programs. The system should serve as a strong deterrent to fraud and abuse. • Access to information — Information concerning applicants for, or recipients of, aid would be made accessible to any State or local agency for public assistance purposes. Access to information on such individuals is essential to fair and efficient administration of public assistance. The leading cause of error in the AFDC program, underreporting of income, could be reduced through access to more complete inormation. State and local administrative savings from these AFDC provisions would be $105 million. CSE: • Funds for non-AFDC cases — An applicant fee of 10% of collections would be charged to defray at least part of the costs for non-AFDC cases. This proposal would alleviate the cost burdens on State and Federal governments for activities in which they have no direct interest, since no AFDC collections are involved. This proposal would also prevent relatively well-off non-AFDC families from using CES services for free. More resources would also be freed up to obtain increased AFDC collections. • Collection of alimony or Spousal support — CSE activities would be expanded to cover collection and distribution of alimony for current AFDC cases nn the same way as child support. Present law authorizes only the collection of child support. This proposal would resolve problems where existing support orders do not differentiate between alimony and child support, which makes it difficult for local CSE agencies to make and correctly distribute collections. • Financing of State and local incentive payments — The incentive payment of jurisdictions that cooperate with other jurisdictions in collecting child support would be financed jointly by the State and Federal governments in the same proportion that they share in CSE collections. At present, the incentive payment (15% of collections) is financed entirely out of 142 the Federal share of CSE collections. This proposal would go far to redress the State-Federal imbalance in net return from the CSE program. • Federal income tax refunds — The IRS would halt and collect from an absent parent's Federal income tax refund the amounts owed for child support arrearages identified by a State. Due process would protect the individual's rights. A number of States have used this procedure successfully and have found that many absent parents began making regular support payments when they learned of the existence of the procedure. Under current law, IRS already makes collections from income tax refunds for child support in those cases where a State has certified that it is unable to make the collection. • Child support obligations discharged in bankruptcy — The Bankruptcy Act would be amended to prohibit the discharge in bankruptcy of child support obligations. Fulfillment of child support obligations is crucial to the benefit of inividual children and to overall social policy. Failure by an individual to meet the obligation results in a burden on the State and Federal governments, and may also mean less support for the child even if the child receives AFDC benefits. States indicate that they have had to pay large amounts for child support of bankruptcy individuals. Child support should be honored even by someone who is legally bankrupt. 143 Reduce Alcohol, Drug Abuse and Mental Health Research and Training Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 552,553 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlavs REESTEV1ATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 356 324 390 341 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 404 353 419 366 434 379 450 392 24 -33 -9 -46 -18 -154 -107 -169 -116 -184 -129 -200 -142 323 315 344 347 250 246 250 250 250 250 250 250 Program Description ADAMHA provides support through grants and contracts, as well as through direct Federal programs, for research and training activities in the areas of alcohol, drug abuse, and mental health. In total, the 1981 and 1982 Carter budget provided increases over the 1980 levels of $9 and $43 million in 1981 and 1982 budget authority, including about $77 and $100 million for new awards to conduct research in biomedical and behavioral sciences and to train researchers and health personnel in these areas. Proposed Changes The Reagan Budget proposes rescissions of $32 million in 1981 budget authority and reductions of $46 million in 1982 budget authority for these programs. Funding for new starts in biomedical research and research training would be $45 million in 1981 and $51 million in 1982 budget authority. Continuations would be funded, but no new awards would be supported in 1981 and 1982 for social sciences research and research training. No new awards would be made in 1981 and 1982 for funding clinical training and by the end of 1982 all clinical training programs would be phased out. Rationale Research Reductions in 1981-1986 are proposed to slow the rate of growth of funding for ADAMHA biomedical research to a rate below projected inflation and to reduce the level of funding for social sciences research below current levels. Across the board reductions in Federal spending — including research — are necessary for economic recovery; social sciences research has been reduced substantially because this research has been less productive than biomedical research. Research Training. The level of support for trainees in social science areas has been reduced. In addition, institutional overhead has been eliminated from the National Research Sendee Act research training awards because the Federal Government should not pay higher costs to support a research trainee than are normally charged for a nonfederally supported student at the same institution. Clinical Training. The supply of mental health professionals is now generally adequate, mental health professionals generally have a good income potential, and thus Federal subsidies for such training are no longer necessary. Key Facts About the Program Since 1963, the supply of psychiatrists, psychologists, psychiatric social workers, and psychiatric nurses has almost doubled: • psychiatrists: from 16,000 to about 30,000; • psychologists: from 20,000 to more than 40,000; 144 • employed registered nurses — of whom about 4% specialize in mental health — from one-half million to over a million; • social workers in the National Association of Social Workers — of whom about 14% specialize in mental health — from 36,000 to 76,000. Mental health professionals are employed not only in hospitals, clinics, and mental health facilities, but also in courts, correctional institutions and schools. Many other paraprofessionals are now also providing mental health services. Ratio of ADAMHA service providers to general population: • Psychiatrists 12.1 per 100,000 (1977) • Psychologists 11.8 per 100,000 (1976) • Nurses 18.1 per 100,000 (1972) • * Social Workers 34.9 per 100,000 (1978) • 250 per 100,000 (estimate) Paraprofessionals Salary level of ADAMHA service providers: • Psychiatrists: Average 1978 income of $49,000. • Psychologists: $35,000. • Nurses: In 1978, for a beginning psychiatric nurse, $15,000; median $17,500. • Social Workers: $25,000. For psychologists with doctoral level training, median 1978 income of In 1978, for a beginning masters level social worker, $17,500; median 145 Energy And Emergency Assistance Block Grant Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 609 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 7 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,893 1,907 1,910 1,910 1,911 1,911 1,911 1,911 1,914 1,914 -493 -507 -509 -509 -509 -509 -509 -509 511 511 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 Program Description The Federal Government assists low-income households in meeting high energy costs and households in need of emergency financial aid or other crisis support through grant programs administered by the Department of Health and Human Services. Although these categorical programs share common goals, differing requirements for eligible services and recipients restrict State flexibility in meeting priority needs in the most cost-effective manner. For example, only energy costs are eligible services undej one program but a broader definition of assistance is authorized under the smaller emergency assistance (Title IV-A) program. Grants under Title IV-A of the Social Security act may be used to provide emergency assistance only to needy families with children and not, for example, to an elderly person living alone, who may need emergency assistance as much or even more. Proposed Change As part of the effort to consolidate categorical programs into block grants to States, the Administration proposes to replace HHS low-income energy assistance -and emergency assistance programs with a flexible block grant to States for energy and emergency assistance. State matching fiinds will not be required. Under this proposal, States would have complete flexibility in the delivery of fuel assistance and other emergency services to meet the needs of their citizens. Rationale Consolidation of energy and emergency assistance activities into a block grant to States will eliminate unnecessary restrictions on those programs and increase State flexibility in delivering this type of assistance. This increased flexibility is especially important for energy and crisis assistance, given the severe consequences of a State's inability to act swiftly to assist a poor family heat their home in an unusually severe winter or help a family in a fire, flood or other crisis situation. States are in a better position to determine the most appropriate distribution of these funds, since they are closer to the individuals and families needing assistance. Under the Administration's proposal, States could adopt innovative aproaches to deliver more cost-effective energy and emergency assistance. For example, grants under the low-income energy assistance categorical program cannot be used for low cost conservation projects or minor home repairs which could lower fuel bills or avoid major breakdowns of heating equipment. Under the block grant proposal, States would be free to use these funds to reduce potentially higher future energy consumption and costs. States would also have greater flexibility in the delivery of services provided in the event of emergency situations. For example, temporary financial asistance, food, clothing, shelter, emergency medical care or social services could be given to assist a family in a emergency. In a crisis situation, State and local officials would not have to stop and ask themselves "Can I use these Federal funds to provide this particular service, good, money, etc. to this family?" 146 Key Facts About the Program • Only 27 States participate at present in the emergency assistance program which has certain serious shortcomings, e.g., States cannot determine who can participate types of emergencies covered, and the duration and frequency of payments. 147 Health Block Grants Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 551 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REA ESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays — — — 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 7 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,753 621 1,753 1,581 1,753 1,770 1,753 1,753 1,753 1,753 371 121 371 581 371 570 371 371 371 371 1382 500 1,382 1,000 1,382 1,200 1,382 1,400 1.382 1,400 Program Description Through the years, a complex, duplicative, and uncoordinated array of some 25 Federal health service programs has developed. These programs provide services based on varying criteria including age, income, health status, disease category, occupation, and residence. Most of the programs overlap and duplicate other programs in services provided and/or populations served. Some of these programs are formula grants to States for provision of sendees at the local level, usually by local governments .or agencies. Others make project grants or provide in-kind sendees or federally paid workers to local public agencies, community-based organizations, and similar non-profit groups. Each program generally has its own separate planning process. Proposed Change As part of the effort to return decisionmaking authority, where appropriate, to States and localities, the Administration proposes to consolidate the present collection of 25 Federal categorical health sendee grants into two block grants to States: health services and preventive health services. Rationale Aside from the confusion caused by the total lack of coherence in the Federal delivery effort itself, day to day management has developed into a costly bureaucratic morass of planning, regulating, and reporting at the Federal, State, and local levels. The problems of categorical grant programs are not limited just to this waste and inefficiency or to management difficulties. Because of the fragmented nature of the current funding system, often persons in need of these services must go to several different and unrelated grantees for different services and must receive related health services from different providers. The current system's administrative requirements have resulted in nearly insurmountable barriers for States, local governments, communities, and even individual providers who wish to integrate funds from all grant programs into comprehensive assistance systems. The Administration's block grant proposal will enable States to plan and coordinate their own service programs, establish their own priorities, and exercise effective program control over resources provided to localities and non-profit organizations. This approach will reduce the multiplicity of rules and regulations (and, hence, Federal direction) under which service agencies currently operate. States will thus have greater flexibility—as well as greater responsibility for results—in providing needed health sendees to their populations. Overlapping funding from different programs for the same services could be eliminated. States could select the service delivery agency best able to provide certain services that are now provided by direct Federal grantees. The overall result would strengthen State governments and provide publicly-fmanced services more effectively and at lower costs to those in need. 148 Appropriation action has been proposed to carry out the Administration's proposal, effective in October of this year, contingent upon enactment of authorizing legislation which will be submitted as soon as possible. The proposed funding level for 1982 is 75% of the 1981 current base or $1,382 million. Because the new block grant legislation would allow significant savings in program overhead and more efficient service delivery due to the elimination of overlapping service responsibilities, this funding change need not result in a reduction of sendees. Key Facts About the Program • Over 1,600 Federal employees manage these programs. • There are over 12,000 grant sites. • There are 218 pages of Federal law and 235 pages of Federal regulations for these programs. • 365,000 manhours are required each year to complete Federal reports. • The programs included in the health services block grant are: — Primary Health Care Centers — Primary Care Research and Demonstrations — Black Lung Clinics — Migrant Health — Home Health Services — Maternal and Child Health Services — Maternal and Child Health/ Supplemental Security Income Disabled Children's Services • — Hemophilia — Mental Health Services — Drug Abuse Community Projects — Drug Abuse Grants to States — Alcoholism Community Projects — Alcoholism Grants to States — Emergency Medical Services — Sudden Infant Death Syndrome The programs included in the preventive health services block grant are: — High Blood Pressure Control — Risk Reduction and Health Education — Flouridation — Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention — — — — — — 149 Family Planning Sendees Health Incentive Grants Venereal Diseases Rat Control Genetic Diseases Adolescent Health Sendees Social Services Block Grant Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 506 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1982 1985 1986 5,251 5,281 5,539 5,547 5,767 5,751 5,951 5,936 6,030 6,015 -1,451 -1,208 -1,739 -2,037 -1,967 -2,251 -2,151 -2,436 -2,230 -2,515 3,800 3,500 3,800 3,500 3,800 3,500 3,800 3,500 3,800 3,500 Some activities were previously classified in function 609 (income security). Program Description The Federal Government funds numerous programs to help low-income individuals and others with special needs become self-sufficient, to prevent unnecessary institutionalization, and to protect children from abuse and neglect. While each program was established to meet laudable goals, in practice they often overlap and duplicate other services and target populations. For example, the Title XX, child welfare and child abuse programs all fund child welfare-related activities. Community action agencies in localities receive funding directly from the Federal Government for social services which are also funded through the States under Title XX. Differing Federal mandates and eligibility requirements make it difficult for States and local communities to tailor services to needy beneficiaries. More often than not, Federal requirements outweigh recipient needs in deciding who gets what type of service in which location. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to replace various Federal categorical social service programs with a flexible block grant to States. .States would be free to decide what mix of social services are provided, by whom, and under what eligibility conditions. Burdensome Federal regulations, reporting requirements, standards, etc., would be eliminated. States would thus have greater flexibility — and be accountable for results — in meeting the needs of low-income persons and those with special needs, including children at risk and the disabled. No matching or maintenance of effort requirements would be imposed on States. Rationale Consolidation of categorical grant programs into block grants is an important element in the Administration's effort to return major responsibility for the administration of various health, education, and social service activities to the States, while slowing the rate of growth of Federal spending. In the area of social services, the Administration's proposal would significantly reduce State and grantee administrative costs associated with meeting Federal planning, auditing, and reporting requirements. States would be free to develop innovative delivery systems which emphasize continuity of care for individuals rather than fragmented systems which force clients to shop around among numerous local providers. States could devote more resources to high priority services. For example, one State may have a much higher foster care caseload than another State, requiring relatively more resources for child welfare service activities. Another State may need more money for homemaker services. 150 Greater State flexibility in delivering social services will also eliminate much of the present duplication of services which constitutes a drain on State resources. For example, instead of ftmding 5 different programs which provide similar information and referral services in a particular county and which are underutilized, the State could fund one such referral center and devote the dollars saved to expanding other types of services. Key Facts About the Program Examples of problems addressed by this block grant: • Of 3 providers the General Accounting Office surveyed in Seattle, all received duplicative funds to provide the same information and referral services. In Los Angeles, 5 of 10 and in Cleveland, 4 of 7 providers received Federal funds to provide the same information and referral services, consolidation of information and referral services was recommended (HRD 77-134). • In Children Without Homes (April 1977, Children's Defense Fund), proliferation of Federal funding sources, requirements, and regulations in the child welfare area was criticized. Administrative and programmatic consolidation was urged. • A General Accounting Office study found SI million of duplicative reimbursements for programs and services, involving only six Community Action Agencies. • A General Accounting Office study (HRD 80-43) criticized the lack of coordination on a Federal level for hindering Developmental Disabilities State Planning Councils' attempts to use and coordinate activities for a variety of health, education, rehabilitation and other social sendee programs. • The programs which are included in this block grant are: Title XX Social Services Title XX Day Care Title XX State and Local Training child Welfare Services Child Welfare Training Foster Care Adoption Assistance Child Abuse Runaway Youth Developmental Disabilities OHDS Salaries and Expenses Rehabilitation Services Community Services Adminsitraiton (except community economic development) 151 Cuban/Haitian Domestic Assistance Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 609 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 90 153 88 83 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 15 73 83 Program Description The HHS Cuban/Haitian Domestic Assistance program reimburses States for cash and medical assistance, social services and services for unaccompanied minors to Cuban/Haitian entrants who arrived in the U.S. since 1980. The program also may fund transitional education assistance (through the Department of Education) for school districts with large numbers of Cuban/Haitian entrant children. Proposed Change The proposed change would eliminate $15 million in special educational grants to local educational agencies which had been requested in the Carter budget. Rationale In March 1981, school districts received $7.7 million for Cuban/Haitian entrant children for the 1981-82 school year through the Department of Education. Florida received about $5.3 million of the 1981 funds. While current U.S. policy permits special educational assistance funding to school districts for an entrant child's initial year in the U.S., the $15 million previously requested for 1982 would actually provide a second year of special educational assistance funding for the 1982-83 school year. Special educational assistance is best limited to the first year, when school districts are most heavily affected. Continuation of funding could lead to an entitlement expectation and prove difficult to terminate, as in the case of the 20 year 1962-78 arrival Cuban Program. In addition, special educational assistance funding in the form of general grants to school districts may not ensure that Federal funds are spent only on new services for entrant children. More appropriate channels for possible educational assistance to Florida include: Secretary of Education discretionary funds which could be allocated for special uses such as • English language instruction. This project approach would ensure that funds are targeted to services for entrant children. • Education and social services block grant funds, from which heavily impacted areas of a State could receive added funds at the State's discretion. Key Facts About the Program • • • Five States have 93% of the new Cuban/Haitian entrant population with Florida alone having 75%. Florida is receiving $7 million for FY 81 for educational assistance to Cuban children through the old Cuban program. Florida also received $7.8 million for bilingual education (Title VII of Elementary and Secondary Education Act) during 1980. 152 Health iMaintenance Organizations Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 551 Funding 1981 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (Sin millions) 1983 1984 1985 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority 56X/ 48 48 48 48 Outlays 30 31 40 48 48 REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority -28 -40 -48 -48 -48 Outlays -10 -22 -32 -42 -48 REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority 28 8 Outlays 20 9 8 6 Excludes $17 million supplemental request for the HMO loan and loan guarantee program which has been 1986 48 48 -48 -48 withdrawn. Program Description The HMO program provides grants and loans for the establishment or expansion of HMOs. Loans may also be awarded for construction of ambulatory care facilities. Proposed Change As part of the effort to eliminate unnecessary Federal subsidies, the Administration will propose to phase out the Federal grant and loan subsidy program to health maintenance organizations (HMOs) by the end of 1982. Rationale The Administration believes that after 8 years of Federal support the feasibility of HMO prepaid health care delivery has been adequately demonstrated, and that HMOs can be financially self-supporting institutions developed without continued Federal subsidies. There are now 235 HMOs with 9 million members located in every urban area with a population greater than 1 million, and affiliated with 15% of the Nation's physicians. In recent years, substantial amounts of private capital have been provided for HMO development. A major impediment to further investment of private capital in HMO development is not a dearth of Federal support but, rather, the unnecessarily restrictive requirements for Federal qualification presently found in the Health Maintenance Organizations Act. In fact, artificially high minimum benefit requirements and organizational standards have been a leading source of defaults among small, federally supported HMOs that have found that the heavy Federal requirements priced their benefit packages out of the market. Amendments will be proposed to the HMO Act, which expires at the end of the fiscal year, to remedy this problem. Once HMOs are no longer required to undertake uneconomic activities, private capital should be more available for HMO development, obviating the need for further subsidies. This proposal will also halt Federal losses from further attempts to start HMOs that are not economically competitive. The current subsidy program focuses on entities that could not obtain private financing because of their high risk, and then imposes unusually extensive, costly benefit packages and other conditions that inhibit their competitiveness. As a result, defaults on unsecured loans for HMO operating deficits and required interest subsidy payments will exhaust the $35 million HMO loan revolving fund by the end of the year and will require substantial future spending even without awarding any new loans. This proposal should have no significant effect on development of economically viable HMOs, which can be funded through private sources. Moreover, competitive HMOs will be more effectively encouraged through the health financing reform proposals that the Administration is developing for later submission than through grants and loan subsidies. 153 Key Facts About the Program • Corporations supporting HMO development or enrollment include R. J. Reynolds, Deere and Co., General Motors, Chrysler, Ford, IBM, Xerox, Blue Cross/Blue Shield, INA, and Prudential. • Only 2% of medicare and medicaid beneficiaries are enrolled in HMOs due to restrictive HMO legislation and regulations and medicare/medicaid reimbursement policies. • More than half of HMO membership is in private HMOs which have not received Federal support. 154 Health Planning Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Functional Code: 553 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 146 162 147 160 147 150 -24 -9 -89 -45 122 153 58 115 1985 1986 145 145 145 145 145 145 -145 -107 -145 -120 -145 -145 -145 -145 2 43 25 Program Description The health planning program provides support, primarily through formula grants, for 213 local health systems agencies (HSAs) and 57 State health planning and development agencies (SHPDAs). The program has a dual charge to assure equal access to quality medical care and to control costs. The Federal government now provides 90% of HSA funds and 75% of SHPDA funds. Proposed Change The Federal health planning program is proposed for phase-out over the 1981-1983 period, consistent with a 2-year Administration timetable to develop and carry out health financing reforms that encourage competition in the health sector. To begin the phase-out, a $24 million reduction in funding for local health planning is proposed for 1981. Rationale As part of the general effort to restrain health care costs by stimulating competition in the health care industry, the Administration proposes phasing out the Federal health planning program. This program represents an effort to impose a complex national health regulatory program on States and localities. Moreover, it has not proved effective in controlling costs on a national basis, and it inhibits market forces needed to strengthen competition and provide less costly services. If competitive forces are to restrain costs, free entry into health care markets is essential. Otherwise, high-cost providers can monopolize health care markets. The certificate-of-need review process conducted under the health planning program is a system whereby hospitals and other institutional providers must receive a Government franchise before beginning operations. This system inhibits free market entry, often propping up high-cost institutions behind a Government-created entry barrier. Elimination of this franchising system is a necessary element in the Administration's efforts to promote the effective functioning of private market forces in the health care sector. Key Facts About the Program • Health planning advocates argue that the excess hospital bed supply has decreased, proving the national effectiveness of the planning program. In reality, 5- States alone accounted for over 75% of the decreases and the 2 States with the greatest decreases in excess bed supply—New York and Minnesota—owe their success largely to State rate setting commissions and strongly pro-competitive environments, not to entry regulation. • GAO, in a March 1980 report entitled Unreliability of the American Health Planning Association's Savings Estimate for the Health Planning Program, disputes the AHPA's claim that $3.4 billion was saved due to health planning between 1976 and 1978. 155 Health Professions Education Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 553 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 231 418 170 288 170 355 -45 -8 -44 -20 186 410 126 268 1985 1986 170 339 170 291 170 228 -44 -50 -44 -50 -44 -50 -44 -48 126 305 126 289 126 241 126 180 Program Description The Department of Health and Human Services supports 27 project and formula grant training programs for institutions and students aimed at increasing the supply of health professionals, primarily physicians, dentists, and nurses. Proposed Change As part of its plans for better targeting the allocation of Federal funds, the Administration proposes to end large general subsidies for the training of physicians and other health professionals. Such programs are no longer necessary in light of the growing projected supply of most health professionals. Instead, Federal programs will be targeted directly on training needs of national priority. Rationale During the 1960's and the 1970's the supply of health professionals increased dramatically, partly as a result of Federal, subsidies of about $18 billion. During the 1970's, the annual number of graduates from medical schools doubled from 8,000 to nearly 16,000. Today, the Nation as a whole has reached or exceeded the estimated required level of health professionals for almost every major specialty. The number of active physicians alone is expected to reach nearly 600,000 by 1990, an increase of 58% between 1975 and 1990. Moreover, the ratio of physicians per 100,000 population is projected to rise from 173 per 100,000 to 239 per 100,000 in the same time period. The Administration will propose legislation to refocus Federal aid on a limited number of national priority medical specialties, rather than providing large subsidies for all specialties. In addition, support for training in nonphysician specialities will be focused on occupations such as physicians assistants and nurse practitioners which help address the problem of maldistribution of health professionals. By more directly targeting Federal health professions training subsidies on national priorities, program costs can be reduced. At the same time, higher-priority, more targeted programs will subsidize the education of health professionals in those fields where they are most needed. The proposed change is not expected to affect the projected surpluses for the coming decade in nearly all health professions areas. Federal student assistance programs in the Department of Education will continue assisting students to finance their own education and the Department of Health and Human Services will fund a $120 million grant program for high priority health professions. Included in this program, the Administration will continue support at the 1981 appropriated level of $20 million for assistance programs to encourage minorities, who are now under-represented in health professions fields, to choose health careers. 156 Key Facts About the Program • Federal capitation payments amount to only 3% of medical schools' annual revenues. • Nurse training will continue to be supported through nursing special projects as opposed to general support since the total supply of nurses appears to be adequate but too many qualified nurses have chosen other professions or are being utilized in nonpatient care positions. • Average medical school tuition in 1980 was about $3,000, and was only $1,600 for the two-thirds of students enrolled in public schools in their own states. • There are three times as many qualified applicants as there are spaces available in health professions schools,, indicating that, even with decreased Federal support, helath professions enrollment will likely remain at its high current level. 157 Indian Health Service Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 551 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 715 688 772 740 801 766 -33 -3 -137 -53 682 686 635 687 1985 1986 831 786 863 817 897 850 -166 -68 -196 -165 -228 -196 -262 -229 635 688 635 621 635 621 635 621 Program Description The Indian Health Service provides preventive, curative and environmental health services and facilities construction for approximately 795,000 American Indians and Alaska Natives living on or near reservations. The Carter budget provided 1982 construction funds for 3 clinics and 3 hospitals added by Congress to the 1981 appropriation and a $23 million 1981 supplemental request for sanitation facilities construction. Proposed Change Funds for facilities construction are reduced by $32 million in 1981 and $109 million in 1982 by eliminating additional requests for sanitation facilities construction and seeking rescission of funds for the new hospitals and clinics added by Congress. Funds requested for health services in 1982 are $20 million greater than 1981 but $28 million less than in the Carter budget. Urban health projects and Indian health manpower scholarships would be phased out. Rationale By slowing construction of health facilities, this proposal would impose needed fiscal restraint for this program. In recent years, facilities construction for Indians has proceeded at a high rate; since 1978, 9 other hospitals and 6 other clinics have been funded. As part of the slowdown in construction, no additional funds are requested for HUD Indian housing construction. Key Facts About the Program • Funds not requested for new facilities were similarly opposed by the Carter Administration. • Urban health projects largely provide referral, rather than medical, services; are nojt required by treaty obligation; and are over and above services available to the general population. • Indian manpower projects would be eligible for funding on their merits from $120 million of 1982 funding provided for all health professions training programs. • Despite these restraints, outlays from all Federal Indian programs will average more than $12,000 for each Indian family of 4 in 1982. 158 Increasing the Cost-Effectiveness of the Medicaid Program Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 551 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 17,236 16,452 18,802 18,120 21,699 21,027 24,933 24,178 28,421 27,565 32,311 31,346 -1 -1 34 29 -416 -245 -1,185 -925 -2,350 -2,007 -3,844 -3,437 -589 -339 -1254 -944 -2,567 -2,325 -3,939 -3,652 -5,144 -4,878 -6,526 -6,196 16.646 16,112 17,582 17,205 18,716 18,457 19,809 19,601 20,927 20,680 21,941 21,713 Program Description Medicaid is a program of grants to States to assist them in providing medical insurance coverage to low income families and individuals. The Federal government provides States with open-ended matching payments for their expenditures, with the Federal match (based on State per capita income) ranging from 50% to 78%. The Carter budget included a mix of minor savings proposals and benefit expansions* with a net impact of -$95 million from current services in 1982. By 1986, Carter budget legislative proposals would have added $1.1 billion to current services. Proposed Change Legislation will be requested to impose an interim limitation on currently open-ended Federal matching payments for Medicaid while fundamental program reforms are developed. Federal payments would be reduced $100 million below current projections in 1981, would be limited to a 5% increase in 1982, and would be limited to the percentage increase in the G N P deflator in subsequent years. During the interim period, States would be given additional flexibility to manage and structure the program. The limitation would be allocated so that States would retain their current relative share of total Federal Medicaid spending. In addition, the new budget does not endorse benefit expansions included in the Carter budget and proposes immediate recovery of Federal matching payments to States for previously disallowed erroneous expenditures. The latter change is estimated in the Reagan budget to result in a one-time 1981 saving of $270 million. Currently, it takes up to eighteen months to recover such disallowances. Rationale As health care costs have risen dramatically over die last 15 years, the cost of maintaining health care entitlement benflts has escalated alarmingly. Costs under federally supported medical assistance programs for the needy have risen from $5.2 billion in 1970 to over $29 billion in this fiscal year. Combined Federal and State expenditures for Medicaid; now exceed $1,300 for each eligible beneficiary. Federal and State regulatory efforts to date have failed to stem the increase in costs because they fail to affect the underlying cost-increasing bias in the health care system that results from the insulation of all parties in medical care markets from the cost consequences of their decisions. The Administration will propose comprehensive legislation to remedy these market distortions. As an interim measure prior to the adoption of these Administration initiatives, the Administration will propose legislation to establish a limit on the Medicaid program's unconstrained growth. As part of this proposal, Federal program requirements would be modified to allow States to amend their present programs to ensure that essential services are provided to needy persons in a timely and cost-effective manner. 159 The Medicaid program has been growing faster than 15% per year for the last 5 years. High Federal matching, excessive benefit provisions, and overly-generous eligibility have made the Medicaid program a very poorly managed social program that fails to provide cost-effective services to those most in need. Because under the interim cap Federal expenditures would no longer be open-ended, States would have additional incentives to reduce fraud, waste, and abuse in this State-administered program. In addition, the new flexibility granted States would enable them to reorganize their programs to deliver care more effectively and at lower cost. The Administration believes the degree of restraint provided by the interim limit can be achieved by States without reducing basic services for the most needy. In the 1983-1986 period, the Administration expects to institute comprehensive health financing and Medicaid reforms to reduce the rate of health cost inflation and to improve Medicaid. Under the Administration proposal, States would not be forced to shoulder unreasonable additional burdens. Legislative changes would be sought to ensure that States have the flexibility to amend quickly the eligibility, benefits, and payment provisions of their State Medicaid plans so as to allow diem to meet the essential health care needs of their needy citizens at a lower cost. Under current law, excessive Federal mandates are an obstacle to cost control. The Administration proposal would ensure that States had the authority to reorient their program quickly toward essential services to those most in need. No State, however, would be prevented from providing whatever additional services it deemed appropriate out of its own resources. Key Facts About the Program • Eligibility errors by the States are currently estimated to cost Federal and State governments approximately $1.2 billion annually. • The previous Administration's HEW Inspector General's first anfiual report (1977) estimated $4.1-$4.6 billion worth of waste, fraud and abuse in the Medicaid program. • The proposed 1982 reduction is only 3% of anticipated Federal-State program expenditures. • States vary widely in their control over annual expenditure growth. In November, 1980, the five States with the slowest growing programs projected their expenditures would only increase 2.3% in 1981, while the top five States projected a 32.2% average growth. • States vary widely in expenditures per beneficiary. In 1980, the five highest expense States averaged an estimated $1,877 per beneficiary, compared to $712 in Federal-State expenditures in the five lowest expense States. 160 National Center for Health Care Technology Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 553 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEV1ATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 4 3 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 — —6 —6 ~~6 ~~6 —6 -5 -6 -6 -6 -6 4 3 Program Description The National Center for Health Care Technology (NCHCT) was created by statute in 1978. NCHCT has focused on assessments of new and emerging health care technologies and on making Medicare coverage recommendations to the Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA). Proposed Change The Administration proposes to eliminate NCHCT as a separate organization and to assign responsibility for its functions, where appropriate, to other HHS activities. Rationale As part of President Reagan's plans to manage Federal funds more efficiently, the elimination of a separate health care technology center is a good example of a way in which the Federal budget and the level of Federal employment can be responsibly reduced. Rather than continuing to support an ever expanding separate HHS technology center, this change eliminates an unnecessary Federal agency whose functions can be carried out by other activities. Appropriate Federal actions in this area, such as Medicare coverage issues or technology assessments, will be conducted by HCFA, the National Center for Health Services Research (NCHSR), and the National Institutes of Health (NIH). Key Facts About the Program • As administered by HHS, NCHCT grew from a funding level of $344 thousand in 1979 to $6.2 million and 50 staff proposed in the 1982 Carter budget. • The work of NCHCT parallels closely similar functions carried out by HCFA, NCHSR, and NIH. 3UH-211 0 - 8 1 - 6 161 National Health Service Corps (NHSC) Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 553 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 171 147 193 187 224 206 -23 -6 -56 -38 148 141 137 149 1985 1986 258 231 295 264 335 300 -87 -100 -121 -110 -158 -130 -198 -150 137 106 137 121 137 134 137 150 Program Description The National Health Service Corps (NHSC) provides federally employed physicians and other health professionals to areas classified by the Department of Health and Human Sendees (HHS) as health manpower shortage areas. Most of the NHSC recipients receive full tuition and stipend support while in medical school for which they owe service on a year-for-year basis. Proposed Change As part of its efforts to reduce market distortions and Federal subsidies, the Administration proposes no new scholarships for the NHSC program. This action is intended to prevent unnecessary program growth and costs in the 1990's, when persons receiving new scholarships would complete their training and report for assignment as Federal employees. This proposal would maintain a constant, long term NHSC size of 2,500 assignees to be utilized only in the highest priority areas where physicians and other needed health professionals are not likely to locate voluntarily or where scholarship obligated health professionals could not choose the private practice option because the undersen'ed area could not support a private practice. (The "private praction option" is available to assignees who wish to enter a private practice in shortage areas in return for forgiveness of scholarship obligation.) Rationale Serious remaining problems of access to adequate primary care will probably be virtually eliminated within the next few years due to growth in the Nation's supply of physicians and past NHSC scholarship commitments. At most, 6,000 health professionals—to serve approximately 12 million undersen'ed people—are necessary to cover all health manpower shortage areas. However, the NHSC placement program alone, under Carter Administration placement policies, would have grown from 2,060 in 1980 to our 9,000 by 1990, even if new awards were frozen today. HHS, working with States, local communities, and potential assignees, will make maximum use of the private practice option and other non-Federal placement to assure that the maximum strength of the NHSC does not exceed 2,500 Federal employees. In addition, recent data indicate that physicians in general, and primary care physicians in particular, are voluntarily locating in smaller communities, and that specialists in rural areas spend 30% or more of their time on primary care. Finally, since the scholarship pipeline is so long, whatever short-term problems in primary care access remain would not be addressed by new awards. In addition to the excess supply problem, total program costs for assignees obligated by scholarship are very high. Federal costs in 1980 averaged $100,000 per physician for each year of scholarship-obligated service. Alternative aid programs would be more cost effective. Consequently, the Administration proposes to eliminate all new NHSC scholarship awards in 1981 and 1982 but will allow students who currently have scholarships to complete their training. 162 Key Facts About the Program • Physician supply expansion is so rapid—34% during the 1970s, and an estimate additional 38% during the 1980s—that a surplus of physicians is expected by 1990 for most medical specialties. • Access to medical care has improved greatly since the early 1960's, so that even when data are corrected for disability, the poor now see physicians at least as often as the non-poor. 163 Moderate Growth for the National Institutes of Health Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 552,553 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 3,594 3,410 3,849 3,655 3,968 3,750 4,099 3,875 4,236 3,999 4,381 4,130 -81 -36 -86 -73 -91 -83 -97 -92 -102 -98 -107 -103 3,512 3,374 3,762 3,583 3,877 3.667 4,002 3,783 4,135 3,901 4,274 4,027 Program Description Reflecting the Administration's commitment to Federal support of essential biomedical research activities, funding increases will be proposed for continued growth of the National Institutes of Health (NIH). NIH provides support for biomedical research, primarily through NIH's eleven Institutes. Research project grants, made mostly to individual researchers and research teams, account for approximately one-half of NIH's budget. Other NIH funds support a variety of research and training activities. Proposed Change Funding wil allow continuation of previous years' commitments and permit substantial numbers of new awards each year. As part of a general effort to achieve economies and reduce lower priority activities, however, the funding increases will not fully cover projected inflation. Rationale Despite these overall reductions, however, the Administration remains commited to NIH research project grants as a vehicle for stimulating scientific breakthroughs that return benefits to society far in excess of the Federal commitment of funds. One of the principal areas of reduction will be the institutional payments made for Nrfi (and other) research training under the National Research Service Awards (NRSA) program. This proposal would eliminate the current practice of paying more to an institution for a federally supported trainee than is charged in tuition and fees to nonfederally supported students at the same institution. All trainees would continue to receive awards for their tuition, fees, and living expenses. Key Facts About the Program • Increased funding from 1981 to 1982 will be provided for all Institutes. • The numbers of new and competing research project grants in 1981 and 1982 will exceed the 1980 level. • The number of training grants will also be at approximately the 1980 level. 164 Office on Smoking and Health Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Functional Code: 553 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 -1 -1 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 9 1/ 2 Funding will continue under a combined OASH health promotion and smoking and health activity, including $2.9 million and 25 positions in 1982. This represents a reduction of $3.9 million and 12 positions from the Carter budget. An additional $10 million for smoking and health demonstration grants has been folded into the proposed health block grants. Program Description The HHS Office on Smoking and Health (OSH) was established in 1979 by former HEW Secretary Califano as a separate office under the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health (OASH). OSH coordinates HHS' national smoking and health program, including providing technical assistance and preparation of an annual report to Congress. Funding for this activity totalled $2.5 million in 1980 and $3 million in 1981. President Reagan has proposed a $1 million rescission in 1981 as part of plans to eliminate a separate OSH by 1982. Proposed Change This change provides for eliminating a separate OSH activity and combining it with the OASH health promotion activity. This combined activity will continue to assist Federal, State and local agencies and private organizations to develop programs in nutrition, exercise, smoking, and alcohol and drug abuse. Rationale Consistent with other Administration efforts to eliminate unnecessary and duplicative Federal activities, the elimination of a separate OSH terminates low priority activities that should more appropriately be carried out at the State and local levels. The President's proposed health block grants ensure that States will have the flexibility to fund smoking and health programs if they are considered a high priority. Maintenance of a separate Federal smoking and health office will no longer be necessary under these circumstances. Key Facts About the Program • Since OSH's establishment, one of its major functions has been to coordinate smoking and health activities carried out in several HHS activities, including NIH, CDC and ADAMHA. • As noted above, implementation of the health block grant proposals coupled with other administrative improvements will enable the Administration to combine smoking and health coordination with the OASH health promotion .program. 165 Professional Standards Review Organization (PSROs) Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 551 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Obligations Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Obligations Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Obligations Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Obligations Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 174 171 174 171 174 171 -38 -38 -104 -102 -107 -106 135 133 70 68 67 65 1985 1986 174 171 174 171 174 171 -174 -171 -174 -171 -174 -171 Program Description This program—administered through 185 Federally funded PSROs of widely differing effectivenessis intended to assure the necessity and quality of medical care funded through Medicaid and Medicare. The Carter budget provided a new requirement that the PSRO program have as a national objective for 1982 a 2% reduction in Medicare and Medicaid days of hospital care. Proposed Change A competitive system of funding would be introduced by which only those PSROs judged most effective in reducing medical costs and improving quality of care would be refunded. No Federal objective setting would be required and the mandate for utilization review where PSROs are not active would be removed. After 1983, Federal support for PSROs would stop. Rationale The phase-out of the PSRO program would substantially reduce Federal regulation of health care services. By defimding the least effective PSROs, this proposal would also impose needed fiscal restraint Recent studies on the effects of the PSRO program by the Congressional Budget Office provide evidence that the PSRO program raises national health care spending. According to these studies, the cost of the nationwide system of hospital utilization review organizations exceeds the resulting savings achieved by reductions in length of hospital stay and lower admission rates. Even this analysis fails to factor in the reality that, due to the way in which hospitals are presently reimbursed for services on a cost basis, cost "savings" achieved through lower medicare and medicaid utilization are simply passed on to hospital users who pay their own bills, or who are covered by private insurance. The phase-out of the PSRO program over the 1981-1983 period is consistent with a 2-year Administration timetable to develop health financing reforms that encourage competition in the health sector. The transitional funding for the most effective PSROs would be continued into 1983 to allow competing systems of care to contract for their services. Key Facts About the Program • The Congressional Budget Office estimates the PSRO program results in a net loss of $0.60 for every dollar spent. • Some PSROs appear to be effective; 50 receive funding from industry or insurance carriers to cover non-Federal patients. • The American Medical Association and American Hospital Association recently called for the abolition of the PSRO program. 166 Public Health Service Hospitals and Clinics Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 551 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: 168 Budget Authority Outlays 168 REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority -39 -39 Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority 129 129 Outlays This level would continue to support the National Center 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 172 172 160 160 170 170 170 170 170 170 -99 -99 -150 -150 -160 -160 -160 -160 -160 -160 10 17 73 10 17 10 17 1017 17 17 17 73 10 10 10 1017 for Hansen's Disease and the Tuskeegee syphilis study. Program Description The Public Health Service (PHS) has operated a wholly federally financed medical care system for merchant seamen since 1798. The original purpose of the entitlement was to protect the Nation from communicable diseases that could be brought into the country from foreign ports at a time when there were few medical facilities in American port cities. Today, those cities have sufficient medical facilities. Moreover, through'the years, this entitlement has been expanded from merchant seamen to include tugboat operators, fishermen, offshore drilling crewmen, dredge industry employees, and others in addition to oceangoing seamen. Thus, a program that was originally designed to provide occasional onshore benefits for seamen who spent most of their days at sea has become, in effect, a free Government health delivery program for selected occupational classes. Proposed Change The Administration will seek repeal of this entitlement and closure of the remaining eight PHS hospitals and 27 clinics now providing free medical care. This change requires a 1981 rescission of $39 million and a 1982 reduction to the Carter budget of $99 million. Rationale The provision of free Government health care for merchant seamen is unnecessary and unwarranted. Moreover, the PHS hospital and clinic system is under-used and actually aggravates health care costs in the cities where the hospitals are located. Improved health and the growth of collectively bargained health care plans have led to low demands on the PHS hospital system. Occupancy rates of the hospitals have averaged about 65% since 1976, compared to national minimum standards of 80% occupancy. In addition, all of the hospitals are located in areas with adequate or excess supply of hospital beds, and all of the eight affected cities have at least one other Federal facility operating at less than 80% occupancy to care for nonmerchant seamen patients entitled to Federal care. Thus, this proposal will not affect appreciably merchant seamen's access to care. Most of the hospitals and clinics have also been serving a small number of low-income people in their areas, largely on an outpatient basis, in order to fill unused cpacity. This proposal includes funds to allow the Department of Health and Human Services to pay for such services by contract in 1982 while seeking arrangements for indigent care with other under-utilized hospitals in affected areas. Under this schedule, PHHS operational support of the hospitals and clinics would cease as of October 1 of this year. The entire system would either be closed or turned over to local communities that wish to maintain the facilities by the end of 1982. 167 Key Facts About the Program • Seamen union members earn between $12,000 per year to $79,000 per year and have medical coverage through noncontributory employer financed health insurance plans. • Over 70% of the PHS system employees are physicians, dentists, nurses, and skilled technicians who would not be expected to face great difficulty in obtaining other employment in the rapidly growing medical care industry. • The Federal Government will provide $415 million in subsidies to the American shipping industry in the 1982 budget. 168 PHS Commissioned Corps Physician Bonuses Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 553 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 2 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 44 44 48 48 52 52 56 56 60 60 64 64 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 45 45 49 49 53 53 57 57 61 61 44 44 1985 1986 Program Description Under an amendment to the Mental Health Systems Act (MHSA) (P.L. 96-398), the 2,700 PHS Commissioned Corps physicians are authorized the same bonus levels as military physicians —a potential annual maximum of $29,500 above basic salary. The MHSA amendment changed a significant' feature in the Uniformed Services Health Professionals Special Pay Act of 1980 (P.L. 96-284) that increased military physician bonuses but held the Commissioned Corps to its existing bonus levels—a potential annual maximum of $25,700 above basic salary. The MHSA amendment was enacted despite objections from the previous administration which had earlier vetoed such increases. Proposed Change This change would modify the MHSA amendment that tied the bonuses paid to Commissioned Corps physicians to the level paid to the military and allow PHS physician bonuses to be related to HHS needs. Rationale The argument that both the military and the Commissioned Corps should receive the same pay and benefits because both are "uniformed" services is not valid. While it has been a uniformed service, the Commissioned Corps has functioned very differently from the military health corps. Corps members receive the same benefits as the military—free retirement and medical care, commissary and PX privileges, etc., without comparable hardships and rotational assignments, and without being subject to the Uniformed Code, of Military Justice. As part of President Reagan's plan to reduce middle and upper income benefits, the continuation of entitlement bonuses to Commissioned Corps physicians at the same level and on the same basis as the military is unwarranted. Moreover, there is no difference in function between Corps and General Schedule (GS) health personnel to justify additional benefits. Corps members are paid substantially more for doing the same job than GS employees—$10,000-$15,000 more annually for senior Corps physicians. Many Commissioned Corps physicans do not practice medicine—rather, they function as researchers, administrators, or health planners. With the proposals in President Reagan's 1982 Budget to eliminate inappropriate Federal activities, e.g., closing the PHS hospitals, an estimated 500 Commissioned Corps physicians can contractually be reassigned to meet any documented PHS physician shortages. Thus, as with proposed changes for VA physician bonuses, it is unnecessary to maintain artificially high bonus levels for Commissioned Corps physicians. Rather, bonus levels will be tailored to the needs of each physician personnel system. Key Facts About the Program • The Administration will develop further reforms of the Commissioned Corps system so that it better meets HHS, rather than DOD, recruitment/retention needs and is better integrated with the HHS GS physician payment system. 169 Refugee Assistance Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 609 Funding CARTER BUDGET: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS* Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (% in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 690 579 652 658 600 678 -50 —31 -21 -13 -6 48 -41 583 604 640 548 1985 1986 494 581 335 485 304 389 -57 -47 -24 -39 -14 -22 -14 -15 543 625 470 542 321 463 290 374 56 62 48 48 The Carter budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 124 112 Budget Authority 73 84 Outlays 88 103 Program Description The Refugee Assistance program reimburses States for cash, medical assistance, and social services to refugees for up to three years after their arrival in the U.S. Up to 50% of the 181,000 refugees arriving in the U.S. during fiscal year 1981 may require public assistance. The voluntary agency grant program provides a $1,000 matching per capita grant for Soviet Jewish refugee resettlement social sendees in the U.S. The Cuban program phasedown gradually decreases the reimbursement to States (60% in FY 81, 45% in FY 82 and 25% in FY 83) for costs in providing senices and benefits to "old" Cubans who arrived in 1962-78. Proposed Change • Rescind $30.4 million in 1981 for cash and medical assistance, and for voluntary agency grant programs, due to a decrease in the number of refugees (mainly Soviet and Indochinese) arriving in the U.S. in the first quarter of FY 81. • Rescind $15 million in 1981 for "old" Cuban program phasedown for cash and medical assistance, and for reimbursement to states for sendees to Asylum Applicants, due to lower State cost estimates than projected earlier. • Rescind $4.5 million in the 1981 Refugee Assistance budget for non-essential non-State administered social service projects and Federal Administration. • Reduce the level of refugee benefits starting in 1982 to a level comparable to those given to the general population. Rationale Because of lower refugee flows, as displayed below, $30.4 million less will be needed in the state administered cash and medical assistance programs, and in the voluntary agency' grants for resettlement social senices. 1st Quarter Projected Soviet Jewish Indochinese 1st Quarter Actual 6,000 42,000 2,198 32,777 Decrease in Flow -3,802 -9,223 % Decrease 64% 22% Eliminating the 20 year Cuban program in 1982 makes our refugee policy more consistent with the Refugee Act of 1980, which allows only 3 years of special Federal reimbursment. The old Cuban program is no longer needed as the average annual income of the old Cuban refugee families equals 170 96% of the average annual U.S. family income. A different program provides services to Cubans and Haitians arriving after 1978. The proposed cash assistance changes makes the refugee assistance program more comparable to the AFDC program, and general assistance programs. TTiis will eliminate the higher than normal U.S. public assistance program benefits paid in the refugee program. Key Facts • For services and assistance costs to the 125,000 Cubans and Haitians who arrived in Florida during the summer of 1980, states and localities have been reimbursed with Federal ftmds authorized by the Refugee Educational Assistance Act of 1980 (P.L. 96-422). This Act (also known as Fascell-Stone) provides up to $100 million in reimbursements to States and localities for services to Cuban and Haitians entrants for FY 82.. • The Federal Government reimburses States at the rate of 100% for services and assistance to refugees for up to three years. • Voluntary agencies receive a $350 per capita grant for initial reception and placement services in addition to the $1000 resettlement social services grant for each Soviet Jewish refugee resettled in the U.S. Soivet Jewish refugees are entitled to all refugee benefits under the Refugee Act of 1980. 171 Social Security Overview Funding 1982 1983 in millions) 1984 132,672 139,884 152,318 161,551 168,554 183,078 185,052 203,705 210,803 224,196 233,916 244,638 + 1,379 -294 + 649 -2,024 + 1,765 -6,741 + 2,256 -11,882 + 2,130 -17,172 + 2,680 -22,897 -35 -1,030 (+30) -1,675 (+50) -2,075 (+75) -2,225 (+100) -2,350 (+100) -60 -1,300 -1,400 -1,500 -1,500 -1,500 -150 -175 -200 -200 -200 -50 -5 -200 -50 -500 -75 -700 -100 -900 -125 -1,100 -150 -5 -120 -350 -630 -950 -1,220 134,051 139,435 152,967 156,677 170,319 172,162 187,308 186,618 212,933 201,124 236,596 215,221 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: 17 Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Adult Student Payments: Outlays (Student Assist Offset) Minimum Payment Amount:'^ Outlays Payments on a Worker's Death: Outlays Disability Insurance: Improve Administration Outlays Institute a Megacap Outlays Tighten recency-of-work (6 out of 13 quarters) Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 2/ 1985 1986 Includes effects of student assistance (Pell Grant) offset. Offsetting increases in other Federal programs associated with this proposal are not included above. Social Security: Adult Student Payments Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 601 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Program Description Full time adult students age 18-21 get social security payments as dependents of retired, disabled or deceased workers. Aproximately 800,000 adult students now receive these payments. The average adult student payment is $255 per month and ranges from a low of $20 to a high of $700.. Proposed Change Adult student payments would be eliminated. No new adult students would receive payments and existing student payments would be reduced by 25 percent each year over the next three years. Social security revenues would be more fully dedicated to basic benefits. Rationale • The benefit is inappropriate — social security protects against loss in income from risks (old age, disability and death) which are beyond the worker's control. Continuing the adult student payment past age 18 because adult students choose to go to school should not be an insurable risk. • The payment is poorly designed as educational assistance — The payment amount is unrelated to the student's educational costs, proficiency in school, or ability to meet educational expenses. • Educational assistance is granted more equitably and efficiently under other Federal programs — Financial aid for adult students from Federally insured student loans, national defense student loans, and basic educational opportunity grants would be increased for those needing assistance to offset the elimination of social security payments. • Social security can no longer afford this drain — The present financial condition of social security was not anticipated when the student payment was introduced in 1965. The adult student payment departs from the basic purpose of social security. They should be eliminated particularly when trust funds are not adequate to assure basic benefits. • Program participation rates and costs have exploded since 1965 — In the past ten years, the cost to social security of adult student payments have more than quadrupled. During that time, the number of student recipients increased only one-third. This occurred during a massive build-up in direct Federal student assistance. Key Facts About the Program The Federal Government invests heavily in post-secondary students, in recognition of the vital importance of education. Excluding social "security, Federal assistance to post-secondary students multiplied 25 times since 1965, growing from less than $.3 billion in 1965 to $7.5 billion in 1982. At the same time, payments to adult students from the social security trust funds were also rapidly increasing, from $.2 billion in 1965 to $.5 billion in 1972 to $2.2 billion in 1982. Unlike other Federal aid to students, adult .student payments in social security are unrelated to educational cost, need, or family income. These payments have become a sizable drain on the social security trust funds, which can simply no longer afford the more than $2 billion annual cost for these low-priority payments. Other, better targeted, federal educational assistance programs provide for those students needing aid. ($ in billions) 1965' 1972 1982 OASDI Balances (end-of-year) 22.2 43.8 20.3 OASDI Outlays 17.5 40.2 157.7 OASDI Reserves (Balance/Outlays) 127% 109% 13% 173 Social Security: Disability Insurance Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 601 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Program Description Disability insurance (DI) benefits replace worker's earnings (due to their inability to work) for the worker and the family. Both GAO and Social Security Administration studies show that hundreds of thousands of current recipients are not currently disabled but still receive payments. Benefits larger than a disabled worker's prior earnings may induce some individuals to apply for or remain on the DI rolls even though they could work and support themselves. Disability benefits also go to people who, not having been in social security covered work in the past 5 years, lack a reasonable basis to claim social security disability insurance payments. DI caseloads have risen by 80% since 1970, and costs have climbed by 500%. Proposed Change The Social Security Administration will be intensively reviewing cases to insure that only the truly disabled receive disability benefits. To remove the work disincentive caused by excessive benefit levels, a "megacap" will be established to ensure that disability income from all public sources never exceeds the worker's prior after tax earnings, adjusted for inflation. Legislation will also more closely focus eligibility for DI on those individuals who have recently worked in social security covered jobs before becoming disabled. Rationale The purpose of DI is to provide for workers and their families when a worker can no longer work. Payments should not go to people who are not disabled. • Intensified reviews of new applicants and current recipients will weed out the 500,000 people receiving payments whom GAO says are not disabled, saving the trust fund hundreds of millions of dollars in mispent payments. • Other weaknesses in the administration of DI, documented by GAO over the past 4 years, will be corrected by HHS. Originally, to be eligible for DI, applicants must have worked for at least 6 of the previous 13 calendar quarters. This would relate their loss of earning due to disability to recent social security covered employent. The test was subsequently liberalized, when DI costs were quite low, so that individuals who did not depend on social security covered jobs — perhaps had not even worked in the past 5 years — could qualify for payments. • Reinstituting the "recency of work" test would more closely link benefits to the replacement of lost (covered) earnings, the original purpose of DI. • Benefits would be better targeted on individuals whose livelihood came from social security covered employment, while screening out wasteful payments to those with little social security covered work. • The Supplemental Security income program is the proper "safety net" for the truly needy disabled without recent work experience. The "megacap" proposal would limit public disability benefits so that they do not exceed a worker's prior after-tax earned income about (80% of earnings), adjusted for inflation. This would avoid: • Individuals receiving more while disabled than they were paid for working. • Continuing overly-generous benefits from uncoordinated, multiple sources which offer a perverse incentive, inducing people not to work. 174 Key Facts About the Program The costs of disability insurance have grown by leaps and bounds, as shown below: Number of Disabled Workers Receiving Benefits 1965 1970 1975 1981 1985 988,074 1,492,948 2,488.774 2,869,000 2,991,000 Annual Benefits ($ millions) 1,159 2,352 6,747 16.978 24,000 Average Monthly Benefits 98 131 226 410 655 • "As a result of SSA's [previous] ... poor management... as many as 584,000 beneficiaries who do not currently meet SSA's eligibility criteria may be receiving disability benefits. These beneficiaries represent over $2 billion annually in Trust Fund c.osts. ... substantial savings could be achieved if SSA focused on this problem." (HRD 81-48, March 3, 1981) • SSA "has no means of measuring program efficiency" and "does not know how often [disability was determined based on]...medical examinations which were too comprehensive or were inadequate." (HRD 79-119, October 9, 1979) • "The disability claims process needs to be more effectively managed by the Social Security Administration. Weaknesses in the disability claims proccess cause lengthy delays ...and...overexpenditures". (HRD 78-40, February 16, 1978) 175 Social Security: Minimum Payment Amount Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 601 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Program Description A minimum initial payment of $122 per month is given to social security recipients who, under the normal benefit formula, earned a lesser amount. Once on the rolls, the $122 minimum payment amount is increased by the CPI. Proposed Change Pay social security recipients only their "earned" benefits, no longer giving an artificial minimum amount above their earned benefits. Rationale Both GAO and various Social Security Advisory Councils concluded that the minimum benefit has outlived its usefulness and generates undersirable windfalls to workers with substantial employment not covered by social security. First enacted in 1939 at a $10 per month level before social security expanded to cover more than 9 out of 10 workers, the original purpose was to raise retirement income for those with very low wage histories, as well as those who worked in jobs before social security extended to their work. Suppplemental Security Income (SSI), with benefits about double the social security minimum, better fulfills the social objective underlying the minimum. SSI provides a safety net for those in need without diverting over $1 billion annually from basic social security. The social security trust funds can no longer afford these low-priority payments. Key Facts About the Program • Since 1974, SSI has given cash assistance to the needy aged, blind, and disabled. For these individuals, the minimum payment merely offsets, dollar for dollar, the amount of SSI assistance they would otherwise receive. • Only 17% (500,000) of minimum payment recipients are truly needy (on SSI). They would not experience any reduction in Federal payments. GAO found that for 74% of minimum payment recipients, social security is not the primary income source, and that they receive unintended windfalls beyond their modest social security contributions. Of the 3 million minimum payment recipients, 1.7 million would not have their income reduced by eliminating minimum payments. • • 1.2 million would have offsetting increases in their OASDI benefits (i.e., derivative benefits to spouses, survivors, etc.). • 500,000 minimum recipients would have offsetting increases in their SSI benefits. GAO data show that at least 800,000 minimum recipients do not depend primarily on their social security payments. • 450,000 (or 15% of minimum recipients) receive Federal pensions averaging over $900 per month. • 350,000 (or 12% of minimum recipients) have working spouses whose earnings average over $14,000 annually. For the remaining 500,000 minimum recipients, GAO data suggest that a significant number would have public pensions from State or local governments or "other" income. 176 Social Security: Payments On A Worker's Death Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 601 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Program Description Lump sum death payments of $255 are made when an insured worker dies regardless of whether there are surviving family members. The payment is made regardless of income, need, or the size of an estate. Typically, payments go directly to funeral home operators. Proposed Change Continue the lump sum death payment only for deceased workers when a surviving spouse or minor children are receiving survivors benefits. Eliminate the burial payment where no survivors benefits are payable. This payment would not go to funeral homes, estates, grown surviving children, or non-aged spouses who are not eligible for survivors benefits (i.e. who have no minor children in their care). Rationale The original intent of the worker's death payment was not only to help meet expenses for the last illness and burial of a deceased worker, but also to insure that the "return" on social security to a worker (or his estate) exceeded his social security taxes. • Except for early deaths of beneficiaries without survivors, in virtually all cases social security retirement benefit payments now exceed a worker's social security taxes. • The lump sum death payment is a maximum of $255; it would not generally cover full burial costs. The cost of administering these small payments is 5 times higher than handling basic social security benefits. This proposal would not affect widows and orphans who would receive survivors benefits. Key Facts About the Program Almost half of current payments go to estates with no surviving spouse or surviving minor children. The payment is unrelated to social insurance, prior social security contributions, or benefits. • The payment has remained frozen since 1954 because of its marginal relation to basic social security. • Eliminating these payments to estates would better protect orphans and widows because social security's solvency would be improved. 177 Supplemental Security Income Agency: Department of Health and Human Services Functional Code: 609 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS* Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 7.278 7,305 7.938 7,972 9,443 9,453 8,704 8,675 10.194 10,186 10,926 10,926 -35 -35 153 140 29 28 518 141 -196 -193 -433 -432 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 7,981 8,002 9.362 9,371 9.112 8,706 9.888 9,883 10,383 10,376 — — 7,243 7,270 Effect of outlay reestimates, revised economic assumptions, and offsetting increase associated with proposed QASDI reductions. Program Description Supplemental Security Income (SSI) pays the needy elderly, blind and disabled based on their income with a minimum indexed guarantee of $238 a month for an individual and $357 a month for a couple. Proposed Change • Initiate retrospective accounting rather than prospective quarterly budgeting. Thus, instead of projecting income of recipients forward for 90 days, the actual income received over the prior period would be used to determine the Federal benefit payment. (-$60 million annually). • Verify interest and divided income through IRS records and tighten SSI regulations conerning the exclusion of irregular income. (-$50 million annually). Rationale GAO report HRD 81-37 has recommended that retrospective accounting be used. Such a procedure reduces errors by relying on actual rather than estimated data. It is used in income tested (AFDC and Medicaid) programs by 12 States and is a federally authorized option in the Food Stamp program. A similar change is being sought in AFDC and Food Stamps. Verifying interest and dividend income was recommended by GAO Report HRD 81-4 (February 4, 1981). This could be done at little cost through computer tape matching. Key Facts About the Program • By cross-checking records with the Veterans Administration, the Railroad Retirement Board, and the Civil Service retirement benefits system, the Social Security Administration was able to save $61 million in SSI overpayments annually. Similar cross-checking is proposed for IRS. 178 Department of Housing and Urban Development 179 Administrative Expenses Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 999 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 8 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 338 332 356 356 355 355 -4 -4 -19 -18 334 328 337 338 1985 1986 355 355 355 355 355 355 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 Program Description Administrative expenses are chiefly included in two accounts, the Working Capital Fund and Salaries and Expenses. The Working Capital Fund is a revolving fund sustained through reimbursements for services provided. Salaries and Expenses, on the other hand, receives funding from three sources: budget authority (as is included in the above table), transfers from the Federal Housing Administration, and other, smaller transfers. Proposed Change This proposed change would reduce administration expenses commensurate with the proposed reduction in staffing. The proposed staffing reductions reflect both savings from proposed program reductions or eliminations and more effective use of Federal staff resources. The following tables highlight the differences between the Carter and Reagan Budgets for 1981 and 1982. (Unlike the earlier table, the table below reflects all expenses, whether derived from budget authority, FHA transfers, or other transfers.) Administrative Expenses 1982 1981 Carter Reagan Change Carter Reagan Change 442 461 458 471 -29 Personnel Compensation -4 -2 23 20 -2 20 18 Travel 154 -4 Other Expenses 139 136 -3 158 621 612 TOTAL -9 651 616 -36 Employment 1982 1981 Carter Reagan Carter Reagan Change Change End-of-year 16.462 15,561 -901 16,762 15,295 -1,467 Full Time Equivalents 16,493 16,188 -305 16,793 15,703 -1,090 Rationale • Reduce overhead and personnel costs of the Federal Government. reductions result from proposed program reductions. 181 Most of these staffing Community Development Block Grants and Urban Development Action Grants Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 451 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES.1/ Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ 4370 4303 4370 4303 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 1982 (S in millions) 1984 1983 4635 4608 4785 4451 -469 +5 -619 -104 4166 4613 4166 4347 The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings 1981 1982 Budget Authority -584 Outlays -17 4935 4679 1985 5085 4838 1986 5235 4988 [undetermined] [undetermined] [such sums as may be necessary] [such sums as may be necessary] expected are as follows: 1983 1984 1985 -931 [undetermined] -187 [undetermined] 1986 Program Description The Community Development Block Grant program provides grants to units of local government for general community development, principally for the benefit of lower income persons. Entitlement grants, allocated by formula, go to large cities and urban counties. Discretionary grants, allocated by State-wide competitions, go to small cities. The Secretary's Discretionary Fund provides discretionary grants to recipients and projects which would otherwise probably not receive assistance from this program. In 1981, about 2,850 localities will receive assistance. The Urban Development Action Grant program provides discretionary grants, allocated by national competition, to units of local government to be used in conjunction with private and other public funds in order to promote economic development in distressed areas. In 1981, an estimated 350 grant awards will be announced. Some cities, as in the past, will receive multiple awards. Proposed Change Beginning in 1982, the Reagan Administration will propose to combine these two programs into a more efficient and effective instrument for the Federal support of locally determined community and economic development activities. In this new program federally imposed requirements will be lessened, Federal intervention in local decision-making will be reduced, eligible activities will be expanded (to include economic development activities in conjunction with for-profit enterprises as now undertaken by UDAG so that private funds can be levenaged), and local flexibility and decision-making will be increased. Rationale • The consolidation of categorical grant programs into block grants. • The return of decision-making and implementation powers to local and State governments. • A lessening of Federal intervention in local community and economic development. Key Facts About the Program The 1981 CDBG program: • Entitlement grants will go to about 650 large cities and urban counties; average grant is about $4.1 million. 182 • Discretionary grants will go to over 2,000 smaller cities with funding decisions largely made by HUD area offices; average grant is about $0.5 million. Unneeded Federal involvement • Other discretionary grants will be made for specific projects or to specific recipients with funding decisions largely made by HUD headquarters. Estimated 1981 Distribution of Funds (dollars in millions) Large Cities/Urban Counties Discretionary, Small Cities Secretary's Discretionary Fund TOTAL $2,653 938 104 $3,695 The 1981 UDAG program: • Current eligibility standards do not target funds on the most distressed areas. Without the pockets-of-poverty provision, over 50 percent of all large cities are eligible; with the provision, the percent approaches 100 percent. • Current law requires that 25 percent of the funds be used for smaller communities, while no more than 20 percent may be used for pockets of poverty. • In 1980 the average grant awarded was about $2.0 million. • Funding in 1981 is $675 million. The new, combined 1982 program: • Entitlement grants will go to large cities and urban counties as before. • Entitlement grants will be made to States. (Indian tribes will receive a portion of these funds.) • There will be a UDAG-type account for 1982 only. These funds will be used in the State program after 1982. • Less Federal intervention in local decision-making and increased local and State flexibility and discretion in how these funds should be used will result. • Federal requirements, administrative expenses, and employment will be reduced. 1982 Funding (dollars in millions) Large Cities/Urban Counties States UDAG-type transition account TOTAL 183 $2,791 875 500 $4,166 Federal Housing Administration/GNMA Mortgage-Backed Securities Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 604 Funding 1981 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 FEDERAL HOUSING ADMINISTRATION CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 39.000 61 44,000 -116 44,300 -235 48,700 -387 53,600 -460 59.000 -505 0 0 -0 -45 0 -8 0 -8 0 -8 0 -8 -4,845 -14 -9,000 -7 N/A + 15 N/A + 44 N/A + 81 N/A + 129 34.155 47 35,000 -168 -228 * * * * -387 -384 72,000 -175 " 72,000 -197 -351 * To be determined after a reexamination of FHA's role. $35 billion assumed for computational purposes. GNMA MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 72,000 -82 72,000 -100 72.000 -128 72,000 -153 -8 -10 -4,000 + 10 -1,000 + 18 -8.000 +1 -8,000 +2 N/A +3 64.000 47 64,000 -168 68,0001/ -228 + 3,000 + 24 + 6.000 + 30 N/A +5 N/A +6 N/A +7 71,000 1/ -351 75.00017 -387 78,0001/ -384 * These commitment levels are to be determined at a later date; numbers shown are for planning and estimating purposes only and are based on no change in FHA insurance activity and a gradual increase in mortgages guaranteed by the VA. Program Description The National Housing Act of 1934, as amended, authorizes about 40 different mortgage insurance programs designed to help finance the production, purchase, repair, and improvement of residential single-family and multifamily properties. The Carter Budget proposed limitations of $39 billion in FY 1981 and $44 billion in FY 1982 on the amount of mortgages and loans that the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) can make commitments to insure. The GNMA Mortgage-Backed Securities program provides Federal guarantees on securities backed by FHA and VA mortgages. The Carter Administration proposed to increase the 1981 enacted commitment ceiling of $53 billion by $19 billion, to a total $72 billion, and to retain that commitment level in 1982 and thereafter. Because decreases in the limitation on commitments result in fewer fee and premium collections, FHA and GNMA outlays increase whenever the commitment limitation is lowered. Budget authority for FHA and GNMA is not affected by any of the proposed changes or reestimates. Proposed Changes: The Reagan Budget proposes a reduction in the amount of mortgages and loans that FHA can make commitments to insure and a proportionate reduction in the limitation on GNMA mortgage-backed securities as a part of this Administration's efforts to reduce programs that provide benefits to people with middle and upper incomes. 184 Specifically, FHA commitments will be limited to approximately $35 billion and GNMA comitments will be limited to $64 billion in 1981 and 1982. Even at these lower limits, FHA should be able to insure all the homebuyers who are expected to request FHA insurance in 1981 and as many as 400,000 homebuyers in 1982. Other changes that will reduce FHA outlays in the Reagan budget include: • An increase in rent contributions of tenants living in projects owned by FHA will be implemented as part of an effort to recover from users more of those costs which are clearly allocable (see rent contributions paper for more details); and • More cash sales, particularly of projects sold with Section 8 assistance, will be implemented to eliminate the unintended benefits that accrue from duplicative rent assistance and preferred interest rate subsidies. Rationale These reductions in FHA and GNMA credit limitations are consistent with proposed reductions in the Section 8 housing program (requiring multifamily insurance) and FHA's share of expected mortgage credit demand. In addition, the Administration will soon begin a thorough reexamination of the role of FHA and GNMA in the housing credit market. This reexamination has been prompted by the following items: • Private mortgage insurers (PMIs) provide equivalent insurance at a lower price to the same middle-income homebuyers who currently use FHA. • The private mortgage insurance industry is competitive and is as large as FHA. Moreover, PMIs are willing and able to expand their business if FHA insurance is gradually eliminated; because of this no disruption of housing markets is likely to occur. • Changes in the secondary market for mortgages, particularly the rapid increase in the use of privately-issued securities backed by conventional mortgages, raises questions as to the future need for FHA insurance by secondary market participants, as well as the future need for GNMA mortgage-backed securities. Key Facts About the Program • The average annual income of the families who purchased new homes under the largest FHA insurance program was $31,815 during the 4th quarter of 1980; for the families who purchased existing homes, it was $28,936. • FHA's share of single-family mortgage originations has decreased from nearly 25 percent in 1970 to about 12.6 percent in 1980. During the same time span, PMIs have increased their share of single-family mortgage originations from less than 4 percent to 14.5 percent. • FHA and GNMA mortgage-backed securities accounted for over 55 percent of the $171 billion of total new commitments issued to guarantee loans by the Federal Government in 1980. • The amount of GNMA mortgage-backed securities has increased from less than $14 billion to nearly $21 billion between 1976 and 1980. During the same time span the amount of privately-issued securities backed by conventional mortgages has gone from 0 to nearly $5.3 billion. 185 GNMA Tandem Mortgage Assistance Programs Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 371 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,407 594 492 1,173 504 24 706 1,381 1,073 1,079 1,246 1,246 + 180 + 354 -374 -501 -8 -215 -177 -157 -39 -75 -47 -45 -196 +3 + 2.137 -4 -490 -258 -490 -289 -850 -890 -1,004 -1,144 1,391 951 2.255 668 6 967 39 935 184 112 195 57 Program Description The Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) Tandem programs are currently used to provide subsidized mortgage financing (i.e., mortgages at 7.5 percent) for Section 8 rental housing projects and certain unsubsidized middle-income apartment projects located in urban areas. The Carter Administration proposed to continue the tandem program in 1982 to support $300 million in mortgages and to create a new upfront grant program to support $1.7 billion in mortgages. This total $2 billion program level would also be supported in 1981 through a $200 million supplemental requested in the Carter budget (in addition to the $1.8 billion in direct loans already authorized). Similarly, commitments to purchase $2 billion of 7.5 percent mortgages were made each year from 1978 to 1980. Once the apartments involved have been constructed, GNMA is obligated to purchase the mortgages on the projects at full value. GNMA does not hold these mortgages but rather auctions them off to large investors. GNMA absorbs a loss on the sale of these mortgages in an amount sufficient to bring their yields up to market interest rates. This loss reflects the subsidy provided. Proposed Changes • For 1981, this Administration does not propose that any additional tandem mortgage commitment activity be authorized and the Carter supplemental request is being withdrawn. • This Administration is planning to shut down these subsidized mortgage financing programs. However, for 1982, the Administration is proposing to buy out the pipeline of projects (i.e., projects that had at least FHA conditional or firm insurance commitments by February 13, 1981) currently being developed. This will require a total $3.6 billion tandem commitment level, $3.3 billion above the Carter 1982 request level. The outlay effect of this increase will not be felt until 1983-84. • No new subsidized mortgage financing programs will be proposed. Rationale • As part of the Administration's efforts to apply sound economic criteria to economic subsidy programs, those programs providing apartment project mortgages at below-market interest rates will be ended. Rather than providing specialized credit subsidy programs to a fortunate few businesses and households, the President's economic recovery program is designed to reduce inflation and interest rates, thereby benefitting all businesses and households and stimulating housing construction throughout the economy. • To the extent that these subsidized mortgages were used for HUD subsidized rental projects (Section 8 Tandem), the full cost of these projects should be reflected under the basic rental subsidy program budget, rather than "piggybacking" additional subsidies on them through separate subsidized financing arrangements. Moreover, use of the GNMA tandem financing subsidies adds to Federal outlays in the short-term relative to rental subsidy contracts, which commit the Federal Government to a roughly constant stream of payments over 20 to 30 • To the extent that these subsidized mortgages were being used to promote the construction of rental apartments for middle-income tenants (Targeted Tandem), this is a low priority objective in an austere budget environment. Key Facts About the Program • As of the end of FY 1980, the GNMA tandem mortgage subsidy programs have accumulated a net loss of over $3.4 billion. This figure essentially represents borrowing from the Treasury that GNMA has no prospect of repaying. • GNMA is now holding a portfolio of $4.4 billion in below-market rate mortgages and has outstanding commitments to purchase yet another $6.5 billion. • Recent losses on sales of these mortgages have been running at 40 cents per dollar. • The subsidy now being provided reduces debt service on an apartment project mortgage by about $2,200 per unit per year. • The $3.6 billion pipeline consists of 868 projects with 92,717 units, of which 34,959 units are expected to get Section 8 rental subsidies; the balance will be for tenants not eligible for Section 8 assistance. 187 Housing Counseling Assistance Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 506 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ Budget Authority Outlays ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 10 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 -6 -2 -6 - 5 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 - 6 4 7 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 s proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 1982 1984 1981 1983 -7 -6 -8 -8 -2 -7 -5 -8 1985 1985 -9 -9 1986 1986 -10 -9 Program Description The Housing Counseling Assistance program provides discretionary grants and technical assistance to HUD-approved private and public nonprofit housing counseling agencies. These agencies provide information and advice to current and prospective tenants and homeowners of HUD-assisted or HUD-insured housing. The Carter Budget planned for $10 million of grants per year to an estimated 400 approved agencies to support default, comprehensive, renter, and pre-purchase counseling. Proposed Change This proposed change would reduce the Housing Counseling Assistance program, providing financial support only for default counseling. Comprehensive, renter, and pre-purchase counseling would be discontinued. Rationale • The application of sound criteria to economic subsidy programs requires that housing counseling support be limited to those activies where the benefits exceed the cost. • Several HUD studies have indicated that default counseling may have a beneficial impact and be a cost effective use of Federal funds. Accordingly, it is being continued. • However, comprehensive, renter, and prepurchasing counseling, have not been shown to -be an effective use of limited Federal funds and no further Federal financial support will be provided. Communities can use their Block Grant funds to support these counseling activities they deem effective. Key Facts About the Program • Default counseling was the original intent of this program when it was established in 1968. 188 Neighborhood Self-Help Development Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 451 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 9 15 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 -8 -4 -9 - 6 -9 -9 -9 -9 -9 -9 -9 - 9 1 11 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 1982 1981 1983 1984 -8 -10 -11 -11 Budget Authority -4 -6 -10 -11 Outlays 1985 -12 -11 1986 -12 -12 Program Description The Neighborhood Self-Help Development program provides discretionary grants and technical assistance to neighborhood organizations to undertake specific neighborhood preservation and revitalization activities in lower income areas. The Carter Budget planned for an estimated 60 grant recipients per year. Proposed Change This proposed changed would terminate the Neighborhood Self-Help Development program. It is estimated that no neighborhood organizations would receive grants from this program beginning in 1981. Rationale • The consolidation of categorical grant programs into block grants. More specifically, the Neighborhood Self-Help Development program unnecessarily duplicates the efforts of the Community Development Block Grant program, which provides localities with funds that can be used for neighborhood preservation and revitalization activities, and the Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation, which largely provides technical assistance to meet these same goals. Key Facts About the Program • The Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation provides a similar service and has received praise for its innovative approaches to neighborhood revitalization, something the Neighborhood Self-Help Development program has not received. • Established in 1978, this program did not award its first grants until 1980 because of start-up delays. • As a categorical grant program, it is staff intensive. Federal employment. 189 Its termination will help to reduce Planning Assistance Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 451 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1981 1982 34 40 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 -35 -3 -35 -24 -35 -35 -35 -35 -35 -35 -35 - 35 -1 37 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 1981 1982 1984 1983 Budget Authority -37 -42 -35 -39 -24 -3 -36 -39 Outlays 1985 1985 -44 -41 1986 1986 -46 -44 Program Description The Planning Assistance program (previously known as the Comprehensive Planning Grant program) provides discretionary grants to States, areawide organizations, and localities to support, in part, general planning and management activites. The Carter Budget planned for direct grants to ah estimated 1,000 entities in 1982. Some of these grants funds, especially those to States, would have been passed through to individual localities. Proposed Change This proposed change would terminate the Planning Assistant program. It is estimated that no States, areawide organizations, or localities would receive planning funds begining in 1981. Rationale • Application of sound criteria to economic subsidy programs. Since the benefits of sub-national planning activities directly and primarily accrue to sub-national entities, they, and not the Federal Government, should be expected to pay for these activities if they judge them sufficiently worthwhile to support Other sources of Federal assistance (e.g., General Revenue Sharing and Community Development Block Grant funds) can be used to support sub-national planning activities at the discretion of the recipients. • After 26 years and over $1 billion in planning grants to develop local planning capacity, that capacity now exists. State and local governments should sustain it if it is worthwhile. • General planning assistance not directly related to program implementation has not been proven as effective in influencing program implementation as program implementation oriented planning. Key Facts About the Program • Since 1978 States and areawide planning organization have been- the principal recipients of these planning funds. Entitlement CDBG recipients have not received direct financial support from this program since they may use a portion of the CDBG entitlement grants for planning activities. 190 • The following table shows the distribution of 1980 funds and the number of recipients. States Areawtde Organizations Localities Other TOTAL Number of Eligible Applicants 57 639 33,141 435 34,272 191 Number of Actual Recipients 56 560 600 50 1,266 Fund Distribution $8.9M S23.3M $6.3M Sl.lM $39.7M Average Award $159K S41K $10K $22K $31K Public Housing Operating Subsidies Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 604 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,071 972 1,265 1,141 1.491 1,389 1,503 1,458 1,495 1,499 1,601 1,554 -100 -43 -60 -90 -391 -242 -518 -462 -477 -496 -641 -568 971 929 1.205 1,051 1,100 1,148 985 1,037 1,018 1,003 960 986 Included in program changes are increases in rent contributions for public housing tenants 1982 1981 1983 132 Budget Authority 60 — 100 Outlays 33 as follows: 1984 213 177 1985 302 262 1986 402 357 Program Description Public housing operating subsidies are paid to 2,700 public housing agencies (PHAs) who administer about 1,157,000 units of public housing—97 percent of all public housing units. Subsidies typically account for 40-50 percent of local housing authorities' operating income. Subsidy is calculated according to a formula that projects operating and utility costs and subtracts tenant rent contributions to determine the Federal payment Rising operating subsidy needs of PHAs have been driven by (1) increases in the number of public housing units funded by the HUD subsidized housing appropriation and (2) the extent to which growth in tenant income and rent contributions has not kept pace with inflation in operating costs. In addition, rapid increases in utility costs have produced an estimated $140 million shortfall in 1981. The Carter budget included: • A 1981 supplemental appropriation request for $100 million to cover most of the shortfall from rising utility costs; and • A retrospective inflation adjustment of $82 million in 1982 and increased amounts in the outyears to correct for past inaccuracies in projecting the impact of inflation upon operating costs. Proposed Change • No 1981 supplemental appropriation request. • Increases in tenant rent levels consistent with the increases proposed in Section 8 and other HUD subsidized rental housing programs: 1 percent of income per year for 5 years to a maximum level of 30 percent of income by 1986. • 1982 funding to include $82 million as proposed in the Carter budget but no further adjustments—beyond Administration economic forecasts—for inflation in 1983 and thereafter. Rationale • In order to revise social service programs to eliminate unintended benefits and improve equity in the public housing program, rent levels are being increased and a strenuous effort is being made to hold the Federal payment to cover public housing operatingsosis to a minimum. (The Federal Government already pays the full cost of constructing public housing.) 192 • The Administration believes that the entire $140 million shortfall in 1981 funding may be recovered by public housing agencies (PHAs) through payments they receive under the HHS Low-Income Energy Assistance program. HUD is working with HHS to see what changes can be made in the HHS program to encourage State welfare agencies to make such payments to PHAs. • Requirements for 1983 and beyond are speculative at this point, but there is no reason to assume that operating costs for public housing projects should be projected to rise at a rate faster than the overall rate of inflation in the economy. Key Facts About the Program • Federal operating subsidy payments have grown from $13 million in 1969 to an estimated $1.2 billion in 1982. Operating subsidy per unit will be over $1,000 per year by 1982. • Profile of public housing tenant population today: — 45 percent elderly. — More than 60 percent minority. — More than 80 percent estimated to be receiving AFDC, Social Security, or other federally supported transfer payments. • 344-211 A large number of PHAs—especially large urban authorities—have virtually no cash reserves; 11 authorities were in net deficit positions in 1980. However, more than 85 percent of all PHAs are considered to have adequate reserves. 193 0-81-7 Rehabilitation Loan Fund Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 451 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 7 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 130 133 134 135 138 140 -111 -39 -134 -199 19 94 0 -64 1985 1986 142 142 144 144 146 146 -138 -214 -142 -215 -144 -217 -146 - 218 0 -74 0 -73 0 -73 0 -72 Program Description The Rehabilitation Loan Fund provides low-interest loans for single-family and multifamily, as well as a small amount of commercial, rehabilitation in order to promote the revitalization of distressed areas. Loan repayments, as well as new budget authority, are used to make new loans. The Carter Budget planned for the rehabilitation of an estimated 12,500 units annually. Proposed Change This proposed change would terminate the Rehabilitation Loan Fund. It is estimated that this proposed change would result in an estimated 9,150 units in 1981 and 12,500 units annually thereafter not being rehabilitated which otherwise would have been rehabilitated through this program. Rationale • The consolidation of categorical grant programs into block grants; the Rehabilitation Loan Fund unnecessarily duplicates the efforts of the Community Development Block Grant program, which provides to the same localities funds which may be used for identical types of rehabilitation. • The CDBG program provides local communities a more flexible vehicle for encouraging housing rehabilitation, and communities are now using over $1 billion annually from Block Grant funds to support rehabilitation activities. • By terminating this prgram and relying solely on the use of block grants, local discretion is enhanced, Federal interference in local decision-making is lessened, unnecessary bureaucratic red tape is eliminated, and Federal employment is reduced. Key Facts About the Program • CDBG funds and Rehabilitation Loan Funds go to the same localities. (There is about a 98 percent overlap.) • CDBG funds can be used for the exact same types of rehabilitation as Rehabilitation Loan Funds. In fact, CDBG-sponsored rehabilitation can make use of loans, interest subsidies, and direct grants (which can reach lower-income people than loans), while the Rehabilitation Loan Fund can only use loans. • Rehabilitation Loan funds do not necessarily serve only low income people. HUD estimates that in 1979, 26 percent of the loans were made to people who w"ere not classified as low or moderate income. • This program was to have been consolidated with six other programs in 1974 to form the Community Development Block Grant program. It was not consolidated, though the CDBG program was formed. • In the past the program has had a problem with defaults, though HUD has recently been making a good effort to remedy this situation. 194 Research and Technology Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 451 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 45 48 50 49 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 -8 -2 -15 -6 -17 -15 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 45 46 35 35 33 35 33 33 33 33 33 33 Program Description The Research and Technology account provides funding for major data collection efforts, program impact evaluations, and related topics of the Department. Housing and community development issues are the predominant focus of these efforts, although neighborhood activities, consumer protection, and equal opportunity are also researched. Proposed Change The funding for research would be reduced and efforts would focus on critical basic data collection—such as the Annual Housing Survey—and high-priority program concerns. Projects would be expected to provide an identifiable end-product of use in the forseeable future. Rationale A reduced funding level will ensure that only high-priority projects are funded. It will require the setting of priorities and adherence to these priorities in order to accomplish the major analyses and evaluations required for program reform. 195 Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 272 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 121 47 125 134 125 125 -121 -47 -125 -134 0 0 0 0 1985 1986 125 125 125 125 125 125 -125 -125 -125 -125 -125 -125 -125 -125 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Program Description Created by the Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank Act (Title V of the Synfuels bill) in July 1980, the Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank is really two programs: (1) a program of direct grants and loan subsidies to stimulate energy conservation and (2) a program to promote (through loan subsidies) solar technology—especially residential passive solar investments. Both programs would provide greatest support for investments in residences, but agricultural and commercial buildings were also made eligible for loan subsidies. The Carter Budget proposed to keep funding for the Bank fairly low in relation to authorized levels. The initial 1981 appropriation of $121 million was expected to support 50 percent of the cost of energy conservation investments made by about 75,000 households and to reduce mortgage costs for 11,000 purchasers of new passive solar homes. Actual disbursement of subsidies was expected to be handled through private fiscal agents under contract with the Bank. ProposedChange This new program will not be started up: • The 1981 appropriation is proposed for rescission; • The 1982 budget has been amended to withdraw the full amount of the Carter Administration's request ($125 million); and • Regulations will not be issued and no loan subsidies will be disbursed. Rationale • As part of the Administration's overall efforts to apply sound criteria to economic subsidy programs, this separate new energy conservation subsidy program should not be started up. Rather than favoring a portion of U.S. households with subsidies to induce conservation, the Administration will rely upon rising prices and existing tax credits to encourage all American households to reduce energy consumption and make conservation investments. In addition, the President's economic recovery program is designed to secure lower interest rates and improve general credit market conditions, thereby improving the ability of all households to borrow for a variety of worthwhile purposes. • This step is part of the Administration's overall effort to halt the proliferation of Federal programs to fine tune the energy marketplace. • To the extent local governments seek to promote energy conservation by certain groups, e.g., low-income households, they can use community development support assistance funds for this purpose. Key Facts About the Program • Currently available tax credits include a 15 percent credit, up to a maximum $300, for energy conservation and a 40 percent credit, up to a maximum $4,000, for solar and other renewable energy source equipment. These tax credits are expected to cost the Federal Government $538 million in foregone revenues in 1981. 196 Initial program implementation guidelines established by the Carter Administration would have targeted the energy conservation subsidies on households with incomes between 50 and 80 percent of the median. Although only 75,000 such households would have received benefits in 1981, there are estimated to be 15 million households in this income range, including 8.5 million homeowners. The Bank is authorized through FY 1987, but amounts are authorized for appropriations only through FY 1984 and are as follows: Fiscal Years (dollars in millions) 1982 1981 1983 Solar 100 200 225 Energy Conservation 200 625 800 1984 875 Promotional expenses are authorized to use up to $20 million of the 1981 appropriation and $15 million per year in 1982-83. 197 Subsidized Housing Program: Summary Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Program Level Budget Authority Outlays Tenant Rent Contribution Budget Authority Outlays Rental Assistance Payments Budget Authority Outlays Indian Housing Budget Authority Outlays Public Housing Modernization Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 The Carter Budget already included budget reductions, are as follows: Budget Authority Outlays 2/ Budget Reform Criterion: 5 Functional Code: 604 Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development 1982 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 29,502 5,637 28.775 6,982 31,896 8,153 33,905 9,704 33,566 11,301 37,580 12,898 -6 -8 -15 -3.258 + 149 -4,580 + 23 -5,990 -204 -7,335 -312 -4,632 -3 -8,688 -19 -9.421 -76 -10,143 -215 -10.838 -483 -11.510 -825 -86 -204 -354 -530 - 731 -149 -5 -163 -10 -180 -15 -198 -21 -217 - 28 -703 -744 -784 -3 -824 -19 -865 -45 -500 -800 -7 -800 -27 -800 -60 -800 -100 18.736 6,857 17,510 8,005 17,418 9,113 16,916 9,984 16,853 10,857 — — -161 — -300 — 24,403 5,626 subsidized housing. Total expected savings, including both Carter and Reagj 1981 -5,599 -16 1982 -14,086 -211 1983 -16,289 -405 1984 -19,028 -926 1985 -21,023 -1,684 1986 -22,857 -2,402 Estimates do not include savings in Public Housing program which are reflected in the justification section on Public Housing operating subsidies. 198 Subsidized Housing Program: Program Level Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Funding (see summary Functional Code: 604 table) 1981 PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays -4,632 -3 1982 -8,688 -19 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 -9,421 -76 -10,143 -215 1985 -10,838 -483 1986 -11,510 -825 Program Description HUD provides rental assistance to more than 3.2 million lower income households through two active programs: (1) the Lower Income Housing Assistance (Section 8) program, and (2) the Public Housing program. Under the Section 8 program, HUD makes commitments to subsidize rents for low-income families in newly constructed and existing private housing. Families with incomes below 80 percent of area median income receive assistance equal to the difference between the actual rent for their units and a tenant rent contribution, currently limited to 25 percent of the family's adjusted income. Actual rents are limited to a maximum "fair market rent" established and revised annually for the area by HUD. Fair market rent ceilings are substantially higher for newly constructed units than for existing housing, reflecting the higher cost of producing new units. Under the public housing program, HUD supports the construction of low-income housing owned and operated by local public housing agencies (PHAs) by making annual payments to the PHAs to amortize their long-term, tax-exempt debt issued to finance these projects. Proposed Change • • For the planned number of additional subsidized housing units, the Administration proposes to: — reduce the 1981 program from 255,000 to 210,000 units; — reduce the 1982 program from 260,000 to 175,000 units. The ratio between commitments for new construction and commitments for existing housing will also be shifted slightly towards more existing units to take greater advantage of the lower cost existing housing program. Rationale • • • • Reducing the level of the subsidized housing program is part of the general effort to control long-term Federal Government spending and thereby eliminate inflation and promote economic growth. By the end of 1981, the Federal Government will have outstanding commitments to spend more than $239 billion over the next 40 years for subsidized housing. The Administration's proposed subsidized housing program levels for 1981 and 1982 reflect a balance between our concern about continuing to help overcome housing problems among the truly needy and the need to reexamine the relative effectiveness, efficiency, and equity of our current programs for meeting those housing problems. Changing the new/existin| unit mix from the proposed 50:50 mix for 1982 to a 45:55 ratio favoring the use of existing housing will reduce long term budget authority commitments without a concomitant reduction in the total number of families assisted. While the Administration reviews a wide range of issues affecting the national housing situation, we are proposing reforms that will not reduce benefits to tenants currently living in subsidized housing, but will only reduce the rate of growth of the program. In fact, the Administration's 1981 housing program of 210,000 units will still provide a slight increase above the actual 1980 program level (206,000) achieved by the previous administration. 199 Key Facts About the Program • Even if we make no new subsidized housing commitments after 1981, by 1986, the Federal Government's subsidized housing outlays will grow by 68 percent, increasing from $5.6 billion in 1981 outlays to over $9.4 billion in 1986 outlays. These expenditures will not help any additional low-income families beyond those we are already committed to serve. • The average annual unit cost for a typical newly constructed Section 8 unit was $3,584 in 1976; in the 1982 budget, this same units is estimated to cost $7,025 per year, an increase of more than 95 percent over a 6-year time period. • Existing Section 8 units have substantially lower per unit budget authority costs than newly constructed units: Type of Unit Average Budget Authority Per Unit (FY 1982) Section 8 new construction Public Housing Section 8 existing • $144,000 $135,000 $ 54,000 Only an estimated 10 percent of the income eligible population is. currently being served by the HUD-subsidized housing programs. The horizontal equity of providing very deep housing subsidies to a limited number of all eligible renters is questionable, particularly when so many unsubsidized tenants pay more than 25 percent of their incomes towards rent. (See separate justification section on tenant rent contribution). 200 Subsidized Housing Program: Tenant Rent Contribution Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Funding (see summary Functional Code: 604 table) 1981 PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 1982 (S in millions) 1984 1983 -60 -119 -132 -304 -213 -530 1985 -302 -792 1986 -402 -1088 Includes savings for public housing operating subsidies. Program Description Under current regulations, tenants living in section 8 subsidized housing, public housing, and other HUD subsidized units are limited to paying not more than 25 percent of their adjusted incomes towards rent. The Federal Government subsidizes the difference between the actual market rent charged for the unit (or, in the case of public housing, the per unit operating cost) and the tenant's rent contribution. Although Congress authorized HUD in 1979 to increase tenant rent payments for a limited number of new tenants, HUD has not implemented this authorized increase. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to gradually increase the maximum allowable rent contribution paid by tenants living in federally subsidized housing from 25 percent to 30 percent of their adjusted incomes. To achieve this policy change, the President will propose the legislation required to apply the rent burden increases to all tenants. The rent increase from 25 percent to 30 percent of income will be phased in at 1 percentage point of income per year over the next 5 years. Currently, very needy households pay less than 25 percent of their incomes for rent in HUD subsidized housing projects. Since this proposal provides for the same increase for all tenants, the differential for the very needy will be maintained. Rationale • This increase in tenant rent contributions will reduce some of the inequity of providing very large subsidies to less than 10 percent of the total income eligible households while the rest currently receive no subsidies at all. Moreover, tenants in HUD-subsidized housing are not only receiving a deep subsidy under the current 25 percent cap, but they are generally living in housing of higher quality than that occupied by unsubsidized households of comparable income. • More than 13 million renters at all levels of income have been paying a greater percentage of their incomes for rent in recent years. The median rent/income ratio increased from .20 in 1970 to .26 in 1979. • Even after the gradual phase-in of the increase in tenant rent contributions is completed in 1986, the over 3.2 million households currently living in subsidized housing will continue to pay on the average a much lower percentage of their incomes for better housing than the over 30 million lower income households who live in unsubsidized housing. Tn 1979, rent paid by those in the bottom fifth of the income distribution of renters averaged 47 percent of cash income. • It is estimated that the increased rent payment for subsidized tenants in 1982 will average less than $5 per month. Key Facts About the Program • The proposed increase in the rent-to-income ratio for subsidized tenants refers to net income after deductions. Even after the increase to 30 percent of net income is implemented, on the average, subsidized housing tenants will still only be paying about 27.8 percent of gross income by 1986. 201 • The 25 percent rent contribution standard which was established by the Brooke Amendment of 1969 no longer has any factual support. On average, rent contributions exceed 25 percent by a substantial amount for the 20 percent of families eligible for housing assistance as well as for the next 20 percent of families with incomes too high to be eligible for housing assistance (see table below). Furthermore, the average rent contribution for all families has been increasing. Tenant Rent Contributions, 19741979 (Metropolitan area tenants only; excludes public housing tenants) Rent Contributions as a Percent of Income* Income Class 1974 1979 Lowest fifth 44% 47% Lower fifth 24 27 Middle fifth 18 19 Upper fifth 14 15 Highest fifth 11 12 Percent paying more than 25% and 30% of income for rent* 1974 1979 30% 25% 30% Income Class 25% 47% Total 39% 29% 35% 74 88 Lowest fifth 85 78 Lower fifth 52 42 22 29 4 15 Middle fifth 11 6 Upper fifth 5 3 1 1 1 Highest fifth 1 0 0 * Includes utilities and other shelter costs. 202 Subsidized Housing: Rental Assistance Payments Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Funding Functional Code: 604 1982 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 -149 -5 -163 -10 (see summary table) PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 1 -180 -15 1985 -198 -21 1986 -217 - 28 Program Description: The Rental Assistance Payments (RAP) program was established by the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 to reduce the rent burden for very low income tenants in HUD rental housing units subsidized under the Section 236, Rental Housing Assistance Program. Under the original Section 236 program, HUD provided subsidies to project owners to reduce their effective mortgage interest rate down to 1 percent. This subsidy was then passed on to eligible low and moderate income tenants through a reduced rental rate. (Every tenant was required to pay either the basic rental charge, equal to operating costs plus amortized debt service at a 1 percent interest rate, or 25 percent of income—whichever was higher.) Some very low income tenants were faced with tenant rent burdens substantially greater than 25 percent of their incomes when the basic rental charge increased faster than did their incomes. The RAP program was designed to overcome this problem by providing an additional subsidy to landlords equal to the difference between the basic rent (already subsidized) and 25 percent of income for eligible low income tenants. RAP subsidies have previously been funded by using unobligated and recaptured authority available from the Section 236 program. When the 1982 Budget was prepared last fall, it was estimated that all the available Section 236 authority would be exhausted by the end of FY 1981. Therefore, the 1982 Carter Budget requested an additional $148.5 million in budget authority to fund expected 1982 increases in operating costs for about half of those units occupied by RAP tenants. Proposed Change The Reagan Administration proposes to withdraw the request to provide funding for increased rental assistance payments. Rationale The proposal to withdraw the request for additional RAP funds is made to eliminate the unintended benefits that would accrue if duplicative subsidies were provided. The additional funding is no longer needed because: • HUD underestimated the amount of authority that would be available to carryover into 1981; thus, at the expected rate of utilitization of RAP funds in 1981, all Section 236 authority will not be exhausted by the end of FY 1981. • The proposed increase in tenant rents will further reduce any need for additional Federal operating subsidies. Key Facts About the Program Section 236 interest reduction subsidies are currently being paid on about 535,000 units; the occupants of about 34,000 of these units receive RAP subsidies. 203 Subsidized Housing Program: Indian Housing Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Functional Code: 604 Funding 1981 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1 PROGRAM CHANGES:.1/ -824 Budget Authority -161 -703 -744 -784 -19 Outlays - -3 1/ The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 1985 1981 1982 1983 1984 -1,227 Budget Authority -161 -1,055 -1,113 -1,168 -25 Outlays - -— --3 1986 -865 -45 1986 -1,289 -63 Program Description This is a special set-aside within the public housing production portion of the subsidized housing program. Local implementation is through 164 Indian Housing Authorities' serving Indian reservations with a population of approximately 700,000. From the early 1960's to the end of FY 1980 commitments were made to support a little over 54,000 Indian housing units. Most recent data (2/28/81) indicate that of this total, 39,000 units are now completed, 10,000 units have not been started, and 5,000 are under construction. Commitments to construct 5,000 to 6,000 new units per year have been made for the past several years. The Carter budget proposed to reduce this level to 4,000 units in 1982. Water and sanitation facilities for the HUD-supported units are usually provided by the Indian Health Service in HHS, while the Bureau of Indian Affairs typically builds access roads. Approximately 70 percent of the Indian housing units have been single-family units constructed under the Mutual Help Homeownership Opportunity program. Proposed Change • This special category of subsidized housing is proposed for elimination beginning in 1982. • For 1981, the program level has been reduced slightly—as part of a proposed rescission of subsidized housing budget authority—from 6,000 units in the Carter budget to 5,000 units. Rationale • As part of the Administration's efforts to revise income maintenance programs to eliminate unintended benefits, this very high cost program should be scrapped and more efficient delivery mechanisms found. • Difficulties in translating units funded but not completed should be solved rather than adding any more "paper commitments" and tying up budget authority. • Indian Housing Authorities have had difficulty in managing their HUD housing assistance funds and in some cases have used new construction fiinds to pay the rent or mortgage contributions required from assisted families. • As part of the Administration's policy to stretch out public sector capital investment activity, the Indian Health Service (IHS) program—which must be relied upon for essential water and sewer systems for HUD Indian housing construction—is being cut back. Key Facts About the Program • • Indian housing is very expensive: — $72,500 per unit estimated in 1981 rising to nearly $80,000 per unit in 1982 if the program were continued. — The budget authority required per unit would be over $175,000 per unit in 1982. Sources of the high cost of this program include the following: — Indian housing is built in remote locations with high transportation costs and difficulty in attracting skilled labor. 204 — Local contractors are often reluctant to bid on projects because of Davis-Bacon rules. — Although IHS pays for the construction of water and sewer facilities, the HUD program must pay for hook-up to those facilities. • Despite the fact that no HUD-assisted units were built until the mid-1960's, many units are in substandard condition and the cost of correcting design and construction deficiencies in Indian and Alaskan Native housing is now estimated at over $50 million. • Given the current backlog of Indian housing commitments in the HUD pipeline at the end of 1981 (15,000 units), it will take three years just to complete these units assuming that recent completion rates continue. 205 Subsidized Housing Program: Public Housing Modernization Functional Code: 604 Agency: Department of Housing and Urban Development Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: 17 Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays 17 •.1/ REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 5 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 (2,000) (246) (2.000) (296) (2.000) (371) (2,000) (471) (2,000) (571) (2.000) (671) -300 -500 -800 -7 -800 -27 -800 -60 -800 -100 (1,700) (246) (1.500) (296) (1.200) (364) (1,200) (444) (1.200) (511) (1,200) (571) Included in totals for subsidized housing program. Program Description Public Housing Modernization is a program for funding periodic renovation and nonroutine maintenance work on the federally supported public housing stock and has been ongoing for a number of years. For 1981, Congress authorized a new expanded program aimed at making the public housing inventory more energy efficient and less costly to operate. This new, more comprehensive modernization program is also intended to ensure that public housing projects in the worst condition—the 8 percent of the units that are giving the entire public housing a bad image—are made safe and sanitary and are in compliance with H U D minimum property standards. The total budget authority required to complete this level of effort is about $6 billion in 1980 prices. The Carter Administration planned to implement the new comprehensive -modernization program by obligating $2 billion in budget authority per year beginning in 1981. Each $1 billion in budget authority supports about S545 million in actual capital improvements. Proposed Change • The overall effort will be stretched out by slowing the rate at which the objectives of the comprehensive improvement program are met. However, the basic goals of the expanded program will be achieved by 1985-86. • For 1981, $300 million in budget authority is proposed for rescission. For 1982, the Carter budget request for $2 billion has been amended to $1.5 billion. Rationale • This proposed change is justified in terms of the Administration's policy of stretching out public sector capital improvement programs. • The Reagan budget proposal for modernization funding in 1981 and 1982 represents a substantial (and more feasible) increase in modernization activity above the $1 billion level* of 1979 and 1980. • Because of delays in completing program design plans and regulations and in training staff, there is reason to doubt that HUD can efficiently use $2 billion in FY 1981 funding. • The $2 billion annual program level is probably too ambitious in terms of the capacity of HUD and public housing authority staffs to rapidly plan for and effectively carry out the new comprehensive modernization program. Key Facts About the Program • A recent study concluded that the current replacement cost of the 1.2 million units of federally supported public housing in this country would be over $65 billion. More than 400,000 units of public housing are over 20 years old. • This study estimated the cost for public housing (in 1980 dollars) of correcting deficiencies, meeting handicapped accessibility requirements, and making energy conservation improvements to be $3.1 billion. 206 Department of the Interior 207 Bureau of Indian Affairs Operating and Construction Programs Agency: Department of the Interior Functional Code: 302 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 998 919 1982 1.055 925 Budget Reform Criterion: 5/8 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1.132 985 1,177 1,023 1.236 1,074 1,290 1,119 -52 -42 -97 -80 -139 -117 -193 -162 -3 -3 -76 - 69 -79 -72 -79 -72 -79 -72 -79 - 72 995 916 979 856 1,001 871 1,001 871 1,018 885 LOIS 885 Program Description The Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) provides services to Indians that non-Indians receive from all three levels of government. BIA's operating programs include: education, social services, housing, economic development, welfare, natural resources development, and rights protection. BIA's construction program includes funding for schools, irrigation projects, roads, and facility repair. Proposed Change For BIA's operating programs the Administration proposes: • The consolidation of 10 separate programs into a Consolidated Tribal Government Program, a $41 million BA reduction. • Various other small reductions totaling $19 million in BA. For BIA's construction programs the Administration proposes: • A reduction of $13 million in the facility improvement and repair program. A reduction of $3 million in the road construction program. • Rationale The Consolidated Tribal Government Program approach will: reduce tribal administrative burdens; provide more program flexibility; and give tribal governments more say in the final allocation of the overall reduction than is the case when cuts are made on an individual program basis. The Consolidated Tribal Government Program will result in a 25 percent overall funding-reduction for the 10 programs being consolidated. This reduction will be partially cushioned by reducing overhead and personnel costs in the BIA. Funding for the facility repair and roads construction programs will be partially deferred to the out-years due to the postponable nature of these initiatives, but will still be an increase over the 1981 levels. Key Facts About the Program In order to begin to streamline and simplify the delivery of Indian programs, the Administration is proposing to consolidate the following ten categorical programs into a Consolidated Tribal Government Program: Agriculture Extension; Johnson-O'Malley Education Assistance; Adult Education; Community Fire Protection; Direct Employment; Adult Vocational Training; Self Determination Grants; College Student Assistance; Indian Action Teams; and Housing. This approach will offer each tribe the option of selecting, within the overall budget, the amounts and types of programs the tribes or the BIA will operate on the reservation during any budget year. If the tribe chooses to operate the programs, it may do so under a new grant mechanism that will be established through regulation. PL 93-638, the "Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act" requires that the tribe have the option of contracting with the Bureau to operate its programs on reservation or having the Bureau continue to operate or resume operations of such programs. This option is to be retained. 209 Fish and Wildlife Service Reductions Agency: Department of the Interior Functional Code: 303 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 437 431 463 440 508 456 0 0 0 0 -10 -7 427 424 1985 1986 534 478 559 494 584 523 -24 + 17 -31 +9 -38 +5 -43 -11 -66 -65 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 - 60 398 380 424 413 443 427 461 439 481 452 Program Description The Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) operates 415 wildlife refuges containing 84 million acres; 99 fish hatcheries and related production and training facilities; 38 research laboratories and stations; and funds numerous planning and monitoring activities. Both the 1981 and 1982 requests include increases to plan and operate the new refuges authorized by the 1980 Alaska Lands Act. The FWS administers the endangered species program, and the disbursement to the States in 1982 of $145 million in Federal excise taxes collected on fish and wildlife sports equipment Proposed Change • Endangered species program is reduced by $8 million: ending the funding for the small grant program to States ($4 million) and reducing funds for listing new species, law enforcement and species recovery plans. $17 million remains for species recovery actions, stopping illegal trade and to review currently listed species. • Reduces program of permit review, independent planning, and biological services by the Fish and Wildlife Service for projects undertaken by other Federal or federally-assisted agencies or States by about 20 percent ($10 million) and ends support to universities to carry out similar planning and research activities ($3.5 million). • No funds are requested for anadromous fish grants to the States ($3.5 million). • Construction is reduced by $19 million in 1982 leaving $7.6 million. A 1981 rescission is proposed for a new fish laboratory which would have required additional funding in 1982 and which was of relatively low priority. • Other reductions in technical assistance, law enforcement, fishery resources and wildlife management total about $20 million in 1982. Rationale • Endangered species program should be refocused primarily on species that can be saved, not those whose demise is caused by fundamental environmental or other unavoidable changes. Stricter definitions of species are needed; it is not necessary to save "populations" within species when the species itself is not endangered. State grants often support efforts to save species populations threatened only in a specific state. We believe the States themselves should support such efforts. Planned reductions support this policy. • Fish and wildlife planning and commenting program is duplicative of efforts that must be carried out under the National Environmental Policy Act by the agency actually constructing the project. 210 Key Facts About the Program • Grants to States for fisheries and wildlife projects financed from federally collected revenues are not reduced, providing a $21 million increase in 1982 over 1981. • Acquisition of wetlands under the Migratory Bird Conservation Account, especially in estuaries, has not been reduced, even while other land acquisition programs are under a moratorium. • Operation of refuges is reduced by $800 thousand, or less than 2 percent on a base of $37 million. This still allows a planned increase over 1981 of $2.7 million for maintenance. • Operation of hatcheries is reduced by $550 thousand, or about 2 percent on a base of $27 million. This still provides for a $2.3 million increase over 1981. • The $3.5 million requested in the Carter Budget for payment to the State of Alaska to support subsistence planning required by the 1980 Alaska Lands Act is requested under the Office of the Secretary heading and therefore shows as a reduction in the Fish and Wildlife Service. 211 Improved Targeting of Recreation and Conservation Expenditures Agency: Department of the Interior Functional Code: 303 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays DECREASES Budget Authority Outlays INCREASES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget AuthorityOutlays 994 1,247 -316 -103 — 677 1,144 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,300 1,267 1,337 1,369 1,453 1,391 1,448 1,459 -68 -60 -63 -75 -139 -75 -98 -143 -593 - 290 -512 -239 -454 -428 -468 -496 -624 - 564 + 105 + 60 + 105 + 114 + 105 + 114 + 105 + 111 + 105 + 108 720 1,017 825 1,082 925 980 951 981 831 831 1.209 1,247 Program Description The Department of the Interior, through the National Park Service operates 327 park and historic areas comprising about 72 million acres. In addition, Interior administers three major grant-in-aid programs: the Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF), the Historic Preservation Fund and Urban Park grants for assisting States and localities in acquiring and developing recreation areas and facilities and administering State historic preservation programs. These grant programs, some technical assistance and planning activities, and coordination of Federal recreation land acquisition funded by the Land and Water Conservation Fund, was provided through the Heritage Conservation and Recreation Service (HCRS). The Carter 1982 program provided $564 million for national parks operations and construction; $17 million for HCRS administration and technical assistance; $32.5 million for the Historic Preservation Fund; $75 million for Urban Park grants; $185 million for LWCF state grants; and $335 million for Federal land acquisition and administration of LWCF. Proposed Change Termination of the three grant programs through rescission of $188 million in 1981 and withdrawal of request for 1982. The National Trust for Historic Preservation would continue to receive the $4.7 million requested in the Carter Budget. A moratorium on Federal conservation land acquisition is in place, allowing a $105 million rescission in 1981 and a further $290 million reduction in the 1982 request for Land and Water Conservation Fund. Rescission of $15.5 million for the Cumberland Gap Tunnel is requested to avoid wasteful spending on a project now estimated to cost over $150 million and provide primarily aesthetic benefits. Reducing technical assistance to states and localities and reducing overhead by eliminating HCRS as a separate organization will reduce spending by $5 million. A $525 million multi-year initiative to restore and improve existing national parks will be begun in 1982, with an initial $105 million request. This initiative will be funded out of the Land and Water Conservation Fund. Rationale This proposal is an integral component of the Administration's overall effort to impose fiscal restraint on Federal programs. Grants to States and localities for recreation and historic preservation primarily produce local benefits. Such activities should compete for local tax dollars on the same footing as other local services and are low priority for Federal funding. Existing tax treatment is estimated to result in S100 million in tax expenditures for historic structures in 1982. 212 The $45 million requested for Federal land acquisition and administration in 1982 will be used to pay court awards on lands already taken or condemned by the United States and for emergency purchases. The $4.7 million requested for the National Trust for Historic Preservation is necessary because of the Trust's unique relationship to the Federal government. The park restoration and improvement initiative is an investment strategy in the nationally significant resources held in trust for all Americans by* the National Park Service. These resources have been shortchanged as funds have been focused on expanding the number and types of units in the national park system. Recent GAO reports have documented some of the problems resulting from the lack of sufficient maintenance and repair funds. Key Facts About the Program URBAN PARKS: The Urban Park program was enacted in 1978 to complement other proposals of the Carter Administration's Urban policy, most of which was never enacted by the Congress. This program has funded such things as: local park maintenance planning, local park rehabilitation projects, and other projects in selected urban areas. HISTORIC PRESERVATION FUND: Through the efforts of States and localities, the number of properties eligible for inclusion on the National Register of Historic Places has grown tremendously in the past few years: Interior estimates that over 240,000 structures are currently listed on the Register; 81,000 properties would be documented for State registration in 1982 under the Carter Budget proposal; and an estimated 5,000 new areas, including historic districts, would have been added to the Register in 1982. Most Register listed buildings are not nationally significant; in fact many are only locally significant. Registration will continue, but at a slower pace, if each State provides the total funding of its program. Only about $8 million of the Fund was to be used to help restore buildings listed in the National Register, the rest was to pay salaries and expenses of the States' programs. STATE RECREATION GRANTS OF THE LAND AND WATER CONSERVATION FUND: This program has provided over $2.8 billion to States since its inception in 1965. Its major purpose, to provide increased recreation opportunities, is a comparatively low priority. As an example, in 1978, 60 percent of the funding went for development projects, which included: 815 projects with tennis courts; 213 projects with swimming pools; 62 projects with skating rinks; and 55 projects with golf courses. MORATORIUM ON FEDERAL LAND ACQUISITION: The Federal government owns more than 760 million acres of land, more than one-third of the United States. State and local governments hold a small but growing share (6 percent) bringing public ownership to 40 percent. The Federal government has acquired over 2 million acres of land through the Land and Water Conservation Fund since 1965. The moratorium will provide for a policy review of planned acquisition, boundaries of existing park areas, and the planning of an aggressive land exchange program to round out the Federal estate. The GAO has been very critical of land acquisition practices. For example, in January 1981 GAO recommended that lands bought for the Lake Chelan National Recreation Area be sold back to their original owners. NATIONAL PARK RESTORATION AND IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM: This initiative will focus on five major areas: correcting health and safety problems; cyclic maintenance repair and rehabilitation; historic resources preservation; natural resources preservation and major capital improvements. 213 Mineral Leasing Acceleration Agency: Department of the Interior Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Functional Code: 306,953 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 -8.090 -8,090 -10,409 -10,409 -10.537 -10,537 -10,447 -10,447 -10,457 -10,457 -10,457 -10,457 -1.673 -1,673 -492 -492 -284 -284 -391 -391 -507 -507 -608 -608 -250 -250 -900 -900 -1,900 -1,900 -3,100 -3,100 -3.500 -3,500 -3,500 -3,500 •10,013 •10,013 -11,801 -11,801 -12,721 -12,721 -13,938 -13,938 -14,464 -14,464 -14.565 -14,565 Program Description Rights to oil and gas on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) are leased by competitive sealed-bid auctions held in accordance with the leasing schedule of June 1980. Onshore oil and gas, coal, oil shale, geothermal resources, and other minerals are leased by a variety of methods under several legislative authorities. The Carter Budget anticipated two coal lease sales in FY 1982, three in FY 1983, and four in FY 1984. It also planned to hold one competitive oil and gas lease sale in the National Petroleum Reserve in Alaska during FY 1982, to offer four prototype oil shale leases in FY 1983, and to hold the first oil shale lease sale under a permanent leasing program in FY 1985. Proposed Change The revised Interior budget proposes additional funds and personnel for the Bureau of Land Management and the Geological Survey to accelerate mineral leasing. The OCS leasing program will be revised in accordance with the OCS Lands Act. A major objective will be to shorten the time period required to start exploratory drilling in all OCS areas. Efforts will also be made to shorten the lengthy sale preparation process. Onshore leasing will be accelerated by holding two sales in the National Petroleum Reserve in Alaska in 1982, beginning regular oil shale leasing under a permanent program by 1984, and beginning to simplify administratively the coal leasing process to achieve significantly expanded leasing by 1983 if possible, but no later than 1984. Rationale The acceleration of leasing sought by the President will significantly increase our knowledge of domestic energy and nonenergy mineral resources. Domestic production will be significantly increased in the longer term, thus contributing to economic growth. The acceleration will increase the proprietary receipts of the government and help to reduce the budget deficit, and also increase the shared revenue payments to States for onshore activities. Key Facts About the Program Revisions of the OCS oil and gas leasing schedule must be done in accordance with procedures specified in section 18 of the OCS Lands Act. Compliance with the required procedures takes approximately a year to complete. The specific number, size, and location of OCS sales which will be included in die revised OCS schedule will be determined as the program or schedule revision process is carried out. 214 The current process for preparing individual OCS sales is a lengthy process of many administrative steps. A number of sales on the June 1980 schedule would take more than 40 months to prepare. The Administration's program proposes to streamline and shorten the sale preparation process through more efficient methods of environmental impact statement preparation and parallel completion of some pre-sale steps which are now done sequentially. The current administrative process for preparing coal lease sales is also highly time-consuming and cumbersome. The proposed program will streamline that process with the objective of assuring that, while unnecessary or unproductive procedures are avoided, information is available for making leasing decisions that adequately consider environmental values and the public's proprietary interests. The proposed leasing acceleration will increase shared payments to States from mineral leaeing receipts. Such pavments are expected to increase by S38 million in FY 1981, $70 million in FY 1982; $167 million in FY 1983; $85 million in Fy 1984; $104 million in FY 1985; and $108 million in FY 1986. Alaska, Colorado, Wyoming, and New Mexico are expected to be the major beneficiaries. 215 Payment in Lieu of Taxes Agency: Department of the Interior Functional Code: 852 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 103 108 0 0 0 .0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +45 +45 + 45 +45 + 45 +45 +45 +45 +45 + 45 103 108 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 Program Description The Carter Budget requested no appropriation in FY 1982 for the payment in lieu of taxes program. Proposed Change A payment in lieu of taxes program would be resumed in FY 1982. However, the new program is contingent upon passage of new legislation to simplify procedures by which calculations are made, eliminate the need to rely on state reports for basic information, and provide for a more equitable system for making payments to local governments. A revised payment formula would net out all revenue payments made to either the State or local governments. Rationale This program restructuring should eliminate extra unintended benefits that accrued when not all revenues generated from Federal lands were offset against the in-lieu payment. It will also reduce payment inequities that result from interstate differences in distribution of revenues. Currently states can chose not to distribute all their mineral revenues to local units of government, thereby increasing their PILT payment. Key Facts About the Program The Payment in Lieu of Taxes (PILT) Act was passed in October 1976. The Act's intent was to compensate local units of government for tax revenues foregone due to the existence of Federal lands within the local taxing jurisdiction. In 1978 the Comptroller General issued an opinion that said that for purposes of Section 1 PILT payments, money was not to be considered "received" by a local government and therefore not deducted from the 75 cents/acre payment, if it (1) went direcdy to a special purpose unit of government, i.e., a school district, or if (2) it passed through a local unit of government on its way to a special purpose district. The problem with this decision is that in both of these cases the funds not "received" by a local unit of government were being used to aid general government services as envisioned by PILT. The 1979 GAO report on the PILT program found many procedural irregularities in the administration of the program as well as substantive concerns that the intent of the Act was not being met. A major concern was that in many cases the PILT payment exceeded what a comparable tax payment would be. The proposed program for economic recovery includes $45 million in the FY 1982 budget for resumption of a payment program contingent upon passage of new legislation to revise the payment formula. The intent of a revised payment formula is to target funds toward States with large amounts of Federal acreage that receive little or no shared revenues. This program reform would substantially reduce the total cost of the program while continuing to provide assistance to those local governments with the greatest needs. 216 Surface Mining Regulation and Reclamation Functional Code: 302 Agency: Department of the Interior Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget AuthorityOutlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget AuthorityOutlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 175 158 246 134 — — Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 266 177 285 242 303 271 320 299 -7 -7 -12 -12 -18 -18 -23 -23 -2 -2 -67 -23 -54 -32 -70 -48 -85 -39 -104 -61 173 156 180 111 205 138 203 182 200 214 193 215 Program Description Programs include monitoring of State surface mining regulatory activities, review of mine plans on Federal lands, regulation of coal surface mining in States which choose not to submit their own programs, assistance to university mineral institutes and reclamation of abandoned mine lands by USDA, Interior, and the States. The Carter 1982 Budget requested a decrease of $8 million from 1981 levels in regulatory programs, reflecting the continuing transition to a larger State role. Reclamation program request increased $79 million over 1981. Proposed Change Regulatory programs are cut a further $20 million. Funding for assistance to 31 Mineral Institutes is eliminated (-$9.6 million). Reclamation programs decrease by $47 million from the Carter Budget, but still increase $33 million over 1981. (S in millions) Reclamation Programs Carter Reagan 1981 State Grants 29 100 70 Interior Projects 31 42 31 Rural Reclamation (USDA) 10 4 10 Other 12 10 10 Total 82 162 115 Rationale Reduced funding for regulatory programs will minimize duplication with States and decrease regulatory burden. The Mineral Institute program has been identified as a low priority program which cannot be justified in the current climate of fiscal restraint. State reclamation grants cut because of delays in eligibility due to court injunctions against State action to seek Federal approval of regulatory programs, a prerequisite for reclamation grant awards. Cuts in the Interior and USDA programs offset the increase over 1981 levels in State .grant funding. Key Facts About the Program REGULATORY PROGRAMS: • As part of the transition to State primacy (assumption by the States of the lead responsibility for surface mining regulation), OSM's staffing levels will be reduced. The Carter Budget recommended a 10% reduction in total OSM fulltime staffing and a 20% reduction in the staffing for regulatory programs. The revised budget assumes a 23% overall reduction and a 36% reduction in regulatory programs • The revised budget assumes that 24 of the 27 coal-producing States will have primacy by the beginning of fiscal 1982. The remaining 3 States elected not to submit permanent programs by the March 30, 1980 deadline. 217 • Monitoring of State program implementation is performed to assure consistency with the provisions of the permanent State programs approved by the Interior Department. Monitoring will include annual Federal inspections of a statistically valid sample of regulated facilities. Approximately 17 percent of all facilities will be inspected. On the average, one Federal inspection will take place for every 69 State inspections. The budget revisions will accelerate the phase down of the Federal inspection program from the current level of 2 inspections per year of most facilities to the lower level required for monitoring. • To review mine plans on Federal lands, a major OSM responsibility, the agency will depend as much as possible on analysis performed by State regulatory authorities and the review process will be streamlined. Workload estimates for this function have also been reduced since the Carter Budget was formulated. RECLAMATION PROGRAMS: • Reclamation funding wall provide a 40 percent increase over 1981 level. Mix of spending will alter; funding for States will increase significantly (141 percent) while funding for Federal projects will be 14 percent lower than 1981. • Subject to appropriation, each State is eligible to receive 50% of the Abandoned Mine Fund receipts colleted in the State once its regulatory and reclamation programs are approved. The Carter Budget requested an amount approximately equal to the States' share for FY 1982. The proposed reduction reflects the fact that several States will not be prepared to fully utilize reclamation grants until sometime in FY 1982 because they have been enjoined from taking further action to seek approval by the Interior Department for their permanent regulatory programs. Such approval is a prerequisite for eligibility for reclamation grants. • Reductions have been proposed for the reclamation programs administered by Interior (OSM and the Bureau of Mines) and Agriculture (Soil Conservation Service) because the work undertaken is very similar to that which will be carried out by the States. An exception to this is OSM's emergency reclamation program, which will remain'at the 1981 level. 218 Youth Conservation Corps (YCC) Agency: Department of the Interior Functional Code: 302 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & AD JUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 60 61 60 63 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 -38 -33 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 22 28 3 1985 1986 Program Description YCC provides summer jobs on Federal and State lands for teenagers, ages 15-18. The 1981 appropriation and Carter 1982 request of $60 million were to fund 35,000 and 32,000 jobs respectively. Interior and USDA each receives 35% of the funds and all States and territories receive the remaining 30%. Proposed Change A $38 million proposed rescission wall eliminate 1981 funding for the summer programs run by Interior, USDA, 22 states, and 5 territories, reducing enrollment to 8,800. State grant funds for 1981 have already been obligated to 28 states, D.C. and Puerto Rico. Funding for the program will be completely eliminated in FY 1982.* Rationale Funding for the program is being eliminated because it is costly compared to other employment programs, it is not targeted to the most needy populations, such as unemployed heads of households, and the work accomplished is of relatively low priority. Participants are selected at random from applicant rolls. Relatively few enrollees are underprivileged. The work performed by the YCC is generally low priority conservation work. Visitor services at parks and development and maintenance of recreation areas account for 45 percent of the work accomplished. Key Facts About the Program • In 1980, only 28% of YCC enrollees came from families with incomes of less than $10,000 and 42% came from families with incomes over $15,000. Participants largely (76%) lived in rural areas and cities with populations under 50,000. • Participants receive 10 hours per week of environmental training and perform 30 hours of conservation work, for which they are paid the minimum wage. • In the Federal YCC program, 38% of enrollees live at work camps 7 days per week while working 5 days. Recreation and additional environmental training are provided on the weekends. Termination of funding for a related program, the Young Adult Conservation Corps, is proposed in the Labor Department. 219 Department of Justice 221 Department Employment Agency: Department of Justice Functional Code: 751,752 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTlSlATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 2,175 2,170 2,317 2,294 2.377 2,341 2,473 2,437 2,570 2,533 2,672 2,624 -35 -32 -68 -70 -156 -146 -283 -272 -411 -399 -544 -547 2,140 2,138 2,249 2.224 2.221 2.195 2,190 2,165 2,159 2,134 2,128 2.077 Program Description The Department provides basic government services of law enforcement and litigation support for the Federal government. Of the 54,173 employees in the 1981 Carter budget, 78% are in law enforcement functions while 18% provide legal services. Proposed Change The Reagan budget proposes employment levels which are 2.0% and 3.9% below the respective 1981 and 1982 proposed Carter end-of-year employment levels. The major Feductions were distributed among the following bureaus: Full-time end-of-year employment 1982 1981 Federal Bureau of Investigation Drug Enforcement Administration Bureau of Prisons United States Attorneys and Marshals Immigration and Naturalization Service Other Total — 173 117 334 350 152 1,126 — 174 249 520 750 471 2,164 Rationale Full-time permanent staffing under these recommendations for the entire Department would be only 2% below the actual end of 1980 levels and 15% above the staffing levels of a decade ago, in 1972. Employment reductions in the Department of Justice are targeted at lower priority programs of state and local assistance, programs with insignificant impact, and programs that can be carried out by other public or private bodies. Dmg Enforcement Administration (DEA). Since 1974, DEA employment has remained essentially stable at 4,000. Within that staffing level the agency has shifted its resource allocation in response to the changing nature of drug traffic. The State and local task force program, now operating in 20 cities, would be substantially reduced. Task forces do not play a significant role in Federal drug priorities, accounting for only 18% of the arrests of high level violators. The drug enforcement capacity of local governments has benefitted from several years of DEA training, lab analyses, and joint investigations. Special funding for both DEA and selected northeastern cities in 1981 and 1982 to deal with Southwest Asian heroin is eliminated. Although the supply of Southwest Asian heroin in the United States is increasing, the total supply of heroin continues to decrease. The Compliance program was also reduced to force further targeting of investigation to the most egregious cases of drug diversion. 223 Bureau of Prisons. Federal prison staff grew 72% from a level of 5,640 in 1970 to 9,742 in 1980 owing primarily to the opening of new prison facilities which were built to address overcrowded conditions. However, with the 25% decrease in the prison population from 30,000 in 1977 to 24,000 in 1980, the closing of McNeil Island Penitentiary, and the phasing down of Leavenworth and Atlanta, the Federal Prison System can sustain personnel reductions without threatening the health and safety of inmates. U.S. Attorneys, Marshals and Trustees. The Reagan budget continues the transfer of responsibility to local authorities for prosecution in, and court support of, the District of Columbia's Superior Court and also to parties other than the U.S. Marshals for the service of process in private lawsuits. The U.S. Trustee program of bankruptcy administration is eliminated since the Judiciary's performance is ongoing in this area and the Department's involvement in administration is inappropriate since the Attorney General is one of the most frequent parties to bankruptcy cases. Further employment reductions are gained by reducing the security provided to judges during non-dangerous civil proceedings. Deputy Marshals are now required to attend all trials in 78 of the 94 judicial districts. Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS). Full-time permanent employment in INS grew 45% between 1971 and 1980 from a level of 6,819 to 9,948, while employment in the rest of the Department grew 21%. The Administration realizes that the immigration law is difficult to enforce and that immigration policy needs to be reassessed, but the Administration also believes that INS has failed to optimize the use of its resources within the current policy and legal framework. Therefore, the employment reduction was targeted to programs that appear to have either low pay-off or a disproportionate allocation of resources given the level of risk involved. The reductions were targeted to the following areas: airport inspections where .1% of alien border crossers are denied entry; investigations and status verification; and several application procedures in the adjudication program. Key Facts About the Program Department of Justice staffing grew 25% from 1971 to 1980. The law enforcement component of the Department has increased in staff by 8.3% since 1975. Since Federal law enforcement resources should not be viewed as a substitute for local efforts, these resources have been targeted increasingly to Federal law enforcement priorities that by their nature exceed the capability and jurisdiction of local forces. FULL-TIME END-OF-YEAR EMPLOYMENT 1972 Actual 1980 Actual 4,599 6,272 6,215 5,820 19,918 18,150 18,230 18,429 Drug Enforcement Administration 2,745 4,032 3,851. 3,865 Immigration and Naturalization Service 7,374 9,948 9,739 9,471 Bureau of Prisons 6,824 9,742 9,732 9,663 Other 4.138 5.330 5.280 5.070 45,598 53,478 53,047 52,318 U.S. Attorneys and Marshals Federal Bureau of Investigation TOTAL 224 1981 1982 Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Program Termination Agency: Department of Justice Functional Code: 754 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & AD JUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 7 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 103 120 141 127 135 141 -1 -1 -138 -19 102 119 3 108 1985 1986 146 187 156 186 167 198 -133 -98 -146 -187 -156 -186 -167 -198 2 43 0 0 0 0 0 0 Program Description Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Programs (JJDP) provide formula and discretionary grants to State and local governments and to private non-profit corporations for the following primary objectives: 1) removal of status offenders (juveniles who commit acts that would not be offenses if committed by adults) and non-offenders 'from juvenile detention and correctional facilities; 2) removal of all juveniles from adult lock-ups and jails; and 3) prevention of delinquency and meeting the needs of the serious and violent offender. Proposed Change Services currently provided through JJDP programs would be provided under broader authorities of programs proposed for consolidation into a social services block grant. Thus, the Administration proposes that JJDP activities be carried out by the States in the context of the block grant. This shift in delivery mechanism would eliminate Federal bureaucratic red tape and unnecessary State and local administrative costs, and make relatively more funds available for real program needs. Rationale Merging JJDP activities into a social services block grant is part of the effort to return management of health and social service programs to States and localities. The goals of the JJDP programs are laudable, and the Administration recognizes the progress made by many States in achieving some of the most important program objectives. States and localities are best able to assess the needs of their juveniles and to determine what programs are needed to prevent delinquency and deal with serious and violent offenders. States and localities know best how to maintain the reforms and achievements they have accomplished. Federal direction and control of juvenile justice programs are not needed. Federal bureaucrats have no special knowledge of how juvenile delinquents can be deterred from further delinquent acts or where problem youth should be housed. Allowing States and localities to provide JJDP services through a social services block grant will provide States with the flexibility they need and allow them to set their own program priorities. Unproductive administrative time spent preparing plans and shuffling paperwork to meet Federal regulations and guidelines will be eliminated. Because the responsibility for program goals and management will be shifted to States and localities, costs will be lower, response to the unique needs of specific communities will be greater, and communities and families will increase their involvement in planning and implementing programs which affect their youth. Key Facts About the Program Federal funding for this program has helped the States and local communities achieve many desirable institutional reforms and demonstrated more effective, and often less costly, alternatives for dealing with juvenile offenders. We anticipate that State and local governments will continue with these activities that are more effective and less costly than traditional approaches. Local communities, moreover, are best able to judge the most effective programs for their youth and to focus on juveniles with greatest needs. For example: 344-211 0-81-8 • Between 1975 and 1977, the rate of detention of status offenders has decreased by 50% and the number of juvenile court cases by 4% as more effective and often less costly alternatives were developed. • Project New Pride, a successful project providing non-residential community-based treatment for juvenile delinquents with a history of serious offenses, is being replicated in ten locations. The program was started in Denver where more than 70% of Project New Pride youths have been placed in jobs; their rearrest rate is one-third the rate of the unemployed clients. The program costs about $4,000 per youth per year compared to a cost to a local community of $24,00 to $43,000 for incarcerating a juvenile. • The Restitution by Juvenile Offenders and Alternatives to Incarceration Programs, begun in 1978, has resulted in over 17,000 youth paying more than $1 million in cash restitution, working more than 190,000 hours of community service, and performing more than 4,157 hours of direct service to crime victims. Over 85% of referred youth have no subsequent contact with juvenile courts. 226 Department of Labor 227 Black Lung Disability Trust Fund Agency: Department of Labor Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Functional Code: 601 Funding 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 -922 275 -647 -770 292 -478 -711 321 -390 -682 341 -341 -812 364 -448 -849 379 -470 130 0 127 294 437 272 30 378 354 353 382 469 -487 -100 91 306 371 271 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Outgo Income Deficit REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: PROGRAM CHANGES: REAGAN BUDGET: Deficit (-)/Surplus 1985 1986 Program Description Black Lung benefits are paid to coal miners (or their survivors) who have been determined under loose criteria in the law to have been disabled by Black Lung disease. When a mine operating company is identified as responsible for the disease, it is responsible for paying the benefits; otherwise the Government pays. The Black Lung Disability Trust Fund was established in 1977 to shift the fiscal responsibility for Black Lung benefit payments from the Federal Government to the coal industry. The fund is financed primarily by a coal excise tax of 50 cents per ton on underground-mined coal and 25 cents per ton on surface-mined coal. Additional funds come from reimbursements from coal mine operators for interim benefit payments made by the fund before the operator was found liable and advances from Treasury when liabilities exceed income. Such advances are repayable with interest. Proposed Change The reduction in advances to cover trust fund deficits identified above will be achieved by a legislative overhaul of the Black Lung program. The objective will be to eliminate questionable claims, thus reducing trust fund oudays to a level where the coal industry can finance the program with reasonable tax increases without drawing on the Treasury. There are potential savings that could be gained by the tightening up of the program's eligibility requirements. Restoring the program to its original purpose — to provide benefits to those certifiably disabled by Black Lung disease — would result in outlay reductions without harming legitimate beneficiaries.. Rationale The deficit of the trust fund has been increasing at an alarming pace. Of the $792 million expected to be expended from the fund in 1981 only $275 million will be covered by revenues received from the coal tax. Currendy the trust fund is one billion dollars in debt and will be $1.5 billion in the red by the end of 1981. Within a decade, the fund will be over $7 billion in deficit if changes are not made to the present law. A recent GAO sampling of eligibility certifications found that an astonishing 88% of all the claimants certified as eligible were certified, in accordance with the requirements of law, either without proof that the miner was permanently disabled or without proof that a disability resulted from Black Lung disease. Key Facts About the Program • Average monthly benefits: $425 • Beneficiaries, 1982 estimates: 206,400 229 • Claims filed before June 30, 1973, and decided by Social Security Administration paid from U.S. Treasury, general fund. — 1982: 370,000 beneficiaries $1.1 billion of payments Eligibility Requirements • Total disability - inability to do work comparable to mine work previously performed. • Pneumoconiosis - chronic dust disease of the lung arising out of employment in a coal mine. • Five presumptions: — Miner who worked 10 years in mine and died from respirable disease presumed to have died from Black Lung (rebuttable). — Miner who worked 10 years in mine and has Black Lung presumed to have contracted disease in mine (rebuttable). — Miner who has chronic dust disease diagnosed by (a) x-ray showing one centimeter lung opacity or (b) biopsy or autopsy showing massive lesions or (c) equivalent other diagnosis method is presumed to be totally disabled by (or to have died from) Black Lung (irrebuttable). — Miner who worked 15 years in mine and has x-ray not showing one centimeter lung opacity but submits other evidence of respiratory or pulmonary impairment presumed to be totally disabled by (or to have died from) Black Lung (rebuttable). — Survivor of miner who worked 25 years in mines before June 30, 1971, and died before March 1, 1978, entitled to benefits unless it is established that he was not partially or totally disabled by Black Lung. Evidence rules (in law) • DOL must accept x-ray interpretation of any qualified radiologist (unless fraudulent) • Negative x-rays alone not sufficient to prove absence of Black Lung. • Widow's affidavit sufficient to establish that miner totally disabled by or died from Black Lung, where there is no other medical or relevant evidence. 230 CETA: Employment and Training Grant Consolidation Budget Reform Criterion: 7 Functional Code: 504 Agency: Department of Labor Funding 1982 (S in millions) 1984 1983 2281 2281 2281 839 2/ 875 3995 766 2 / 875 3922 793 875 3949 2281 790 _875 3946 2281 787 875 3943 2281 784 875 3940 2156 799 932 3887 2167 797 992 3956 2281 793 868 3942 2281 790 875 3946 2281 787 875 3943 2281 784 875 3940 -856 -670 -1074 -892 -1263 -1094 -1452 -1290 -1640 -1487 3156 839 3995 2300 766 3066 2875 2683 2491 2300 3088 799 3887 2489 797 3286 3051 2852 2653 2453 1981 1985 1986 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority: General Grant^ Summer Program Other Youth Grants TOTAL Outlays: General Grants Summer Program Other Youth Grants TOTAL REESTLMATES AND ADJlUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority: General Grant^ Summer Program TOTAL Outlays: General Grant^ Summer Program TOTAL 17 27 — Includes Title I I B - C general employment and training grants to States and localities as well as statutory set-asides for Native American and migrant farmworker programs. $40 million of 1981 summer program was deferred by President Carter into 1982 to provide funding needed to keep participant levels in 1981 and 1982 in the range actually achieved by the 1979 and 1980 programs. For comparison purposes, the Reagan Budget lines for general grants include 1981 Other Youth Grants and residual outlays in 1982 and 1983 from the youth programs. Program Description Programs. Title II-B,C and related set-asides are the core of the CETA program, providing funds to CETA prime sponsors for a wide variety of training and employment activities chosen at the discretion of the prime sponsors. The Summer Youth Employment Program (SYEP) provides part-time summer jobs for disadvantaged youth. Other youth grant programs, begun in 1977 as part of the Carter economic stimulus plan, provide funds to prime sponsors for II-B,C-type services to youth. Authorization of appropriations for these Carter youth programs expired in 1980; 1981 funding is provided by the continuing resolution. Carter Budget. The January budget continues Title II-B,C at current resources levels, maintains the SYEP in both 1981 and 1982 at approximately the 1979 and 1980 participant levels, and consolidates the other youth programs (the Youth Employment and Training Program - YETP, and the Youth Community Conservation and Improvement Projects - YCCIP) in a reproposed 1981 youth initiative with S250M in additional BA. Only current services funding for the initiative-affected programs is included here. (See separate sheet on "Youth Initiative"). Proposed Change Do not seek legislation to extend YETP and YCCIP authority in 1982. Instead, combine these programs with the Title II-B,C program and increase the II-B,C request so that total outlays in 1982 equal about 80% of the Carter Budget level of the three programs combined. In 1983, consolidate the summer youth employment program with II-B,C; 231 Reduce the consolidated programs gradually through 1986. Prime sponsors will be able to alter service or client mix under the consolidation. After allowing for savings due to reduced administrative costs, about 450-480 thousand years of service would be available in 1982, a reduction of about 120-150 thousand years of service from the Carter Budget, with additional reductions of about 30-50 thousand years of service each year thereafter. These reductions can all be accomplished through attrition; layoffs will not in general be necessary. Prime sponsors, when relieved of die pressure to spend the large amount of Federal grants now provided, will be able to concentrate on designing effective training programs, reducing the present practice of emphasizing work experience programs which are easy to mount but ineffective in increasing the long-term employment and earnings of participants. Rationale Categorical grants should be consolidated wherever and whenever feasible. The original purpose of the Comprehensive Employment and Training Act was to block up a myriad of separate training and employment programs into one grant that State and localities could use to carry out programs designed to meet the particular needs of their citizens. This intent has been increasingly thwarted by the enactment of additional categorical programs in 1974, in 1977, and in* 1978. In some cases, this fragmentation has led to unworkably small grants — several prime sponsors in 1980 received YCCIP grants of less than $50,000. There are no activities in the youth programs which are not also authorized in Title II-B,C — the authorities are entirely overlapping. Consolidating four categorical programs into one (in addition to the termination of the two Public Service Employment programs — see separate paper) would greatly reduce the Federal administrative burden on prime sponsors. It would also free up local staff to improve the quality and effectiveness of CETA programs in providing participants with the training and skills necessary for them to find unsubsidized private sector employment. Gradual reduction of the total grant amount will encourage prime sponsors to utilize only the most cost-effective approaches — usually on-the-job-training — in their overall programs. Key Facts About the Program • • • II-B,C already serves youth — 48% of participants under 21 in 1980 II-B,C serves youth more efficiently than YETP or YCCIP (1980 data): — Entered emplovment rates for 21 or younger: II-B,C - 27% YETP - 17% YCCIP - 18% — Almost 100,000 youth entered employment from II-B,C, about 37,000 more than from YETP and YCCIP combined. Work experience no help to youth after program is over — Post-program annual income gains: • OJT: c. $850. • classrooom training: c. $350. • work experience: $0 to negative. • both OJT and classroom training gains increases in 2nd year; work experience declines. — Service mix (1979 and 1980): II-B,C: 61% classroom or OJT • 39% work experience and other • YETP and YCCIP: 12% classroom 66% work experience 22% transition sendees or other • Summer Youth: 6% classroom 94% work experience 232 CETA: National Programs Functional Code: 504 Agency: Department of Labor Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlavs REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1981 1982 92 ly 122 151 151 151 151 -108 -100 43 51 — 9217 122 1985 1986 151 151 151 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 Excludes $40 million in 1980 resources deferred into 1981. Program Description The CETA National Programs provide training and other employment-related services to groups with disadvantages in the labor market through contracts with national level organizations that serve these groups. The 1982 Carter Budget was $20 million above the current services level. Proposed Change The revised budget reduces the national programs activity to approximately on-third of the current service level. This reduction will reduce the number and variety of discretionary training grants awarded national organizations in any one year. Rationale This proposed change is part of the general effort to impose fiscal restraint on other programs of national interest. The justification for the level of resources currently provided for these discretionary training contracts is weak. Congress has been critical of these programs because contracts have been awarded or continued with vague statements of what is to be accomplished. Awards have not been based on competition among possible contractors. Prior accomplishments have not been evaluated before renewing contracts. Continuation of these programs at their previously high funding levels is thus not justified in times when overall Government spending must be reduced. Key Facts About the Program Congressional Evaluations: • The House Government Operations Committee, 1980 three found: — Contracts awarded with vague accomplishment statements — No evaluations of contracts — Contracts not competed • House action on 1981 budget: cut $20 million because Department could not explain what use would be made of funds. Groups Getting Contracts: • Community-based organizations such as OIC and SER ($10M in 1981). • National Alliance of Business and AFL-CIO's Human Resource Development Institute ($25M in 1981). 233 • Union sponsored training and outreach programs ($38M in 1981). • Other groups including: — offenders ($3M) — displaced homemakers ($1M) — handicapped workers ($3M) — older workers ($6M) — apprenticeship initiatives ($5M) — trade adjustment training ($8M) — women's programs ($2M) 1982 Distribution: • Not yet determined by Department of Labor. 234 CETA: Public Service Jobs Agency: Department of Labor Funding Functional Code: 504,603 • 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays V 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 (S in millions) 1983 1984 3.134 3,383 4,084 3,905 4,276 4,083 — — — — — — -149 -535 2.98517 2,848 -4,558 -3,545 -474 1 ' 360 1985 4,587 4,408 4,946 4,762 — -. - — — -4,222 -4,073 -4,561 -4,408 -4,931 -4,762 54 10 26 15 1986 5,341 5,143 -5,341 -5,143 Includes $607 million excess title II-D funds deferred into 1982 and used to reduce budget authority needs of continuing CETA programs. Program Description The two CETA Public Service Employment (PSE) programs provide economically disadvantaged unemployed persons with subsidized jobs with State and local governments intended to lead to unsubsidized jobs in the private sector. The Carter Budget would have supported an average of 313,000 such jobs in 1981 and 340,000 in 1982. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to phase out the PSE programs by the end of fiscal year 1981. To accomplish this the Secretary of Labor has imposed a hiring freeze on both PSE programs and is developing a phase-down plan to ensure that individuals holding CETA-funded jobs are no longer paid with Federal resources after September 30, 1981. A rescission of unneeded funds for the countercyclical PSE program (Title VI) is being requested and excess resources in the Title II-D PSE program are being deferred in 1982. A 1982 budget amendment is being proposed to reduce the pending request for resources needed for the continuing CETA programs. The approximately 307,000 individuals who currently hold CETA-funded jobs will either continue in their jobs and be absorbed into the regular State or local government payroll, be placed in an unsubsidized job in the private sector by the CETA sponsor, or have to seek employment elsewhere. Those who lose their jobs will be eligible for unemployment compensation. Average employment during 1981 is expected to be 232,000 under the phase-out plan. Rationale In keeping with the Administration's intention to apply rigorous standards to economic subsidy programs, the reduction in PSE will return CETA to its original purpose of improving the long-term employability of the low-income, structurally unemployed by providing them with skills that are marketable in the private sector. Changes to the law to advance the "government as employer of last resort" philosophy prevalent during the 70's among training and employment theorists have altered CETA substantially and made PSE the dominant component. Public service employment programs provide little skills training. The work experience that PSE participants receive in public sector jobs has not helped most of them in seeking private sector -employment, often because the types of jobs they get in the public sector have no counterparts in the private sector. In addition to being unsuccessful as a counterstructural employment and training strategy, PSE has proven to be a poor countercyclical device. High levels of PSE employment were reached only in 1977-78, after the depth of the 1974-75 recession had long passed. Considerable evidence indicates, moreover, that the net job creation impact of PSE programs has been relatively small in the longer term. Several studies have shown that a high proportion of CETA employment supplants, rather than augments, hirings that would have occurred regardless of the presence of CETA, effectively diverting 235 funds that would have been used for this purpose to other endeavors. In all, the track record of PSE programs in achieving their purported objective — to enhance the employability of participants for the 8 out of 10 jobs created by the private sector — has been dismal indeed. By contrast, training, especially on-the-job training, appears to lead to higher post-program increases in earnings than public service employment. The current Federal training programs have proven to be more effective than the PSE programs at placing participants. Moreover, the average cost of getting an unemployed person into an unsubsidized job from the PSE programs is two to three times more expensive than under the training programs. Key Facts About the Program • Enrollment data 2/28/81: II-D-208,000; VI-99,000; total-307,000. • 1981 Carter end-of-year enrollment goal: II-D-240,000; VI-100,000; total-340,000. • The National Commission on Employment Policy has recommended against using PSE as a countercyclical tool. • There is no difference in the characteristics of (counterstructual PSE) and VI (countercyclical PSE). • 90% of PSE eligibles are estimated to be eligible under both titles. • Placement into unsubsidized employment from PSE was 34% in 1980; 41% from training programs. • In 1980 it cost from $17,000 to $22,000 for each PSE worker placed into unsubsidized employment, 2 to 3 times the cost of each placement in the training program ($5,000 — $11,000). • Only 30% of PSE enrollees but half of CETA training enrollees have less than a high school education. • Skills training like OJT shows greater post-program income gains (c. $850) than PSE programs (c. $350-750). 236 individuals participating in II-D Employment Service Agency: Department of Labor Functional Code: 504 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 24 807 26 879 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 29 955 31 1,039 34 1,128 37 1,224 -3 -76 -5 -160 -8 -249 -11 -345 -4 -150 -4 -150 -4 -150 -4 -150 -4 - 150 22 729 22 729 22 729 22 729 22 729 — -4 24 803 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Program Description The federally financed Employment Service (ES) provides recruitment services for employers through more than 2,400 local offices and job-finding and placement sendees for job seekers. The ES provides special services to employers, including screening and testing applicants to find those who match an employer's job specifications, assisting employers to modify jobs that have been hard to fill, and helping to alleviate in-plant employment problems such as high turnover. Job seekers may receive counseling or testing services. The 1982 Carter Budget would have maintained 30,000 ES State staff funded by Federal grants to States. Proposed Change The ES will be redirected to focus job-finding services on those with the most need for assistance and to give others the basic tools needed to search for their own jobs. Direct services to employers, including job listings, visits to employers, screening and testing for employers, and assistance in job restructuring to reduce turnover or absenteeism will decline. ES staff funded by these grants will be reduced in 1982 to about 25,000. in reporting, overhead, program monitoring, and intermediate levels placement activities will also be reduced as the ES redirects resources to such as assisting job seekers in finding their own jobs through job-search clubs. Staff reductions will occur of supervision. Staff in less labor intensive efforts, workshops and job-finding Rationale The change will impose fiscal restraint on this program of national interest Reporting and overhead burdens on staff providing direct services will be reduced, and staff will be utilized more efficiendy in helping job seekers find their own jobs. Key Facts About the Program • These State staff are financed 97% from the Federal unemployment tax on covered employers (reflecting 97% coverage of wage and salaried employment by UI) and 3% from the general funds of the U.S. Treasury. • Only about 5-8% of job holders got their job through the Employment Service (ES). • Over 60% of job holders got jobs by applying directly to employers or through friends or relatives. • An unexplained variation among States in placements per staff year indicates substantial inefficiencies in the Employment Sendee; the highest 10 States place 266 people in jobs per staff year; the lowest 10 States place only 131 (1980 data). 237 Federal Employee Injury Compensation Program Agency: Department of Labor Functional Code: 602 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 311 311 353 353 349 349 5 5 -8 -8 316 316 1985 1986 415 415 490 490 568 568 40 40 16 16 -9 -9 -57 -57 -50 -50 -54 -54 -59 -59 -63 -63 -69 -69 295 295 335 335 372 372 418 418 442 442 Program Description Federal employees injured on the job receive reimbursement for medical expenses and tax-exempt monthly income replacement payments equal to 75% of their former gross salaries. These payments can continue for life. An employee who files a claim that an injury prevents reporting for work can continue to receive full pay for up to 45 days while the claim is being examined. Proposed Change • Make income replacement payments subject to Federal income taxes, but increase the replacement rate to 80% of gross pay. • Reinstate a 3-day waiting period before a claimant can receive compensation. • Reduce continuation-of-pay while a claim is being examined to 80% of gross pay. • Convert injury compensation recipients to civil service annuity rolls after age 65. Rationale As part of the general effort to improve entitlement programs, the Administration will overhaul the Federal employee injury compensation program. These changes are geared to removing (1) incentives to file questionable claims; (2) disincentives for injured workers to return to work when they are medically able to do so; and (3) inequities in compensation rates, which permit higher paid workers to receive more in compensation benefits than they received in take-home pay when working. The changes are being proposed because the number of claims being submitted for workers' compensation benefits under the Federal Employees' Compensation Act (FECA) has been growing at an alarming pace, bearing no relationship to the number of Federal employees or the Government's^ safety record. The annual number of claims received by this program has grown from 18,000 in fiscal year 1970 to over 30,000 in 1980. The increased use of the program is also reflected in the growth of benefit payments, from $151 million in 1970 to $785 million in 1980, to over $1.0 billion in 1982. These figures do not include the estimated $100-110 million paid out annually by agencies during the 45-day continuation-of-pay period, In a era when all sectors of society are being called on to restrain growth of government, it is inequitable to provide Federal employees with an injury compensation system which through poor design overcompensates employees relative to the compensation received in the private sector for similar injuries and creates a disincentive to return to work once on the rolls. Key Facts About the Program • Each year about 220 thousand injuries- are reported, 105 thousand employees get continuation-of-pay, and 30 thousand full claims are received. 238 • Total benefits in 1982 are effected to be $1.1 billion; other agency payments reduce Labor Department outlays. • Amendments in 1974 greatly liberalized program: — Eliminated 3-day waiting period — Added 45-day continuation of full pay — Raised replacement rate for all to 75% of gross pay — Allowed claimant to select doctor for opinion on disability • The number of injuries reported rose from an average of 117 thousand a year in the 6 years before the amendments, to 217 thousand in the 6 years following the amendments. Yet average Government employment declined, and there was no change in the average number of job related deaths. This indicates that the Government's safety program has not deteriorated. 239 Trade Adjustment Assistance Agency: Department of Labor Functional Code: 603 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 2,700 2,744 2,700 2,744 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,500 1,500 1,000 1,000 500 500 500 500 500 530 -1.150 -1,150 -760 -760 -380 -380 -380 -380 -380 -380 350 350 240 240 120 120 120 120 150 150 Program Description Trade Adjustment Assistance (TAA) benefits are paid to workers whose loss of work is attributed, at least in part, to imports. The benefits equal 70% of the workers previous gross wages for up to 52 weeks, with a current maximum of $289 a week. These benefits can be paid at the same time as the worker is receivng unemployment insurance benefits, although the resulting total weekly payment does not exceed the TAA amount Proposed Change The changes, effective October 1981, for all claimants, would refocus TAA on its primary purpose — adjustment to changed economic conditions. Workers would receive a weekly TAA payment only after they used up all their weeks of unemployment insurance. The TAA weekly payment would equal the unemployment insurance benefit. A total of 52 weeks of benefits (unemployment insurance followed by TAA) would be available. Thus the additional weeks of TAA benefits would be available only for workers displaced from their jobs for extended periods who need more time than provided by unemployment insurance to get training, relocate, or find jobs. Rationale The changes would revise entitlement to TAA to eliminate unintended benefits. Benefits would be provided only to those workers who truly need additional time to adjust to changed economic conditions, rather than to all regardless of whether their layoffs last two weeks or are permanent. The changes will virtually eliminate the large retroactive payments under the program, many of which are made to workers who are already back on the job. They will also stop the subsidy to supplemental unemployment benefits (SUB) funds which have been set up by various companies. These funds now can substitute Federal TAA benefits for benefits the workers are already entitled to under their collectively bargained contracts. Key Facts About the Program • About 583 thousand people are expected to receive TAA benefits in fiscal year 1981; 234 thousand in 1982. • Most trade benefits are now paid in the large industrial States of the east and midwest: Michigan, Ohio, Indiana, New York, Missouri, and Pennsylvania. • The Current Program pays 70% of gross wages for 52 weeks ($289.00/week maximum; maximum adjusted annually in relation to national average wage; last adjustment effective March 23, 1981); UI usually pays 50% of gross wages for 26 weeks (maximum weekly benefits usually 50% of State average wage). 240 Of 754 thousand workers who got benefits from 4/75 to 6/80, only 3.3% entered training; 1.6% completed training; 0.46% took job search aid; 0.27% relocation allowances. From 4/75 to 6/80, 54% of TAA applicants were already re-employed at the time they applied for benefits. In 1980, $798M in retroactive payments were made to autoworkers; such payments often must be repaid to auto company Supplemental Unemployment Benefit (SUB) funds. A Mathematica study of TAA recipients who got first payments in 1976 showed that: — Seventy-two percent went back to original employer — On average they were employed 75% of the next 3-1/2 years — When benefits are disproportionately high, length of unemployment increases; a 10% increase in wage replacement ratio was associated with a 4-day increase in length of unemployment. 241 Unemployment Compensation for Ex-Servicemembers Agency: Department of Labor Functional Code: 603 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 333 333 351 351 341 341 -28 -28 -101 -101 -60 -60 245 245 1985 1986 356 356 370 370 390 390 -92 -92 -98 -98 -110 -110 -129 -129 -225 -225 -237 -237 -245 -245 -247 -247 -248 -248 25 25 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 Program Description Currently, most members of the armed forces who have served at least a year are eligible for 26 weeks of unemployment compensation benefits in most States. Unlike civilian workers, ex-servicemembers may draw benefits even if they quit their job voluntarily. Proposed Change The proposed amendment would make ineligible for benefits those military personnel who voluntarily leave the service, who are released or separated for cause, or who fail to reenlist when they could have done so. The change would be effective for all separations beginning July 1, 1981. Rationale This change would revise the entitlement for unemployment benefits to eliminate unintended benefits by bringing treatment of ex-military personnel more in line with current treatment of civilians. It would establish national rules for military separations that are voluntary or for cause. In virtually every State, a worker who voluntarily leaves his job receives no benefits for that spell of unemployment or for a part of it or has his weekly benefit reduced. Workers who refuse a job in their customary line of work have their benefits stopped. Those civilians who are discharged for misconduct also receive no benefits. The change will mean that members of the all-volunteer military will be treated similarly to civilians, instead of continuing to receive special treatment that dates from an earlier period when military sendee was not entirely voluntary.. Key Facts About the Program • About 140 thousand ex-sendcemembers are expected to receive compensation under this program in 1982 and a similar number in 1983. • About 130 thousand will have left the service voluntarily or have been discharged for cause. • The average weekly benefit payment is expected to be $112 in 1982 and $118 in 1983. 242 unemployment Unemployment Insurance: Extended Benefits Agency: Department of Labor Functional Code: 603 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 19913 4315 23072 1480 23722 946 23314 510 23400 476 21888 460 -615 -221 -1452 -215 -1243 -489 -95 -87 -1176 -63 + 538 -122 -400 -523 -13 -200 -108 -86 -100 -278 -200 -289 18898 3571 21620 1252 22279 349 23219 337 22124 135 22226 49 NOTE: Total budget authority for unemployment insurance is shown because budget authority for extended benefits is not separately identifiable. Program Description Federal law provides that the length of time a person can receive unemployment benefits in a State is made half again as long when the insured unemployment rate reaches specified levels in either the State ("State trigger") or the nation as a whole ("National trigger"). The length of time is usually extended from 26 weeks to 39 weeks. These extended benefits must be paid when a State's insured unemployment rate has averaged at least 4% for 13 weeks and is at least 20% higher than in the corresponding period of the prior two years. States can, and many do, pay these extended benefits when their insured unemployment rate averages at last 5% for 13 weeks regardless of the rate in the prior two years. These benefits are paid in all States when the national insured unemployment rate averages 4.5% for 13 weeks. The insured unemployment rate is calculated by dividing the number of people receiving unemployment insurance, including those receiving extended benefits, by the number of people in the labor force covered by unemployment insurance. Proposed Change • Eliminate the national trigger, which requires payment of extended benefits even in States with low unemployment rates. • Increase the insured unemployment rate needed to trigger extended benefits on in a State from 4% to 5% if it is 20% above the rate of the prior 2 years; to 6% for those States that wish to pay the benefits regardless of the rate in prior years. • Strictly enforce the work test enacted last year that requires recipients to accept jobs that pay at least as much as their weekly benefit or the minimum wage, whichever is higher, or lose their extended benefits.. • Prohibit the payment of extended benefits to those who did not work at least 20 weeks in the year which made them eligible for unemployment insurance. • Remove recipients of extended benefits from the calculation of the insured unemployment rate. Rationale These changes are part of the program to* revise entitlements to eliminate excess and unintended benefits. Studies show that extending the length of time people can receive unemployment benefits provides a disincentive to work that increases the average length of a spell of unemployment, thus decreasing productive work and unnecessarily increasing benefit outlays. 243 Eliminating the national extended benefits program will prevent paying benefits in States with low unemployment where it is not needed. As a result of structural shifts in the U.S. economy, while insured unemployment is intolerably high in the industrial Northeast and Midwest, it remains below 2% in a number of sun belt States. The proposed shift to State triggers at modestly higher threshold levels will redirect benefits to areas where they are needed while removing incentives for prolonging unemployment in growth areas of the nation where job opportunities are available. Strict enforcement of the new work test will help workers who have little chance to return to their old occupation face the reality of the changing economy and begin new careers. Prohibiting the payment of extended benefits to those with less than 20 weeks of work in the year in which their eligibility for benefits is based will minimize the occasions when workers receive benefits for longer periods of time than they were employed." Changing the method of calculating the insured unemployment rate will remove several anomalies in the current program. The payment of extended benefits will not be delayed when unemployment rises. This can happen now if people were receiving extended benefits in the prior years' comparison periods; those similar unemployment experiences cannot be counted currently when extended benefits have not started. Payment of extended benefits will not continue when unemployent falls below the level needed to start payment. Extended benefits will no longer be paid in one State for several months while they are not paid in a second State with an identical overall unemployment rate. Key Facts About the Program • About 2.2 million people are expected to receive extended benefits in 1982 under current law; the proposals will reduce the number to 1.1 million. • Studies indicate that on average the availability of 13 additional weeks of UI adds 1 to 5 weeks to the length of unemployment. • When national trigger went on July 5, 1980: only 19 States had rates high enough to trigger it on. Eight States were below a 2% insured unemployment rate. • When national trigger went off on January 3,1981: only 25 States had rates high enough to continue EB.. Effective Dates: • Work test strict enforcement effective April 1, 1981. • Eliminate national trigger effective July 1, 1981. • Trigger rate calculation change effective the week after enactment (estimates assume by July 1, 1981). • Increased State trigger rates and 20 weeks work in qualifying year require State legislative change; therefore effective October 1, 1982. 244 Unemployment Insurance: Regular Benefits Work Test Agency: Department of Labor Functional Code: 603 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 16,477 16,717 16,782 16,754 16,687 16,661 -435 -1,136 -1,997 -1,862 -2,069 -2,357 -285 -285 -272 -264 14,500 14,607 14,346 14,040 16,042 15,581 NOTE: Budget authority is determined by unemployment trust fund receipts, which would not be changed by this proposal. Program Description Those who have lost jobs through no fault of their own are entitled to weekly unemployment benefits. The amount of the benefit (usually 50% of wages up to a maximum set in State law) and the number of weeks it is paid (usually a 26-week maximum) is determined by State law. Under current laws workers who refuse to accept suitable work are denied unemployment insurance (UI) benefits. However, suitable work is usually defined as a job similar to the claimant's previous employment. Proposed Change The proposal would require workers who have received 13 weeks of UI benefits and whose prospects for returning to their previous line of work are not good to seek employment that provides wages at least equal to their UI benefit amount, or the minimum wage, whichever is higher. Rationale This change would revise the unemployment insurance system to eliminate unintended benefits. By allowing workers in most States to draw up to 6 months of benefits unless jobs, in their former occupations are available, the unemployment insurance system actually discourages workers from seeking employment in new industries which, while they pay lower wages initially, hold the prospect of growing employment and new careers. The change will speed the transition of workers from jobs which are not opening up again to jobs in sectors where workers are in demand. Key Facts About the Program • About 9.2 million people are expected to receive UI payments in 1983. • The proposed change would affect 280 thousand of them. • The average weekly UI payment in 1983 is expected to be $112. • Federal law now has no suitability of work requirement for regular benefits. • The change would apply the new Federal work test enacted last year for extended benefit claimants (generally those after 26 weeks) to regular claimants after they had collected 13 weeks of UI. • The change would be effective October 1, 1982, to permit necessary State law changes. 245 Young Adult Conservation Corps (YACC) Agency: Department of Labor Functional Code: 504 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 27 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 20017 185 70 20017 185 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 1985 -250 -250 1986 -250 -250 - "7 - 70 7 17 Includes a deferral of S58.1M to finance the completion of the phase-out in 1982. 27 The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings 1981 1982 Budget Authority - -250 Outlays ~ ~ -179 expected are as follows: 1983 1984 -250 -250 -243 -250 Program Description The YACC program (CETA Title VIII), authorized in 1977, funds conservation work on public lands by unemployed youth ages 16 to 23 of all income levels. Seventy percent of the funds go to the Departments of Agriculture and the Interior (35% to each); 30% are grants to States distributed by share of youth population. In 1980, about 22,700 years of service were provided with an end-of-year participant level of 19,600. The current services program level is about 20,000 participants. The Carter Budget proposed to phase the program out by the end of FY 1982 through attrition. Funds which have been deferred in 1981 would finance phase-out activities in 1982, so no 1982 appropriation was requested. Proposed Change Do not amend Carter request - continue policy to terminate program. Enrollments would drop to about 11,200 by the end of this fiscal year and to zero by the end of 1982. Some State and Federal conservation work would go undone, but the projects have such little value that few would be undertaken in the absence of the free labor provided by the YACC program. The phase-out will have little impact on current YACC program participants because layoffs will not in general be required. The impact on those who might have enrolled if the program were continued is also expected to be minimal because the program is so small - about 450 youth per State - and draws few participants from any particular group of youth. Rationale This is a low priority program which cannot be justified in a time of general fiscal restraint. Of all Federal employment and training programs, it is the least targeted on the economically disadvantaged and minorities who are most in need. At the same time, with the exception of the highly targeted and entirely residential Job Corps training program, it costs the most to provide a year of service to a participant. Furthermore, with the exception of the PSE and Youth Community Conservation and Improvement Projects (YCCIP) programs, YACC has the worst record of placing participants in jobs, school, the military, or other training programs. The PSE program is also being phased out. YCCIP is being consolidated into the general employment and training grant under Title II of CETA. States and localities can therefore decide whether it is appropriate to continue YCCIP projects in their communities. 246 Key Facts About the Program • 70% of funds are spent on Federal lands. • Therefore, 50% of the 1,700 project camps are located in 10 States west of the Mississippi with 19% of the U.S. population and an average overall unemployment rate slightly below the U.S. 1980 average: • Only 33% of YACC participants are economically disadvantaged, compared to 100% in the Job Corps; only 12% are black, compared to 53% in the Job Corps. • On the other hand 59% are high school completers, compared to only 15% in the Job Corps. • It costs $12,100 to serve an enrollee for one year in YACC. • Because of low targeting and high cost, YACC must spend $305,000 to provide one year of service to low-income black youth, those most at risk in the labor market. • When the Job Corps spends this much, it provides 12 years of service to low income Black youth. 247 Youth Initiative Agency: Department of Education Department of Labor Functional Budget Reform Code: 501 (Education) Criterion: 6 504 (Labor) 924 (contingency allowance) Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET 17 : Budget A uthority—Education Budget Authority—Labor Contingency Total Outlays— Education Outlays—Labor Contingency Total REESTIMATES AND ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 900 250 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 — 1,150 50 80 — 130 900 250 800 1,950 900 232 260 1,392 -1.150 -130 -1,950 -1,392 — — — — - - — — -— 1985 1986 900 250 800 1,950 900 250 760 1,910 900 250 800 1,950 900 250 800 1,950 900 250 800 1,950 900 250 800 1,950 -1,950 -1,910 -1,950 -1,950 -1,950 -1,950 — — — — Includes only the increase above the current services levels of the programs which were proposed to be included in the initiative. Program Description The Carter Budget included a youth initiative originally proposed in the' 1981 budget which would have established a basic skills improvement program involving new grant programs in the Departments of Education and Labor. The Education grant would have aimed at improving the basic literacy and employability skills of disadvantaged youth in one-fourth of the nation's school districts. It would have attempted to carry out the objectives of Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act and the Vocational Education Act in secondary schools, which have not received much funding from local school authorities from these sources for development of basic and employability skills. The program would also have emphasized the integration of basic skills training into all aspects of the regular secondary school curriculum. The Labor grant,, which would have consolidated three existing youth programs, would have aimed primarily at improving the basic skills of older, mostly drop-out, disadvantaged youth, although carefully structured work experience would also have been provided. The outyear contingency amount was to be allocated between the departments in 1983 as final legislation evolved and implementation planning moved further along. Emphasis was to be placed on substantially increased coordination between education and training, and employment agencies and among these agencies and the business community. Proposed Changes Do not request the new legislation. Experience with the programs on which the initiative was based does not permit an estimate of the impact of not implementing such a program in terms of improvements in basic skills, unemployment rates, or future earnings of youth. Rationale Funding of this magnitude above funding for current programs cannot be justified at a time when current programs are being sharply reduced as pan of the President's economic recovery program. This lack of justification is particularly acute for a program involving significant changes in institutional relationships, at all levels of government, when these new and complex relationships have not yet been tested for feasibility and productivity.- Rather than attempting to implement a new program, this Administration will devote its efforts to assuring a more effective and efficient use of resources that can be made available to ongoing programs. 248 Department of State 249 Department of State Conduct of Foreign Affairs Agency: Department of State Functional Code: 151,153 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,916 1,657 2.369 1.997 2,317 2,110 2,456 2,226 2,524 2,315 2,575 2,419 35 -16 -126 -126 -307 -242 -405 -352 -476 -475 -28 -23 -77 -64 -56 -63 -39 -46 -40 -40 -43 -43 1,888 1,668 2.292 1,917 2,135 1,921 2.110 1,928 2,077 1,923 2,056 1,901 Above table excludes assessed contributions to international organizations which are shown in the section on foreign development assistance. Program Description The central efforts of the State Department are directed toward political and economic reporting and analysis; representation and negotiation; visa and passport issuance and tl;e protection and welfare of Americans living and travelling abroad; and the administrative support for those activities and for employees of 22 other U.S. agencies working abroad. In addition, the Department provides assistance to refugees; and manages grants to a limited number of private entities engaged in international activities; such as, the Asia Foundation and the American Institute in Taiwan. Proposed Change Major changes to the Carter Budget include the following: • Reductions in refugee assistance due to reduced needs (-$22 million in 1981 and -$42 million in 1982). • Administrative reductions, including an employment cut of 550 full-time permanent employees in 1982 and cuts for travel and equipment (-$3 million in 1981 and -$14 million in 1982). • Elimination of all new overseas building construction starts except for the diplomatic complex in Riyadh, Saudia Arabia (-$15 million in 1982). • Reductions in grant assistance for international narcotics control (-$3 million in both 1981 and 1982) and elimination of funding for the Asia Foundation ( -$4 million in 1982). Rationale These changes are a part of the Administration's effort to impose fiscal restraint on programs of relatively low priority. The reductions in refugee programs will not diminish the strong U.S. support for these humanitarian efforts. Cuts are being taken only where there is clear evidence that previous estimates of need were overstated. Funding for the Asia Foundation is eliminated, because that institution is no longer a significant factor supporting U.S. foreign policy objectives abroad. The cutback in funding for narcotics control also merely reflects diminished need. The reductions in staff levels are based on the premise that operating efficiences can be achieved and reflect the lower level of administrative support needed for the Agency for International Development and the International Communication Agency programs, which have been cut from Carter budget levels. 251 Key Facts About the Program • Refugee Assistance, Abroad — Reductions eliminate unneeded funds for various refugee aid programs abroad while maintaining basic levels of services. The Kampuchean relief program is reduced by $10 million in 1981 and $20 million in 1982 due to much improved conditions in Kampuchea. Reduced Indochinese refugee camp populations in Southeast Asia and other lower needs save an additional $12.5' million in 1982. Sharply lower numbers of Soviet refugees emigrating to Israel reduce resettlement needs in 1981 by $12.5 million. For 1982, however, support for Soviet refugees to Israel will be $12.5 million, 25 percent above the Carter budget request. The 1982 request for the Reftigee Emergency Fund is reduced by $10 million because of large uncommitted balances anticipated to be carried forward for use in 1982. • The Asia Foundation — The Asia Foundation is a private, non-profit organization which attempts to encourage pro-western legal and social reform and to improve the understanding of democratic ideals. It employs approximately 140 individuals in its San Francisco headquarters and eleven Asian countries. In view of current budget stringency, no U.S. agency believes activities of the Foundation are important enough to its objectives to warrant offsetting reductions in other activities. 252 Department of Transportation 253 Airport Grant Program Reductions Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 402 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 5 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 722 524 750 535 800 725 •272 -49 -300 - 50 450 475 450 485 1985 1986 850 901 900 908 975 878 -350 -215 -400 -381 -450 -458 -525 -363 450 510 450 520 450 450 450 515 Program Description The airport grant program, which expired at the end of 1980, provided funds to air carrier and general aviation airports. Funds were distributed on both an apportionment and a discretionary basis. In 1980, $569 million was authorized for air carrier airports, with a minimum of $15 million earmarked for commuter airports. General aviation airports were authorized to receive $98 million, with a minimum of $20 million for reliever airports, which were defined as general aviation airports that attract general aviation flights from large airports. Grant funds could be used for: • Construction and reconstruction of items such as runways, taxiways, aircraft aprons, and public-use portions of terminals; • Land acquisition for airport development and noise abatement; Acquisition or installation of navigation aids used in landings and take-offs. • The Carter 1982 budget assumed enactment of reauthorizing legislation by July 1,1981. Recommended funding levels increased from $722 to $975 million during 1981-1986. Proposed Change The Administration has proposed legislation to restructure the airport grant program and hold the annual funding level to $450 million during 1981-1986. Included in the legislation are proposals to: • Defederalize the 41 largest primary airports (primary airports are commercial service airports that enplane at least .01% of total annual enplanements at all commercial service airports); • Remove restrictions on imposition of a "head tax" at those 41 airports and others opting not to receive further Federal assistance; • Use number of enplanements as the basis for apportioning entitlement funds to the remaining primary airports (approximately 255 airports which would be eligible after defederalization); • Introduce the airport "block grant" to permit State involvement in allocating funds to general aviation and smaller commercial service airports; • Increase funding significantly for reliever airports; and • Continue the discretionary grant program. Rationale Reductions in the airport grant program are thoroughly consistent with the Administration's broad effort to retarget public sector capital improvement programs so that Federal assistance is not provided unless there is a clear need. In addition, the proposed framework for the grant program is consistent with a number of the Administration's goals for restructuring Federal programs, such as allowing .more decisions to be made at the local level and reducing the number of strings attached to Federal grants. Defederalization of the largest primary airports would enable the Federal Government to target funds to those airports with the clearest need for assistance. These large airports usually have a strong 255 financial base from landing fees and space rental charges. Many large airports earn a profit. Furthermore, Federal airport grants traditionally have provided only a small portion (approximately 10-15%) of the total revenues of these airports. Removing the statutory bar on "head taxes" would increase the possibility of local funding being available, if needed, in lieu of Federal financial aid. Some airports may opt to renegotiate landing fees instead of instituting head taxes. The State block grant approach for grants to smaller eligible airports reflects the Administration's commitment to reduce Federal involvement in local decisions and the "red tape" burden placed on States and localities. The increased emphasis on funding for reliever airports reflects the important role of these airports in enhancing safety by ameliorating the often congested air traffic conditions at the nation's largest airports. Key Facts About the Program Defederalization of the 41 largest primary airports would be phased-in — 21 beginning in 1981 and an additional 20 beginning in 1983. A cap of 45% in 1981 and 1982 and 40% in 1983 and beyond would be placed on the amount of available grant funds allocated to primary airports through the entitlement program. This translates into a maximum of $202.5 million in 1981 and 1982 an4 $180 million in 1983 and beyond. Grant funds for smaller eligible airports would be apportioned by States using a two-part formula taking into account population, land area and the number of non-primary commercial service airports in a State. State apportionments would be reduced proportionately to the reduction required to bring primary airports within the cap. States meeting certain criteria would be authorized to receive apportionments for smaller eligible airports on a block grant basis. Approximately $100 million annually would be apportioned among the States. The FAA would continue to allocate discretionary funds according to priority needs. States participating in the block grant program for apportioned funds would be able to receive discretionary funds on a project-by-project basis in the form of a "block grant supplement." A minimum of $45 million would be earmarked for reliever airports in 1981 and 1982 increasing up to $54 million in 1985. 256 Airport and Airway Trust Fund Agency: Department of Transportation Governmental Receipts into the Airport and Airway Trust Fund Current receipts Policy increase Proposed receipts Functional Code: 402 Budget Reform Criterion: 5 (S in billions) 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 - 1/ .2 If .2 1.4 0.6 2.0 1.5 0.8 2.3 1.7 1.1 2.8 1.9 1.3 3.2 1986 2.1 1.6 3.7 1/ Statutory authority permitting deposit of receipts into the Airport and Airway Trust Fund expired on September 30,1980. Current user tax revenues are being deposited into the general fund and highway trust fund. 2/ Legislation authorizing the Administration's tax proposal and use of the Trust Fund is assumed to go into effect on July 1,1981. Program Description Prior to the expiration of statutory authority at the end of 1980, revenues from the following aviation user taxes were being deposited into the Airport and Airway Trust Fund: 8% passenger ticket tax, 7 cents/gallon general aviation fuel tax, 5% freight waybill tax, $3.00 International departure tax and other miscellaneous taxes. The only aviation user taxes currently being levied — a 5% passenger ticket tax, 4 cents/gallon tax on general aviation gasoline and a tire and tube tax — are being deposited into the general fund (ticket tax) and highway trust fund, respectively. The Carter 1982 budget assumed passage of legislation authorizing continued use of the Airport and Airway Trust Fund and increased aviation user taxes starting July 1,1981. The Congress traditionally has restricted use of aviation tax revenue. In the past few years, the result has been that expenditures from aviation tax revenue covered only slightly over 40% of the total system costs. The general taxpayer has carried the rest of the burden. Proposed Change The Administration has proposed legislation that would eliminate general fund subsidy of the costs put on the system by the air carriers and general aviation. Air carrier and general aviation would be required to pay approximately 85% of system costs — i.e., all Federal Aviation Administration costs except those associated with military and government use of the system and Metropolitan Washington Airports. The February 18th and March 10th budget proposals assumed a 9% passenger ticket tax, 20% general aviation fuel tax, 5% freight waybill tax, $3.00 International departure tax and other miscellaneous taxes. Tax revenues would be deposited into the Airport and Airway Trust Fund. The tax levels included in the legislative proposal sent to Congress on March 19th — which were based on fuller consideration of allocable costs, program levels to be covered by the fund, and the allocation of costs between general and commercial aviation — were as follows: Passenger Ticket Tax General Aviation Gasoline Tax (cents/gallon) General Aviation Jet Fuel Tax (cents/gallon) 1981 6.5% 1982 6.5% 1983 6.5% 1984 6.5% 1985 6.5% 1986 6.5% 12 12 18 32 30 36 20 20 35 50 58 65 The revised tax proposal, coupled with the 85% cost recovery requirement, is predicted to result in a decrease of the Trust Fund balance from approximately $3.8 billion at the end of 1980 to about $2.7 billion at the end of 1984. (A trust fund balance of at least $1.0 billion is usually considered as prudent to cover unforeseen contingencies). Beyond 1984, the uncommitted balance will gradually begin to increase. 257 344-211 0 - 8 1 - 9 Rationale This proposal will assist the President in achieving his goal of providing relief for the general taxpayer by recovering more equitably the full costs attributable to the air carrier and general aviation users of the system. In 1978, general aviation users were paying a small percentage of the system costs attributable to them. Under the tax proposal sent to the Congress on March 19th, the portion of allocable costs paid by general aviation will increase gradually, but significantly, through 1986. Air carriers have been and will continue to pay at least their full share of costs attributable to them. Subsidizing users leads to economic inefficiencies, encourages higher use of the aviation system, and thus results in continual pressure to expand the system's capacity. To help break this cycle, air carrier and general aviation should be held responsible for their fair share of the cost of operating as well as maintaining and improving the airways system. In the past, only small amounts of user tax revenues have been applied toward operating costs. The higher tax levels on general aviation jet fuel reflect the fact that these aircraft, generally speaking, place greater demands on the national airspace system than do less sophisticated planes utilizing aviation gasoline. Key Facts About the Program Assumptions about cost allocation are a major determinant in establishing fair and equitable user taxes. Generally speaking, two differing approaches to cost allocation have emerged. One would hold users responsible for the costs that FAA actually incurs in providing service. The other would hold users responsible only for the cost of the minimum service they require. In a joint use system, this means that users operating less sophisticated aircraft (i.e., primarily general aviation) would not be required to pay the cost FAA actually incurs in providing service to them. The unallocated costs would be attributed to public policy regarding aviation safety, reliability and joint use. The general taxpayer would be responsible for these costs. The cost allocation underlying the Administration's proposal is consistent with the first approach requiring users to pay for costs actually incurred on their behalf. In 1982, FAA's total costs can be allocated approximately 58% to air carrier, 27% to general aviation, 14% to military and government and 1% to Metropolitan Washington Airports. The general aviation community has continually supported the minimum service required approach to allocate system costs. This approach, however, is inconsistent with cost allocation assumptions used by this Administration for other modes of transportation. For example, under an Administration proposal, inland waterway users would be responsible for the costs associated with their use of the system. The general taxpayer would not be paying for the "public benefit" associated with a joint use system. Similarly, in the highway program, the general taxpayer traditionally has not. been required to pay for the "public benefit" associated with having a highway system that accommodates various categories of highway users. The cost allocation assumptions underlying the Administration's tax proposal are generally accepted. The Congressional Budget Office, for example, attributes approximately 25% of FAA costs to general aviation, which is very close to the Administration's proposal. 258 Amtrak Fare Subsidy Reduction Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 401 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ The Carter budget already included s Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 5 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 906 769 993 943 1,082 1,112 1,171 1,201 1,257 1,284 1,337 1,387 -25 -25 -380 -304 -550 -497 -700 -689 -900 -858 -987 1,037 881 744 613 639 532 615 471 512 357 426 350 350 -964 -874 -1,056 -1,050 proposal. -25 -25 Total savings expected are as follows: -431 -606 -760 -355 -688 -485 1985 1986 Program Description Amtrak is a private corporation, subsidized by the Federal Government, which has operated virtually all intercity passenger trains since 1971. About 22 million riders are expected in 1981, over half on routes in the northeast. Over two dozen trains operate daily along the Northeast Corridor (NEC), round-trip trains are operated up to seven times daily on 21 other corridors, and other trains operate approximately daily on 16 long haul routes. Amtrak does not operate freight trains. Proposed Change • Amtrak will price its services, beginning in 1982, so that revenues, including contributions from State and local governments, cover at least 50 percent of the Corporation's total costs, excluding capital costs. • To comply with the above requirement, Amtrak will have to raise fares, cut expenses, and eliminate its least patronized and most unprofitable routes. Trains will be eliminated in order, by ratio of revenues to fully allocated cost, from poorest to best. The Secretary of Transportation shall develop cost allocation principles to be used consistently in order to rank trains from poorest to best. • Amtrak will maintain a specific fare policy for each route, with the goal of minimizing the Federal grants necessary to support the operation of its routes. • The share of State funding will increase for those trains jointly funded by States arid Amtrak. Currently the States provide 20% of related operating costs in the first year of service, 35% in the second year, and 50% in the third year. The States' share will be 50% of fully allocated operating costs and 100% of associated capital costs. • Amtrak will operate commuter rail service only if a State, local, or regional transportation agency reimburses the corporation for the fully allocated cost of the service. Rationale • Passengers pay only 40% of Amtrak operating costs. On many routes the average ticket subsidy is $60-70 per person. Subsidy reaches as much as $192 per ticket on the Sunset Limited (New Orleans to Los Angeles) in 1980. It would be cheaper for the government to give someone a round trip airline ticket from Washington, D.C. to Cincinnati than to subsidize a one-way ticket on the Shenandoah. • Train travel represents less than nine-tenths of one percent of intercity travel. In areas other than the NEC and possibly a few other short' distance routes, Amtrak service is not essential to the nation's passenger travel market.- Even if every Amtrak train were full all the time (and Amtrak's trains normally average about half-full) the corporation would still be able to 259 handle less than 2 percent of all passenger travel in the U.S, even though it provides almost 100 percent of non-commuter passenger train travel. Yet government subsidy exceeded S800M last year. The administration's proposal shifts the financial burden for Amtrak from taxpayers to passengers. • Improvements in intercity highways and widespread availability of air travel since 1960 have diminished the need for and utility of passenger trains. A reduction in Amtrak will result in virtually no negative effect on personal travel in the U.S. because Amtrak trains provide such a small percentage of U.S. intercity transportation. • We estimate that a limited national rail system can be funded with a $613 million budget. • To the extent Americans demand long distance trains, not maintained in the Amtrak system, a private sector excursion or vacation market for such travel could emerge in the same way that entrepreneurs now operate ships such as the Delta Queen. Key Facts About the Program • Federal subsidy in 1978 was about 11 cents per bus passenger, 75 cents per commercial aviation passenger, and 37 dollars per Amtrak passenger. • Between 1972 and 1980 Amtrak's annual operating deficit increased from $153 million to $657 million. Costs rose by 357 percent, 25 percent faster than revenues. • Between 1972 and 1974 Amtrak's fares covered over 50% of its costs. Since then costs have increased faster than revenues. • Amtrak provides 48 passenger-miles per gallon of fuel across the nation. Intercity buses provide 135 passenger-miles per gallon. An automobile carrying over two people can be more fuel efficient than the average Amtrak train. • If Amtrak were able to achieve 100 percent load factors and in doing so take all its additional passengers from automobiles, the gasoline savings would be only two tenths of one percent of the current consumption of gasoline by automobiles. • Amtrak revenues cover 33 percent of its total costs including capital costs. The passenger rail system in the United Kingdom covers approximately 70 percent, Denmark 50 percent, and the Netherlands 50 percent. These are various areas where Amtrak can reduce its deficit: Fares In the past, Amtrak has had what is called a uniform fare policy. It has generally raised fares by the same percentage across the entire Amtrak system. There are likely to be inefficiencies in this method. Demand and demand elasticities vary across the country. Some routes can bear no fare increase because of competition from other transportation modes. Those routes which cannot' support a fare increase and have low revenue/cost ratios will have to be eliminated. As certain fares are increased, and some lines eliminated, revenues will rise as costs fall. The Administration proposal requires system-wide coverage of 50 percent of costs in 1982. Thus, cross subsidization is possible. This allows more routes to continue that cannot meet a 50 percent test, but maintains the pressure to eliminate poor routes. Labor Costs Amtrak is currently involved in labor negotiations with its 21,000 direct employees. opportunity now to reduce labor costs related to these employees. It has the The operating crews on Amtrak trains are not, however, Amtrak employees.„ Amtrak is not a party to the national negotiations between railroad labor and management, and Amtrak must accept the labor conditions agreed to by the railroads which directly employ the train crews, e.g., Conrail, Burlington Northern. For this reason upcoming Conrail negotiations are also important to Amtrak. Some Amtrak employees are eligible for severance pay at 100 percent of current pay until they are 65 and others are eligible for six years. Operating crews earn a day's pay for 8 hours worked or 150 miles travelled. This rule dates from the days of steam engines when a train stopped every 100 miles to refuel. As train speeds have increased, the rule has not changed. As a result, on the NEC, which carries half of Amtrak's passengers, 260 engineers need only work for eight round trips between New York and Washington to earn a full month's pay. This is only about 80 hours. Eliminate Routes and Reduce Train Frequencies As routes causing the biggest drain on the system are eliminated, Amtrak costs will fall, but revenues will be affected to a lesser degree. By eliminating the eight routes with the lowest revenue cost ratio, Amtrak can save $53M (i.e., forego $90M in avoidable costs and $37M in revenue). Further savings will result as fixed facilities are reduced to match the smaller, more efficient system. In addition, Amtrak can reduce costs by dropping frequencies on routes with the least demand. Operating Inefficiencies Amtrak's on-board food service is an example of possible operating inefficiencies. Amtrak's Feburary 1981 budget estimates $122M in costs for this service in 1982, their third largest cost category for 1982. Yet their revenues cover less than 60% of this cost. Amtrak loses over $50M annually on food service alone. 261 Boat and Yacht User Fees (Coast Guard) Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 403 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 3 1982 (S in millions) 1983 1984 -100 -100 -200 -200 -300 -300 -400 -400 -500 -500 -100 -100 -200 -200 -300 -300 -400 -400 -500 -500 1985 1986 Program Description Coast Guard operating expenses will be about $1.4 billion in 1982. Virtually all the Coast Guard's services are provided without charge: issuance of licenses; inspection of facilities; certification of vessel construction; maintaining aids to navigation; providing rescue and assistance service, and other services. Proposed Change Legislation has been proposed that would authorize the Secretary of Transportation to phase in fees for Coast Guard services. Fees for direct services involving a transaction (e.g., licenses and inspections) would be set according to the cost of providing the service. Other services (e.g., maintaining navigation aids and providing search and rescue services) would be financed by an annual fee or tonnage duty, depending upon the type of vessel involved. Fees will initially cover less than 10% of Coast Guard operating costs, and will rise to cover about 33% of such costs by 1986. As now envisioned, some fees will be collected directly by the Coast Guard. Annual fees may be payable by purchasing a decal at a Post Office in the same way that migratory bird stamps are now sold. Rationale Boat owners and the maritime community are well defined groups benefitting directly from the services offered by the Coast Guard. They rather than the general taxpayer ought.to pay for the services they receive. There are about 8.5 million recreational boats in the U.S. These boats account for about 80% of all Coast Guard rescue and assistance calls. Coast Guard's total search and rescue capability will cost almost $370 million in 1982. Relatively modest Federal boat fees - lower in most cases than the annual fees paid by automobile owners - would begin to cover a share of these costs and the costs of navigation aids in our rivers, bays and harbors. Recreational boaters and the maritime industry should easily be able to afford to pay for the costs of the services of the Coast Guard. Key Facts About the Program • The Administration's bill would not set specific fees. The Coast Guard would issue fee schedules for public comment in accordance with normal rulemaking practice. • To avoid "double taxation" of boat owners on inland waterways, Coast Guard costs will not be included in the base of costs used to calculate inland waterway user fees proposed to be collected by the Corps of Engineers. • The annual fees will apply only to boats operated on navigable waters of the U.S. 262 • Most recreational and fishing boat fees will start in the S10 range for the first year and will be graduated upward by vessel size and other factors. • Large commercial vessels—foreign and domestic—would be charged a small fee based on tonnage every time they enter a port. • About 36,000 merchant marine officers' licenses and 30,000 seamen's documents were processed in 1980. Lengthy oral and written exams were involved. These exams have been free, but a reasonable fee will be charged for them under the proposal. 263 Conrail Agency: United States Railway Administration Functional Code: 401 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 27 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 1981 1982 535 17 535 50 50 - - — -25 -125 — 100 510 17 410 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 (S in millions) 1983 1984 — — 1985 1986 — 50 150 Does not include $129 million of Conrail employee protection costs. The Carter budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows (savings shown as minuses): 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 Budget Authority 350 -400 -550 -300 -150 -100 Outlays 250 -300 -550 -300 -150 -100 Program Description Conrail provides freight and commuter rail service over 17,000 route miles in the Northeastern quadrant of the U.S. Since 1976, the Government has spent over $5.7 billion on Conrail as follows: • United States Railway Association (USRA) has received $3.3 billion in appropriations for investment in Conrail to offset operating losses and undertake capital improvements. The final increment of these appropriations is being exhausted now. • DOT and the Railroad Retirement Board have received $0.3 billion in appropriations to make labor protection payments to downgraded or furloughed Conrail employees who were employed by Conrail's bankrupt predecessor railroads (pre-1976 employees). • DOT has paid $2.1 billion to the Penn Central to compensate it for the properties transferred to Conrail in 1976. With 1981 supplemental funding requested in the Reagan Budget ($325 million), total Federal investment in Conrail will exceed $6 billion, compared with an estimated total cost of $2.3 billion in 1976 when Conrail was formed. Despite this huge over-run in projected costs, recent analyses suggest that a "status quo" Conrail would require well over $2 billion in additional Federal subsidies over the next five years, exclusive of hundreds of millions of dollars in payments for labor protection. Proposed Change The Administration's proposal includes the following elements: • Abolish Conrail as a corporate entity and sell/transfer its properties to other railroads for continued rail service in the Northeast. • Repeal Conrail's employee protection entitlements. A new employee protection package will be proposed of much more limited scope. • Prepare to phase-out all funding for Conrail by the end of 1982. Conrail would be kept essentially intact until Congress authorizes sales and transfers. • Delay expenditure of $100 million of a requested $300 million 1981 supplemental request until 1982, contingent upon assurances that solutions to the Northeast rail problem can be worked out. 264 Rationale Weaning Conrail from Federal subsidies is part of a general effort to reduce the public tax burden and allow market principles to apply. The Federal cost of supporting Conrail has already exceeded original estimates by 50%. These run-away subsidies should be brought under control quickly. Given the unlikelihood of Conrail becoming self-sufficient in the foreseeable future, it is preferable to have Conrail's properties acquired by other railroads operating in the private sector. Most of Conrail's lines have traffic that can be profitably handled by other railroads. This wall also allow Conrail's shippers to participate in the growing movement of railroad mergers, rather than being isolated in a regional railroad cocoon. The 1981 supplemental will keep Conrail intact this year and allow Congress sufficient time to enact legislation to sell or transfer Conrail lines to other railroads. Existing statutory lifetime employee protection is extremely expensive and provides Federally funded benefits to rail workers not provided to workers in other industries. Lacking changes, costs associated with this program could total $250-500 million annually in liabilities whether Conrail is retained as a corporate entity or its lines are sold to acquiring railroads. Key Facts About the Program When Conrail was formed in 1976, it was the Government that assumed almost all the risks of the enterprise: (a) the bankrupt railroads from which Conrail was formed were guaranteed payment for the value of the properties transferred to Conrail; (b) States and localities were provided Federal rail branchline subsidies to shield them from the impact of proposed line abandonments; (3) shippers were protected by strict rate regulation by the ICC; and (4) organized labor was protected by ensuring lifetime salary protection for all employees who worked for the predecessor railroads for five years or more. In that context, it is not surprising that Conrail has failed to live up to its expectation of becoming financially self-sufficient by 1979. Conrail has sustained yearly net income losses every year since 1976. Probably the single most significant factor in Conrail's inability to achieve its plan has been its failure to retain its traffic base. While the plan creating Conrail anticipated annual traffic growth of about 2%, Conrail tonnage has dropped by 17% from 1976 to 1980. Coal transportation is holding steady, but all other tonnage has dropped precipitously (-23%). Among the reasons for the traffic decline are: (a) stagnant manufacturing output in Conrail's service area; (b) continuing modal shift from railroads to trucks; and (c) inability of Conrail to position itself for growth in coal traffic. Conrail compares favorably to other Eastern railroads in its ability to generate revenue from its traffic base. Its revenue per ton mile, for example, outstrips other major carriers. However, its operating expense per ton mile exceeds that of comparable carriers, and its total operating expense as a percent of revenue is the highest of all major carriers. Conrail's labor force is now shrinking. The employee totals declined from 94,000 in July 1978 to 80,000 in July 1980 (-15%). However, this employment decline has been matched by Conrail's traffic decline, thereby largely canceling the cost savings. Additionally, the employment decline has increased the Government's labor protection liabilities insofar as more of Conrail's employees have, been downgraded or furloughed. This cost would soar if Conrail's workforce is further reduced, as most parties suggest is necessary. Governmental funding as a percentage of Conrail annual expenditures has ranged from 10-18%. For all years aggregated, the uses of Federal funds have been as follows: 44% for track rehabilitation, 35% for operating subsidies, 14% for capital improvements, and 7% for equipment purchase and rehabilitation. Conrail has projected that by 1984 it will need a positive cash flow of about $800 million to meet all its track, capital improvements, equipment, and debt maturity needs. This means $1.0 billion of annual cash flow improvement. It is difficult to see how this level of improvement can be achieved. 265 Cooperative Automotive Research Program Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 401 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 5 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 12 6 17 12 34 17 -12 -6 -17 - 12 -34 -17 . 1985 1986 50 25 50 35 50 45 -50 -25 -50 -35 -50 -45 1985 -50 -45 1986 -50 -50 ; proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 1981 1982 1984 1983 — -34 -50 -50 -17 -25 -35 Program Description The Cooperative Automotive Research Program (CARP) was designed in cooperation with the U.S. automotive industry to reduce the nation's dependence on foreign oil by financing a basic research program aimed at accelerating the development of more fuel-efficient and technologically advanced automobiles. Funding was originally intended to be on a matching basis, with the Federal Government providing half the resources. The matching arrangement was waived in fiscal year 1981 because of industry economic conditions. As a result, the 1981 program was to be wholly financed by the Federal Government. Proposed Change The Administration has decided not to initiate CARP. The Reagan Budget proposes to rescind uncommitted 1981 appropriations and to eliminate funding for 1982 and subsequent years. Rationale • • • Federal financing of long-term research to benefit a particular industry is inappropriate. The automotive companies, rather than the Federal Government, are in the best position to decide what kind of research to undertake and when to do so. The President's decision to decontrol the price of oil and the emergence of market incentives for greater fuel efficiency, greatly reduced the need for CARP. 266 Great River Road Functional Code: 401 Agency: Department of Transportation Funding ($ in millions) CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ Budget Reform Criterion: 5 25 36 38 35 25 16 -6 -15 -20 -19 -10 23 15 25 30 The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings expected are as follows: 1981 1982 1983 1984 Budget Authority - -25 -25 -25 -46 -51 Outlays -6 -19 6 1985 -25 -43 1986 -25 -35 Program Description The Federal Highway Act of 1973 authorized the construction or reconstruction of the Great River Road by the ten States bordering the Mississippi River. A single continuous route has been designated which will run from Lake Itasca in Minnesota to Venice, Louisiana. The Carter Budget proposed consolidating this program within the Federal-aid highway program beginning in 1982. Proposed Change The Administration will defer previously authorized and available contract authority in 1981 (i.e., $17.7 million). The Administration's highway bill includes a provision that will lapse all remaining Great River Road funding. All future work on the road will be performed with the States' regular Federal-aid highway monies. Rationale To stretch out and retarget public sector capital improvement programs. All segments of the Great River Road other than access spurs have been designated as being on the Federal-aid system and may be improved using regular Federal-aid funds. The discrete Great River Road program is duplicative and unnecessary. The estimated cost to complete this highway is $1.4 billion (1979 dollars). Key Facts About the Program The program was established in the 1973 Highway Act. The 1978 Highway Act provided $25 million/year in new contract authority for 1979 through 1982. In addition, $10 million per year of general fund authorizations were provided for off-system segments. Since there are no such segments, these funds are not needed. The annual obligation of contract authority is controlled by an obligation limitation included in the DOT Appropriation Acts. The annual limitation has been $37.5 million in the last several years. States Affected Minnesota Wisconsin Iowa Illinois Missouri Kentucky Tennessee Arkansas Mississippi Louisiana 267 Highway Construction Program Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 151,401 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS:* Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 5 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 10.536 8,507 11,396 10,143 11,722 11,048 11,953 11,465 12,383 12,311 215 32 234 76 250 163 270 224 289 246 -7 -2,009 -429 -2,308 -1,534 -2,273 -1,955 -2,394 -2,019 -2,212 -2,148 9,207 8,755 8,742 8,110 9,322 8,686 9,699 9,256 98,830 9,670 10,460 10,409 9,207 8,762 __ ^Transfer of the Appalachian Highway Program to the Department of Transportation beginning in 1982. Program Description The Federal highway program provides grants to the States for construction or reconstruction of certain designated highway systems: Interstate, primary, secondary, and urban. Funds are also provided for rehabilitation or replacement of highway bridges, highway safety projects, and numerous small special categorical programs. The Carter budget provided for major growth in the Interstate rehabilitation program from $1.4 billion in 1982 to $2.4B in 1986. The rural and urban programs were level funded at $.7 billion and $.9 billion respectively. Proposed Change The Administration will focus the Federal highway program on the high Federal interest Interstate and primary systems. • Interstate construction funding will be maintained basically at the currently authorized level, but project eligibility will be narrowed to move toward final "completion" of the Interstate system. • Interstate rehabilitation (4R) funds will be increased in 1982 by $525 million above the existing authorized level. • Lower priority highway programs designed to address State and local problems will be eliminated. The larger rural and urban programs will be phased out to allow States to adjust their programs to meet their greater responsibility. Outlay savings of $430 million in 1982 and $8.0 billion for 1982-1986 will be attained. Rationale To stretch out and retarget public sector capital improvement programs. These changes are needed because: • The Federal interest is primarily supporting and providing for interstate commerce and the national defense. This interest is best served by the Federal Interstate and primary highway programs. In the present economic situation, and for the foreseeaable future, Federal emphasis must be concentrated on these interests (and systems). • Highway programs designed to meet basically State or local concerns (e.g., secondary and urban) are properly the responsibility of these governmental entities. It is at these governmental levels that the real need, priority, and appropriate funding for projects designed to address particular State or local problems can be determined. 268 • The goal of completing the Interstate highway system cannot be reached without a major restructuring of this program. The growing cost of completion (i.e., $54 billion in 1979 prices) makes it mandatory that the Federal Government focus this program on completing unbuilt gaps in the system and upgrading only those segments which are necessary to ensure a minimum level of service. Key Facts About the Program The Administration's highway legislation is as follows: • Authorizations ($ in billions): Actual 1981 Carter 1982 Proposed 1982 Federal-Aid Highways (Contact Authority): 3.5 3.3 3.625 Interstate Const. 1.4 .275 .8 Interstate 4R Primary 1.8 1.5 1.8 .7 .7 .6 Secondary .9 .8 .9 Urban .405 .5 Safety 1.3 1.2 .9 Bridge .15 ER .15 .15 Other .143 .05 .05 10.2 9.098 8.3 Total (8-75) (8.15) (10.05) Obligation limitation Interstate Substitu— .2 .3 tion (highways): * * Appalachian highways: .215 *$215 million included in Appalachian Regional Commission budget 1983 1984 1985 3.625 1.3 1.7 .3 .5 3.625 2.0 1.8 3.625 2.1 1.8 1.2 .15 .05 8.825 (8.675) .225 .234 1986 3.625 2.7 1.8 — — — — — 1.4 .15 .05 9.025 (8.875) .375 .250 1.4 .15 .05 9.125 (8.975) 1.4 .15 .05 9.725 (9.575) .375 .270 .375 .289 Major program changes. • Interstate Completion Under the existing definition of completion of the Interstate the cost-to-complete estimate is $53.8 billion ($48.6 billion Federal share). With inflation, the system as defined can never be completed. The Administration has established the policy that the Interstate highway system will be completed within existing authorizations and by the statutory 1990 deadline, and has proposed to redefine system completion. Beginning October 1, 1981, Interstate construction funds will be available only to construct Interstate segments to a minimum level of acceptable service consisting of (1) full-access control, (2) a pavement designed to accommodate traffic anticipated for the next 20 years, and (3) a design of not less nor more than four lanes in rural areas and all urban areas and urbanized areas under 400,000 population, and up to six lanes in urbanized areas over 400,000 population. Future Interstate Cost Estimates would include only costs for the projects eligible under these criteria. To ensure cost effective use of Interstate funds, the Secretary of Transportation would examine all Interstate System segments on which physical construction has not started to identify possible segments which are not essential to the unified and connected Interstate System, are not cost effective or are environmentally disruptive. The Secretary would be authorized to remove undesirable, nonessential segments from the Interstate System, which would then create authority for Interstate Transfer grants for those segments otherwise eligible. • Interstate Rehabilitation (4R) An expanded program of Interstate resurfacing, restoration, rehabilitation and reconstruction (4R) will be undertaken. Funding will increase by almost 300% in 1982 over 1981. Similar to the Interstate completion program, the Federal Government will pay 90% of the cost for 4R projects. Projects made ineligible for Interstate completion funding by the redefinition of Interstate completion will become eligible for I-4R funds. 269 Primary and Bridge The primary and bridge programs will be retained and funded at the authorized levels of $1.5 billion and $.9 billion in 1982. Secondary and Urban Systems State and local governments have a greater interest than the Federal Government in highway systems below the Interstate and primary systems. To return responsibility for these highways to the appropriate level of government, phase out of Federal responsibility for, and involvement in, the secondary and urban system programs is proposed. To facilitate the transistion, the Administration proposes authorizations for these programs for fiscal years 1982 and 1983. These transition authorizations should provide the States time to make budget adjustments to assume full funding responsibility for these programs. Safety Highway safety projects should be an integral part of all highway construction. To increase State and local flexibility in meeting highway safety needs, elimination of separate safety categorical programs administered by the Federal Highway Administration is proposed. Funding that would otherwise be authorized for safety projects is incorporated into the larger highway system catgories, as safety projects are eligible for these funds. Other The Administration proposes elimination of a number of existing categorical highway programs and the existing separate 1982 funding authorizations associated with them. States will be able to make their own determinations as to the priority of these programs, most of which will be eligible for Federal funds under the regular primary, secondary or urban programs. The Appalachian Development Highway System program would be transferred from the Appalachian Regional Commisssion and would be financed from the Highway Trust Fund. Funding The Administration proposes a simple extension of the existing highway user taxes and the Highway Trust Fund. The taxes will be extended to 1989 and the trust fund to 1990. 270 Highway Safety (402) Grants Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 401 Funding ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 CARTER BUDGET: 244 264 202 239 215 255 Budget Authority 241 244 200 237 218 229 Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: -167 -125 -162 Budget Authority -138 -178 — -47 -112 Outlays -138 -150 -163 REAGAN BUDGET: 264 77 77 77 77 77 Budget Authority 194 200 87 106 91 Outlays 81 1/ In 1981 and 1982 budget authority represents contract authority and does not accurately reflect a lower obligation limitation of $189 million in 1981 and $177 million in 1982. Budget authority and obligations are the same in the outyear. The table listed below under proposed change provides a better assessment of obligation savings. 1981 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Program Description Federal grants are provided to States and localities for: • Establishing or supplementing highway safety programs in such areas as traffic enforcement, driver licensing and education, alcohol abuse and pedestrian safety. • Increasing police patrols, equipment, and public information activities relating to 55 mph speed limit enforcement. Proposed Change The Administration has proposed legislation to restrict eligibility to programs that have been successful in promoting highway safety and are an appropriate Federal function. This proposal should produce outlay savings of $45-160 million per year beginning in 1982 and extending to 1986. The authority: ($ in millions) 1981 Basic grants 55 MPH Innovative grants Total obligations saved 1982 58 40 2 100 1983 71 50 4 125 1984 84 50 4 138 1985 98 60 4 162 1986 114 60 4 178 Rationale • The Federal contribution to total highway safety funding is so small (2 to 3 percent) that the Federal Government has had little impact on what State and local governments actually do. • A General Accounting Office (GAO) study of the Highway Safety Grants Program concluded that there is no evidence of the effectiveness of many of the categories of grants in reducing highway fatalities and that many potentially effective projects were not implemented by the States. • Enforcement of maximum highway speed limits (i.e., 55 MPH) should be a discretionary responsibility of the States. Key Facts About the Program • The Highway Safety bill authorizes financial assistance to carry out State safety programs, but fails to establish any goals to be achieved. • The following are programs of proven success in promoting highway safety: police traffic sendees, alcohol safety, emergency medical services, traffic records. 271 Highway Safety Program (Research, Development, Regulations) Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 401 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 5 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 87 85 112 100 119 107 -19 -5 93 95 87 85 1985 1986 132 119 137 124 146 136 -23 -13 -25 -21 -25 -24 -26 -24 96 94 107 98 112 100 120 112 Program Description The operations and research budget of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration includes the following major program areas: • Rulemaking program — promulgation of Federal vehicle safety and fuel economy standards. • Enforcement programs — enforcement of vehicle safety standards and to do compliance testing and defects investigation. • Highway safety programs — provides Federal staff support and demonstration programs to assist the States in the conduct of highway safety programs. • Research and analysis — provides research and development in support of all NHTSA programs, including the collection and analysis of data. Provision is also made to furnish the scientific and technical basis for motor vehicle standards. Proposed Change Reduce budget authority in 1982 by $19.2 million to reflect reduced emphasis on Federal regulations. Rationale • Excessive regulation is a significant factor in our current economic difficulties. • The emergence of market incentives for greater fuel efficiency, greatly reduces the need to develop fuel economy standards beyond 1985. Key Facts About the Program The following is a list of the specific program reductions ($ in millions): 1982 Carter budget 112.3 • Fuel Conservation Eliminate Carter energy initiative to publicize fuel conservation techniques, such as not "peeling away" from STOP signs. -4.7 • Economic and Technology Assessment Eliminate unnecessary analysis and support of post-1985 fuel economy standards. -6.0 • Integrated Vehicle Systems Postpone development of a new 1800 pound vehicle prototype. Eventual cost of this project could reach $20 million over the next 3-5 years. -2.5 272 • Rulemaking Eliminate rulemaking for post-1985 fuel economy standards and eliminate expansion in rulemaking. -1.0 • Data collection Reduce the number of data collection sites from 75 to 60. -4.0 • Highway safety -1.0 Eliminate the National Driver Register. Total reduction (19.2) 1982 Reagan budget 93.1 273 Northeast Corridor Improvement Project Reduction Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 401 Funding CARTER BUDGET: budget Authority Outlays REESTUMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1981 1982 350 373 488 465 172 534 20 316 15 152 -25 -288 -155 13 -114 -20 -1 -15 -15 350 348 200 310 185 420 — 315 — 137 1985 1986 — Program Description The Northeast Corridor Improvement Project (NECIP) is intended to improve passenger service between Washington, D.C. and Boston, Massachusetts. It is to facilitate safe, dependable, and high speed rail passenger service on that Corridor. The project includes track improvement, bridge repair, elimination of grade crossings, station improvement, and electrification, as well as installation of signalling and communication systems and railway maintenance facilities. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to reduce total authorizations for NECIP by $310 million, from $2.5 billion to $2.19 billion, and to change the focus of the Project. In the past, faster train speed has been a high priority criterion in the choice of construction improvements. In revising the project, emphasis will be placed on completing a reliable and serviceable rail system. Rationale • Several expensive components of NECIP — electrification north of New Haven, replacement of the signalling system, curve realignments — have been included in the project largely in order to reduce trip times. Even with these improvements, however, the trip times achieved in the early 1970's, before the project was started, would fall only 20 minutes between New York City and Washington, D.C. (They would fall 50 minutes between New York and Boston.) • The purpose of increasing train speed has been to attract additional riders to the corridor. But fiiel costs continue to increase demand for rail service in this section of the country, thereby largely accomplishing what NECIP planned to spend hundreds of millions "to accomplish. • High speed track is much more expensive to maintain than is medium speed track. If requires more frequent resurfacing and repair. It is unlikely that Amtrak will be able to fund this work in the future. If Amtrak cannot, the huge initial expense will thus be wasted as the track deteriorates. • Three times as many commuter passengers use the Northeast Corridor as do intercity passengers. Yet NECIP, by focusing on increased speed, benefits the minority of users at great expense. Commuter trip times fall negligibly with high speed trains because distances are short and stops frequent. • By redirecting the program now, only $30-40 million will be lost in contracts already let. 274 Key Facts About the Program The $310 million reduction will be achieved mainly by repairing rather than replacing the signalling system and by eliminating electrification north of New Haven. SIGNALLING SYSTEM — The originally planned signalling system for NECIP was estimated in early 1981 to cost $393 million. With each estimate the cost has increased significantly; the initial cost estimate had been $50 million. A consulting firm hired by the Department of Transportation estimates that the total cost of the system would be closer to $600 million. — The Department of Transportation's original plan was to replace the existing signal system with one of the most elaborate systems in existence. The reason for this was to make it possible to run high speed intercity, commuter, and freight trains on the same track. It was thought that the combination of high speed and low speed traffic on the corridor made it necessary for trains to be able to make extreme changes in speed over short distances. — Almost without exception, the portions of the corridor which are heavily travelled have four tracks. High speed traffic can be consistently routed to the inside tracks, low speed traffic to the outside tracks. This eliminates the need for a signal system allowing extreme changes in speed over short distances. — Commuter authorities have resisted replacement of the signalling system. They would not benefit from it, but would have to install new equipment in all their trains in order to use the new system, as would freight trains. ELECTRIFICATION NORTH OF NEW HAVEN — FRA had planned to electrify north of New Haven to save fuel and to eliminate a 10 minute delay as locomotives are switched. — The estimated cost of this electrification is $190 million. Demand for rail service is low between New Haven and Boston when compared with demand elsewhere on the corridor. 275 Railroad Branchlines Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 401 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 80 56 80 80 87 110 -80 -80 -32 48 48 1985 1986 94 105 101 110 108 112 -87 -57 -94 -75 -101 -98 -108 53 30 12 -106 Program Description This program provides formula grant assistance to States for rail planning and for support of rail service on low traffic branchlines. The funds have been used for temporary operating subsidies, track acquisition and rehabilitation, rail planning, construction of sidings, terminals and the like. The program was intended to cushion shippers from the effects of potential or actual rail abandonments. Proposed Change The Administration proposes program phase-out starting in 1981. This, will be accomplished by legislatively reprogramming $80 million in 1981 appropriations for use for other railroad assistance programs for which supplemental 1981 appropriations otherwise would have been required. Rationale This action returns to States and localities a program whose benefits are primarily local. reasons are as follows: Additional • Traffic on the supported lines is so light that interstate commerce will not be disrupted. The supported lines carry less than 0.5% of nationwide rail traffic. • Over 25% of funds are allocated to States that have little or no branchline rail sendee problems. • A soon-to-be released DOT Inspector General report criticizes the program because many rail lines being subsidized will subsequently be abandoned. Key Facts About the Program • The railroad branchline program was originally authorized in 1976. At that time, 21,000 miles of rail lines were eligible for assistance, and the program was supposed to expire in 1981. • Since then, the program's authorizations have been increased and extended through 1982. Also, the total rail line miles eligible for assistance has exploded to about 100,000 miles. • Whereas the program was originally intended to help States retain service on lines not included in Conrail when Conrail was formed in 1976, now the program is nationwide in scope. • Most of the low traffic lines being subsidized carry less than 3 million gross tons per mile annually, although lines up to 5 million gross tons per mile can qualify. 276 • Biggest recipients are as follows (1981 allocations): — Iowa ($9.4 million) — Illinois ($5.0 million) — Wisconsin ($4.1 million) — Minnesota ($4.0 million) • — — — — South Dakota ($3.8 million) Texas ($3.7 million) Michigan ($3.4 million) Oklahoma ($3.0 million) All States are guaranteed no less than 1% of funding allocations. That means that some States which have no railroad abandonment problem — such as Alaska, and Washington, D.C. — are nevertheless guaranteed $800 thousand under an $80 million program. 277 Railroad Restructuring Assistance Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 401 Funding 1981 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 751/ 105 150 136 164 202 178 210 191 220 204 188 — -40 -5 -54 -30 -68 -55 -81 -70 -204 -90 110 131 110 172 110 155 110 150 98 7 5 1/ 105 With $76 million in 1980 unobligated balances, 1981 obligations will total $151 million. Program Description This program entails Federal purchase of railroad preferred stock to finance specific improvement projects, especially track rehabilitation. Funds are provided to railroads that cannot obtain funds elsewhere. The preference shares have a maximum term of 30 years, with deferral of repayments up to 11 years. The priority of payment in bankruptcy is below all creditors. Through 1980, 70% of funds have been provided to the Chicago and North Western and the Illinois Central Gulf. Proposed Change • The funding level is reduced by $40 million in 1982 held at $110 million for three additional years and terminated in 1986. • The 1981-82 program will focus available funding on rail restructuring in the Midwest in the wake of the Rock Island and Milwaukee Railroad bankruptcies. • The 1983-1985 program anticipates assistance to encourage other railroads to acquire Conrail lines, assuming that Conrail's lines will be sold to other railroads. Rationale Phase down of this program is part of a general effort to reduce the public tax burden and allow market principles to apply. Additional reasons are as follows: • There are other forms of Federal assistance, such as loan guarantees, to assist troubled railroads maintain essential rail services. • Compared with other forms of Federal railroad assistance, this program entails an extremely high subsidy rate. It carries an effective interest rate of only 2% (yield to maturity). • There is a lessened need for railroad assistance now that a reasonably strong rail deregulation bill has been enacted (Staggers Rail Act of 1980). Key Facts About the Program • Results from the program are modest. In a 1980 report, GAO asserted that "Federal assistance solely to overcome deferred maintenance is not essential." • Obligation rates have lagged funding availability. For example, in 1980 DOT obligated only half the funds available to it ($74 million obligated out of $146 million available). • DOT has plentiful loan guarantees available for railroad restructuring purposes ($300 million in 1981; $320 million in 1982). 278 • Funding recipients to date include the following: — Illinois Central Gulf — $166 million — Chicago and North Western — $148 million — Milwaukee — $53 million — Southern Pacific — $49 million — Boston and Maine — $26 million — All other — $15 million The first two railroads account for 70% of total obligations; the first four railroads account for 90%. • Most railroad stocks have done very well since enactment of rail deregulation legislation. Many of those railroads that the Government has supported may now raise funds by selling equities. For example, stock of the Chicago and North Western has tripled in the past year, thereby greatly enhancing that railroad's ability to raise funds without Federal aid. 279 Urban Mass Transit Capital Assistance Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 401 Funding 1982 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 5 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 3,590 2,768 3.830 2,850 4,350 3,270 242 11 -150 -250 -54 -1.340 -420 -1,635 -805 -1,795 -1,153 -1,845 -1,535 -1,860 -1,649 3,340 2,956 2,490 2,441 2,715 2,315 2,850 2,462 3,000 2,385 3,150 2,516 4,645 3,615 — — 4,845 3,920 - — 5,010 4,153 ~ — Program Description The mass transit capital grant program consists of the following: • Section 3 Discretionary Capital Grants • Section 5 Formula Bus Grants (Tier IV) • UMTA Interstate Transfer Grants • National Capital Transportation Act Grants The Carter budget projected increasing funding levels by 50% by 1986 over the 1981 Congressionally enacted level. Proposed Change The revised budget reduces funding levels for mass transit capital grants. The budget savings are primarily achieved by reducing the amount of funds for constructing new rail transit systems and extending existing systems. The revised budget provides funds for improving transit services through grants to purchase buses and to update existing rail systems — particularly in large, concentrated urban areas. The construction of new rail transit systems and extensions of existing systems has not proved, however, to be as cost-effective as less capital intensive projects. Federal assistance for such rail construction projects will be postponed at least until the economic situation and the condition of the Federal budget improve. Specifically, the revised budget emphasizes the following: • The central focus of the Federal transit assistance program in the future will be on the maintenance and improvement of existing, proven transit systems. • New rail transit systems and planning activities associated with such systems will no longer be federally financed. • Transit systems for which the Federal Government has issued formal letters of intent and where construction is underway (including Washington Metro) will be financed to complete operable transit segments. • Downtown People Mover and Urban Initiatives projects will be terminated immediately, but Urban Initiatives projects already under construction will be completed. Rationale Primary responsibility for mass transit should remain with State and local governments. In the present economic situation, Federal emphasis should be concentrated on maintaining existing transit systems that have been proven effective and are an essential part of a large urban transportation network. 280 The availability of steadily increasing Federal transit funding and Federal regulatory requirements has sharply escalated new rail transit systems costs. Federally financed rail systems are often built with extravagant features; construction wages paid are sometimes excessively high due to Federal laws; and routes are added where they are not justified from an economic point of view. The five rail system construction projects now underway that receive Federal assistance (Washington, Miami, Buffalo, Baltimore, and Atlanta) require approximately- $75 million a mile to construct and equip for operation. The same $75 million could be used to buy more than 500 buses. Also, in comparison, San Diego is building and equipping a trolley line, without any Federal assistance, costing less than $6 million a mile. Transit system energy savings are nonexistent or small in the short run and too speculative in the long run to justify major Federal investments on energy efficiency grounds. It has been estimated that BART, the San Francisco Bay Area rapid rail system, required so much energy during its construction that this initial energy investment may never be repaid. Traffic for new rail systems is primarily generated from ex-transit bus users. No real energy, pollution, or congestion benefits are achieved from switching riders between transit modes. Key Facts About the Program The obligations assumed for capital assistance are: ($ in millions) 1982 1981 A/ Section 31/ Section 5, Tier IV Interstate Transfer^ 1980 350 Total l/ 800 1725 375 600 3130 2700 Includes S210 million deferred from 1981 to 1982 in the Section 3 program. ^ Includes S182 million in grants for highway substitute projects in 1981. In 1982 all grants for such highway projects will be funded in the FHWA budget. 281 Urban Mass Transit Operating Assistance Agency: Department of Transportation Functional Code: 401 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 17 : Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 1,105 750 1,105 780 150 142 1,105 900 1,105 922 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,105 1,005 1,105 1,080 1,105 1,100 1,105 1,130 -370 -208 -740 -512 -1,105 -899 -1,105 -1,088 735 797 365 568 201 42 Program Description This program is comprised of the first three "tiers" of Section 5 formula grants. Historically, 90% to 95% of the funds distributed through the formulas of the first three tiers have been used for operating expenses. The Federal share of the national total of transit operating expenses has been in the 15% range over the last few years. The Carter budget would have continued funding for these three operating tiers at the current 1981 levels through 1986. Proposed Change Beginning in 1983, funds provided cushion the difficulties caused by 1984 would be taken in the "base" funds in Tiers II and III which are in the first three tiers would be phased out by 1985. In order to this phase-out of Federal assistance, the reductions in 1983 and tier — leaving untouched during the transition years the remaining targeted more at the cities in immediate need. Rationale The costs of operating local mass transit systems should be the responsibility of the users and local taxpayers. Federal subsidies for operating costs are at least partially absorbed by lower productivity and reduced fares. Conventional transit systems on the average have to subsidize slightly more than 50% of the cost of each ride through the local, state and Federal taxpayer. Furthermore, this national transit deficit is escalating rapidly; cost increases from 1973 to 1978 average 13.2% a year while the average annual fare increased only 3.5% over the same period. Federal funds in some areas help to support marginally effective conventional transit services. Often transportation needs could be better served by more cost effective and innovative alternatives such as carpools, vanpools, subscription bus and jitney services. Federal subsidies and the Federal "strings" attached to those subsidies tend to drive up operating costs. The undesirable side effects of Federal subsidies — lower productivity and unrealistically low fare levels — could only be dealt with by an inappropriate level of Federal involvement in local decisions about fares, wage rates, service levels and management practices. These decisions are better left for local decision-makers. 282 Fares have generally not kept pace with inflation since the 1973 oil embargo, even though the cost of the main alternative means of transportation — the private vehicle — has increased dramatically even more than the rate of inflation. It is probable that the cost of owning and operating one's car will continue to increase faster than the inflation rate; thus, transit fare could be raised considerably to cover the loss of Federal subsidies without losing many patrons. Transit operating subsidies for everyone — "rich and poor alike — are a terribly inefficient way to assist particular disadvantaged groups such as the elderly, the poor, minorities, and youth. One analysis estimated that only 23.5% of transit operating subsidies in 1975 went to low income households. A gradual phase out of Federal subsidies over the next four years provides time for cities and States to adjust to the absence of Federal assistance. The phase out will not begin until 1983. By concentrating the remaining funds in Tiers II and III, the cities with the most difficult problems will generally have the longest time to adjust. Key Facts About the Program The following budget authority levels will be recommended: Tier I Tier II Tier 111 Total 1981 850 165 _20 1105 1982 850 165 90 1105 1983 480 165 90 735 1984 110 165 _90 365 1985 0 0 0 0 1986 0 0 fi 0 Aggregate transit operating expenses have been increasing more rapidly than aggregate transit revenues. About 1965 the national aggregate of transit operating expenses first exceeded revenues. From 1965 to 1978 the ratio of total revenues to expenses fell from 99.2 to 48.0%. From 1973 to 1978 operating expenses rose $2.18 Billion, yet revenues have risen only a fifth of that amount ($464 Million). An analysis of the cost increase demonstrates that, even considering expansion, transit cost increases have far exceeded the general inflation rate. From 1973 to 1977, the G N P Implicit Price Deflator rose 33.7%. Transit operating costs rose 69.7%. The increase in operating costs over the general inflation rate cannot be entirely attributed to service expansion or increased ridership. Operating costs per revenue vehicle mile rose 16.8% in constant dollar terms from 1973 to 1978. Operating costs per passenger trip rose 15.6%. Average wage and fringe benefits have risen faster than the inflation rate. In constant dollars, transit workers received 13.5% more in 1978 than 1973. Meanwhile, productivity declined from 1973 to 1978 as labor costs per vehicle mile rose 20.7% from 1973 to 1978. 283 Department of the Treasury 285 Treasury Law Enforcement and Tax Administration Staffing Agency: Department of the Treasury Functional Code: 751,803 Funding' 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 3,328 3,306 3,499 3,454 3,549 3,520 3,656 3,630 3,715 3,686 3,783 3,754 -35 -52 -125 -135 -213 -241 -335 -395 -452 -508 -564 -619 3,293 3,254 3,374 3,319 3,336 3,279 3,321 3,235 3,263 3,178 3,219 3,135 Figures included in table are the sum of personnel costs for tax administration and law enforcement bureaus (Internal Revenue Service, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, U.S. Customs Service and U.S. Secret Service). Program Description Two of the most critical responsibilities of the Treasury Department are law enforcement and tax administration. The Customs Service is charged with collecting customs dudes, recovering contraband, and processing persons and cargo through ports of entry. The Secret Service protects designated individuals and enforces the counterfeit and forgery statutes. In administering the laws imposing excise taxes on certain commodities, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (BATF) has both revenue collection and law enforcement duties. The Internal Revenue Service likewise has joint tax administration and enforcement responsibilities. Proposed Change Planned 1981 and 1982 employment and related funding in tax administration and law enforcement programs will be reduced in most areas. While IRS will sustain the largest absolute reduction from the Carter budget level, the revised budget for IRS provides a real increase in full-time permanent positions of 655 in 1981 and 2,251 in 1982. This is a 3% increase over actual 1980 on-board levels of 71,525. This staff is the critical element of the organization and includes those employees engaged in revenue producing programs. In addition, staff devoted to collection of unpaid tax accounts will increase substantially, about 1600 workyears above the 1980 level. This staff increase is anticipated to have a direct revenue yield of over $600 million. Rationale This proposal is part of the Administration's effort to reduce overhead and personnel costs. Employment reductions in Treasury's tax administration and law enforcement functions will not. disrupt these programs. These reductions are consistent with the President's economic recovery plan calling for tax reductions, more efficient use of Federal resources and greater emphasis on State and local governments' role in areas such as law enforcement. IRS' need for staff increases in the enforcement areas will be obviated to a large extent by the change in the marginal tax rates for individual taxpayers. This is the most effective and least onerous method of achieving compliance. Compliance is best enhanced by fairness and even-handedness in the tax administration system. Moreover, lower marginal tax rates will encourage those participating in the underground economy to come above ground and report their income, and those who avoid tax liability by abusive tax shelters to redirect activities into more productive investments. The BATF employment reduction is directed at curtailing the Federal role in anti-cigarette smuggling activities, investigation of explosives/arson incidents and regulatory aspects of the firearms program. These activities are low priority primarily because of-the marginal impact they appear to have on the occurrence of a particular crime, such as arson or explosives incidents; the small programmatic payoff compared with the regulatory burden as in the case of the regulation of firearms dealers; and the fact 287 that some of the problems they sought to combat are no longer a major Federal law enforcement issue, such as over-the-road bootlegging of cigarettes. While a portion of the Customs Service reductions will be taken in the processing of persons and cargo through the ports of entry, the impact should not be severe, particularly as new and streamlined ways of doing business are developed. Customs has been encouraged to implement new procedures (such as "one-stop processing" and "citizen by-pass"), to be more selective in the inspection process and in the longer term, develop new technologies (such as the mass spectrometer for narcotics detection) for more efficient and effective processing rather than rely mainly on increased employment levels. The U.S. Secret Service's employment increases from 1980 actual levels in response to new and more demanding responsibilities connected with the protection of the new President's family and an additional former President's detail. Key Facts About the Program IRS program outputs for 1982 will be: • Processing of 148 million tax returns. • Auditing of 1,954 thousand tax returns and making 871 thousand contacts through IRS service centers, with an associated revenue assessments of $7.2 billion. • Disposing of 2,252 thousand unpaid tax accounts, with associated revenue collected of around $6 billion. The 1982 revisions for the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms reduced employment by 570 positions, or slightly more than 15% from the January budget estimate. The 1982 revisions for the U.S. Customs Service reduced employment by 1,168 positions or 7.7% from the January budget. The largest portion of these reductions will be achieved through decreases in field support and overhead staff; only 92 inspector positions will be reduced under the current plan. 288 Environmental Protection Agency 289 3 4 4 - 2 1 1 0 - 81 - 10 Clean Lakes, Great Lakes, Chesapeake Bay Program Reductions Agency: Environmental Protection Agency Functional Code: 304 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 27 27 25 25 22 24 22 22 22 22 22 22 -20 -7 -18 -13 -18 -17 -18 -18 -18 - 18 5 18 4 11 4 5 4 4 4 4 27 27 1985 1986 Program Description CLEAN LAKES: • This program provides grants to States and municipalities for cleaning up polluted lakes. GREAT LAKES: • This program provides research funds for studies of the Great Lakes ecosystem. CHESAPEAKE BAY: • A Congressionally mandated five-year study of the Bay ecosystem that will be in its sixth year in 1982.. Proposed Change CLEAN LAKES: • Funding for this program is eliminated. GREAT LAKES: • Funding for research is eliminated, but resources in support of the U.S./Canadian Agreement are maintained. CHESAPEAKE BAY: • Funding for future research is eliminated as the program comes to completion, but resources to finalize the five-year project remain. Rationale These are among those activities that, in normal circumstances we might continue funding, but which cannot be given high priority in times of servere economic strain. While resources for all three programs have either been reduced or eliminated, it should be emphasized that EPA's regulatoryprograms will remain the primary mechanism for water pollution control in these specialized areas. CLEAN LAKES: • This program has primarily benefited the private landowners surrounding lakes. It is primarily a recreation, not a health-based program, and therefore, not part of the Agency's primary health mission. The causes of lake pollution can be, and generally are, attacked through EPA's nationwide water pollution program which is aimed at correcting the causes of water pollution. 291 GREAT LAKES: • Research on Great Lakes pollution has been funded for nearly a decade. It is now time to reassess this program before additional research on the Great Lakes is undertaken. Therefore, specialized research support is eliminated but resources to support the International Joint Commission with Canada remain. CHESAPEAKE BAY: • The five-year Congressional mandate will be fulfilled in 1982 with the fmalization of reports. Resources for program completion are maintained, but continued research funding is inappropriate .until the results of the past five years are implemented. Key Facts About the Program CLEAN LAKES: • More than 200 grants have been awarded to inventory, diagnose, and correct pollution problems in publicly-owned freshwater lakes. More than 120 projects have involved implementation of pollution controls. • Many States have developed their own programs for protecting and restoring lakes. • About $70 million has been appropriated since 1976 for this program. GREAT LAKES: • Continuing general water quality research will benefit the Great Lakes, as well as other water bodies. • More than 37 academic or research institutions, primary in nearby areas, have received $23 million in EPA research grants over the last eight years. CHESAPEAKE BAY: • Resources remaining will be more than sufficient to disseminate program results to the public. • More than 40 academic or reserach institutions have received about $19 million in EPA research grants over the last five years. 292 Energy Research and Development Functional Code: 271 Agency: Environmental Protection Agency Funding 1982 96 96 88 88 88 88 oo oo oo oo oo oo oo oo ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 oo oo oo oo CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 -35 -10 -35 -18 -35 -35 -35 -35 -35 -35 53 78 53 70 53 53 53 53 53 53 — 96 96 1985 1986 Program Description EPA's Energy R&D program focuses on assessing the environmental and health effects of new and conventional energy technologies. The R&D program also evaluates various control technologies available for industries to meet environmental standards. Proposed Change For the EPA energy research and development program, the Administration proposes: • To reduce research on pollution control technologies for oil shale development; • To reduce research on alternative energy sources which have not shown adverse environmental effects—including solar, geothermal, and energy conservation; and • To reduce research for energy-related pollutants which are also studied in the broader context of the Agency's research and regulatory programs. Rationale This proposal is an integral component of the Administration's overall effort to maintain fiscal restraint on Federal programs. Research that can reasonably be expected to be done by the private sector is proposed for reduction, as is further research on alternative energy sources which have demonstrated little adverse environmental impact. Reductions were also made where the prioritory energy research needs of the Agency could be met through Agency base programs. Key Facts About the Program Research related to the most significant adverse environmental effects of energy development is funded, including synfuel and coal pollution control technologies for SO x and NO x emissions. Funding levels for acid rain research and long-range air pollution transport are not reduced from the Carter FY 1982 request of over $9.0M. Research no longer performed by the Agency, but which will be performed by the private sector, includes work on oil shale waste stream characterization.. Low priority research on .SOx and NO x , such as the environmental effects of those pollutants on crops, has been eliminated. 293 Regulatory Program Reductions (Agencywide) Agency: Environmental Protection Agency Functional Code: 304 Funding 1982 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1,243 1,180 1,276 1,285 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,320 1,317 1,355 1,319 1,390 1,357 1,421 1,386 -44 -19 -78 -44 -113 -80 -144 -109 -21 -21 -150 -90 -150 -123 -150 -140 -150 -150 -150 -150 1,222 1,159 1,126 1,195 1.126 1,175 1,127 1,135 1,127 1,127 1,127 1,127 Program Description The Environmental Protection Agency is charged with administering programs for the regulation of air, water, drinking water, hazardous waste, pesticides, radiation, noise, and toxic substances. Included in these programs are research, enforcement and administrative activities that support the regulatory effort. Proposed Change Reductions have been proposed in all Agency regulatory programs. Workyears have been cut by 686 in 1981 and 1,222 in 1982. Major changes include: • The phase-out of the noise program; Cutbacks in energy research; and • • Reductions in management overhead. Although resources to promulgate new regulations will be reduced, budget authority for enforcing existing regulations in 1982 will be increased over the 1981 level. Funding for State grants will also increase over 1981, rising by $4 million to $228 million in 1982. Rationale These reductions have been proposed in order to reduce Federal overhead and personnel costs, as well as program waste and inefficiency. They will also eliminate resources for marginal regulatory activities which either unnecessarily impose costs on business or are better handled at the State or local level. EPA will focus its current and future regulatory efforts on only the most important regulations, those that protect the public from toxic pollutants and chemicals. Key Facts About the Program The following table shows the 1982 Budget authority reductions in EPA's regulatory-related programs by medium: (Dollars in Millions) CARTER BUDGET MEDIA Air Water Drinking Water Solid Waste Pesticides Radiation Noise Intermedia Toxics Energy Regulator Council Management TOTAL 255 204 92 137 72 17 13 16 107 97 3 263 • 1,276 294 REDUCTION -16 -21 -4 -17 -10 -4 -11 -1 -9 -27 -3 -27 -150 REAGAN BUDGET 239 183 88 120 62 13 2 15 98 70 0 236 1,126 Superfund Agency: Environmental Protection Agency Functional Code: 304 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEV1ATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 8 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 117 59 250 183 374 312 428 401 358 393 0 0 0 -17 0 -50 0 -67 0 -58 0 -25 0 + 297 -10 -5 -50 -30 -49 -50 -28 -38 +42 +7 + 277 +69 107 37 200 103 325 195 400 305 400 375 277 366 1985 1986 Program Description Superfund, enacted in December 1980, is a new program that provides for comprehensive response to hazardous substance spills and uncontrolled hazardous waste sites. The program will be paid for out of a trust fund which will be financed primarily through industry taxes. Initial implementation will begin in 1981 and include emergency response and longer-term remedial construction work on several sites. Proposed Change The Reagan Budget proposes minor reductions to the levels requested in the Carter Budget for this new program. The FY 1981 funding level is reduced by $10 million and the FY 1982 funding level is reduced by $50 million. The technical reestimate of outlays is because EPA now believes that the average time to clean up an abandoned site, and therefore the timing of expenditures, will be longer than previously estimated. This Administration plans no interruption in the program and supports its implementation. The funding reductions are commensurate with shifts in program emphasis from those assumed in the January Budget. These shifts will result in a more cost-effective program and include: • A full partnership with the States rather than a massive direct Federal program—using the States' existing capabilities wherever possible; • A major effort to get responsible private parties to clean up their own sites, using the Fund only for sites where responsible parties cannot be found or refuse to take action; and, • A major emphasis on recovering monies to the Fund so that more abandoned waste sites can be fixed in the long run. Rationale This action maintains the full ability to respond to environmental emergencies and to initiate clean-up activities. The effectiveness and integrity of the program is enhanced and is done so at lower costs. In the long run, more abandoned waste sites will receive clean-up and maximum cost-effectiveness will be ensured. 295 Key Facts About the Program Carter 1981 (S117M) Removal Response: Sites Spills u\\o ooo I—* The following chart compares key output estimates under the Carter and Reagan budgets. Reagan output levels reflect the policy shifts discussed above: Reagan 1981 1982 (S107M) (S200M) 50 113 80 225 50 113 50 205 5 8 5 8 Cost Recovery Cases as a Percentage of potential Workload: Sites Spills 31 36 80 41 36 27 88 15 Private Party Clean-up Actions: 42 57 68 71 0 0 20 30 Remedial Response: Sites Only State % of Total Response Workload 296 Wastewater Treatment Grants Agency: Environmental Protection Agency Functional Code: 304 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 2/ 3,305 4,200 1982 3,700 4,230 Budget Reform Criterion: 5 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1986 1985 4.000 4,400 4,400 4,425 4,700 4,350 5,000 4,375 -1,600 -1,450 -2,000 -2,270 -2,300 -2,270 -2,600 -2,275 2.400 2,950 2,400 2,155 2,400 2,080 2,400 2,100 -100 -1/700 17 -20 2,305 4,180 -3,700 -290 02/ 3,840 Includes $700 million rescission of 1980 and prior year appropriations. If reforms are enacted by Congress in time, an appropriaton of S2.4 billion will be requested. Program Description The Environmental Protection Agency spends about $4 billion annually for the construction of municipal' wastewater treatment plants. With current project eligibilities and Federal cost share, the total estimated Federal cost has grown to $90 billion. The $90 billion in total Federal cost is in addition to the $35 billion already appropriated. This is because under current law, projects that are designed to address problems of the future instead of correcting those of today and projects which have little or no impact on water quality are still eligible for Federal funding. Proposed Change The proposed budget action would: • Rescind the remaining unobligated balance of" $114 million appropriated under the Public Works Employment Appropriations Act of 1977, • Rescind $586 million in unobligated 1980 appropriations, carried forward into 1981, • Rescind $1 billion in unobligated 1981 appropriations, and • Propose a zero appropriation in 1982, pending enactment of reforms that focus the Federal funding on clearing up the backlog of significant water quality problems and place clear limits on the magnitude and scope of the Federal program. A request of $2.4 billion would be initiated when reforms are enacted. In subsequent years, an annual level of $2.4 billion is expected to be sufficient to meet the reformed program needs. The legislative reforms will eliminate from eligibility for Federal funding collection systems, and the portion of plant capacity designed for future population. In addition, those projects that do not significantly improve water quality will not be eligible for Federal funding. Rationale This proposal is an integral component of the Administration's overall effort to stretch out and retarget public sector capital investment programs. The reforms proposed will lower the total Federal program cost from $90 billion to about $23 billion and would do so without adversely affecting the quality of our nation's waters. Federal funding must be refocused and targeted toward projects that serve existing populations and which direcdy improve water quality. Project elements serving future growth in community population or which do not improve the quality of receiving waters should be financed by State and local governments, if at all. 297 The near-term funding level must be reduced as part of the President's Economic Reform Program. No major impact on projects currently underway is envisioned from this reduction since $14 billion in appropriated but unspent funds are still available to continue projects previously initiated. Key Facts About the Program • Over 4,500 individual projects for the construction of municipal wastewater treatment plants will have work completed from prior year appropriations, even after proposed budget reductions take place. • About 2,300 construction projects have already been completed. About half of all funds spent were on collection system or other pipe related projects. The other funds went to construction of treatment facilities. Funding History (S in Billions) Total Funds Appropriated 34.9 Total Funds Proposed for Rescission . 1.7 Total Funds Obligated 29.4 Total Unobligated Funds 3.8 Total Unexpended Funds 14.3 298 National Aeronautics and Space Administration 299 National Aeronautics and Space Administration Agency: National Aeronautics and Space Administration Functional Code: 250 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 5,534 5,283 1982 6,722 6,360 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 7,273 6,961 6,788 6,814 6.240 6,364 5,799 6,000 -46 -46 -120 -120 -142 -142 -200 -200 -15 -12 -604 -469 -739 -660 -813 -695 -523 -682 -239 -482 5,519 5,271 6,118 5,891 6.488 6,255 5,855 5,999 5,575 5,540 5,360 5,318 Program Description Programs of NASA consist primarily of R&D activities in the area of space transportation, space science, space and terrestrial applications, aeronautics R&D, and general agency-wide supporting activities. • Space transportation programs provide for procurement and operation of a fleet of space shuttle orbiters and other space and ground hardware to meet the launch needs of civil, military, and foreign users. • Space science programs investigate the Earth's space environment, the Sun, the planets and distant objects in the Universe — primarily through the use of unmanned satellites supported by ground based research. • Space and terrestrial applications activities support R&D to apply space technology to practical uses on Earth. Included are activities to improve understanding of Earth resources, climate, weather and pollution; to develop agricultural forecasting techniques based on satellite data; to extend the range of satellite communications; and to assess future prospects of materials processing in space. • Aeronautics R&D supports fundamental research in the aeronautical disciplines (e.g., aerodynamics, propulsion) and selected component technology development and demonstration efforts. • General agency-wide support activities include primarily satellite tracking and data acquisition support, personnel costs and administrative activities; maintenance and upgrade of the agency's physical plant, and R&D addressing fundamental space technology problems and opportunities common to a broad spectrum of space programs. The following table summarizes the Reagan budget adjustment: Space Transportation Space Science Space and Terrestrial Applications Aeronautics Other Total NASA (BUDGET AUTHORITY IN MILLIONS OF DOLLARS) January Amended Budget Change Budget 1981 1982 1981 1982 1981 1982 2,627 3,273 + 52 -168 2,679 3,105 562 727 -24 -173 538 584. - 354 473 324 276 1.715 1.895 5,534 6,722 301 -22 -4 -17 -15 -100 -59 -104 -604 332 373 272 265 1,698 1.791 5,519 6,118 Proposed Change The revised budget proposes to eliminate or defer all 1981 and 1982 new program initiatives in space transportation, space science, space and terrestrial applications and aeronautics R&D, and makes reductions to ongoing programs as follows: • For space transportation, the revised budget: delays readiness of the spacelab to be carried as a shuttle payload; eliminates funding for the solar electric propulsion system for which no applications have been approved; makes adjustments in operating funds associated primarily with rescheduled shuttle flights for space science missions and other reductions in the early operational flight rate; and, defers relatively lower priority shuttle-related hardware procurements. In 1981, an additional $52 million in budget authority is allocated to the shuttle program, within the total NASA appropriation. This increase will provide added schedule confidence in shuttle development, test and production activities. • For space science, the revised budget: defers major efforts on several projects including the Venus Orbiting Imaging Radar, the Gamma Ray Observatory, and spacelab experiments; and reduces U.S. participation in the International Solar Polar Mission to be carried out cooperatively with the Europeans. • For space and terrestrial applications, the revised budget: cancels several new projects including the NOAA/Defense/NASA demonstration of a National Oceanic Satellite System, a geological applications program related to mineral exploration, and the follow-on operational demonstration of a joint international search and rescue satellite mission; delays or reduces work on instruments for a future Upper Atmospheric Research Satellite, agricultural applications of remote sensing data, and materials processing in space experiments on the shuttle; terminates the separately identified program for remote sensing technology transfer activities and phases down the technology utilization program. • For aeronautics R&D, the revised budget: eliminates funding in 1982 for a new numerical aerodynamic simulator and a program to develop new materials for use in primary aircraft structures; reduces generally ongoing aeronautics technology development and demonstration efforts. • For general agency-wide activities, the revised budget proposes broad general reductions including such activities as facility improvements; specific funding for NASA energy technology work; the development of generic space technology, and reductions in administrative expenses. Rationale • For space transportation, the revised budget maintains progress in the space shuttle program to achieve the operational readiness dates and capabilities needed for civil and critical national security missions starting in July 1983. • For space science, deferral of some new and recently initiated flight projects and a restructuring or reduction of some ongoing programs are necessary because of increased costs for ongoing programs, the urgent need for fiscal restraint, and the high costs and technological risks inherent in large new projects. The new or recently initiated projects proposed for deferral have relatively small past investments, resulting in relatively small cost penalties for delays. The revised budget: maintains on schedule the two highest priority space science projects, the space telescope and the Galileo mission to Jupiter; maintains all other planned major projects on a deferred or reduced basis; and includes Kinds to utilize fully satellites launched in prior years. • For space and terrestrial applications, the sharp rate of growth proposed for this program in the January 1982 Budget is inconsistent with the need for fiscal restraint. Several projects that are less urgent need to be reduced or cancelled. However, the revised budget would continue to maintain strong core programs in all major areas of activity, including research on space remote sensing techniques related to managing Earth resources; research related to understanding weather and climate; space communications R&D; and longer term research related to materials processing in space. • For aeronautics R&D, the reductions are focused primarily on new projects having relatively small accumulated past investments and on ongoing technology development and demonstration activities which are more- appropriately the responsibility of the private sector. The revised budget preserves the fundamental research activities having broad civil and military applicability. • For agency-wide supporting activities, cuts are focused on deferrable projects (e.g., facility construction and improvement) and activities not related to the primary mission of NASA (e.g., energy technology R&D). The revised budget preserves a strong institutional base capable of supporting the full range of future activities to maintain U.S. leadership in space and aeronautics. Key Facts About the Program • Although the proposed 1982 revised budget for NASA, $6,118 million in budget authority, represents a decrease of $604 million (or 9%) from the January budget, it provides an increase of $584 million (or 11%) over the funding level already appropriated for NASA in 1981. • The shuttle accounts for over 70% of the increase now proposed from 1981 to 1982. Funding for shuttle and related programs are proposed to increase 18% above the level appropriated in 1981. • Funding for NASA programs other than shutde will increase an average of about 4% in 1982 over the previously appropriated level. An increase of $41 million in 1982 is proposed for the key nonshuttle programs of space science and space applications to permit the highest priority activities to continue as planned. 303 Veterans Administration 305 Beneficiary Travel Agency: Veterans Administration Functional Code: 703 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Funding CARTER BUDGET 17 : Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 27 : Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 84 84 78 78 86 86 0 0 0 0 -8 -8 76 76 1985 1986 94 94 102 102 110 110 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -5 -5 -7 -7 -8 -8 -10 -10 -11 -11 73 73 79 79 86 86 92 92 99 99 Funding relates only to beneficiary travel resources and includes the Carter proposal to reduce resources by $15 million in 1982-1986. 27 1982-1986 savings have been reestimated from the March Revisions. Program Description The VA currently provides reimbursement to veterans for actual or computed mileage costs of travel between the veteran's home and the VA medical facility. The purpose of the reimbursement is to ensure that eligible beneficiaries will be able to avail themselves of needed care. Proposed Change The Administration proposes, effective July 1, 1981, to establish a $5 deductible in travel reimbursment for non-service-disabled veterans receiving medical care at VA facilities. This is estimated to save $20 million in 1982. (The 1982 Carter Budget proposed a $15 million reduction in beneficiary travel, effective October 1, 1981.) Rationale With the well-recognized need to restrain Government spending, beneficiary travel reimbursements must be seen as a low priority in relation to the VA's health care mission. Additionally, while it is reasonable to defray the cost of travel for service-disabled veterans, it is unreasonable to assume that non-service-disabled veterans cannot pay part of their transportation to receive VA medical care. A deductible of $5 should not pose an undue hardship on low-income veterans, or be a barrier to care. Key Facts About the Program • The Administrator was given the authority (P.L. 96-151) to establish standards to determine the validity of claimed inability to pay travel costs. However, the legislation had so many limitations that it has produced minimal savings and is now requiring the establishment of a deductible for non-service-disabled veterans. • It is estimated that nearly 50 percent of travel reimbursements are for less than $5. 307 Construction Projects Agency: Veterans Administration Functional Code: 703 Budget Reform Criterion: 5 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 424 277 501 443 794 498 1,515 635 1.385 1,190 1.385 1,190 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -162 -28 -71 -91 52 -74 11 -55 0 -3 0 36 262 249 430 352 846 424 1,526 580 1,385 1,187 1,385 1,226 1985 1986 Program Description This account funds construction projects, primarily for medical facilities, costing $2 million or more. Proposed Change The Camden, N.J. and Baltimore, Md. hospital projects are proposed for cancellation, with rescission of appropriated funds, and nine other projects are proposed for deferral: Denver, Colo, clinical addition, 1 year; New Orleans, La. clinical addition, 2 years; Chillicothe, Ohio phased replacement facility, 2 years; Washington, D.C. nursing home care addition and parking facility, 2 years; Long Beach, Cal. research and education addition, 2 years; Palo Alto, Cal. surgical addition, 2 years; East Orange, N.J. facility renovation, 2 years; St. Albans (Brooklyn), N.Y. laundry addition, 2 years; and Gainesville, Fla. clinical addition, 2 years. Rationale The two hospital projects proposed for rescission are in overbedded areas. The other projects are deferred to stretch out Federal capital expenditures and allow the Administration an opportunity to review the distribution of VA medical facilities. Key Facts About the Program • Botn rescinded hospitals have three other VA hospitals within 30 miles. • The deferred projects can be delayed with little, if any, risk to patient and employee safety. 308 Outpatient Dental Treatment Agency: Veterans Administration Functional Code: 703 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 95 95 45 45 54 54 63 63 70 70 77 77 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -8 (-32) 17 (-30) 1 7 (-28) 1 7 (-27) 1 7 ("26): -8 (-32) 17 17 17 (-26) 87 87 45 45 1 (-30) ' 54 54 (-28) 63 63 1985 (-27) 70 70 1986 77 77 1/ Legislative savings proposed in the Carter and Reagan budgets. Program Description The VA medical program includes outpatient dental sendees and treatment for veterans under various types of eligibility. Veterans eligible for class II benefits receive dental services and treatment for conditions that existed during active duty if application is made within one year of discharge or release from military service. These are generally minor dental conditions which are not a result of sendee trauma or related to prisoner-of-war status and which should have been treated while in service. Proposed Change The Administration proposes effective July 1, 1981, to eliminate class II dental benefits and require that DOD take the responsibility for treatment prior to discharge. (The 1982 Carter Budget proposed elimination of this benefit effective October 1,1981.) Rationale Since active duty military personnel are entitled to complete medical and dental care, it should be the responsibility of the dental services of the Department of Defense to treat conditions that exist during service. Provision of these services affects VA's ability to channel scarce resources and attention on veterans with more serious dental conditions resulting from direct service trauma or prisoner-of-war status and on veterans who have 100 percent service-related disabilities. Key Facts About the Program • For 1982 an estimated 63,000 veterans will be affected at an average VA staff cost of $450 and a fee basis cost of $585. • Those receiving such outpatient dental treatment are generally veterans whose dental conditions existed during or before their active military duty but who either did not seek or receive any treatment during service. These are generally minor dental conditions. • Since the existing authority permits veterans- to delay treatment for up to 12 months, unnecessary deterioration of an otherwise routine condition or development of new dental problems often results which add greatly to the cost of treatment. • There are no controls in the case of veterans whose service was of relatively brief duration. A survey conducted by VA found that about 40 percent of all volunteers entering military senice do not complete a tour of duty with about half of these leaving during the first six months. For the group with less than 6 months service, it is almost certain that cavities and periodontal disease noted at discharge preexisted military sendee. 309 GI Bill: No Extension Agency: Veterans Administration Functional Code: 702 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 f$ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 2,040 2,071 1,689 1,699 1,359 1,369 1,051 1,061 851 861 668 668 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -63 -63 -67 -67 -16 -16 -14 -14 -13 -13 2,040 2,071 1.626 1,636 1,292 1,302 1,035 1,045 837 847 655 655 Program Description The GI bill provides up to four school years worth of benefits to veterans for education and training to aid the transition to civilian life. Veterans have ten years following discharge to use this entitlement. Proposed Change Withdraw the Carter proposal to extend the eligibility period for two additional years for on-the-job and apprenticeship programs for certain disadvantaged veterans. Rationale Despite H.R. 3272 and S.870, the 96th Congress introduced for the Carter Administration, Congress has not enacted this proposal. In this period of fiscal restraint, such a low-priority benefit increase is unnecessary. Key Facts About the Program • The only programs for which veterans are eligible are on-the-job training and high school or vocational — technical programs. • Carter budget projected use by 36,000 veterans in each of the first two years. • Most of these veterans are now in their middle 30's. 310 G.I. Bill: Flight and Correspondence Training Agency: Veterans Administration Functional Code: 702 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays l/ (S in millions) 1984 1983 1982 1985 1986 2.040 2,071 1,689 1,699 1,359 1,369 1,051 1,061 851 861 668 668 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -14 -14 2.026 2,057 (-32) 1 7 (-28) 17 (-24) 1 7 HI)17 17 17 (-24) 1 7 17 (-32) 1,689 1,699 (-28) 1.359 1,269 1,051 1,061 Ml) 851 861 (-3) : (-3)" 668 668 Legislative savings proposed in the Carter and Reagan budgets. Program Description The GI bill provides benefits to eligible veterans for education and training to aid the transition to civilian life. Proposed Change The Carter budget included a legislative proposal to terminate benefits to veterans for flight and correspondence training effective October 1, 1981. The March revisions would move the effective date to July 1, 1981. Rationale This proposal terminates use of GI bill entitlements for activities which are primarily avocational in nature and which seldom contribute to the employability of the veteran graduate. Legislation passed in 1980 (P.L. 96-466), which requires that the veteran share the cost of instruction, appears to have had little effect on demand for use of the GI bill for this purpose. 1981 savings are assumed on the basis of this bill's inclusion in the reconciliation package. Key Facts About the Program • Rates of: Completion Related-field placement of completers • If these programs remain in law, it is estimated that 45,000 veterans would participate. 311 Flight 52% 43% Correspondence 41% less than 50% Insurance Loans Agency: Veterans Administration Functional Code: 701 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: 17 Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,175 1,047 1,202 1,071 1,212 1,090 1,214 1,108 1,221 1,163 1,196 1,188 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -91 0 -96 0 -65 0 -41 0 -13 0 0 1,175 956 1,202 975 1,212 1,025 1,214 1,067 1.221 1,150 1,196 1,888 Total outlays of affected insurance accounts. Program Description The Veterans Administration provides approximately $30 billion in insurance to over four million veterans. Veterans who make policy loans against those policies with cash surrender value, are currently being charged interest at the rate of 5 percent per annum. During periods of high interest rates, many veterans borrow against their insurance policies. This has had the effect of encouraging veterans to borrow, diminishing the future security of veterans' families ii> the event of the untimely death of the veteran since the value of the insurance policy is reduced. Proposed Change The revised budget proposes to set policy loan interest rates at a level 2 percent below the market interest rate. This will reduce interest subsidies, discouraging veterans from unnecessary borrowing, while still allowing loans to veterans in need. This will produce major reductions in policy loans during this period of high interest rates, but will have a diminishing effect as interest rates abate. Rationale The obiernve of this proposal is to revise entitlements to eliminate an unintended benefit to veterans. At -- ome that regulations were promulgated setting interest rates on policy loans at 5 percent, r iKet rates were only marginally higher. As market interest rates have increased, no changes have been made in loan interest rates, resulting in an unintended benefit to veterans borrowing on their insurance policies. The proposed changes will restore policy loan subsidies to the levels that existed at the time the 5 percent rates were established. Key Facts About the Program VA operates six insurance programs for veterans and administers one program for active-duty military personnel. • 4.6 million veterans are insured for a total of $31.2 billion. • 3.0 million veterans holding permanent policies are eligible for policy loans. Over 80 percent (2.5 million) of these are in the National Service Life Insurance (NSLI) program for World War II veterans. NSLI policy holders average 58.3 years of age. • In 1979, policy loans had a dollar value of $172 million; in 1981, loans are estimated at $301 million, a 75 percent increase. 312 • In 1979, repayments were 75 percent of loans made; in 1981, repayments are estimated to be 50 percent of loans made. • In 1979, the 5 percent interest rate charged averaged approximately 4 percent below market rates (US Treasury Security Yields, Constant Maturities, 10 years); in 1981, the 5 percent interest rate will average 8 percent below market rates. • In 1982, insurance loans will be reduced from $298 million at 5 percent to $202 million at the recommended 2 percent differential rate. 313 Physicians' and Dentists' Bonuses Agency: Veterans Administration Functional Code: 703 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEV1ATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 797 797 838 838 897 897 959 959 1,027 1,027 1,098 1,098 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -10 -10 -40 -40 -40 -40 -40 -40 -40 -40 -40 -40 787 787 798 798 857 857 919 919 987 987 1,058 1,058 1985 1986 Program Description VA's Department of Medicine and Surgery employs 12,920 physicians and dentists to provide medical and dental care to service-disabled and, on a space-available basis, to other veterans unable to defray the cost of medical care at non-VA medical facilities. The Carter budget for 1982 allows $135 million for physicians' bonuses up to $27,500 per annum over and above regular salaries (at the $50,112.50 Federal ceiling for 85 percent of VA physicians). Proposed Change The revised budget proposes to reduce total funds available for physicians' and dentists' bonuses in order to assure that these bonuses are provided only in cases and to the extent necessary to recruit and retain necessary skills. The reductions will be accomplished by restricting funds that may be paid in physicians' and dentists' bonuses to not more than 12 percent of the total amount provided in appropriations for physicians' and dentists' remuneration. Rationale The objective of this proposal is to reduce unnecessary costs of personnel to the Federal Government. Prior to enactment of P.L. 96-330 in August 1980, VA physicians could receive annual bonuses of up to $12,000 in addition to their regular salary. The proposed change will eliminate the payment of bonuses in excessive amounts to VA physicians, while giving the Administrator of VA authority to raise bonuses to $27,500 per year in those instances in which this is found necessary to attract and retain individuals with scarce specialites or to attract physicians into difficult-to-recruit areas. For others, bonuses will be lower. Key Facts About the Program • In 1982, VA will employ 11,866 (FTE) physicians (just over half, full-time) and 1,054 dentists. • P.L. 96-330 increased VA physicians' and dentists' bonuses from $12,000 to a high of $27,500 per annum. (Dentists' bonuses increased from $6,750 to $12,000.). • Total 1982 costs of physicians' and dentists' bonuses are estimated to be $135 million, $40 million higher than estimates used in the Congress at the time of its passage. • This bonus increase gives pay raises of 27 to 38 percent for VA physicians. • It made VA physicians the highest paid Federal physicians. At mid-career: — VA physicians could earn 25 percent ($77,600 vs. $62,100) more than the maximum authorized annual salary of Armed Force's physicians. — VA physicians could earn 38 percent more ($77,600 vs. $56,400) than general schedule physicians. 314 • VA physicians' "base" salaries are significantly higher than those of military physicians. — Average VA base salary is $48,700. — Average military base salary (includes military allowances) is $29,200. — 85 percent of VA physicians are at mid-career or higher levels. — 58 percent of military physicians are at mid-career or higher levels. • VA physician vacancies were low, ranging between 1.4 and 3.9 percent of their average of 10,700 authorized full-time and part-time positions during the year prior to enactment of P.L. 96-330. 315 Medical Care: Miscellaneous Reductions Agency: Veterans Administration Functional Code: 703 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding 1982 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEV1ATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 6,203 6,152 7,225 7,203 7,769 7,748 8,213 8,208 8,728 8,705 9,257 9,233 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 11 194 194 412 412 675 -675 934 934 1.182 1,182 6,192 6,141 7,031 7,009 7,357 7,336 7,538 7,533 7,794 7,794 8,075 8,051 Program Description The VA provides hospital and medical care to veterans in its nationwide medical system and in non-VA facilites on a reimbursement basis. This paper discusses miscellaneous reductions in the three major VA medical accounts. Proposed Change Reductions associated directly and indirectly with medical staffing reductions and miscellaneous changes to the medical programs are proposed. Associated with staffing changes, are reductions in new initiatives, facility activations and increases for specialized medical programs. The miscellaneous changes reflect revised 1982 inflation allowances for non-personnel funds, no allowance for "increased usage" or for out-year inflation, Government-wide reductions in travel and consulting services, reduced increases for equipment and no increase in medical consulting and attending personnel rates. Rationale The objective of this change is to impose fiscal restraint on the veterans medical care programs. This restraint has been imposed primarily through the reduction of overhead costs and restraining growth in the medical administration, research, and medical care programs. Key Facts About the Program 1982 medical care non-personnel reductions ($194 million): • Non-personnel reductions in new initiatives, facility activations and increases planned for specialized medical programs $54 • Revised inflation allowances (9.8% to 9.1%) 44 • No allowance for "increased usage" 51 • Reduction in capital investment 31 • Reduction in travel and consulting services • Elimination of planned rate increases for consulting and attending personnel 316 4 10 Medical Staffing Functional Code: 703 Agency: Veterans Administration Budget Reform Criterion: 8 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 6,203 6,152 7,225 7,203 7,769 7,748 8,213 8,208 8,728 8,705 9,257 9,233 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 32 132 132 236 236 307 307 386 386 477 477 6,171 6120 7,093 7,071 7,533 7,512 7,906 7,901 8,342 8,319 8,780 8,756 Program Description To provide hospital and medical care to veterans in its nationwide medical system, average employment for VA was estimated in the Carter 1982 Budget at 191,165 and 191,816 for FY 1981 and 1982, respectively. This staffing level would provide for the administration of the medical system (928 FTE); research into health problems (4,601 FTE), and the treatment of 1.4 million inpatients and 18.4 million outpatient visits (186,287 FTE). Proposed Change Reduce the non-direct care employment of the three medical accounts (82,594 of 191,816 FTE) consistent with Government-wide employment reductions and eliminate 1983-1986 growth planned for facility activations and new initiatives. This change reduces VA medical employment by 1,368 FTE and 5,551 FTE in 1981 and 1982, respectively. Rationale In order to bring about the reduction in Federal employment that President Reagan has promised the American people, it will be necessary to make some reductions in the size of VA's medical care programs. (The Department of Medicine and Surgery (DM&S) employs over 90 percent of VA's total personnel.) The Administration proposes to return DM&S to approximately the staffing level that it had in 1979. If VA staffing reductions are made in areas which have the lowest impact on patient care, the cuts can be achieved with minimal impact on the medical treatment of veterans. Key Facts About the Program • The following compares the average employment for the 3 medical accounts (Medical care, Medical and prosthetic research, and Medical administration and miscellaneous operating expenses (MAMOE). Medical Care Research MAMOE Total • 1980 Actual Carter 1981 Reagan Carter 1982 Reagan 185,054 4,360 831 190,245 185,869 4,443 853 191,165 184,589 4,369 839 189,797 186,287 4,601 928 191,816 181,106 4,293 866 186,265 116,775 direct care positions (107,795 FTE) in the Medical care account were exempted from the Government-wide employment reduction. No exemptions were allowed in the research and MAMOE accounts. 317 Impact on selected medical care workload indicators (VA facilities only): 1980 Actual Inpat. treatment Daily census Outpat. visits Length of stay Staffing ratios 1,275,446 83,936 15,751,690 22.6 2.11 1981 1982 Reagan Carter 1,265,950 81,042 16,012,000 22.4 2.19 1,265,950 81,042 16,054,000 22.4 2.21 Carter Reagan 1,267,054 80,418 16,129,000 22.2 2.25 1,267,007 80,387 14,429,000 22.2 2.21 1982 Medical and prosthetic research reductions (308 FTE) will be primarily achieved through reducing the increases for new initiatives (254 FTE, $5.8 million). • 1982 Medical administration and miscellaneous operating-expenses (MAMOE) reductions (62 FTE) will be achieved through reductions in planned staff augmentation (34 FTE, $1.7 million) and in Health Care Information System and other ADP support increases (28 FTE, $1.8 million). • Out-year effect on medical care employment. The Carter budget provided for substantial growth in medical care employment primarily for facility activations, which include replacement hospitals and additional nursing home beds (30% increase by 1986). The 1983-1986 revised level reflects the Government-wide employment reduction of non-direct care personnel and elimination of any increase in employment over 1982 level. Employment for facility activations will now come from within existing levels. Carter Budget Facility activations Reductions Reagan level • 1983 1984 1985 12M 188,437 (2,818) -8.880 179,557 190,647 (5,264) -11.861 178,786 193,126 (7,376) -15.111 178,015 196,181 (10,600) -18:937 177,244 The following table identifies the average employment since 1973. AVERAGE EMPLOYMENT 1275 1222 1M 1979 1973 1980 Major Medical Programs: 152,267 163,813 176,142 184,258 181,088 185,054 MAMOE 772 748 788 777 781 831 Research 3,807 4,232 4,333 4,367 4,416 4,360 156,846 168,793 181,263 189,402 186,285 190,245 Medical care Total Medical programs 318 Veterans Readjustment Counseling Centers Agency: Veterans Administration Functional Code: 703 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 Funding CARTER BUDGET 17 : Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 31 31 (33) (33) (35) (35) (37) (37) (38) (38) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -4 -4 -31 - 31 (-33) (-33) (-35) (-35) (-37) (-37) (-38) (-38) 26 26 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1981 1982 30 30 The Carter budget proposed a one-year extension of the program. Program Description P.L. 96-22 authorized the Administrator, within the limits of VA facilities, to furnish counseling to Vietnam veterans to assist them in readjusting to civilian life. Eligibility for counseling was terminated at two years after discharge from service or two years after the effective date of the legislation (10/79). In 1979, Administrator Cleland made a programmatic decision to use this authority to seek out Vietnam veterans who refused to seek assistance from traditional VA sources. To do this he established 91 "storefront" outreach centers, mostly in inner city areas. These operations were very loosely managed (from VA Central Office), and typically consisted of a team leader, about half of the time a social worker or psychologist, two staff members (Vietnam veterans who have been given short training courses in counseling), and a secretary. The principal objective of this operation was to seek out disaffected Vietnam veterans, counsel them on veterans' benefits and services, and, where appropriate, persuade them to seek professional counseling from psychologists and psychiatrists at neighboring VA hospitals. The program was instituted on a temporary (2 year) basis because it was believed that the major part of the target population would have been contacted by the end of that time. Proposed Change The Reagan budget revisions propose not to seek extension of the authority for readjustment counseling centers beyond its expiration date of September 30, 1981. The Carter budget had proposed a one-year extension of the program. Rationale The "storefront" centers have contacted the majority of veterans who might be helped by this approach. A nationwide system of outreach centers is not a cost-effective way of reaching the remaining veterans in need of help. Key Facts About the Program • The initial congressional authorization provided for a two-year period of entitlement Since most of the veterans affected have been out of service since the early 1970's, their 2-year entitlement expires by the end of FY 1981. • The outreach centers duplicate services offered in VA medical centers and Regional Offices. Most of the sendees provided by the centers have been and should continue to be provided by traditional VA facilities and veterans' organizations. 319 The outreach centers are not prepared to provide professional counseling services, and must rely on supporting VA hospitals to provide this care. Although VA hospitals are directed to give priority care to cases referred from outreach centers, neither outreach centers nor hospitals have maintained records on referred veterans and officials contacted believe it to be low. VA facilities have made a concerted effort in recent years to be aware of the needs and problems of Vietnam veterans. Although service organizations have been described as being more oriented for World War II and Korean veterans, they provide valuable functions which should be used for Vietnam veterans. — Distribution of information and guidance on veteran entitlements is provided by all veterans' organizations through highly knowledgeable personnel at locations in almost every city. — Social contact, giving veterans an opportunity to discuss their war experiences, is a major function of all veterans' organizations. Efforts to collect firm data on the productivity of these centers have been minimally successful, with some centers refusing and others providing highly questionable data. — Over the first year and a half of this program, available data show that 47,000 veterans have received services from outreach centers. Data show that these 47,000 veterans generated 128,000 patient visits, and 24,000 family visits. That averages slightly more than 500 cases and 1,670 visits a year per center or about 6 visits a day for the 4 employees at each center, a very low level of activity. About 60 percent of those provided services actually served in Vietnam. — No data are available on the disposition of these cases, i.e., whether referred to hospitals or local benefits offices. 320 Foreign Assistance 321 Foreign Development Assistance Agency: Foreign Assistance (individual agencies programs follows) Functional Code: 151,153 and 154 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 5,449 4,951 7,277 5,212 6,601 5,700 7,717 6,394 8,228 6,947 8,688 7,470 -7 -120 -15 -93 -15 5 -15 16 -15 -6 -15 -12 -624 -92 -1.852 -425 -203 -612 -2,512 -1,161 -2,977 -1,489 -3,187 -1,940 4,818 4,739 5,410 4,694 6,383 5,093 5,190 5,249 5,236 5,452 5,486 5,518 Program Description Reductions in foreign development assistance affect six major programs. • Contributions to support development lending by Multilateral Development Banks, • Assessed contributions to a range of U.N. and other international organizations, as well as voluntary contributions to U.N. and other international development programs. • The development loan and grant activities of the Agency for International Development (AID). • Food aid under the Public Law 480 program. • The provision of volunteers to promote development and mutual understanding through the Peace Corps. • U.S. support for the Common Fund, which will facilitate financing for international commodity agreements. In addition, reductions have been taken in the funds of the Inter-American Foundation, which makes grants to indigenous private Latin American groups, and no funds have been provided for die African Development Foundation, which was intended to play a similar role in Africa. Proposed Change The 1982 Reagan budget would reduce these programs by $1,867 million including reestimates, a 26 percent cutback. By 1986 the reduction from the Carter budget would be $3.2 billion in budget authority, or 37 percent. Outlay reductions will be somewhat less, particularly in the near-term, because budget authority for these programs spends out slowly and because some of the 1982 reductions involve the deferral of spending to 1983 and beyond. The specific reductions and the reasons for them are presented in the papers that follow. Rationale The Carter budget proposed large increases in nearly 'all of the major development aid programs. This was not only to finance past commitments made to multilateral institutions but to finance anticipated future commitments in this area and to expand bilateral programs rapidly as well. The Reagan budget assumes that development aid activities must achieve U.S. foreign policy objectives in a manner consistent with the expenditure constraints of the President's economic recovery program. Future development aid spending levels must also reflect the Administration's foreign policy priorities, which give preference to security assistance programs to counter Soviet adventurism and to bilateral programs which can reach intended beneficiaries more directly than multilateral programs. As a result, in connection with the proposed reductions from the Carter budget the Administration will: 323 • Undertake a major reassessment of the importance of the multilateral development banks to the United States and the effectiveness and benefits of future contributions to these organizations. • Undertake a similar study of contributions to international organizations. • Define new approaches to bilateral development aid, particularly placing greater reliance on private sector participation, which will enable the Agency for International Development to achieve its objectives at lower costs. • Reexamine food aid credit sales as foreign assistance rather than as a surplus disposal device to determine whether continued large funding is necessary. The Reagan budget assures that all past international commitments will be met, although payments will be stretched out consistent with international agreements. Major humanitarian programs for refugees, victims of disasters and the malnurished are to be continued close to the levels of recent years. 324 Multilateral Development Banks Agency: Department of the Treasury International Development Cooperation Agency Functional Code: 151 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 1,584 1,013 2,499 1.259 -82 -55 -540 -9 1.044 923 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,600 1,374 2,142 1,485 2.142 1,528 2,141 1,628 -976 -69 858 -95 -868 -106 -883 -156 -882 -305 1,523 1,135 2,458 1,279 1,274 1,379 1,259 1,372 1,259 1,323 Program Description The multilateral development banks provide investment capital and technical assistance to developing nations. They have become the major source of development lending to the Third World. Periodically, their resources must be replenished, because repayments on previous loans are insufficient to meet the demand for new lending. The total amount of the replenishments and industrialized donor country, shares are determined in international negotiations. Donor contributions are paid in installments over periods of several years. With one exception, the amounts proposed in the Carter budget for these institutions have been previously and formally agreed to by the United States in these negotiations. The Carter budget also contained funds to make up "arrearages" to the banks caused by past congressional failure to appropriate funds covering the full amount pledged to the institutions by the United States. Each major institution has both concessional and non-concessional programs as follows: Non-concessional lending Concessional lending International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) International Development Association (IDA—a component) of the World Bank) Regional Banks Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) Ordinary Capital IDB Fund for Special Operations Asian Development Bank (ADB) Asian Development Fund African Development Bank (AFDB) African Development Fund Other Institutions International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD, which makes loans primarily for aid small farmers) Non-concessional lending is financed only fractionally by funds paid into the institutions. This lending comes mainly from the banks' borrowings on world capital markets backed by donor-government guarantees of repayment to the banks' bondholders. 325 Proposed Changes The Reagan budget proposals would: • Reduce the planned contribution to the 1982-84 replenishment of IFAD funds (not previously agreed to) from $255 million to $180 million. • Reduce the U.S. contribution in the first two years of the 1981-1983 IDA Sixth Replenishment, cutting the Carter budget request in half in 1981 and by one-fifth in 1982, while increasing the 1983 contribution to offset the earlier cuts thereby maintaining the current $3.24 billion U.S. commitment for the three year period. • Stretch out payments to other multilateral development banks. — Most significantly, by providing the previously pledged $658 million U.S. paid-in subscription to the World Bank's general capital increase over six years, 1982-1987, rather than all in 1982 as proposed by the Carter budget — Stretching out the payment of arrearages to the regional development banks over periods of several years. The table on the following page shows the proposed arrangement for stretching out payments. Rationale The lending levels of these institutions have grown much more rapidly than bilateral U.S. assistance in the recent past. Their programs should be reassessed by the United States to determine whether large scale future spending by them is consistent with the effective achievement of U.S. foreign policy objectives. This assessment must take into account the very tight future budget constraints and the direct role bilateral programs can play in achieving goals abroad. While ideally this reassessment should affect U.S. contributions starting now, the United States cannot revoke previous agreements to provide funds without seriously undermining a system of international rules for cooperation from which it benefits overall. The stretch-outs and deferred payments proposed are fully consistent with internationally negotiated agreements. Key Facts About the Program • Lending by the World Bank and International Development Association rose from $2.3 billion in 1970 to $11.5 billion in 1980, a five-fold increase. • There has been concern that the banks cannot handle the increasing volume of their lending programs effectively. In the Asian and Inter-American Banks' non-concessional funds, the pipeline of undisbursed loan funds has risen from $950 million to $3.7 billion between 1971 and 1979. • The World Bank and the regional banks, by the terms of their charters, have made loans in recent years to Vietnam, Ethiopia and Afghanistan, countries hostile to the United States. • The Administration will study the costs and benefits of U.S. participation in the banks prior to entering into new commitments. 326 Proposed Changes in 1981-1982 MDB Funding Requests (BA in $ millions) Institution IF AD IDA (VI) IBRD (GCI) 1981 Carter Reagan Carter Reagan Carter Reagan — 1,080 540 — 1982 85 45 1,080 850 658 110 1983 85 60 1984 85 75 1,080 1,850 — 1985 - - 1986 — — — — — 110 110 110 110 52 (52) (--) (--) (—) (--) (--) (—) (—) 57 (52) ( 5) (—) (--) (—) (—) 59 (52) (7) 53 (52) ( 2) (--) (—) (--) (--) (—) Carter (Sched) (Arrear) Reagan (Sched) (Arrear) 200 (175) ( 25) 200 (175) ( 25) 300 (175) (125) 191 (175) ( 16) 175 (175) (--) (—) (—) (—) (--) (—) 206 (175) ( 31) 39 (--) (39) ADB (Arrearages) Carter Fund (Sched) (Arrear) Reagan (Sched) (Arrear) 115 (111) ( 4) 115 (111) ( 4) 168 (111) ( 56) 125 (111) (14) 111 (111) (--) IDB (Arrearages) Carter Capital (Sched) (Arrear) Reagan (Sched) (Arrear) FSO — 52 (52) (--) 52 (52) 125 (111) (14) - - - - - - (—) (—) 39 - - (39) (—) (—) (--) __ (--) (—) (--) (--) 14 14 (—) (—) (—) (14) (4) (—) (—) (—) - - International Organizations (assessed and voluntary) Agency: Department of State Functional Code: 151,153 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (% in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 722 745 902 853 886 871 957 936 1,027 1,005 1,099 1,076 193 -180 -179 -174 -237 -228 -254 -85 -58 -54 709 673 707 697 720 708 774 920 1,040 1,021 722 745 1985 1986 Program Description Assessed international organization contributions represent U.S. obligations under treaties to provide a fixed share of the expenses of the United Nations and other multilateral bodies. Voluntary contributions are primarily to UN development programs and special multilateral funds. Proposed Changes • Reductions in budget requests for assessed contributions for 1982-1986 will be accomplished by slipping the quarterly payments schedule to 15 major organizations progressively later so that by 1985 all the funds will be sought one fiscal year after the Carter Budget proposed them. This will save $160 million in 1982 budget authority. • Voluntary contributions will be cut back each year from planned levels. The 1982 saving will be $33 million in budget authority. Rationale As with the multilateral development banks, the United States must reassess the effectiveness of these international organizations, as compared with bilateral programs, in meeting U.S. foreign policy objectives and their efficiency as aid-giving institutions. The deferral of assessed payments provides time for a thorough review of the costs and benefits of U.S. membership in these organizations while temporarily reducing the impact of these contributions on the U.S. budget Reductions in voluntary contributions reflect concerns that the organizations' programming criteria may not target funds on the most promising activities to promote development in ways that maximize private sector participation. Key Facts About the Program • Development aid in some U.N. programs is made available to every Third World country with the recipient governments frequently determining how the funds will be spent • In the recent past the regular assessed budgets of several U.N. organizations have increased substantially. • By the terms of their charters these organizations must provide grant assistance to all eligible member countries, including Cuba and Vietnam. • The State Department will be reviewing contributions to international organizations to determine how efficiently the institutions operate and how well they serve the interests of developing nations, the United States and other major donors. 328 Agency for International Development Agency: International Development Cooperation Agency Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTTMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Functional Code: 151 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,711 1,610 2.386 1.674 2,679 2,026 3,010 2,371 3,342 2,703 3,702 3,027 -7 -38 -15 -33 -15 +5 -15 + 1 -15 -6 -15 -12 -3 -3 -471 -38 -764 -205 -1,095 -504 -1,427 -819 -1,787 -1,126 1,701 1,569 1,900 1,603 1,900 1,826 1,900 1,868 1,900 1,878 1,900 1,889 Program Description AID provides bilateral assistance through grants and concessional loans to more than 60 countries in Africa, Asia and Latin America. AID also finances development research programs implemented by U.S. universities and other institutions. Proposed Changes The 1982 Reagan proposal would reduce the 1982 program by $486 million from the Carter budget to a level of $1.9 billion. Rationale The Carter proposal included a "Leadership Package" to encourage other donors to increase their aid programs. It would have provided mostly resource transfers which are one-time consumption subsidies rather than additions to investment. Such a large bilateral aid increase would be unacceptable to the public and the Congress, and would probably not have had the desired catalytic effect even if approved. Key Facts About the Program • The Reagan proposal would permit an increase of $200 million more than the 1981 level, indicating the importance of bilateral aid as a development and foreign policy tool. • AID programs will be reoriented to encourage U.S. and LDC private sector participation in the development process. This will concentrate more assistance on countries whose market orientation gives promise of economic growth and will, over time, reduce the burden on donor governments which provide official development assistance. 329 P.L. 480—Food Aid Agency: Department of Agriculture Functional Code: 151 Funding ($ in millions) 1982 1983 1984 1,305 1,471 1,263 1,263 1,273 1,273 1,429 1,429 1,521 1,521 1,532 1,532 -76 -76 -100 -100 -110 -110 -266 -266 -358 -358 -369 -369 1,229 1,395 1,163 1,163 1.163 1,163 1,163 1,163 1,163 1,163 1,163 1,163 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 1985 1986 Program Description The Public Law 480 food aid program provides low interest loans to foreign governments for food imports, mainly wheat, under Title I and provides for direct food donations to needy people under Tide II through such organizations as CARE and Catholic Relief Service. Proposed Changes • Eliminate the pending $76 million 1981 supplemental request for Title I. • Reduce 1982 budget authority by $100 million; $78.2 from Title I and $21.8 million from Title II. Rationale • The P.L. 480 program is no longer needed as a surplus disposal mechanism and therefore must be justified as a foreign aid instrument. Unless it is used carefully, food aid through concessional sales may only serve to subsidize consumption in developing countries with little prospect that the need for food imports on soft credit terms will ever diminish. The Reagan Budget proposal would constrain the program by reducing funds available for unspecified purposes, while its operations are reviewed. Key Facts About the Program • Because P.L. 480 Title I is also financed by repayments of earlier loans, the budget authority figures understate the size of the total program. In 1982 under the Reagan budget proposal, Title I financing will be $877 million, and Title II food aid will be $764 million. • Total tonnage for the program will decline by only about 10 percent from 1980 actual levels, from 5.9 to 5.4 million metric tons. • The Title I reductions will eliminate unprogrammed funds for emergencies. Now that 1981 is half over, these funds appear not to be needed this year. The 1982 Title I reduction will still leave $116 million above planned country programs to meet emergencies. • The proposed changes will not significantly affect U.S. farm income or prices. The average $200 million a year outlay reduction during 1981-86 can easily be absorbed by average rates of growth in export demand. • The 1982 Title II program will be 1.7 million tons, the same amount proposed in the Carter budget. A $22 million reduction in the program merely reflects the elimination of some high cost foods without reducing tonnage. The Administration is committed to support this humanitarian program. 330 Peace Corps Agency: ACTION Functional Code: 151 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 109 107 122 121 130 127 142 139 155 152 170 167 -3 -2 -27 -24 -35 -32 -47 -44 -60 -57 -75 - 72 106 104 95 97 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 Program Description The Peace Corps recruits, trains, and maintains U.S. volunteers overseas to fill the trained manpower needs of developing nations and to promote mutual understanding. In 1980, the volunteers provided 5,097 workyears of service in energy, health, education, agriculture, and a range of other fields at the community level in 61 developing countries. Proposed Change The 1981 and 1982 reductions in the Peace Corps budget will be accomplished by concentrating the program in fewer countries and fewer program areas (e.g., forestry, energy) and by eliminating activities not directly related to the agency's mission of sending volunteers abroad. Rationale • Reducing the level of effort overseas will have little measurable impact on host country development. • Programs will be continued in most countries where volunteers currently serve, so that there will be minimal negative political impact. • Despite the cutbacks, more than 2,450 trainees will be accepted into the program in 1982, and volunteers will provide more than 4,500 workyears of service. By 1983, the volunteer program will stabilize at a level roughly 20% below the Carter 1982 level. 331 Common Fund for Commodities Agency: Department of the Treasury Functional Code: 155 Funding Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 1983 1984 1985 74 15 -- __ _ ~ 1986 15 -74 -15 39 15 15 20 39 15 15 15 20 Program Description Currently being negotiated under UN auspices, the Common Fund will pool the resources of participating international commodity agreements to finance buffer stocks which will buy and sell the commodities on world markets to preclude large random price fluctuations. This stabilization policy should benefit both producers and consumers. Backed by pooled funds and by direct contributions of governments, the Common Fund will be able to borrow on more favorable terms than could any single buffer stock. Proposed Changes The U.S. contribution, $73.85 million, would be postponed from 1982 to 1983-1985. This will avoid seeking funds before they are needed. The deferral of funding is not expected to affect the Common Fund's program or the U.S. participation in it. 332 Other Agencies 333 ACTION (Domestic Programs) Agency:DistrictofColumbia Functional Code: 506 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 165.0 155.7 185.5 182.8 190.7 186.9 195.7 191.8 200.4 196.4 204.7 200.7 0.3 9.3 -5.2 -5.1 -10.2 -6.3 -14.9 -10.9 -19.2 -15.2 -9.3 -3.3 -40.2 -45.2 -51.3 -50.3 -63.0 -63.0 -64.9 -64.9 -67.4 -67.4 155.8 152.7 145.3 147.0 134.2 131.5 122.5 122.5 120.6 120.6 118.2 118.2 Program Description ACTION domestic programs promote volunteering, seek to demonstrate effects of volunteering, and recruit and support volunteers to help local organizations work on problems of poverty. Volunteers receive differing degrees of ACTION support and have differing time commitments. The Volunteers in Service to America (VISTA) program has full-time volunteers whose living expenses are borne by ACTION. The part-time volunteers in the programs for older people (Foster Grandparents, Senior Companions, and Retired Senior Volunteer Program) may be substantially supported or they may work in programs for which ACTION bears only administrative costs. Promotional and demonstration programs are operated directly or supported through grants. VISTA volunteers work on a variety of community projects. Foster Grandparents work with children who have special needs. Senior Companion volunteers help other older people maintain independent living arrangements. Retired Senior (RSVP) volunteers work on community projects or help individuals. Proposed Change • Reduce the average number of VISTA volunteers in 1982 from 5,000 in the Carter budget to 2,550, reducing the budget authority proposed in January from $42.8 million to $20.7 million. • Reduce promotional programs from $14.9 million to $5 million. This will cut.out expansions of demonstrations of volunteer activities proposed in the Carter budget and reduce Federal funding for youth volunteers in school $1 million below current services. • Keep all three ACTION programs for Older Americans at the current level, eliminating the Carter proposed 1982 expansion of the Senior Companions program that would have provided for 20 more grants to support 1,040 new Senior Companions' volunteers. • Rescind excess 1981 budget authority to forestall 1981 expansions of VISTA and Senior Companions toward 1982 levels that were planned in the Carter budget. Rationale These reductions are part of fiscal restraint proposals. The necessity of reducing Government spending requires placing a greater reliance on the normal voluntary activity in the private sector. The major program that is reduced - VISTA - costs the Government the most per volunteer. Supporting each VISTA volunteer costs the Government about $10,000 a year. Comparable amounts for the other programs are about $3,600 for Senior Companions, $3,300 for Foster Grandparents, and $126 for RSVP. The Reagan Budget amounts will let ACTION preserve current levels in the three programs for older people and maintain its commitment to help older Americans help themselves. 335 Appalachian Regional Commission Agency: Appalachian Regional Commission Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1 REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS:.1/ Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Functional Code: 452 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 400 390 430 420 460 449 -234 -76 -250 -163 -270 -224 -289 -246 -129 -60 -139 -77 -150 -101 -160 -105 -171 -167 254 207 126 91 36 1981 1982 343 330 344 325 373 360 -215 -11 -110 -6 233 324 Beginning in 1982 the Appalachian Highway Program is transferred to the Federal Highway Administration Program Description The Appalachian Regional Commission provides grants to the thirteen Appalachian States for economic and community development and for improving highway access to Appalachia. • The area (economic) development programs provide funding directly to the States, or through other Federal agencies, for community infrastructure, housing, economic development and job creation, resource development, and planning projects. • The Appalachia highway program provides for construction of the Appalachian Development Highway System and for access roads to places of potential economic development. The Carter budget proposed holding both the area development and highway programs basically at the 1981 funding levels in 1982. Proposed Change Federal funding for the non-highway programs of the Appalachian Regional Commission will be terminated immediately, saving $110M in 1981. The Appalachian highway program will be transferred to the Federal Highway Development Administration and funded out of the Highway Trust Fund beginning in 1982. Only the Appalachian Development Highway System will be funded in the future. Like the economic development activities, the access roads programs will be terminated. Rationale This is part of the Administration's overall effort to apply sound criteria to economic subsidy programs. In the more than fifteen year history of the Appalachian program a number of positive changes have taken place (i.e., population in-migration, improved per capita income, education, and health, and reduced poverty-level population). While some problems may still exist, the Region must proceed on its own and use the capabilities developed at the State and local level to address these problems. Future improvements in economic and social well-being in Appalachia will be stimulated through general improvements in the economic condition of the nation as a whole, including Appalachia. The Administration's program of general tax, fiscal and regulatory reductions will support growth in the Appalachian region, thus providing the means to address specific problems or needs in Appalachia without the necessity of a direct Federal program. In 1980, the thirteen Appalachian States obligated about $128M in non-highway ARC funds. The Administration's program will generate tax savings (i.e., personal tax reductions) of $4.9 billion, in 1981 growing to $42 billion in 1984 for these same thirteen States. 336 Key Facts About the Program Changes that have taken place in Appalachia since establishment of the ARC are as follows: • Population. From 1970 to 1980, the Appalachian region grew an average of about 100,000 a year from in-migration. • Jobs. Between 1965 and 1978, the Region added about 1.8 million jobs. • Unemployment. Appalachians official unemployment rate has been reduced to a level more nearly approximating that of the nation. Unemployment in the early 1960's was nearly double that of the nation. • Per capita income. Between 1965 and 1978, Appalachian total personal income per capita climbed from 78% to 84% of the national average. • Poverty. The poverty population has decreased from 31% in 1960 to about 14% in 1976. • Education. The adult population completing high school has risen from about 33% to in 1960 to about 53% by 1976. 337 iVrchitectural Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (ATBCB) Functional Code: 751 Agency: ATBCB Budget Reform Criterion: 8 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 2.4 2.1 1982 2 2 2 2 — ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 -0.1 -0.1 -0.2 -0.2 -0.3 -0.2 -0.4 -0.3 2.9 1.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.8 2.6 2.7 2.4 2.1 Program Description The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board was established by the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to ensure compliance with the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968. The Act requires that buildings and facilities which are constructed, altered, or leased by the Federal Government be accessible by handicapped persons. The Act also requires that four agencies (DOD, HUD, GSA, and the Postal Service) establish standards to ensure accessibility. ATBCB annually processes about 150 complaints from the public; about 99 percent are resolved without litigation or further enforcement action. Proposed Change Termination of ATBCB by requesting no funding for 1982. Rationale ATBCB provides an unnecessary regulatory layer within the Executive Branch. Failure to fund ATBCB should riot result in any deterioration in the progress being made to improve accesibility by the handicapped to federally owned and leased buildings. ATBCB activities can be subsumed by activities of other agencies as authorized by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Accessibility complaints can be made directly to responsible agencies for resolution. At present, all Federal agencies have either promulgated final 504 regulations or have been instructed by OMB to finalize their regulations and submit them to the Justice Department for review and approval. These regulations have in the past been uncoordinated by the agencies promulgating them, which led to the establishment of inconsistent standards and ineffective enforcement. Executive Order 12250 delegates authority to the Attorney General for coordinating enforcement of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, as well as the enforcement of laws prohibiting other forms of discrimination in programs receiving Federal financial assistance. This new coordination authority will enable the agencies with Section 504 responsibilities to enforce their own laws more effectively. The Justice Department's staff resources in this area include 41 positions for coordinating agency activities. The Department can also draw upon the agencies' staffs for assistance. The efforts the ATBCB to ensure compliance with the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968 have led to much bickering and bad feeling among the Federal agencies involved. The ATBCB efforts may even have been counterproductive because each agency is reluctant to make changes for the handicapped because of the fear that the ATBCB may further tighten compliance standards. Coordination among the four standard-setting agencies by a coordinating committee will speed up the issuance of standards by each agency. It will therefore also speed up compliance with the Barriers Act. The General Services Administration, upon termination of ATBCB, will coordinate Federal activities required by the Architectural Barriers Act. 338 Key Facts About the Program • ATBCB is composed of eleven general public members (nine of whom are handicapped) and eleven Federal members. • On January 16, 1981, ATBCB promulgated regulations establishing minimum guidelines and requirements for standards pursuant to the Architectural Barriers Act and took the unusual step of making them effective immediately. The Administration believes these regulations have cost implications that were inadequately assessed in the rule-making process. For example, the Committee of Independent Telephone Manufacturer has filed a petition with ATBCB to revise its minimum standards requiring that telephones be located no more than 48 inches from the ground and telephone booths be 48 inches wide to accommodate side access from a wheelchair. The petition cites research that fewer than one percent of persons in wheelchairs (1/100 of 1 percent of the total population) would benefit from the 48 inch height. The petition estimates the cost of this guideline on telephone enclosure manufacturers would be about $10 million for redesign. In addition, these manufacturers have about $15 million worth of enclosures in inventory with a 54 inch height which would be unusable. • Another example of ATBCB policies and regulations is ATBCB litigation against the Department of Transportation (DOT) and the City of Chicago, currently under consideration by an administrative law judge. Chicago is renovating its "State Street Mall" initially estimated to cost about $19 million. The renovation project will provide eight escalators leading to an underground mezzanine. The ATBCB litigation would require the installation of eight elevators (450 f t apart) at an additional cost of about $20-28 million. While both DOT and Chicago would agree to install one elevator, ATBCB is insistent thai all entrances must be fully accessible. The ATBCB actions intrude on DOT attempts to administer its Section 504 regulations. 339 CAB Subsidy Elimination Functional Code: 402 Agency: Civil Aeronautics Board Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENT: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 4 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 144 148 144 144 143 143 138 139 123 124 97 99 — -56 -51 -64 -64 -54 -54 -34 -34 -2 -2 88 93 79 79 84 85 89 90 95 97 144 148 1985 1986 Program Description The 406 airline subsidy program, administered by the Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB), was created in 1983 in order to develop the air tranpsortation industry in the United States, and to improve mail service. Subsidized service is scattered all over rural parts of the country. In 1978 an additional airline subsidy program (419) was created to ensure essential levels of service to all local communities that would lose airline service as a result of deregulation. Proposed Changes The 406 program will be eliminated. All communities currently receiving 406 service will either receive service from unsubsidized airlines or will be eligible for subsidy under the 419 "essential air service" program. Rationale • Since creation of the 406 program the airline industry has matured. It is now financially sound. This eliminates the need for the program, which has cost the government $380 million in the past 5 years. • There are airlines now receiving government subsidy for service to communities where nonsubsidized airlines are willing and able to provide sendee. • The 419 subsidy program to local communities ensures that service is provided to every community that would lose service as a result of eliminating the 406 program. • Fuel will be conserved as commuter planes replace jets in communities where demand is low. • The existing law provides for gradual phase-out of the 406 program. In 1986 it is to disappear totally. This has already caused affected airlines and communities to prepare alternatives to 406 service. Key Facts About the Program • 406 subsidizes 12 airlines: Republic, Frontier, Republic West (formerly Hughes Air West), Piedmont, Ozark, Cochise, Air Midwest, Sky West, Air New England, Alaska, Kodiak-Western, and Wien. • Republic and Frontier are currently receiving the highest 406 subsidies. Republic is eligible for $34 million in 1981, Frontier — $23 million. Frontier has already written to the President pledging support for the Administration's position. 340 • The Civil Aeronautics Board's experience with the 419 program indicates that 35 percent of the communities currently receiving 406 subsidized sendee in the "lower 48" will immediately be served by unsubsidized airlines if 406 is terminated. Unsubsidized airlines will be willing to replace 406 carriers because these communities have high demand for airline sendee (over 100 enplanements per day). • The Board's experience also indicates that within eighteen months more than 60 percent of the communities now receiving 406 subsidy will receive unsubsidized airline service. These communities are eligible for over $64 million in 1981 under the 406 program. • 419 service is a more cost effective program than 406 because it funds a fixed amount of service provided by appropriately sized aircraft. Under the 406 program, on the other hand, the Board has no control over the equipment choice or schedules of subsidized airlines. This has resulted in the Board's subsidizing excessive use of large equipment and more frequent service than can be profitably sustained. • No community in Alaska will lose service because of terminating the 406 program. The cost of the 419 program in Alaska will be less than the cost of the 406 program because there are so many unsubsidized carriers already competing with subsidized carriers in that State. Unsubsidized carriers will be able to replace 406 carriers in about 75 percent of the currendy subsidized points. 341 Community Services Programs Agency: Community Services Administration (CSA) Functional Code: 506 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 7 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1981 1982 536 584 542 544 542 542 -542 -297 -542 -542 536 584 1985 1986 542 542 542 542 542 542 -542 -542 -542 -542 -542 -542 247 Program Description The Community Services program finances three main activities: (1) community action agencies (over 900) which administer programs for low-income people at the local level, (2) community economic development which promotes local development through 32 community-based organizations, (3) miscellaneous, narrow categorical activities, e.g., for migrant workers, services for low-income elderly persons. These programs as a cluster help low-income people at the local level identify their needs, mobilize resources, administer local programs, and coordinate service delivery for the low-income population. Proposed Changes Authority to carry out activities of the kind financed by the community services program would be available under the proposed social services block grant, with the exception of community economic development which would be covered under the community development support assistance authority administered by HUD. Since CSA would not continue as a separate agency after 1981, a loan fund and a revolving fund which it administers would be transferred to agencies operating similar programs. Decisions regarding the availability of funds for services similar to those provided by CSA will be made at State and local levels. Rationale As part of the effort to return decisionmaking authority to the State and local levels, to eliminate overlap and duplication, to promote coherence in Federal program delivery, and to reduce waste and inefficiences in program management, the authority to undertake activities financed by the community services program will be consolidated into social services block grants. These changes are expected to enable States to plan and coordinate their own programs according to their own priorities, and with greater flexibility. Administrative costs are expected to decrease and the array of rules and regulations accompanying categorical programs would be eliminated. Key Facts About the Program • CSA makes about 1600 grants to community action agencies (CAA's) for local initiative activities. • GAO issued reports criticizing CSA's audit operations: "Grant auditing, or a maze of inconsistancy, gaps and duplication" (June 15, 1979). "Quality testing of audits of grantee records; improvements needed" (July 19, 1979). • CSA weak financial controls make it vulnerable to fraud and abuse, according to a GAO report. (FGMSD-80-73) 342 Consumer Product Safety Commission Agency: Consumer Product Safety Commission Functional Code: 554 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENT: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 44 44 45 47 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 -2 -2 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 42 42 33 35 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 1985 1986 Program Description CPSC identifies unreasonable hazards associated with consumer products and seeks to control them through education of consumers, obtaining voluntary changes in production by manufacturers or, when necessary, promulgation and enforcement of rules regulating or banning hazardous products. Proposed Changes Budget authority and outlays are proposed to be decreased by $2 million in 1981 and $12 million in 1982 through selected reductions in field activities, modifying the hospital-based acute injury surveillance systems, limiting expansion in chronic chemical hazard regulation, restricting compliance and enforcement activities, and increasing efficiency of organization. Rationale By cutting back lower-priority activities, this proposal would impose needed fiscal restraint, without jeopardizing the agency's statutory mission. CPSC's success in recent years in controlling the most important acute hazards has lessened the need for expensive surveillance activities. Success in achieving voluntary industry compliance and improved cooperation with State and local consumer protection agencies means enforcement activities can be limited. Unanswered questions .about the human health impact of chronic chemical exposure indicate a need for more research, not more regulation, in this area. Key Facts About the Program • Increased funding will be provided for the HHS National Toxicology Program. • Interagency regulatory coordination for toxic chemicals is provided by the Interagency Regulatory Liaison Group. 343 Corporation for Public Broadcasting Functional Code: 503 Agency:DistrictofColumbia Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 162 162 172 172 — — — -43 -43 162 162 129 129 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 183 183 198 198 210 210 -11 -11 -26 -26 -38 -38 -52 -52 -62 -62 -72 -72 -72 -72 120 120 110 110 100 100 100 100 172 172 Program Description CPB is the primary vehicle for providing Federal financial assistance to the 217 radio and 170 television stations that currently compose the non-commercial broadcasting system. Proposed Change The Administration has proposed a 25 percent reduction in 1982 funds for the Corporation for Public Broadcasting. Additional reductions are proposed for 1983 and 1984. Total reductions will produce savings of $301 million between 1982 and 1986. The reductions will be primarily directed at CPB's administrative costs and national program production, while CPB support for local stations will be maintained at as high a level as possible. Rationale This reduction is part of the President's Economic Recovery Plan. Noncommercial stations should determine the need for and type of programs they require and be allowed, greater discretion to finance their own productions. The contribution of public broadcasting to society is debatable, but one fact is clear: the prime beneficiaries of a public broadcasting station are its listeners and viewers. Any benefit which nonlisteners and non-viewers receive from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting (CPB) is purely conjectural and more than likely nonexistent. Thus, there is no overriding national justification for the funding of CPB. Moreover, the audience of CPB-supported stations tend to be wealthier and more educated than the general populace; they certainly possess the personal resources to support such stations and they should do so, if they want ot enjoy the benefits of public broadcasting. Taxpayers as a whole should not be compelled to suybsidize entertainment for a select few. Fears that the proposed reduction in CPB would cripple public broadcasting are highly exaggerated. The proposed reduction would still leave most of the program in place. Public broadcasting is well enough established that its appeals for donations and support should be taken seriously. If they are not - - if the viewing and listening public is not sufficiently interested in public broadcasting's fUture to provide adequate financial support - - then there is even less reason why those who choose not or can not listen to such stations should be forced to pay taxes to support them. 344 Key Facts About the Program During the period between FY 1973 and FY 1979 Federal support essentially leveled off. However, during the same period support from subscribers, business and industry showed significant increases (e.g., in 1973 private support supplied $55 million of the total financing; in 1979 it supplied almost $164 million). Recent breakthroughs in new technologies have offered an incredible array of equipment designed to reach new markets. The advance of cable T.V., as well as the combined mass-effect of the marketing of video taperecorders and tapes, laser-discs and satellite earth stations, will significantly impact the variety and availability of quality programming to the public. 345 Wage and Price Standards Program Agency: Council on Wage and Price Stability Functional Code: 802 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1981 1982 9.4 9.4 2.9 4.4 3.1 3.2 — — — — — -- — — -4.1 -5.2 -2.9 -4.4 — -3.1 — -3.2 — 5.3 4.2 — -- — — 1985 % 1986 — — Program Description In 1978, President Carter issued Exectuive Order 12092, directing CWPS to expand its monitoring efforts and to begin a program of voluntary pay and price standards, and directing the Office of Federal Procurement Policy to issue regulations denying Federal contracts to violators of the standards. Business and labor viewed the guidelines as burdensome, biased, and ineffective. There was widespread dissatisfaction with the pay and price restraints. The CWPS staff grew from 42 in 1974 to 238 in 1979. Proposed Change President Reagan signed Executive Order 12288, which terminated the voluntary wage and price standards program initiated under President Carter. The Administration has proposed rescission of unnecessary funds in 1981. Extension of the current authorization for the agency which expires on September 30, 1981, will not be sought. Rationale The Administration has ended the wage and price standards program because of the voluminous reporting burden that was imposed on businesses under this program, and because these standards proved to be totally ineffective in halting the rising rate of inflation. Key Facts About the Program • While CWPS was in existence, inflation reached its highest level of the past ten years. The program was literally ineffective. • The confidential business data submitted to CWPS will be destroyed. 346 District of Columbia Borrowing from the U.S. Treasury Functional Code: 852 Agency: District of Columbia Funding 1981 CARTERBUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTOIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 465.0 467.7 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 5 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 580.6 606.5 580.0 585.5 503.7 503.7 466.3 466.3 476.4 476.4 -38.6 -74.5 -83.9 -99.4 + 13.6 -141.4 + 71.3 -83.7 + 85.4 -69.6 542.0 532.0 496.1 486.1 517.3 362.3 537.6 382.6 561.8 406.8 -60.0 -60.0 — 405.0 407.7 Program Description Loans to the District of Columbia The District of Columbia has exclusively financed its capital improvement projects by borrowing from the U.S. Treasury at the prevailing Treasury rate. The payback period for each loan is 30 years in equal annual payments. The loans outstanding as of September 30, 1980, totalled $1.4 billion. Because of congressional concern about the District's financial position, the Congress has authorized the City to continue borrowing from the Treasury for capital projects until it can enter the bond market. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to cap the capital improvement borrowing at $155 million in budget authority and to phaseout the District borrowings from the Treasury by 1984. This action would reduce the 1982 outlays by $74.5 million. Rationale This action is part of the Administration's effort to stretch out and retarget public sector capital improvement programs. The District should not substantially increase its long-term capital borrowing at the same time it is trying to enter the bond market to finance its deficit It is anticipated that the District of Columbia Government will enter the municipal bond market, and thus, will have no further need to borrow from the U.S. Treasury after 1983. The Administration's proposed termination by 1984 of the District's borrowing from the U.S. Treasury for capital projects is consistent with the theme of Section 461 of the Home Rule Charter—which was to facilitate District access to the private capital market. Key Facts About the Program • It is more costly for the District to borrow from the U.S. Treasury than if the City sold bonds to finance capital expenditures in the commercial bond market. If the City were in the private bond market, it would save the District millions of dollars each year. • The District should make every effort to slow the growth in its long-term debt while it is trying to acquire an acceptable bond rating to- enter the bond market. The Carter budget proposed to increase borrowing for new capital investments substantially from the 1980 and 1981 levels of $104 million and $131 million to $194 million in 1982. Actual draw down of these loans was expected to more than double during this period. • On behalf of the District, Congressman Fauntroy has recently introduced legislation that would permit the City to enter the commercial bond market. 347 Executive Office of the President Resources Agency: Executive Office of the President Functional Code: 806 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 117 115 121 118 - 110 108 111 111 111 112 122 115 -8 ^ — -6 -7 -6 -7 -5 -7 -8 -9 -11 -9 -13 -12 104 101 105 104 106 105 106 106 107 106 107 107 Program Description The Executive Office of the President provides funds for the maintenance of the White House and the Vice President's residence, and for staff support to the President on a wide range of topics, including budgetary matters, the environment, science and technology, and national security. Proposed Change The Administration plans to reduce the number of full-time permanent positions in the Executive Office by over 12% in 1981 and proposes to maintain this reduced level through 1982. This reduction comes primarily from three areas. • The voluntary wage and price standards program initiated by President Carter will be terminated. • Activities of the Council on Environmental Quality will be limited to only those statutorily mandated. • Science and technology staffing will be substantially reduced. Rationale This proposal is an integral component of the Administration's efforts to reduce Federal overhead and personnel costs. The termination of the wage and price standards program will help to fulfill the President's pledge to remove the unnecessary burden of Federal reporting requirements from the public. The Administration believes strongly that the Executive Office must lead the fight against increased government spending. A 12% reduction in full-time permanent positions substantially exceeds the general government-wide targets imposed by OMB. 348 Export-Import Bank Agency:DistrictofColumbia Functional Code: 155 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGE: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays (S in millions) 1984 1983 1982 1981 1985 1986 7,021 2,350 4,594 2,657 4.648 2,702 5,315 2,366 6,027 2,639 6,704 3,029 -106 81 -49 -363 -158 -406 -284 -32 -395 -198 -506 -281 -748 -70 -571 -236 -891 -523 -1,266 -782 -1,690 -1,026 -2,117 -1,248 6,167 2,361 3,974 2,058 3.599 1,773 3,766 1,552 3,942 1,359 4,081 1,500 Program Description The Export-Import Bank provides credit support for the sale of American goods and services overseas in the form of: • long-term direct loans to purchasers of U.S. exports, • discounting (refinancing) of medium-term commercial bank credits, • guarantees of privately originated loans, and • loan insurance against defaults by foreign purchasers. The size of the Bank's annual program is established by limitations in appropriations acts on direct loan obligations and on commitments to guarantee loans. The difference between the Carter and Reagan budget proposals for new authorizations are shown in the table below. Proposed Changes The Administration proposes to: • reduce new direct and discount loan authorizations by $752 million in 1981 to $5,148 million and by $600 million in 1982 to $4,400 million. • reduce loan guarantee authorizations by $1.0 billion in 1981 to $7,559 million and by $1.2 billion in 1982 to $8,220 million. Limitations on New Authorizations (S in millions) Authorization Levels CARTER BUDGET: Direct loan limitation Direct loans Discount loans Loan guarantee limitation PROGRAM CHANGE: Direct loan limitation Direct loans Discount loans Loan guarantee limitation REAGAN BUDGET: Direct loan limitation Direct loans Discount loans Loan guarantee limitation 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 5,900 5,500 400 8,560 5,000 5,000 5,500 5,500 6,050 6,050 6,650 6,650 7,300 7,300 9,420 10,360 11,400 12,540 13,800 -752 -752 -1,001 -600 -1.000 400 -1,200~ -810 -1.210 400 -1,540 -1,090 -1,490 400 -2,040 -1,440 -1.840 400 -2,660 -1,850 -2,250 400 -3,430 5,148 4,748 400 7,559 4,400 4.000 400 8,220 4,690 4,290 400 8,820 4,960 4,560 400 9,360 5,210 4.810 400 9,880 5,450 5,050 400 10,370 1981 349 Rationale President Reagan proposes to reduce or eliminate federal subsidies to business. He believes that American business should be required to compete in the market, unfettered by unnecessary government restrictions but unaided by special government privileges. In particular, he thinks it unfair that taxpayers should be forced to share the interest costs of private, profit-making — and often larger - - corporations engaged in export enterprise. The policy of using the Export-Import Bank "as a vehicle for meeting foreign export subsidy programs has not been justified by documented offsetting gains in economic efficiency. The Export-Import Bank has grown so rapidly in the past few years, and its lending policies have become so generalized, that the Bank's credit "facilities have become widely regarded as virtual entitlement programs. That private businesses should be "entitled" to special taxpayer subsidies is a concept firmly rejected by this administration. The need for restraint is obvious. In particular: • Between 1977 and 1981, the Carter Administration planned to increase direct lending activity by 600%, and to nearly double loan guarantees for the Export-Import Bank. • During 1980, the Bank's average interest rate for direct loans, 8.5%, was only about two-thirds of the rate that U.S. corporations paid for comparable borrowing in the private sector. • The Bank's lending rates have even fallen below its cost of borrowing at relatively low U.S. Government borrowing rates which is projected to cause the government to lose $100 million on the Export-Import Bank's operations in 1982. Cutting back on this program will not have a significant adverse impact on our trade posture: • The Bank's subsidy to foreign borrowers (estimated by the Congressional Budget Office to be between $200 million and $1 billion in 1980 alone) results in 'a low rate of return to our economy and drains away badly needed capital that results in reducing or eliminating our benefits from trade. • The United States international accounts are now strong, particularly with respect to the other major industrial nations. The U.S. current account balance has improved by $15 billion since 1978, while those of Germany and Japan have declined by $25 billion. In addition, the U.S. share of world trade stabilized during the 1970's and has increased in recent years. Fluctuations in U.S. export performance are a result primarily of cyclical changes in the U.S. and foreign economies, and not of growth in the Bank's direct lending. In fact, the direct loan program finances only 2-3 percent of U.S. exports. A far better way to promote U.S. exports is to make the American economy more productive and to reduce domestic inflation. Inefficient, market-distorting programs such as the Eximbank make such overall economic improvements more difficult, and thus, in a larger perspective, can hamper our trade posture. Placing appropriate restraints on this and similar business programs is an productivity and to fight inflation 350 Flood Program Agency: Federal Emergency Management Agency Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 3 Functional Code: 453 1981 1982 561 230 214 214 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 210 230 214 252 26 43 -448 — — 1985 1986 236 270 257 283 38 — 30 — — -99 -97 -Ill -115 -121 -125 -129 -132 -135 -137 113 230 115 117 124 115 136 127 145 138 151 146 Program Description This program provides nation-wide flood insurance to businesses and individuals. It has evolved into a subsidized insurance program that cost the Federal Government over $380 million in 1980. Rates in subsidized portions of the program have not been increased since 1972, when they were actually lowered from previous rates. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to raise the rates in the program back to their pre-1972 levels. Residential rates will increase from $.25 to $.40 per $100 of coverage. This — together with several minor adjustments - - will reduce outlays by 45% in 1982, and will result in total savings of over $600 million from 1982-1986. It will substantially reduce the Federal subsidy to those insured under this program. Rationale This change supports the Administration's policy of recovering clearly allocable costs from users. Currently, the taxpayers have been paying out almost three dollars in losses per each dollar received in premium income. People who receive the benefits of flood insurance should pay its costs. This change will eliminate a substantial portion of the subsidy that the taxpayer now provides and further discourage uneconomic development in flood prone areas. Key Facts About the Program The following table displays the current and proposed rate structures per $100 of coverage: Old Rates Structure Contents resident .25 .35 non-resident (business, etc.) .40 .75 New Rates resident .40 .50 non-resident .50 1.00 The program resulted in outlays of $382 million in 1980 and $239 million in 1979. Average claim size, number of persons covered, and number of claims—not to mention general inflation levels—have all increased over the past few years while uneconomic rates have not changed. The following table shows average premium per subsidized policy of $30,473: 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 Current $ 91 110 110 110 110 Proposed 91 159 159 159 159 351 1986 110 159 General Staff Reduction, FTC Agency: Federal Trade Commission Functional Code: 376 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEYIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlay's Budget Reform Criterion: 6 1981 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 74.3 73.3 77.9 76.5 80.0 79.2 -3.5 -4.3 -8.5 -8.4 70.8 69.0 69.4 68.1 1985 1986 81.7 80.1 83.4 818 85.2 83.3 -15.4 -15.9 -20.3 -19.9 -22.5 -22.1 -24.8 -24.1 64.6 63.3 61.4 60.2 60.9 59.7 60.4 59.2 Program Description The Federal Trade Commission is an independent regulatory agency with three primary missions: competition, consumer protection, and economic analysis and reporting. The Bureau of Competition shares responsibility with the Justice Department's Antitrust Division in the enforcement of antitrust statutes. Forty-five percent (800) of the FTC staff work on antitrust enforcement, 46% (823) engage in consumer protection activities, and 97% (161) prepare economic reports and analysis. About 20% of FTC staff are employed in ten regional offices. Proposed Change This proposal would reduce FTC's 1981 budget by 4.7% and the 1982 budget by 10.9%. The change in funding would result in a general across-the-agency staff reduction and the phasing out of the regional offices. Rationale By imposing fiscal restraints and reduced staffing levels, the reductions described are an integral component of President Reagan's comprehensive economic plan for spending reductions, tax reductions, and actions to remove unnecessary regulatory burdens. The proposed reductions will permit the FTC to refocus, retarget, and pursue the true objectives set forth in antitrust statutes. The appropriate focus for FTC's antitrust efforts is on major cases that affect the national economy, price fixing, and other horizontal merger activities that could clearly lead to a lessening of competition and undermine competitive markets and consumers' welfare. In the consumer protection area, the Commission has introduced regulations on business that have failed to demonstrate a positive benefit/cost ratio and have thus passed costs on to consumers. The FTC has imposed regulations without a clear concept of what harms the consumer, and in many cases these regulations are impeding the efficient workings of the marketplace. In recent years, there has been considerable activity at the State, local, and private level to resolve many of the same problems the FTC attempts to address. Consumers have been able to seek redress through a variety of formal and informal mechanisms without resorting to Federal administrative law procedures or to the civil and criminal justice process. It is possible to reduce resources in the FTC prudently without adversely harming the consumer or small business. By reducing regulatory and reporting burdens on private business, and eliminating restrictions on commerce, business will pass savings on to consumers. 352 Key Facts About the Program In 1970, Federal antitrust enforcement spending was $17 million with 1,200 full-time employees. Today that number has jumped to $71.5 million with 1,686 full-time employees, an increase of over 400% in spending. The proposed reductions before Congress would, by 1986, bring spending in the Federal antitrust area back to the 1980 level. The reductions will produce an overall agency dollar savings of 30%. The proposed reductions would encourage the FTC to concentrate on antitrust practices that create diseconomies to consumers, rather than pursue cases based on the rationale that "bigness equates to anti-competitive behavior," especially in vertical mergers. State Attorneys General have expanded activity in the antitrust area, another reason for eliminating the need for the FTC at the local or State level. Court cases, also, have demonstrated the power of private antitrust actions. 353 Building Construction Agency: General Services Administration Functional Code: 804 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 5 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 74 121 87 72 88 148 66 -121 -12 -7 -27 -79 -26 75 65 61 69 40 74 1985 1986 Program Description Construction of new Federal buildings is funded through a self-financed, revolving fund in the General Services Administration (GSA). The Fund is financed from rental receipts that are paid by each Federal agency for the office space and services that are provided to them by GSA. The Carter budget proposed a sizeable increase in new construction of Federal buildings. New obligational authority (not shown in the table above) for construction would increase from $16 million in 1981 to $196 million in 1982. The largest project is the new headquarters building for the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in Silver Spring, Maryland. Other projects ihclude a courthouse in Birmingham, Alabama and border stations in California, Arizona, and Maine. The Carter budget also proposed $121 million in borrowing authority from the Treasury to fund construction in excess of that possible with funds from rental receipts. This borrowing authority was specifically tied to the construction of the building for the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Proposed Change • Defer all new construction projects for Federal buildings except for two essential border stations (Otay Mesa, California and Houlton, Maine). • Retain funding for cost increases and other adjustments to existing projects that have already received some appropriations. • Retain funding for acquisitions of existing postal service buildings that have Federal tenants and are being excessed by the U.S. Postal Service. Rationale This stretch out and retargeting of public sector capital improvement projects would allow a reassessment of new construction needs in light of the sharply reduced levels of Federal personnel. In addition to these reductions in Federal construction, the amount of leased space will also be reduced. Key Facts About the Program The two essential border stations, which are funded, are necessary to fulfill our international commitments. The Otay Mesa station is a new border crossing point in California and the Houlton, Maine station must be opened when Interstate 1-95 is completed. Total construction outlays in GSA remain relatively constant after the Reagan revisions at $60 - 75M per year. These outlays are primarily due to projects approved in prior years. 354 New funding for the following projects would be eliminated. TYPE OF BUILDING PLACE Office Bldg. Silver Spring, Maryland 132 Courthouse Birmingham, Alabama 27 4 Border Station San Luis, Arizona 7 1 Office Bldg. Vancouver, Washington 1 Miscellaneous Projects NEW OBLIG. AUTHORITY 1982 1983 SPENDOUT (S in millions ) 1984 1985 1986 6 1 •Less than $500,000. **An additional S19 million would be spent in later years on the NRC building. 355 21 62 21** 12 4 4 1 1 1 Historical Publication and Records Commission Grants Agency: General Services Administration Functional Code: 804 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 4 4 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 3 3 3 3 3 3 1985 3 3 1986 3 3 Program Description The National Historical Publication and Records Commission gives grants to universities, nonprofit organizations (e.g., historical societies) and institutions, and Federal, state and governments for preservation and publication of U.S. historical materials. Federal funding for grants began in 1964 with $350,000; annual funding has grown since that time to $4 million in The Carter budget proposed a reduction in these grants from $4 million to $3 million in 1982. other local these 1981. Proposed Change Federal funding of these grants will be eliminated. Rationale In accordance with fiscal restraint on other programs of national interest, these grants should be eliminated. They are a low priority program that does not need Federal funding. Future research efforts should depend upon funding through private contributions and from state and local governments as was the practice prior to 1964. Key Facts About the Program The effects of depending totally on non-Federal funding follow: • High priority projects will still be funded through private donations or by state and local governments or universities. For example, since 1965 the founding fathers projects have received $4 million in Federal funds and $3 million in non-Federal funds. • High priority projects will be stretched out without Federal funds but they already take a long, long time to complete. For example, the five founding fathers projects all began between 1949 and 1965, and none is finished yet The oldest—the papers of Thomas Jefferson—began in 1949; so far 19 volumes have been published and 31 volumes remain to be completed. Authorization for these grants expire at the end of FY 1981. The expiration of this legislation will affect only the Federal funding for these grants. All other activities of the Commission, including the acceptance and distribution of private donations, is already authorized in the statutes of the National Archives. Therefore, the Administration will not submit any reauthorizing legislation. 356 Sales of Excess Materials from the National Defense Stockpile Agency: General Sen ices Administration Functional Code: 054 Funding 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 -477 -477 -477 -477 -410 -410 -486 -486 -475 -475 -473 -473 16 16 -9 -9 10 10 24 24 28 28 28 28 -507 -507 -507 -507 -75 -75 206 206 206 206 -993 -993 -907 -907 -537 -537 -241 -241 -239 -239 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 17 : Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1/ Budget Reform Criterion: 6 -461 -461 1985 1986 proposal to sell additional materials from the stockpile. Total receipts fr< are as follows: 1982 210 210 1981 210 210 Budget Authority Outlays 1983 217 217 1984 430 430 1985 436 436 1986 434 434 Program Description The General Services Administration maintains the National Defense Stockpile of strategic and critical materials for use in a national emergency. Over the past twenty years, a number of excess materials have been sold from the stockpile. However, it still contains approximately $6 billion in materials that have been declared excess by the national defense agencies. Silver and tin comprise over 80% of this $6 billion in excess materials. The Carter budget proposed sales of these excess commodities in 1982 that would generate receipts of $477 million as follows: $267 million of materials currently authorized for sale by the Congress and $210 million of materials that require congressional authorization (mostly silver sales). Proposed Change Accelerate the sales of these excess materials. Specifically, accelerate the sale of silver from 15 million ounces per year (Carter budget level) to 52 million ounces in 1982. Sales will continue at an average of one million ounces a week until the excess silver is sold. Fiscal Year (Silver sales in millions of ounces) Carter Budget Reagan Budget 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 52 52 21 Rationale These sales are part of the Administration's efforts to reduce waste in the Federal Government by eliminating unnecessary stockpile holdings.. This increase in receipts from the accelerated sales of excess silver will (1) provide needed revenues for future acquisitions of required stockpile materials and (2) avoid needless expenditures for the security, rotation, inspection and other storage costs of these excess materials. 357 The receipts from these sales will be earmarked under current law for purchases of essential materials for the stockpile. Every effort will be made to avoid any undue disruption of the usual markets of producers, processors and consumers of these materials as provided in the Strategic and Critical Materials Stock Piling Act (P.L. 96-41). Key Facts About the Program Sales at this level should not disrupt the market for silver because it is such a speculative commodity. (By law, stockpile sales must not disrupt the markets for any commodity.) Higher amounts of silver were sold in the past without disrupting the market as shown below: • Approximately 300 million ounces of silver were sold from the stockpile from 1967 through 1970. During the four years of sales, the price of silver rose from $1.78 to $1.83 an ounce. Prices were generally above the $1.78 level throughout the period. Sales during this period averaged over one million ounces a week. There is no strategic need to stockpile silver under any of the national defense scenarios. The annual U.S. production of silver is ample for national defense purposes. 358 Federal Protective Service Agency: General Services Administration Functional Code: 804 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 17 Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1981 1982 1985 1986 116 120 120 120 120 120 - - - - -- — -- — — -1 — - 8 - -15 — -23 -31 - 32 - 115 — 112 -105 — 97 89 88 Amounts are included in the published " Summary tables of Programmatic Decreases to the January budget" under the General Services Administration heading "Administration Reductions not included above." Program Description The Federal Protective Service provides protection to government buildings through mobile patrols and fixed guard posts. It employs over 3,000 Federal employees and approximately an equal number of contract guards. Proposed Change Reduce the protection of Federal buildings to levels that are similar to the private sector. The reduction will save 576 positions by the end of 1982 and 1,610 positions by the end of 1986. The reduction will be achieved entirely through attrition. Rationale This is part of the Administration's effort to reduce overhead and personnel costs. The aim of this reduction is to provide protective levels for office buildings that are similar to those in the private sector. In effect, the Government will depend more on local police, as was the practice prior to the build-up of security in the early 1970's. Key Facts About the Program This reduction will be implemented slowly through the attrition of current employees. This will avoid any sudden disruption in security and permit a review by the General Sendees Administration of those areas where marginal protection should be reduced. These reductions are sizeable and will lessen the security of Federal buildings. However, the first phase of the reduction through fiscal year 1982 will eliminate only the sharp increase in'protection that occurred in the early 1970's, i.e., at the end of FY 1982 the number of personnel in the Federal Protective Service will still remain above the levels in the late 1960's. Further reductions will occur in FY 1983 and beyond only after the General Services Administration has completed a review of where marginal protection can be reduced. 359 The staff history for GS A Guards follows: YEAR 1966 1967 GSA GUARDS/FEDERAL PROTECTIVE OFFICERS APPROPRIATED REIMBURSABLE TOTAL 2,285 2,329 970 1,018 3,255 3,347 lowest year * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1970 1971 1972 2,465 4,842 4,561 * * * 1978 1979 108 1981* 1982* 953 1,143 1,103 3,418 5,985 5,664 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 3,455 3,480 3,480 3,078 2,668 1,146 1,203 1,368 1,092 1,002 * Estimate ** Reagan levels remain above the levels in the 1960's. 360 4,601 4,683 4,848 4,170** 3,670** highest year International Communication Agency Agency: International Communication Agency Functional Code: 154 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 475 484 590 513 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 565 582 615 634 663 673 70S 697 -44 -30 -88 -77 -131 -120 -173 -163 -4 -4 -29 -24 -39 -40 -44 -44 -49 -49 -49 -49 470 480 561 489 482 512 483 513 483 504 483 485 Program Description The International Communication Agency (ICA) conducts academic and leader exchanges; produces and disseminates media materials; holds seminars on important issues and American life; operates libraries and cultural centers; acts as press agent for U.S. ambassadors in 125 countries; broadcasts (Voice of America) in 41 languages; and advises the President, the National Security Council and the Secretary of State on the foreign public opinion implications of foreign policy issues. Proposed Changes • Major traveling exhibits in the developing world and regional television series will be eliminated. • Academic exchanges and support for private exchanges and the East-West Center will be reduced. • Overseas staffs will be reduced and two branch posts will be closed • Reductions will be realized in administrative support, training, and technical improvements. • Employees currently being paid at foreign service salary rates but who will not subsequently be part of the world-wide foreign service system will be converted to the appropriate General Schedule grades and pay rather than artificially high grades. Rationale The proposed reductions eliminate or cut back lower priority activities and call for increased efficiency in the management of the program. The Voice of America is judged to be the preferred medium for reaching mass audiences and has not been cut. In a period of fiscal restraint, it is necessary to reduce administrative and overhead costs. Key Facts about the Program • Exhibits are very expensive and audiences tend not to be those people on whom ICA places highest priority. • U.S. government academic exchanges account for less than 3% of all foreign students studying in this country; thus a slight reduction in this area should not materially affect interchange with other countries. • The employee compensation change is necessary because, as a result of the Foreign Service Act of 1980, some employees are being overpaid. • Overseas staff reductions will affect primarily foreign national employees and will not materially affect the agency's ability to conduct its business. 361 Legal Services Corporation Agency: Legal Services Corporation Functional Code: 752 Budget Reform Criterion: 7 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 321 328 347 347 364 364 -347 -312 -364 -364 321 328 1985 1986 382 382 401 401 421 421 -382 -382 -401 -401 -421 -421 35 Program Description The Legal Services Corporation (LSC) is a private non-profit corporation which funds free civil legal assistance to the poor through over 300 grantees nationwide. Support centers, training, research, and overhead are also funded. Appropriations have grown from $72 million in 1975 to $321 million in 1981. The LSC authorization has expired, and terms of all members of the Presidentially-appointed Board of Directors expire by July. Proposed Changes Legal sendees is an authorized activity within the proposed HHS social services block grant. States will have broad discretion to determine which specific social services best meet local needs and should be funded. The President will not recommend reauthorization of the Corporation, and will not seek 1982 funding for L S C Rationale This change is based on budget reform criteria discussed in the President's February 18 message to Congress—consolidation of categorical grant programs into block grants to States. This will increase State priority-setting and control over resources, decrease overhead, and improve coordination among different social services. Added pro bono effforts by private attorneys, as part of their professional responsiblity, could substantially augment legal services funding provided by the block grant. With about 500,000 private attorneys nationwide, this can be a significant resource for legal services for the poor. Key Facts About the Program • Since 1975, LSC appropriations have had average annual growth of about 35%. FY 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 • Appropriation (S in millions) 72 90 125 205 270 300 321 % Increase over prior year — 25 39 64 32 11 7 According to LSC, nearly $50 million from other Federal, State and local, and private GAO has reported (HRD 78-164; sources is currrently available for legal services. November 6, 1978) that "improved coordination is needed. . .to ensure maximum use of all potential resources and efficient and effective delivery of free legal services to the poor." 362 • The American Bar Association (ABA) Code of Professional Responsibility states that: "The basic responsiblity for providing legal services for those unable to pay ultimately rests upon the individual lawyer, and personal involvement in the problems of die disadvantaged can one of the most rewarding experiences in the life of a lawyer. Every lawyer, regardless of professional prominence or professional workload, should find time to participate in serving the disadvantaged." • Restrictions on advertising, competition, and other barriers to normal market forces for legal services are being eliminated. This should increase the availability of low-cost legal services, particularly in "routine" cases such as divorce. • Most legal services are now provided by LSC grantees, operating as staff attorney offices directly handling individual cases. A major Congressional-mandated study has concluded that other delivery systems which make greater use of the private bar are viable—"judicare" (operating in conjunction with staff attorneys) and contracts with law firms. 363 National Consumer Cooperative Bank Agency: National Consumer Cooperative Bank Functional Code: 376 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 122 136 136 128 160 152 -89 -86 -136 -136 32 50 -8 1985 1986 185 178 185 175 200 190 -160 -159 -185 -180 -185 -177 -200 -192 -7 -2 -2 -2 Program Description The National Consumer Cooperative Bank (NCCB) was created in 1978 to provide financing for creditworthy consumer cooperative organizations, "soft" loans to potentially viable cooperatives, and interest subsidies to cooperatives whose members are predominatly low income persons. Under the Carter budget, the regular lending program would increase its activities ($100 milion), and the remaining programs would continue to experience slow growth. Proposed Change It is proposed to terminate funding for and the activities of the NCCB. All unobligated lending balances will be rescinded in 1981, and all requests for 1982 funding will be withdrawn. Repeal legislation hs been proposed, and Treasury will manage and liquidate the existing NCCB loan portfolio and redeem outstanding capital stock held by the Bank's borrowers. Rationale The program reflects the Administration's need to impose fiscal restraint on many programs and to eliminate programs that are not of national scope or interest. The National Consumer Cooperative Bank is a heavily subsidized special interest program, one of many that are contributing to an inflationary Federal budget deficit. The elimination of this program will save hundreds of millions of dollars over the next several years and will contibute significantly toward reducing inflationary pressure. This wall ultimately benefit a broad cross section of the American public. There is no compelling evidence that economically viable cooperatives are unable to obtain private financing. Creditworthy cooperatives with strong , managements that supply their memberships with necessary goods and services should be able to find private market financing. There is no need for Federal taxpayers to provide special subsidies for these businesses, and inefficient cooperatives should not be subsidized. Key Facts About the Program Although the National Consumer Coopertive Bank appears to have been created as a self supporting entity, there are a number of ways in which it is heavily subsidized: • While $300 million in startup capital which must be repaid was authorized, salaries and expenses are funded with separate appropriations which do not have to be repaid. To date these have totalled over $18 million, and the Carter budget requested an additional $8.7 million for FY 1982. 364 • All "soft" long term capital advances and interest subsidies are funded with appropriations that are not required to be repaid to the Treasury under the Act. Instead, repayments of advances may be reused by the Office of Self Help Development and Technical Assistance without additional appropriation. To date over $35 million has been appropriated for these purposes, and the Carter Budget requested an additional $27 milion for 1982. • Although the statute appears to require the Bank to pay a dividend on the Federal investment equal to the Treasury's cost of funds, a 25% ceiling on before tax earnings, including deductions for loss reserves, effectively brings the reimbursement to Treasury for its cost of funds to zero. For the over $77 million in Federal purchases of NCCB stock to date, Treasury has had to pay private investors rates that at times exceeded 15%. • The Bank recently withdrew all of its Treasury balances and invested them in marketable securities, despite an earlier pledge to keep balances in the Treasury until needed for loans. It currently costs the government over 13 percent to obtain funds in the private capital markets. Finally, the NCCB is not a viable organization. It is a Federal bank making loans in often small amounts to primarily local organizations. Its costs of servicing loans would therefore continue to be prohibitive. To the extent that co-ops borrow from the Bank, they fail to establish the local banking relationships important to small and growing businesses. Loan commitments to consumer cooperatives (Smillions) Year 1979 1980 1981 (January) (February) Regular Program 21.5 55.9 365 Capital Advances (Soft loans) 0.6 6.7 National Endowments for the Arts and Humanities Agency: National Endowments for the Arts & Humanities Functional Code: 503 Funding National Endowment for the Arts CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES AND ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays National Endowment for the Humanities CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES AND ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays' PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 1982 159 154 175 168 — Budget Reform Criterion: 6 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 188 175 203 188 217 202 230 212 -13 -7 -28 -21 -42 -36 -55 -49 — -87 -45 -81 -71 -75 -69 -70 -61 -65 -55 159 159 88 123 94 97 100 98 105 103 110 108 152 155 169 166 179 182 193 195 206 207 219 218 -10 -12 -24 -29 -37 -41 -50 -52 -84 -42 -79 -57 -72 -68 -67 -68 -62 -65 85 124 90 113 97 98 102 98 107 101 152 151 Program Description The National Endowment for the Arts awards discretionary grants to State and local arts agencies, cultural institutions, organizations, and individuals. Grants are aimed at: (1) encouraging creative efforts by artists; (2) enhancing access to the arts; (3) supporting arts institutions; (4) providing leadership in the arts; and (5) maintaining the artistic heritage of diverse cultural and ethnic groups. The Endowment supports eighteen programs ranging from Dance and Music to Folk Arts and Literature, and within these programs, some 120 funding categories. The National Endowment for the Humanities awards discretionary grants aimed at: (1) promoting public understanding of the humanities; (2) improving the quality of teaching in the humanities; (3) strengthening the scholarly foundation for humanistic study; and (4) contributing to the future well-being of essential institutional and human resources critical to humanistic study. Grants are awarded to individuals, institutions, and organizations in 33 program areas ranging from fellowships to support research and translations to interdisciplinary community education projects in science, technology and human values. Proposed Change The Administration proposes to reduce budget authority.for the Arts and Humanities Endowments by 50% effective in 1982. Rationale Reductions of this magnitude are premised on the concept that Federal policy for arts and humanities support must be revamped. In recent years, the Endowments have spread Federal financial support into an ever-wider range of artistic and cultural endeavor. This action will place more emphasis on the role of private philanthropy and State and local support for arts and cultural activities. 366 Moreover, in view of the current economic crisis requiring reductions in programs critical for support, funding for artistic and cultural pursuits is a relatively low priority budget item. Given need for reductions across the full range of Federal programs that meet more basic human needs, priority items must bear a greater burden if fiscal restraint is to be achieved in a balanced compassion way. Key Facts About the Program Budget by Funding Category (BA $ in millions) 1981 National Endowment for the Arts Definite program funds Administration Challenge grants Treasury funds 113.9 11.9* 13.4 19.3 158.5 National Endowment for the Humanities Definite program funds Administration Challenge grants Treasury funds 106.5 11.2 24.0 JL5 151.2 •Does not include pay suplemental request of $235,000. National Endowment for the Arts Programs Artists-in-Schools Dance Design Arts Expansion Arts Fellows Folk Arts Inter-Arts International Literature Media Arts Museums Music Opera-Musical Theater Research Special Constituencies State Arts Agencies Theater Visual Arts Challenge National Endowment for the Humanities Programs Public Programs Humanities Projects in media Humanities projects in museums and historical organizations Humanities projects in libraries Education Programs Elementary and secondary education Higher education/regional and national grants Higher education/individual institutions: Consultant grants Pilot grants Implementation grants 367 1982 Jan. Budget 1982 Revised 127.0 13.6 15.9 18.5 175.0 57.8 12.7 2.5 15.0 88.0 117.7 12.7 27.0 12.0 169.4 59.0 11.0 9.6 5.4 85.0 life the low and Fellowships and Seminars Programs National Endowment for the Humanities Fellowships Fellowships for independent study and research Fellowships for college teachers Residential fellowships for college teachers Summer stipends Summer seminars for college teachers Fellowships at centers for advanced study Fellowships and seminars for the professions Research Programs General research Basic research Intercultural research programs State, local, and regional studies Research, local, and regional studies Research materials Research tools program Program for editions Translations program Publications program Research resources Organization and improvement projects Conservation and preservation projects State Programs Special Programs and Planning Youth programs Science, technology, and human values Program development Special projects Planning and assessment studies 368 National Science Foundation Programs Agency: National Science Foundation Functional Code: 251 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1,083 1,007 1982 1,358 1,190 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 1,471 1,324 1,584 1,441 1,694 1,558 1,799 1,673 -14 -12 -37 -33 -62 -57 -85 -65 -83 -36 -320 -209 -346 -312 -369 -336 -392 -360 -411 -397 1,000 971 1.038 981 1,111 1,000 1,178 1,072 1,240 1,141 1,303 1,211 Program Description NSF provides support for research (particularly basic research) in all scientific disciplines, and for science and engineering education. The 1982 Carter Budget represented an increase of 25% over 1981 appropriated levels — one of the largest annual increases for NSF in the last two decades. Proposed Change NSF programs would be reduced in 1981 by $83 million or 8% below the appropriated level and in 1982 by $320 million or 24% below the Carter Budget. These reductions are made possible through: • deferral of the new programs proposed in the Carter budget; • elimination in 1982 of support for separate programs in science education; • reduction of behavioral, social, and economic sciences; and • reduction of funding for separately identified industry and international science activities. The revised budget would largely protect the core programs of the Foundation for the support of research in the mathematical, physical, biological, and neural sciences; in the earth, ocean, atmospheric and astronomical sciences; and in engineering. Certain relatively narrowly focused activities in research would be reduced or eliminated. The Antarctic research program, which maintains a U.S. presence in that region, and the ocean drilling programs, conducted with joint industry and international funding would continue essentially as planned. Rationale The 1982 Carter Budget increase of 25% over 1981 for NSF clearly cannot be sustained in the current environment of severe fiscal restraint. • New Programs proposed in the Carter 1982 Budget, totalling $110 million and including the university scientific laboratory and instrumentation upgrading program and the 25 meter radio telescope, can be dererred for future consideration. The objectives of the instrumentation modernization program can be partially met through the Foundation's research project support. • Separate programs in science and engineering education are being phased out because: — funds saved are necessary to achieve an overall reduction in the Foundation without sacrificing support of basic research in the natural sciences which is a relatively more appropriate responsibility of the NSF and Federal Government; — NSF support for science education has been spread among a large number of small programs which have little potential to impact significantly the problems they have addressed; hence their elimination would have a relatively small adverse impact; and 369 —Despite the eventual elimination of the fellowship and traineeship element of the science education program, the Foundation will continue to support over 9,000 graduate research assistants and postdoctoral fellows through its regular research project support grants. • Support for the behavioral social and economic sciences is being reduced significantly because much of the support of these sciences is considered of relatively lesser importance to the economy than support of the natural sciences. With $21 million left in the NSF budget for the behavioral, social and economic sciences, support can still be provided for critical high priority research . • Other changes in the support of science would eliminate or reduce separately identified funding for several narrowly focused programs cross - doctorate programs at NSF. Examples include: (1) Women-in-Science program which is less important now in view of significant improvements in the participation of women in the scientific workforce. (2) Two-to-four year college research instrumentation grants for which separately identified funding should not be provided because high quality research in any academic institution is eligible for funding through NSF research programs. (3) An experimental program to stimulate "competitive" research which is inappropriate for continued funding because it channels funds away from support of the best possible research solely for the purpose of ensuring greater geographic uniformity in distribution of research funds. • Although separately identified industry and international science programs are being reduced, highly meritorious activities can continue to be supported with the funds remaining or in competition with projects funded through regular research grants. Key Facts About the Program • The revised budget, for 1982 will still provide an increase of $38 million in budget authority over 1981. • The revised budget of $1,038 billion represents an increase of more than $100 million over the past three years (since 1979). • The revised budget wall still permit a 15% increase over 1981 in support of research in the natural sciences and engineering. Support for such research is the highest priority responsibility of the Foundation because — along with other Federal long-term research —it provides the underpinning for future growth in the economy and leadership in science and engineering. • Although science education programs are being eliminated, sufficient funds are provided in the 1982 budget for science education to continue support for persons on previously awarded multi-year fellowships. 370 Annual Indexation of Civil Service Retirement Annuities Agency: Office of Personnel Management Functional Code: 602 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 27,634 17,633 29,597 19,926 32,008 22,667 34,139 25,248 36,010 27,774 37,704 30,207 + 24 -77 -47 -253 -167 -597 -382 -1,031 -535 -1,547 -762 -2,158 27,658 17,556 29;550 19,673 31,841 22,070 33,757 24,217 35,475 26,227 36,942 28,049 Program Description 1.6 million civil service retirees and survivors receive annuities that are fully adjusted for inflation twice a year (in March and September). The amount of the increases is determined by the increase in the Consumer Price Index (CPI). Proposed Change The Administration has proposed that Federal annuities be adjusted annually. The adjustment would be made in March of each year on the basis of the annual increase in the'CPI. Under this proposal, no September adjustments would be made (the September, 1981 adjustment would be the first one to be eliminated). Rationale This proposal is part of the Administration's effort to revise entitlements to eliminate unintended benefits. Virtually no group is as well protected against inflation as Federal retirees. Full automatic indexation of annuities is an extraordinary benefit in and of itself. Full semi-annual adjustments are almost without parallel in any other sector of the economy. Social Security pensions are only adjusted once a year. Typically, individuals with both private pension plans and social security have protection of up to 70% of the CPI. These 70% adjustments are not more frequent than once a year. The President's Commission on Pension Policy found that one-half of State and local pensions are adjusted for inflation but with specified limits, generally 3% annually. Less than 5% of all State and local employees are covered by plans that provide for unlimited automatic adjustment. Ironically, the generous adjustments for retired Federal Government employees are not only inequitable in terms of the retired population mentioned above, but also produce inequities between Federal retirees within the same system. Older retirees often receive greater benefits than recent retirees with comparable positions and length of Federal service. For example, a GS-5 typist retiring in 1965 at age 62 with 30 years of Federal service would currently receive an annual annuity of over $11,000, while a similar employee retiring last summer would receive less than $8,000 annually. Key Facts About the Program Evidence of the overwhelming generosity of Federal employee retirement systems demands that its recipients be asked to take their share in the reductions in government expenditures. The reduction is not drastic. The March CPI adjustment each year will produce an annuity rate that is the same as that produced under a twice-a-year system. The difference is that the annuity paid under once-a-year is less than twice-a-year for 6 months of the year (i.e^ October through March). The following is a tabular illustration of the effect of the proposal on the rate of annuity paid. 371 COST OF LIVING ADJUSTMENTS CPI Adjustment March 1981 Sept. 1981 March 1982 Sept. 1982 March 1983 Current Process % CPI Monthly Annuity $ 958 17 5.8 1,014 4.1 1,056 4.3 1,101 2.6 1,130 Proposed Process % % CPI Monthly Annuity $ 958 17 10.2 1,056 7 1,130 The total annual loss to an annuitant paid at a rate of $958 monthly is $336 a year. As the table indicates, this is a one-time loss and is not compounded in succeeding years. In return, the estimated savings in 1982 to the CSR fund, if annual COLA is adopted, is $510M. Further, a highly inequitable policy will be discontinued. Under current policy and our proposed changes, virtually every Federal beneficiary group receiving assistance with automatic adjustments for the impact of inflation will have their payments adjusted annually including the military, social security, workmen's compensation, food stamps, and child nutrition. ^ Average annuity paid to Federal employee beneficiaries on the Civil Service retirement rolls. 372 Intergovernmental Personnel Act Grant Program Agency: Office of Personnel Management Functional Code: 806 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget AuthorityOutlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 1981 1982 (% in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 20.0 20.5 20.0 21.5 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 -5.6 -2.0 -20.0 -12.9 -20.0 -20.0 -20.0 -20.0 -20.0 -20.0 -20.0 -20.0 14.4 18.5 8.6 Program Description At the projected level of $20 million, The Office of Personnel Management would allocate $16M in grant funds to State and local governments, on a 50-50 matching formula, for personnel management projects, including labor relations, staffing, and training. An additional $4M would be allocated to discretionary demonstration and intergovernmental activities. ' A total of 800 projects is planned—roughly $25 thousand in Federal funds per project. Proposed Change The Administration does not propose to seek further funding of this categorical grant program. The change would also eliminate the need for extensive pre-award consultation, processing of grant applications, and monitoring implementation. Rationale The elimination of the Intergovernmental Personnel Act Grant (IPA) program is proposed because of the strong conviction that personnel activities and improvements in the area of merit staffing, training, compensation, and labor relations are the direct responsibility of State and local governments and should be funded by them. Insofar as the Federal Government has aggravated the problems of State and locals in carrying out their personnel responsibilities through the heavy demands placed on them to manage a multiplicity of grant programs, the Administration has developed a far better solution than continuance of IPA. That solution is to remove those demands by eliminating many catagorical grants and consolidating them into four block grant programs. Key Facts About the Program The Federal Government has funded, on a matching-fund basis, some 5,000 personnel management improvement and training projects over a 10-year period at a cost of about $160 million. The primary purpose of the Federal Government's involvement was to demonstrate, through the provision of "seed-money" to fund a series of projects, the value to State and local governments of investing their own resources in efforts to build or improve merit-based personnel systems. Implicit in this concept was the expectation that the program would end after a reasonable period. The Administration believes that a 10-year demonstration period is more than adequate and that it is now appropriate to eliminate direct Federal involvement. Finally, the proposal eliminates the need for a Federal bureaucracy to distribute and monitor the awards and for the inevitable Federal presence and control that follow this process. 373 Postal Service Subsidy Reduction Agency: United States Postal Service Functional Code: 372 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 1/: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1,343 1,343 1,343 1,343 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 1.119 1,119 831 831 789 789 764 764 754 754 -250 -250 -112 -112 -237 -237 -226 -226 -216 -216 869 869 719 719 552 552 538 538 538 538 i related proposal. Total savings from current law under this proposal are follows: Budget Authority Outlays 1981 -250 -250 1982 -632 -632 1983 -690 -690 1984 -765 -765 1985 -779 -779 1986 -779 -779 Program Description This proposed reduction would affect the public sendee subsidy and the revenue forgone payments to the Postal Sendee. The public sendee subsidy offsets the costs of maintaining services that are not self-sustaining. The revenue forgone subsidy provides funds for reduced rates for certain classes of mail. Proposed Changes Under this proposal the public sendee subsidy will be phased out by 1984. The revenue forgone subsidy will be reduced to $500 million in F T 1982 and beyond. These reductions should result in the Postal Service taking action to further increase the productivity and cost-effectiveness of postal operations. Rationale In applying sound economic criteria to subsidy programs, the Administration believes that the costs of mail sendee should be borne by its users, not taxpayers. Subsidies to the Postal Service undercut its incentives to realize operational efficiences, hindering its progress towards financial independence. Further, articifially suppressed mail rates encourage inefficient use of the mail system and have the effect of increasing postage rates. The Administration believes that the Postal Service, if it is to become a viable business concern, must live within its operating revenues. Key Facts About the Program • Even with the proposed reductions, certain mailers will continue to receive subsidies which will make up the difference between the rate they actually pay and the regular rate charged to non-subsidized mailers. • The nonprofit rate is now subsidized to such an extent that bulk mailers have little incentive to update their mailing lists, preferring instead to mail duplicates. • Revenue forgone subsidies represent less than 0.2 precent of the net non-profit income reported by non-profit organizations. These organizations are estimated to receive almost $12 billion in Federal grants and other benefits in 1980, exclusive of mailing subsidies which were $643 million. 374 Savings of the proposed reductions from current law are shown in the following table: (Outlays in millions of dollars) 1982 1983 1984 1985 1981 Public Service Subsidy: 644 552 Current law 736 789 764 Reagan level 486 300 150 0 0 Revenue Forgone Subsidy: Current law 789 789 789 789 789 Reagan level 789 500 500 500 500 Total savings from current law: 250 632 690 779 765 375 1986 754 0 789 500 779 Railroad Retirement Agency: Railroad Retirement Board Functional Code: 601 Funding 1981 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 1,2,6 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 CARTER BUDGET: Outlays 5,295 5,827 6,664 6,285 7,007 7,351 REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENT: +41 -61 -186 -301 -432 -575 Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 17 : -10 -40 -40 -40 -40 -40 Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: 5,326 5,726 6,059 6,323 6,535 6,736 Outlays 17 The Carter Budget already included savings for another proposal the Rail Pension Assurance Amendments which has been adopted in the Reagan revisions. Pension Assurance increased trust fund receipts (BA) and reduced outlays, as follows: 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 Budget Authority -+340 + 372 + 396 + 424 439 Outlays ^z =40 z80 zl20 zl59 ^195 Total Deficit Reduction - (380) (452) (516) (583) (634) Program Description The federally administered rail industry plan pays pensions to 1 million retired or disabled rail workers, their dependents and survivors. The rail sector has not adequately funded their existing industry pension plan which is insolvent and will be out of funds by April 1982. The rail industry pension plan is actuarially underfunded by at least 4 percent of industry payroll in the long term. Based on the rail sector's commitment to report their joint recommendation for sound financing of existing as well as higher pensions by March 1, 1981, the Congress enacted in December 1980 an ad hoc increase to take effect three months after the report (June 1981). The parties have missed their deadline, and a negotiated agreement for sound industry financing is unlikely to emerge in the near future. Proposed Changes To avoid exacerbating the rail plan's insolvency, repeal the increase and enact the Rail Pension Assurance Amendments until the rail sector soundly finances their pensions. Rationale Since 1976 RRB's Chief Actuary has projected serious underfunding of the rail industry pension. Rail labor and management have yet to agree on financing of their industry pension, a responsibility they have to the 1 million beneficiaries and 500,000 rail workers. The Nation's taxpayers now annually subsidize the rail industry pension by $700 per rail worker. Benefits should not be increased when the rail industry pension will be bankrupt in a year. The rail sector should soundly fund existing pensions before increasing payments. The Rail Pension Assurance Amendments would increase revenues by one-half the actuarial deficit and prospectively reduce payments by the other half. Key Facts About the Program • Rail earnings will average over $29,800 in 1982, placing rail employees among the highest paid workers in America. • Rail pensions are among the richest multi-employer pensions. Railroaders' pensions exceed Federal Civil Service or Military Retirement payments for comparable earnings, according to GAO (HRD 79-41, June 8, 1979). 376 • Federal taxpayers directly subsidize the rail industry pension plan by $350 million annually. This current taxpayer subsidy equals $700 per rail employee. The rail industry seeks to double this windfall subsidy. • Social Security, in a unique arrangement, annually contributes $1.9 billion to the rail industry pension plan. The rail industry seeks to transfer an added $2 billion out from social security into their pension plan. 377 SBA Business Credit Assistance Agency: Small Business Administration Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTLMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES 17 : Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 17 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Functional Code: 376 1982 ($ in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 - 619 572 546 614 624 709 674 752 690 768 699 777 0 -49 -149 -81 -22 -197 -60 -226 -75 -240 -82 -248 619 524 397 534 602 513 614 527 615 529 617 530 1985 -191 -356 1986 -203 -369 The Carter Budget already included savings for this proposal. Total savings 1982 1981 0 -289 Budget Authority -96 -160 Outlays expected are as follows: 1984 1983 -120 -170 -295 -336 Program Description The Small Business Administration (SBA) provides credit assistance to small businesses through its: • direct and guaranteed business loan programs; • 100% guarantee of State pollution control bonds, the proceeds of which are used to enable small businesses to acquire pollution control equipment; and • 90% guarantee of losses incurred by surety companies on bid, payment, or performance bonds that are issued to small contractors. The Carter 1982 Budget proposed to consolidate SBA's business loan programs and to raise the subsidized interest rates on direct loans to the rate charged for guaranteed loans. The Carter Budget also proposed to reduce the 1981 program levels approved by the Congress for both direct and guaranteed business loans: (Program level in millions of dollars) 1981 1982 Carter Reagan Carter Reagan Budget Budget Budget Budget Cong. Action Business Loans: Direct Guaranteed 404 4,518 346 4,168 304 3,888 346 4,200 260 3,150 The Carter Budget proposed no changes in 1981 or 1982 from the 1980 program level ($1.6 billion) for surety bond guarantees. It did, however, propose a modest increase in the program level for pollution control bond guarantees, requesting that die ceiling be raised from $100 million in 1980 to $110 million in 1981, and then to $125 million in 1982 (i.e., the statutory authorization ceilings). Proposed Change • Reduce all credit assistance program levels by 25% in 1982. (In 1981, reduce uncommitted resources proportionately). • Eliminate deep interest subsidies on direct loans by increasing interest rates to the market level charged for guaranteed loans, i.e., within no more than 2 3/4 percentage points above New York prime. 378 Ending deep interest subsidies would eliminate the artificial demand for direct loans and would facilitate efforts to make SBA the lender of last resort. It is anticipated that private lenders will provide sufficient resources to mitigate the effect of reductions in SBA lending and other credit assistance activities. This will be facilitated by the President's proposed tax, fiscal, and regulatory reduction measures, which are designed to stimulate economic expansion and job creation. Rationale • The proposed changes are an integral component of the President's plan to apply sound criteria to economic subsidy programs. • Small business will benefit substantially more from the President's overall economic plan to stabilize financial markets, reduce interest rates, and get inflation down than from SBA financial assistance. • Increasing interest rates would reduce the number of marginal small businesses that are unable to compete in the marketplace and are dependent on Federal subsidies to survive. It would also minimize distortions in the credit market, as well as productivity losses. • It has not been demonstrated that the private sector will not absorb significant portions of SBA financial assistance to small business. • The proposed changes are part of a comprehensive plan to restructure SBA credit assistance activities, with the ultimate objective of reducing the Government's level of intervention. Key Facts About the Program • Even after the reductions, 1981 and 1982 guaranteed loan program levels do not represent a significant decline below the actual 1980 level. In 1980, $3,176 million in new guaranteed loan commitments were made. The Reagan Budget provides for new guaranteed loan commitments of $3,388 million and $3,150 million in 1981 and 1982, respectively. • In 1980, SBA made a total of 31,519 direct and guaranteed loans. As of January 31,1981, SBA had a total of 137,500 direct and guaranteed loans outstanding. This means that SBA is providing financial assistance to less than 2% of the 14 million small businesses identified by IRS. • The Pollution Control Bond Guarantee program provides an indirect guarantee of tax-exempt revenue bonds and, therefore, operates in violation of Administration credit policy. • SBA's management of the Surety Bond Guarantee program has been criticized by GAO (in a 12/27/79 report) for not taking adequate steps to minimize losses and to ensure that small businesses are able eventually to obtain bonds without Federal guarantees. 379 SBA Disaster Loan Assistance Agency: Small Business x\dministration Functional Code: 453 Budget Reform Criterion: 4 Funding 1982 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1,480 2,300 0 -99 0 -100 0 -100 0 -100 0 -100 -780 -780 0 8 0 -2 0 11 0 24 0 36 700 1,520 0 -91 0 -102 0 -89 0 -76 0 -63 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1985 1986 Program Description The Small Business Administration (SBA) provides heavily subsidized loans to individuals and businesses that are victims of physical and non-physical disasters. These loans are funded through a combination of budget authority and repayments on outstanding loans. The negative outlays shown above represent repayments in excess of program needs. • Physical Disaster Loans. Loans to rehabilitate or replace damaged property are provided at interest rates of: — 3% for homeowners, — 5% for business that cannot obtain credit elsewhere, and — at the current cost of Treasury borrowing for businesses that can obtain credit elsewhere These loans are authorized in areas where the President, the Secretary of Agriculture, or the Administrator of SBA declares a disaster resulting from a natural catastrophe. Loans may also be awarded to small businesses located in a disaster area to mitigate the economic effects of the disaster. • Non Physical Disaster Loans. These loans are provided only to small businesses that suffer economic injury as a consequence of government regulatory or legislative action (e.g., air and water pollution standards, standards for occupational safety and health, involuntary dislocation, and U.S. Olympic boycott). Legislation (P.L. 96-302) enacted in July 1980 has, with very few exceptions, ended the availability of SBA disaster assistance to farmers. To reflect this change, the Carter Budget proposed a 1982 disaster loan program level of $490 million, as compared to a 1981 level of $2,850 million, which included assistance to farmers that suffered losses from droughts that began before the new law was enacted. Proposed Change • Withdraw 1981 supplemental request and adopt policies that will ensure that the Disaster Loan Fund operates within existing budgetary resources (i.e., a 1981 program level of $2.1 billion). • Terminate funding for non-physical disaster assistance. In 1981, the $10 million originally provided for this purpose during the second half of the year will be used to meet the need for physical disaster assistance. The request for $50 million in 1982 is being withdrawn. • Raise interest rates on physical disaster loans to the current cost of Treasury borrowing, thereby limiting interest subsidies. • Limit disaster assistance loans to victims who have no sources of private financial asssistance. The major reductions identified should not significantly affect disaster victims who are most deserving of assistance. SBA has developed new disaster loan allocation policies that take into account the need to establish priorities among eligible disaster victims and ensure that all deserving victims receive some aid. 380 Rationale • The proposed changes are consistent with the President's policy of applying sound criteria to economic subsidy programs. • An increase in interest rates would eliminate the incentive to apply for disaster loans when no real need exists and would still provide substantial savings to disaster victims over prevailing market rates. • The open-ended availability of Federal disaster assistance is a disincentive for individuals and businesses to make sound locational decisions. • Since there is no attempt to target assistance to those in most need, the Government ultimately subsidizes the rich as well as the poor. • According to a 1979 GAO Report, there is little or no assurance that "disaster assistance loans are not used in frivolous ways, particularly by wealthier borrowers." A January 1981 GAO Report on Federal aid in Massachusetts after the 1978 blizzard indicated that there was evidence of misuse or duplication of disaster benefits in 26% of the sample cases audited. • Many of the "non-physical" disaster loans are necessitated by poor business judgment To the extent that financial assistance is justified, it can be provided through SBA's regular business loan program. Key Facts About the Program • SBA's disaster loan portfolio has increased from $563 million in 1971 to $5.4 billion in 1980. • If no constraints were imposed, SBA estimates that the demand for 1981 disaster assistance would exceed $4.9 billion. • Until regulations were revised on March 19, 1981, SBA provided loans to disaster victims without regard to the availability of private financing or personal net worth. • Under its revised regulations, SBA will impose a means test and a credit elsewhere test and will limit business disaster loans to 60% of verified physical losses. Homeowners will continue to receive 100% of verified physical losses. 381 Summary of Small SBA Items Agency: Small Business x\dministration Functional Code: 376 Funding CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (% in millions) 1984 1983 1981 1982 45 45 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 -4 -8 -20 -16 -16 -16 -16 -16 -16 -16 -16 -16 41 37 28 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 1985 1986 Program Description The Small Business Administration (SBA) funds several special purpose management and technical assistance programs, including: • The Small Business Development Center (SBDC) program, which provides a. university-centered approach to the delivery of management assistance to small businesses ($5.4 million in 1982). • The Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) program, which targets'management and technical assistance to women business owners ($6.4 million in 1982). • The 7(j) Development Assistance program (sometimes referred to as "call contracting"), which provides technical and management assistance—through private contractors—to firms determined by SBA to be socially and economically disadvantaged ($12 million in 1982). • The Business Development Expenses (BDE) program, which provides funds to socially and economically disadvantaged firms participating in SBA's 8(a) procurement program to purchase equipment and/or materials needed to perform a Government contract ($24 million in 1982). Proposed Change • Terminate funding ($5.4 million) for the Small Business Development Center program beginning in 1982. • Eliminate separate funding for all Women's Business Enterprise activities that can be performed through on-going SBA programs (i.e., reduce WBE by $2.2 million in 1981 and $4.8 million in 1982). • Eliminate Carter Budget enhancements of $2 million in 1981 and 1982 for 7(j) Development Assistance. • Eliminate Carter Budget increases of $4 million in 1981 and 1982 for Business Development Expenses for 8(a) firms. The proposed changes would not have a significant adverse effect on SBA clientele. Assistance to special interest groups will be provided through on-going SBA mainstream programs. The SBDC program is a pilot project; therefore, its termination will have minimal effects on the small business community at large. Similarly, elimination of planned enhancements for minority business assistance will not reduce benefits below those currently received. 382 Rationale • These changes are consistent with President Reagan's efforts to impose fiscal restraint on programs of national interest • The President's comprehensive economic recovery program of tax, fiscal, and regulatory reduction measures will do more to stimulate small business development than SBA direct spending programs. • The SBDC program creates a major budget threat as requests increase for Centers in each State. Early evaluations of the program (by GAO and by an outside consultant) cited serious deficiencies in the delivery of management assistance through this program, including inadequate faculty participation, insufficient follow-up with clients, and limited minority outreach efforts. There is also evidence that the program may benefit universities more than small businesses. • The elimination- of a separate Women's Business Enterprise program does not eliminate SBA's mandate to provide technical and management assistance to women business owners through its on-going programs. A small staff will be maintained to ensure that adequate assistance is being provided to women and to develop alternative ways of addressing women's needs through on-going programs. • Given efforts to constrain Federal spending, funding for the delivery of technical and management assistance to socially and economically disadvantaged businesses must be held constant. The effects of this reduction are mitigated by the fact that SBA's efforts in this area are supplemented by the Minority Business Development Agency in the Department of Commerce. 383 Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA) Agency: Student Loan Marketing Association Functional Code: 506 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTIMATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES Budget Authority Outlays REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays 1,095 1,095 1,000 1,000 1982 1,923 1,923 — -1,423 -1,423 2,095 2,095 Budget Reform Criterion: 6 (S in millions) 1984 1983 1985 1986 2,500 2,500 3,000 3,000 3,500 3,500 4,000 4,000 -289 -289 -457 -457 -957 -957 -1,457 -1,457 -2,211 -2,211 -2,543 -2,543 -2,543 -2,543 -2.543 -2,543 500 500 Program Description SLMA was set up by Congress as a private corporation to provide a secondary market for the Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) program. SLMA buys these loans using the Department of the Teasury's Federal Financing Bank (FFB) capital provided under a Department of Education guarantee. SLMA has effectively increased the total volume of loans under the GSL program above what would be lent without a secondary market. Proposed Changes The Administration proposes to eliminate the Department of Education's guarantee of SLMA's FFB borrowing, and therefore deny SLMA's access to the FFB. Off-budget savings will occur due to a reduction of an estimated $14 billion of FFB lending over the next five years. Rationale This proposal is a component of the Administation's effort to impose fiscal constraint on Government lending and reduce intervention into private capital markets. Further government stimulation of SLMA is unnecessary. Outstanding GSL commitments are scheduled to double in 1982 over the level prevailing as recently as 1980, rising to about $30 billion in outstanding commitments by the end of 1982. Some of the 49 State guarantee agencies now provide secondary markets for student loans, and there are other incentives within the GSL program to generate private loan capital. Given this resource base in support of student loans, it is unnecessary for the Federal Government to provide SLMA with subsidized capital to expand its secondary market operations. Although this proposal has no on-budget outlay impact, it will reduce the Federal presence in the Nation's private credit markets by reducing the borrowing requirements of the off-budget Federal Financing Bank. SLMA can access the private market. Key Facts About the Program • As of September 1980, SLMA had $1,168,089 thousand outstanding in warehousing advances. It is expected that volume will reach an adjusted level of $1,327,900 thousand by September 30, 1981. SLMA expects to purchase $916,092 thousand in loans in 1981, and have a net increase of $1,017,500 thousand in 1982, to reach a level of $3,044,000 thousand as of September 30, 1982. "• As of September 30, 1980, SLMA had entered into agreements to purchase during the next 204 months up to $665 million of federally and State insured student loans originated by 11 State higher education agencies and 8 financial institutions. As of September 30, 1981, SLMA expects to have outstanding $890 million of such agreements to purchase. • As of September 30, 1980, SLMA had total outstanding debt obligations to the Federal Financing Bank of $2,345 million. 384 • SLMA will be precluded from receiving a double Federal subsidy — the subsidized interest rates on Guaranteed Student Loans based returning a fair profit over the cost of private money and the subsidy of using below private market rate Federal financing. This insures SLMA of large profits on its operation. In 1980 SLMA recorded record profits of $9.4 million, a 50 percent increase over 1979 profits. Earnings per share jumped from $38.80 in 1979 to $56.64 in 1980. • The Federal borrowing is only one of the many means SLMA has available for raising capital. • The Education Amendment of 1980 removes SLMA's access to the FFB after 1984, the Administration's proposal would implement this change two years earlier. This would force SLMA to seek private funds to support its operation, something SLMA has always said it wants to do when it is ready. • The 3/2/81 Chronical of Higher Education quoted Ed Fox, President of SLMA as saying that "the corporation is ready to continue its services to private lenders if allowed a gradual shift from government financing of its operations." • The Administration's proposal will permit SLMA to borrow an additional $1.5 billion from the FFB between 1981 and 1982 in order to ease the effects of a sudden loss of Federal support for current long term commitments and ease the transition to financing through the private market. • SLMA's Federal guarantee was intended to be a temporary feature of its operation until it became established in financial markers. When the FFB was created in 1974, SLMA became an eligible borrower because of the Federal guarantee of its debt. Since that time, it has borrowed exclusively from the FFB and has not sought financing through private markets. 344-211 0 - 8 1 - 1 3 385 Savings Affecting Many Agencies 387 Savings Due to Reduction in Regulations Agency: Regulatory Reform Functional Code: 999 Budget Reform Criterion: NA President Reagan has initiated a comprehensive progam to eliminate unnecessary governmental interference in the economic and private lives of all Americans. While some regulatory activity is needed to protect the health and safety of the public — few would suggest eliminating traffic signals - every regulation costs the taxpayer in two ways. There are the direct costs associated with maintaining the bureaucracies that issue, administer, and enforce regulations. The administration's proposal will reduce these costs by more than $100 million in 1981 and $500 million in 1982. These savings are included in other savings shown elsewhere. The other costs that regulations place on the public are higher prices and government interference in their everyday lives. These costs are discussed elsewhere in the President's message. The budget impact of several major reductions in regulation proposed by the administration is discussed below. • Decontrol of oil prices will encourage the development of our petroleum resources and also reduce the direct cost to the taxpayer of government regulation by $50 million in 1982. • Elimination of the Council on Wage and Price Stability will save the taxpayer $1.5 million in 1981 alone. • Elimination of unnecessary governmental controls on the delivery of health care will save approximately $200 million in 1982. The Administration proposes to eliminate the burdensome bureaucracies of health planning agencies and professional standards review organizations. In addition to these specific reductions, these figures include some across-the-board cuts in the budgets of regulatory agencies. Fewer regulators will necessarily result in fewer regulations and less harassment of the regulated. Savings Due to Reductions in Federal Regulatory programs^ (dollar amounts in millions) Regulatory Activity BA 0 Employment* 1982 BA O Business and commerce 438 12 14 768 24 25 Environment and energy 826 150 107 3,098 355 308 Health care industry and other 212 68 53 955 217 172 1,476 229 173 4,821 595 506 TOTAL 17 1981 Employment* These savings are included in other savings shown elsewhere. * Full-time equivalent. 389 Reductions of Federal Civilian Employment and Related Savings Agency: All Agencies Functional Code: 999 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Total Defense Non-Defense POTENTIAL CHANGE: Defense Non-Defense REAGAN BUDGET: Total Defense Non-Defense Budget Reform Criterion: 8 (Number of employees*thousands) 1982 1984 1983 1985 1986 2,111 (916) (1,195) 2,132 (916) (1,216) 2,132 (916) (1,216) 2,132 (916) (1,216) 2,132 (916) (1,216) 2,132 (916) (1,216) 14 -33 20 -63 20 -83 14 -102 8 -123 2 -144 2,092 (930) (1,162) 2,089 (936) (1,153) 2,069 (936) (1,133) 2,044 (930) (1,114) 2,017 (924) (1,093) 1,990 (918) (1,072) PERSONNEL COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS Budget Authority and Outlavs (in billions of dollars) Carter Budget 17 Potential change: Defense Non-Defense Reagan Budget l/ 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 56.5 58.0 58.0 58.0 58.0 58.0 0.1 -0.4 56.2 0.3 -1.6 56.7 0.3 -2.1 56.2 0.2 -2.6 55.6 0.2 -3.1 55.1 0.1 -3.7 54.4 Excluding future pay adjustments Compensation and benefits for Federal civilian workers comprise a significant part of the Federal budget—about $56.5 billion for 1981. Rationale As a step in reducing the size, cost, and inefficiency of the Government, the President has imposed new lower civilian personnel ceilings for 1981 and 1982 for Executive Branch agencies. At the same time, the Government-wide hiring freeze has been lifted for those agencies that are able to meet their revised lower personnel ceilings. These lower personnel levels will help foster a new attitude toward eliminating waste and inefficiency in Government and spur increased productivity. Lower levels of Federal employment are appropriate because of reduced program levels in the revised Reagan budget In addition, lower Federal employment levels can be achieved by reducing overhead and by greater efficiencies in carrying out Federal programs. To meet the Nation's highest priority needs and to assure that essential services are not interrupted, heads of agencies have been instructed to make reallocations within their respective agencies. This will result in more efficient use of personnel and funds by targeting limited resources to those operations that vitally affect the Nation. Proposed Change For non-Defnese agencies, civilian employment will be reduced to a level that would have been achieved if the total freeze on hiring remained in effect throughout 1981. There were some exceptions to this general statement. • The Defense Department's employment will increase in tandem with proposed increases in budgetary resources for national defense. • The Department of Health and Human Services will experience a small, short-term, increase in staffing to implement social security benefit reforms. 390 • The Department of State will hold level for 1981 for reasons of national security. • The Treasury Department will experience a lesser decline in IRS than would have been derived from continuing the freeze to provide for increased levels of audit examinations, which in turn will increase revenues. The end result will be a reduction in total employment of 32,900 positions from the Carter budget estimates for 1981. For 1982 there will be a reduction of 63,100 positions from the Carter budget and for the years of 1983-1986 there will be further reductions each year. For the non-Defense agencies this will result in savings of about $400 million in 1981 and about $1,600 million in 1982. For the Department of Defense, civilian employment will increase from the Carter budget by 14,000 positions in 1981; by 20,000 in 1982 and 1983; and by lesser amounts in later years. Full-Time Equivalent Employment in the Executive Branch (Revised 1982 Budget) Fiscal Year 1980 Full-time permanent.. Other than full-time... TOTAL 391 1981 1982 1,882.300 245.400 1,868,300 252.100 1,854,100 246.700 2,127,700 2,120,400 2,100,800 Summary of the Full-Time Equivalent of Full-Time Permanent Civilian Employment in the Executive Branch (Revised 1982 Budget)!7 Exluding the Postal Service 1980 estimate 85,400 29,300 855,000 27,700 6,400 19,600 136,400 15,600 53,800 53,400 22,100 21,800 68,800 109,400 10,700 22,600 193,100 Agriculture Commerce Defense—Military functions Defense—Civil functions Education Health and Human Services Housing and Urban Development Transportation Treasury Environmental Protection Agency National Aeronautics and Space Administration Veterans Administration Other independent agencies: General Services Administration International Communication Agency International Development Cooperation Agency Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office of Personnel Management Panama Canal Commission Small Business Administration Tennessee Valley Authoritv Miscellaneous Subtotal 2/ Contingencies Total FISCAL YEAR 1981 1982 estimate estimate 83,800 84,800 32,100 30,900 869,600 878,700 27,800 25,400 6,000 5,800 19,100 17,400 134,900 129,800 15,700 15,200 53,100 52,800 53,600 52,800 21,800 21,000 22,000 21,900 68,000 65,800 107,900 108,000 10,600 10,400 22,000 21,700 194,000 188,900 Change 1981-1982 1,000 -1,200 9,100 -2,400 -200 -1,700 -5,100 -500 -300 -800 -800 -100 -2,200 100 -200 -300 -5,100 32,300 8,000 5,700 2,800 6,400 7,700 4,400 16,500 .42,400 31,600 7,900 5,600 3,200 5,900 8,300 4,500 16,200 42,100 30,100 7,500 5,400 3,300 5,700 8,300 4,300 15,500 41,700 -1,500 -400 -200 100 -200 1,857,300 1,867,300 1,853,100 -14,200 1,857,300 1.000 1,868,300 1.000 1,854,100 -14,200 -200 -700 -400 — — ^ Excludes developmental positions under the worker-trainee opportunity program (TOP) as well as certain statutory exemptions. ^ Subject to alter distribution 392 Total Federal Employment, End-of-Year (Revised 1982 Budget) Description 1980 Actual Civilian employment in the executive branch: Full-time permanent (including lapse) Other than full-time permanent Subtotal Postal Service: Full-time permanent Other than full-time Subtotal Exempt from ceilings l/ Subtotal, executive branch civilian employment 2 / ' 3 / Military personnel on active duty: 4 / Department of Defense Department of Transportation (Coast Guard) Subtotal, Military personnel Total, Executive Branch Employment Legislative and judicial personnel: 5 / Full-time permanent Other than full-time permanent Subtotal, legislative and judicial branches.. GRAND TOTAL. September 30 1981 Estimate 1982 Estimate 1.866,773 266,963 2,133,736 1,858,900 233,200 2,092,100 1,844,800 243,600 2,088,400 535,050 125,035 660,085 27,530 532,800 127,800 660,600 28,000 527,000 124,300 651,300 28,000 2,821,351 2,780,700 2,767,700 2,050,127 2,075,400 2,119,900 39.375 2,089,502 4,910,853 39,800 2,115,200 4,895,900 39,500 2,159,400 4,927,100 32,690 22,198 54,888 4,965,741 ^ Developmental positions under the Worker-Trainee Opportunity Program; disadvantaged summer and part-time workers under such Office of Personnel Management programs as Summer Aids, Stay-in-School, and Junior Fellowship; and certain statutory exemptions. ^ Excludes indirect hire foreign nationals working under master labor contracts overseas. Actual employment for 1980 was 74,570. Such employment for 1981 is estimated to be 84,100. ^ For 1981 and 1982, reflects fractional counting of part-time permanent positions, pursuant to the provisions of P.L. 95-437. ^ Excludes reserve components. ^ 1981 and 1982 estimates are not available for the legislative and judicial branches. Also, excludes members and officers of the Congress. 393 TOTAL FEDERAL CIVILIAN EMPLOYMENT - EXECUTIVE BRANCH (Excluding the Postal Service; End-of-Year) Agriculture Commerce Defense—Military functions Defense—Civil functions Education Energy Health and Human Services. Housing and Urban Development Interior Justice Labor State Transportation Treasury Environmental Protection Agency National Aeronautics and Space Administration Veterans Administration Other. General Services Administration International Communication Agency International Development Cooperation Agency Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office of Personnel Management Panama Canal Commission Small Business Administration Tennessee Valley Authority Miscellaneous Subtotal Contingencies Expected Lapse TOTAL January Budget 129,200 39,200 916,000 31,900 7,200 21,500 154,500 16,400 77,000 55,900 23,500 23,400 71,800 125,000 14,800 1981 Revised Budget 125,000 37,300 930,000 31,900 6,800 20,300 160,100 15.500 75,000 54,700 21,900 23,400 68,800 120,900 14,100 23,800 216,700 35,500 8,100 6,100 3,500 7,400 8,700 5,000 49,000 45,900 2,117,000 2,000 -8,000 2,111,000 394 -3,000 -4,100 -700 January Budget 132,300 43,100 916,000 34,700 6,900 21,700 155,300 16,800 78,700 56,500 23,500 23,700 72,200 128,300 15,500 1982 Revised Budget 126,000 39,600 936,000 32,100 6,400 18,400 155,500 15,300 74,300 54,100 21,800 23.200 67.500 121.200 13,800 23,300 212,000 -500 -4,700 23,800 217,200 23,200 208,000 33,700 7,700 -1,800 -400 36,200 8,100 33,300 7,700 -2.900 -400 5,900 -200 3,400 -100 — 7,400 8,600 -100 4,700 -300 45,500 -3,500 -2,700 43,200 2,101,100 -15,900 1,000 -1,000 -10.000 -2,000 2,092,100 -18,900 6,100 3,600 8,000 8,600 5,000 48,000 47.700 2,137,500 2,000 -8.000 2,131,500 5,800 3,500 7,400 8,500 4.500 44,000 44.300 2,094,400 1,000 -8.000 2,088,400 -300 -100 -600 -100 -500 -4,000 -3.400 -42,100 -1,000 Change -4,200 -1,900 14,000 - - -400 -1,200 5,600 -900 -2,000 - -1,200 -1,600 Change -6,300 -3,500 20,000 -2,600 -500 -3,300 200 -1,500 -4,400 -2,400 -1,700 -500 -4,700 -7,100 -1,700 i -600 9,200 -43,100 Summary of Full-Time Permanent Civilian Employment in the Executive Branch (Revised 1982 Budget) i 7 (Excluding the Postal Service) (End-of-Year) Agriculture Commerce Defense—Military functions Defense—Civil functions Education Energy Health and Human Services Housing and Urban Development Interior Justice Labor State Transportation Treasury Environmental Protection Agency National Aeronautics and Space Administration Veterans Administration Other General Services Administration International Communication Agency. International Development Cooperation Agency Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office of Personnel Management Panama Canal Commission Small Business Administration Tennessee Valley Authority Miscellaneous : Subtotal Contingencies 2/ Subtotal. Expected lapse TOTAL .... As of September 30 1980 actual 1981 estimate 1982 estimate 1981-82 change 82,528 29,270 867,750 27,730 5,639 19,827 136,364 15,613 53,210 53,444 22,112 22,048 68,924 107,463 10,678 84,300 28,500 879,000 27,600 6,000 18,900 137,900 14,900 53,500 53,000 21,200 22,000 66,300 107,700 10,800 84,900 27,600 885,000 25,400 5,600 17,200 131,200 14,600 52,000 52,300 20,800 21,800 65,200 108,100 10,400 600 -900 6.000 -2.200 -400 -1,700 -6,700 -300 -1,500 -700 -400 -200 -1,100 400 -400 22,613 195,255 21,900 194,400 21,900 192,100 -2,300 32,413 7,997 30,600r 7,500 29,700 7,500 -900 5,614 3,029 6,235 7,673 4,408 16,523 42.413 1,866,773 5,500 3,300 5,900 8,300 4,400 15,500 42,000 1,870,900 1000 1,871,900 -13.000 1.858,900 5,400 3,400 5,700 8,100 4,200 15,100 41.600 1,856,800 1000 1,857,800 -13.000 1,844,800 -100 100 -200 -200 -200 -400 -400 -14,100 1,866,773 — 1,866,773 - Excludes developmental positions under the worker-trainee opportunity program (WTOP) as well as certain statutory exemptions. 7/ - Subject to later distribution. 395 — — — -14,100 — -14,100 Revision of the Federal Pay Comparability Standard Agency: All Civilian Agencies Functional Code: 921 Funding 1981 CARTER BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays REESTEVIATES & ADJUSTMENTS: Budget Authority Outlays PROGRAM CHANGES: Budget Authority>17 Outlay^ REAGAN BUDGET: Budget Authority Outlays ^ A1 A f f A r t f A f W A T tV r « « M \ / A Vklir C Art f A UI A AM M; 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 (S in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 958 920 3,765 3,652 6,252 6,153 8,789 8,687 11,372 11,269 -159 -149 -635 -616 -1,132 -1,161 -1,540 -1,597 -2,022 -2,131 799 771 3,130 3,036 5,120 4,992 7,249 7,090 9,350 9,138 age for full, Government-wide effect Program Description Under a system prescribed in law, the President annually adjusts Federal civilian pay rates to keep them comparable to private sector rates, or he may decide on an alternative increase "because of national emergency or economic conditions affecting the general welfare." Proposed Change The principle of comparability is sound but the way it is implemented needs to be changed by: (1) considering benefits along with pay in comparability determinations because benefits have become such a significant part of employee compensation in both the public and private sectors; (2) considering State and local government pay and benefits along with those of the private sector because State and local employment has grown to be substantial and many employees do the same work as their Federal counterparts; (3) setting the comparability standard at 94 percent of non-Federal pay and benefits in consideration of the attractive features of Federal employment in comparison with many jobs in the private sector; (4) revising other features of the system to bring them more closely in line with those of the non-Federal sector such as using locality pay for white collar workers and providing flexibility to compete for skills in short supply; and (5) indexing military increases directly to increases in the non-Federal sector rather than to Federal civilian white collar increases. Rationale These proposals will reduce outlays very substantially. Equally important, they will produce a structure of employee pay and benefits that is fair to both the employee and the taxpayer while insuring that the Government is able to attract and retain a workforce with the qualifications, experience and skills it needs to achieve the objectives set for it. Key Facts About the Program A number of major studies of the civilian paysetting procedures have been conducted in the last decade. All have found comparability with the private sector rates to be the best basis for Federal paysetting, but all have recommended changes in the current methods of implementing that concept. The latest major study was made by the Ford administration, and its recommendations were converted by the Carter administration into a legislative proposal for comprehensive reform. It was not adopted by the last Congress. The Reagan Administration reviewed the previous Administration's proposal, retained its major provisions and added a provision establishing the comparability standard at 94 percent of non-Federal pay and benefits. This legislative proposal was forwarded to the Congress on March 24, 1981. 396 The provisions of the bill will be implemented over a 3 year period. For example, we anticipate that the 94 percent standard will be phased-in in 3 equal installments. Similarly, locality pay will be gradually extended throughout the nation. Enactment of this proposal is expected to result in a white collar pay increase in October 1981 of about 4.8 percent, and total savings of $3.7 billion in FY 1982 alone. The table above measures savings from the previous Administration's budget and only for civilians employed in civilian agencies. As such, it does not take into account increases under current law and does not measure savings for civilians employed by the Department of Defense. Accordingly, the table below gives a more comprehensive picture of the full, Government-wide savings to be achieved by enactment of the legislation proposed. Total Civilian Pay Increase, Including DOD Civilians 1982 Current Law: Proposed Legislation: Savings: 5.7 2.0 3.7 397 (outlays in billions of dollars) 1983 1984 1985 10.6 5.3 5.3 15.0 8.8 6.2 19.4 12.7 6.7 1986 23.5 16.4 7.1 Davis-Bacon and Service Contract Acts Agency: Governmentwide Functional Code: 051,921 Funding 1981 1982 Budget Reform Criterion: 8 ($ in millions) 1983 1984 1985 1986 Expected Savings (Budget Authority/ Outlays): 1 70 130 200 Defens^ 250 350 150 Non-Defense 270 400 550 650 220 400 600 Total 800 1000 1/ These savings estimates are based on previous studies. More definitive data will be obtained from the agencies in the course of reviewing specific administrative modifications. Since data was not available to spread the expected savings by agency account, the non-defense savings were applied by reducing the Allowance for Contingencies 2/ Also included in separate section on Department of Defense Savings. Program Description Under the Davis-Bacon and Service Contract Acts, the Department of Labor, through administration of the Acts, establishes minimum wage rates, based on a prevailing wage concept, for wages and benefits paid to workers by Government construction and service contractors. Studies indicate that minimum wage rates set under authority of these Acts on the average result in added costs to the Federal Government. For FY 1982, the Davis-Bacon Act will cover about $32 billion of direct Federal or Federally-assisted construction contracts above the current threshold of $2,000. The Service Contract Act covers an additional estimated $5-10 billion per year of Federal contracts for services above the current threshold of $2,500. Proposed Change The Administration is conducting a review of administrative practices under the Davis-Bacon and Service Contract Acts. The principal objective of the review is to modify administrative practices to ensure that prevailing wage determinations made by the Department of Labor under these Acts reflect actual minimum wages paid in localities where Federal contracts are performed. Reform of administrative practices is expected to result in cumulative savings of about $3 billion by 1986. Rationale This review of administrative practices is an integral component of the Administration's overall effort to reduce Federal overhead, personnel costs, and program waste and inefficiency. Previous studies by the Council of Economic Advisers, GAO, OMB, and academicians have indicated that substantial savings in agency budgets could be achieved by revising current administrative practices. These studies estimate that current administrative practices result in wage rate determinations for Federal contracts at levels generally higher than those paid in private industry. Costs to the Federal Government are inflated by approximately 6-7 percent of total contract costs as a result of current practices. Some economists have suggested that current practices tend to pull private industry wages upward, thereby further fueling inflation. Current practices tend to discriminate against young, minority, and female workers trying to break into construction trades. Administrative reform will improve competitiveness in Federal contracting and also encourage greater equity in the labor markets. Private industry has long contended that the prevailing wage laws result in added costs to contractors by requiring higher wage standards under Federal contracts. Current practices undermine the collective bargaining process and create internal labor strife with some workers paid at collectively bargained rates while others are paid at higher, administratively-determined rates. 398 Key Facts About the Program The most recent GAO analysis (HRD-81-10 — Review of Costs on METRO Construction) of the inflationary impact of wage rate determinations under the Davis-Bacon Act indicates that current administrative practices increase total construction costs by 6.8 percent. As a result, METRO construction costs could be increased by about $149 million. The GAO survey in Montgomery County, Maryland found that the prevailing wage rates set by DOL were higher than actual rates in similar private construction in the locality. For example: For a laborer, the actual rate was $6.05, while DOL's prescribed rate was $10.95—$4.90 higher (55 percent higher); for a carpenter, the actual rate was $9.24, while DOL's prescribed rate was $13.56—$4.32 higher (68 percent higher); for a power equipment operator (bulldozer), the rate was $8.99, while DOL's prescribed rate was $13.72—$4.73 higher (65 percent higher). An earlier GAO review (HRD-79-18) of 30 Federal or Federally assisted construction projects, costing an estimated $25.9 million, showed that the majority of the wage rate determinations issued by DOL were higher than the actual rates in 12 of the localities. The higher wage rate determinations prescribed by DOL on average were 37 percent higher (ranging from 5-123 percent higher than actual wages) than the comparable wage rates prevailing in the localities. A study completed by the Council of Economic Advisers in 1979 concluded that total Federal Government construction costs could be reduced by 5.6-11 percent if labor costs on construction projects were brought down to levels prevailing in private construction. 399 Appendices 401 APPENDIX I Rescissions Proposed and Deferrals Reported in Conjunction With The President's Budget Revisions (in thousands of dollars) Budget Authority Rescissions Proposed (122) Deferrals Reported (2o new items, 5 revised deferrals) TOTAL, RESCISSION PROPOSALS AND DEFERRALS 14,757,545 1,704.642 16,462,187 17 RESCISSION PROPOSALS Rescission # R81-38 R81-34 R81-39 R81-40 R81-41 R81-42 R81-43 R81-44 R81-45 R81-46 R81-47 R81-48 R81-119 R81-120 R81-121 R81-49 R81-50 R81-51 R81-123 R81-52 R81-53 R81-54 Item Executive Office of the President Council on Environmental Quality and Office of Environmental Quality Council on Wage and Price Stability Salaries and expenses Office of Science and Technology Policy Salaries and expenses Funds Appropriated to the President Appalachian Regional Development Programs Disaster Relief. International Development Assistance Sahel development program Inter-American Foundation Department of Agriculture Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service Dairy and beekeeper indemnity programs Rural Electrification Administration Rural communication development fund Farmers Home Administration Rural development planning grants Rural community fire protection grants Rural housing supervisory assistance grants Rural housing insurance fund Agriculural credit insurance fund Rural development insurance fund Department of Commerce Economic Development Administration Economic development assistance programs Regional Development programs Regional development programs United States Travel Service Salaries and expenses National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Operations, research, and facilities Construction Costal energy impact fund Science and Technical Research Scientific and technical research and services 403 Budget Authority 708 1,500 595 110,000 8,000 2,000 138 1,500 16,341 2,000 1,500 500 316,000 ^ r 88,850 160,000 342,350 21,000 41 36,493 9,000 40,000 3,370 Rescission # Item National Telecommunications and Information Administration Salaries and expenses Public telecommunications facilities, planning and construction Maritime Administration Research and development R81-55 R81-124 R81-56 Department of Education Office of Elementary and Secondary Education School assistance in federally affected areas Equal educational opportunities Elementary and secondary education Office of Special Education and Rehabilitation Services Education for the handicapped, gifted and talented Rehabilitation services and handicapped research Office of Vocational and Adult Education Vocational and adult education Office of Postsecondary Education Student loan insurance Higher and continuing education College housing loans Office of Educational Research and Improvement Libraries and learning technologies Institute of museum services School improvement programs Department of Energy Energy Programs Energy supply, research and development activities operating expenses Energy supply, research and development activities plant and capital equipment . Fossil energy research and development Fossil energy construction Energy production, demonstration, and distribution Energy conservation Energy information administration Economic regulation Geothermal resources development fund Alternative fuels production Departmental Administration R81-125 R81-57 R81-126 R81-58 R81-59 R81-127 R81-128 R81-129 R81-60 R81-61 R81-62 R81-63 R81-130 R81-131 R81-132 R81-64 R81-65 R81-133 R81-66 R81-67 R81-68 R81-69 R81-70 Budget Item Authority 313 25,717 2,500 66,500 73,253 982,385 267,938 22,323 238,777 103,270 49,239 14,550 42,750 12,357 36,606 126,609 7,967 65,932 246,900 12,649 306,045 13,443 33,155 22,066 300,000 11,500 Department of Health and Human Services R81-134 R81-71 R81-135 R81-136 R81-137 R81-138 R81-139 R81-140 R81-72 R81-73 * Health Services Administration Health Services Indian health facilities Centers for Disease Preventive healthControl services National Institutes of Health National Cancer Institute National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute National Institute of Dental Research National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases National Institute of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases National Institute of General Medical Sciences 404 11,616 8,871 38,520 17,986 11,120 700 3,943 4,388 1,088 18,682 Rescission # R81-141 R81-142 R81-143 R81-144 R81-145 R81-146 R81-147 R81-148 R81-74 R81-149 R81-75 R81-76 R81-77 R81-78 R81-150 Item National Institute of Child Health and Human Development National Eye Institute National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences National Institute of Aging Research Resources National Library of Medicine Office of the Director Alcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental Health Administration Alcohol, drug abuse, and mental health Construction and renovation, St. Elizabeths Hospital Health Resources Administration Health resources Office of Assistant Secretary for Health Salaries and expenses Health Care Financing Administration Payments to health care trust funds Program management Social Security Administration Refugee assistance Human Development Services Human development services Budget Item Authority 4,119 3,856 2,179 1,593 3,714 341 360 98,370 1,020 131,751 30,724 8,693 6,992 25,100 10,100 Department of Housing and Urban Development R81-81 R81-82 Housing Programs Subsidized housing programs Congregate services program Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank Assistance for solar and conservation improvements Community Planning and Development Planning assistance Rehabilitation loan fund R81-83 R81-84 Neighborhoods, Voluntary Associations and Consumer Protection Housing counseling assistance Neighborhood self-help development program R81-79 R81-151 R81-80 5,099,104 10,000 121,000 34,976 110,857 6,000 8,119 Department of the Interior R81-85 R81-86 R81-87 R81-88 R81-89 R81-90 R81-91 R81-35 R81-92 Office of Water Research and Technology Salaries and expenses United States Fish and Wildlife Service Construction and anadromous fish National Park Service Urban park and recreation grants Land and water conservation fund Historic preservation fund Construction (trust fund) Office of Surface Reclamation and Enforcement Regulation andMining technology Office of the Solicitor and Office of the Secretary Youth conservation corps Department of Labor Employment and Training Administration Temporary employment assistance Department of State 405 11,800 2,500 35,000 250,000 8,000 15,500 1,954 38,194 234,475 Rescission # Item Budget Authority R81-96 Bureau of Refugee Programs Migration and refugee assistance Bureau for International Narcotics Matters International narcotics control Department of Transportation Urban Mass Transportation Administration Urban mass transportation fund.. Research and Special Programs Administration Cooperative automotive research R81-97 Department of the Treasury Bureau of Government Financial Operations Biomass energy development 1,245,500 R81-98 R81-99 R81-100 Environmental Protection Agency Research and development (pollution and abatement) Abatement, control and compliance Construction grants 149 1,253 1,700,000 R81-101 National Aeronautics and Space Administration Research and development R81-102 Veterans Administration Construction, major projects R81-93 R81-94 R81-95 R81-103 R81-104 R81-152 R81-105 R81-106 R81-153 R81-107 R81-108 R81-109 R81-36 R81-37 R81-110 R81-111 R81-112 R81-113 R81-154 Other Independent Agencies ACTION Operating expenses, domestic programs Arms Control and Disarmament Agency Arms control and disarmament activities Community Services Administration Community services program Coiporation for Public Broadcasting Public broadcasting fund Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service Salaries and expenses Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission Salaries and expenses Federal Trade Commission Salaries and expenses Marine Mammal Commission Salaries and expenses Merit Systems Protection Board Salaries and expenses 5 National Consumer Cooperative Bank Investment in National Consumer Cooperative Bank Self-help development and technical assistance National Science Foundation Research and related activities Science and engineering education activities Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission Salaries and expenses Office of the Federal Inspector for the Alaska Natural Gas Transportation System Salaries and expenses Postal Service Payment to the Postal Service Fund 406 22,500 3,100 24,700 11,500 4,500 162,160 3,207 1,500 6,000 95,000 687 186 226 4 210 59,849 29,990 66,000 16,000 39 445 250,000 Rescission # R81-114 R81-115 R81-116 R81-155 R81-117 R81-118 Item Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation Salaries and expenses Selective Service System Salaries and expenses Small Business Administration Salaries and expenses Tennessee Valley Authority Tennessee Valley Authority fund Tennessee Valley Authority fund Water Resources Council Water resources planning Budget Authority 60 1,940 1,405 177,000 500 5,000 Off-Budget Federal Entities: R81-122 Department of Agriculture Rural Electrification Administration Rural electrification and telephone revolving fund Subtotal, rescission proposals 187,000 14,757,545 1/ Includes four proposals to reduce authority to incur obligations for direct loans by a total of $751.8 million. 2/ This amount represents a proposed reduction in authority to incur obligations for direct loans. DEFERRALS REPORTED Deferral # D81-79 Item Funds Appropriated to the President Appalachian Regional Development Programs Appalachian regional development programs Budget Authority 10,000 D81-80 Department of Commerce Minority Business Development Agency Minority business development Maritime Administration Ship construction 92,000 D81-81 Department of Defense - Civil Corps of Engineers, Civil Construction, general 10,000 D81-82 Department of Education Office of Postsecondary Education Higher education facilities loan and insurance 25,000 D81-103 D81-29A D81-83 Department of Energy Atomic Energy Defense Activities Operating expenses Energy Programs Strategic petroleum reserve 407 3,400 10,000 8,000 Deferral # D81-33A Budget Authority Item Fossil energy construction 205,000 D81-104 Department of Health and Human Services Social Security Administration Limitation on administrative expenses 8,004 D81-84 Department of Housing and Urban Development Policy Development and Research Research and technology 5,000 D81-87 Department of Justice General Administration Salaries and expenses Federal Prison System Salaries and expenses Office of Justice Assistance, Research and Statistics Law enforcement assistance D81-36A Department of Labor Employment and Training Administration Employment and training assistance D81-85 D81-86 D81-88 D81-17B D81-89 D81-90 D81-91 D81-92 D81-93 D81-94 D81-95 D81-96 D81-97 D81-98 D81-99 D81-100 D81-101 D81-41A D81-102 Department of Transportation Office of the Secretary Transportation planning, research and development Federal Aviation Administration Facilities and equipment (Airport and airway trust fund) Federal Highway Administration Trust fund share of other highway programs Federal Railroad Administration Railroad research and development Rail service assistance Northeast corridor improvement program Urban Mass Transportation Administration Urban mass transportation fund Research and Special Programs Administration Research and special programs Veterans Administration Medical care Medical and prosthetic research Medical administration and miscellaneous operating expenses Construction, major projects Other Independent Agencies General Services Administration Office of Inspector General Allowances and office staff for former Presidents Consumer information center Small Business Administration Business loan and investment fund Surety bond guarantees revolving fund Subtotal, deferrals 408 7,485 4,385 670 729,187 1,040 365,783 21,500 383 80,341 125,000 210,000 3,100 29,389 1,690 515 183,493 444 8 50 113,400 6.000 (2,260,267) Item New items reported by President Reagan Changes to amounts reported initially by the previous Administration Effect of deferrals reported by President Reagan Amounts reported initially by the previous Administration. TOTAL, RESCISSION PROPOSALS AND DEFERRALS 409 344-211 0 - 8 1 - 1 4 Budget Authority (836,897) (867.745) (1,704,642) (555,625) 16,462,187 APPENDIX II Programs Being Recommended for Termination over 1981-1986 EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT Council on Wage and Price Stability FUNDS APPROPRIATED TO THE PRESIDENT Appalachian Regional Development program Non-highway programs International Development Assistance African development foundation DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Commodity Credit Corporation Storage Facility loans (termination in 1986) Rural Electrification Administration REA direct loans to telephone companies Farmers Home Administration Alcohol fuels/biomass loans program Business and industry loan guarantee program Home ownership assistance program Rural development planning grants Rural community fire protection Rural housing supervisory assistance grants Food and Nutrition Service Summer feeding program Snack subsidies Nutrition education Equipment assistance Meal subsidies for middle/upper income students Forest Service Grants for forest management on State and county lands in Northern Minnesota DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Office of the Secretary Secretarial representatives Office of productivity, technology, and innovation International Trade Administration Small business export expansion Economic Development Administration Regional Development Commissions National Telecommunications and Information Administration Public telecommunications facilities grant program National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Coastal energy impact program Coastal zone management state grant program Fisheries development and state grant programs National ocean satellite system (NOSS) (Commerce portion) Sea grant program 411 DEPARTMENT O F DEFENSE Stand-off Jammer Systems development 8" Artillery rocket projectile development National ocean satellite system (NOSS) (Defense portion) Shipboard laser guided weapon (Seafire) Tactical electronic warfare decoy system (TEWDS) Human and manpower effectiveness study Anti-ship torpedo defense development VCX (new carrier-on-board delivery aircraft development) Mine-laying/cargo aircraft development Small submarine development Laser acquisition device development High-altitude high-speed target development DEPARTMENT O F EDUCATION College libraries Institute of Museum Services Veterans cost of instruction Educational outreach programs Land Grant Colleges (permanent appropriation) Public service grants and fellowships Mining fellowships Law school clinical experience Special foreign currency program (P.L. 86-610) DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Fossil Programs Fossil commercialization Synthetic Fuels feasibility studies/cooperative agreements (2nd solicitation) Coal loan guarantees Solar programs Alcohol fuels subsidies Ocean thermal energy conversion Solar MX-renewable energy system Other Energy Supply Programs Geothermal loan guarantees Small hydropower subsidies Energy Impact Assistance Energy Conservation Programs Consumer products technology Industrial conservation Appropriate technology small grants Building energy performance standards Appliance efficiency standards Community systems market development Residential/commercial conservation service and auditor training Innovative conservation delivery demonstrations Energy extension service State energy conservation grants (basic and supplemental) State energy emergency planning grants Energy Regulation Programs Administration of oil price and allocation controls Standby gasoline rationing Conversion of utilities and others to coal and other alternative fuels Rate reform assistance to public utility commissions Interventions in State utility rate-making proceedings Hydropower resources analysis International Affairs Country energy assessment 412 DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Merchant seamen entitlement and PHS hospitals and clinics End State Renal Disease Network Councils Clinical Training for Mental Health and Substance Abuse (1983) Office of Smoking and Health National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health training Nursing Research Grants Nursing Fellowships Health Professions loans, nursing loans, nursing capitation, nursing traineeships, Nursing Scholarships Health Professions schools start-up Dental Training Emergency Medical Training Allied Health Health Professions Education Improvement and Development Health planning Maternal and child health research and training Exceptional needs scholarships National Center for Health Care Technology Health Maintenance Organizations Professional Standards Review Organizations (PSRO's) Vocational rehabilitation National Clearinghouse on Aging Cuban refugee phasedown Cuban/Haitian entrants education assistance DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT Non profit sponsor assistance Section 202, Elderly and Handicapped Housing Fund Section 11B, Tax exempt financing Indian Housing GNMA Sepcial Assistance Functions Fund; Section 8 and Targeted tandem assistance programs Solar and Energy Conservation Bank Planning assistance Rehabilitation loan fund Neighborhood self-help development program DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Urban Park Rehabilitation Fund Land and Water Conservation Fund, State recreation grants Office of Water Research and Technology Saline research and development program Youth Conservation Corps DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE Office of Justice Assistance, Research, and Statistics, Juvenile justice and delinquency prevention program DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Employment and Training Administration Public service employment, (Title II-D and Title VI of the Comprehensive Employment and Training Act) Young Adult Conservation Corps (YACC-Title VIII of the Comprehensive Employment and Training Act) Welfare Reform Demonstrations (Title III of the Comprehensive Employment and Training Act) 413 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Railroad Administration Local rail service assistance program (low volume railroad branch lines) Urban Mass Transportation Administration Mass transit operating subsidies Waterborne demonstration project Research and Special Programs Administration Cooperative automotive research program ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY Clean Lakes program Subtitle D, Solid waste management grants Resource recovery local financial assistance Solid waste technical assistance panels Noise control program OTHER INDEPENDENT AGENCIES ACTION; Volunteers in Service to America (VISTA) Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board Civil Aeronautics Board 406 subsidy programs Federal Mediation and Concilation Service: Grants for Labor-Management Committees General Services Adminstration Historical grants to the National Historical Publication and Records Commission Legal Sendees Corporation National Consumer Cooperative Bank National Science Foundation Science and engineering education Office of Personnel Management Intergovernmental Personnel Act (IPA) program Payment to the Postal Sena ce Fund Public service subsidies Small Business Administration Non-physical disaster loans Women's business enterprise Small business development center program U.S. Railway Association Conrail subsidies Water Resources Council 414 Indices 415 INDEX I Keyword Index by Program Program Department/Agencv ACTION (Domestic programs) Adult Student Benefits, Social Security Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC) Airport Construction Airway and Airport Trust Fund Agency for International Development (AID) Alcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental Health Administration Alcohol Fuels/Biomass/Urban Waste AMTRAK Appalachian Regional Commission (ARC) Paae Other Agencies Health and Human Services 335 172 Health and Human Services Transportation Transportation Foreign Assistance 139 255 257 329 Health and Human Services Energy Transportation Other Agencies 144 109 259 336 Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board Arts, National Endowments for Auto, Cooperative Reserach Transportation 338 366 266 Beneficiary Travel, VA Black Lung Disability Trust Funds Block Grants Education Veterans Administration Labor Education 307 229 86 Block Grants, HHS Health and Human Services Boat and Yacht User Fees (Coast Guard) Budget Reform Criterion Index Building Construction, GSA Transportation Index II Other Agencies Other Agencies Other Agencies Interior Other Agencies Bureau of Indian Affairs Business Credit Assistance, SBA CCC, Interest Rates/Waiver Changes CCC, Storage Facility Loan CETA Chesapeake Bay Program Child Nutrition Child Support Enforcement Civil Aeronautics Board Civil Service Retirement Annuities, OPM Clean Lakes Coast Guard, User fees Coastal Energy Impact Program (CEIP), NOAA Coastal Zone Management (CZM), NOAA College Housing Loans Common Fund for Commodities 209 378 Agriculture Agriculture Labor Environmental Protection Agency Agriculture Health and Human Services Other Agencies Other Agencies 23 25 231-235 291 21 139 340 371 Environmental Protection Agency Transportation Commerce 291 262 61 Commerce Education Foreign Assistance 417 146,148,150 262 425 354 61 85 332 Program Department/Agency Commodity Credit Corportation (CCC) Agriculture Community Development Block Grants (CDGB) Housing and Urban Development Community Services Administration Other Agencies CONRAIL Transportation Conservation Cost Sharing Agriculture Conservation, Energy Energy Construction, VA Veterans Administration Consumer Cooperative Bank Other Agencies Consumer Product Safety Commission Other Agencies Cooperative Automotive Research Program Transportation Corporation for Public Broadcasting Other Agencies Correspondence Courses, VA Veterans Administration Council on Wage and Price Stability Other Agencies Cubans/Haitians, Domestic Assistance Health and Human Services Davis-Bacon Act Defense Savings Deferrals Dental Treatment, V A Disability Insurance, Social Security Disaster Loan Assistance, SBA District of Columbia Savings Affecting Many Agencies Defense-Military Appendix I Veterans Administration Health and Human Services Other Agencies Other Agencies Economic Development and Title V Regional Commissions Programs Elementary and Secondary Education Block Grants Employment and Training Grant Consolidation, CETA Employment Service Energy, Administrative Reductions Energy and Emergency Assistance Block Grant Energy Research and Development, EPA Energy Sciences Executive Office of the President (EOP), Resources Ex-Servicemember Unemployment Compensation Export-Import Bank Extended Benefits, Unemployment Compensation 418 23,25 182 342 264 27 113 308 364 343 266 344 311 346 152 398 71 403 309 174 380 347 Commerce 55 Education 86 Labor Labor Energy Health and Human Services Environmental Protection Agency Energy 231 237 111 146 293 119 Other Agencies 348 Labor Other Agencies 242 349 Labor* 243 Agriculture Savings Affecting Many Agencies Other Agencies Labor Other Agencies Farmers Home Administration (FmHA) Federal Civilian Employment Reductions Federal Emergency Management Agency Federal Employee Injury Compensation Federal Protective Service, GSA Page 29-36 390 351 238 359 Program Department/Agency Page Federal Trade Commission FmHA, Business and Industry Loan Program FmHA, Direct Lending FmHA, Grant and Home Ownership Assistance Fish and Wildlife Service Fisheries Management and Development, NOAA Flight Training, VA Flood Insurance Program, FEMA Other Agencies Agriculture Agriculture Agriculture Interior Commerce Veterans Administration Other Agencies 352 29 31 34 210 61 311 351 Food Aid P.L. 480 Foreign Assistance 330 Food Stamps Foreign Affairs, Operation of Foreign Development Assistance Forest Service Fossil, Energy Functional Index Fusion, Energy Agriculture State Foreign Assistance Agriculture Energy Index III Energy 37 251 323 39 120 433 123 General Flight Training, GI Bill General Science, Energy Veterans Administration Energy 311 122 General Services Administration Other Agencies GI Bill, No Extension GI Bill, Flight Training and Correspondence Training GNMA Mortgage-Backed Securities Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) Tandum Grain Inspection, user charges Grant and Home Ownership Assistance, FmHA Great Lakes Great River Road Veterans Administration 310 Veterans Administration Housing and Urban Development 311 184 Housing and Urban Development Agriculture Agriculture Environmental Protection Agency Transportation 186 50 34 291 267 Health Block Grants Health Maintenance Organizations (HMOs) Health Planning Health Professions Education Higher and Continuing Education Highway Construction Program Highway Safety Grants (402) Highway Safety Program, Research and Development, Regulations Historic Publication and Records Commission Grants, GSA Housing Counseling Humanities, National Endownments for HUD, Administrative Expenses Health and Human Health and Human Health and Human Health and Human Education Transportation Transportation 148 153 155 156 90 268 271 419 354-359 Services Services Services Services Transportation 272 Other Agencies Housing and Urban Development Other Agencies Housing and Urban Development 356 188 366 181 Program Department/Agencv Page Impact Aid Index: Budget Reform Criterion Functional Index Program Index Education 93 Index II Index III Index I 425 433 417 Indian Health Service Health and Human Services Indian Housing Information, Energy Housing and Urban Development Energy 158 204 Institute of Museum Services Education Insurance Loans, VA Intergovernmental Personnel Act, OPM International Communication Agency International Organizations Veterans Administration Other Agencies Other Agencies Foreign Assistance 312 Justice, Department Employment Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Justice Justice 223 225 Keyword Index by Program Index I 417 LANDS AT (Land Remote Satellite Sensing) Legal Services Corporation Commerce Other Agencies Education 59 362' Energy Commerce Transportation 123 57 Library Programs Magnetic Fusion Maritime Assistance Mass Transit, Urban Medicaid Medical Care, VA Medical Staffing, VA Merchant Seamen (PHS) Hospitals/Clinics Mineral Leasing Acceleration Minimum Payment Amount, Social Security Minority Development Assistance Minority Procurement Program, SBA Mortage-Backed Securities, GNMA Modernization, Public Housing Health and Human Services Veterans Administration Veterans Administration Health and Human Services Interior Health and Human Services Commerce Other Agencies Housing and Urban Development Housing and Urban Development 115 95 373 361 328 97 280,282 159 316 317 167 214 176 66 328 184 206 Multilateral Development Banks Foreign Assistance NASA, Reductions in Research and Development National Aeronautics and Space Administration National Center for Health Care Technology National Aeronautics and Space Administration 301 Nationaal Aeronautics and Space Administration 301 Health and Human Services 161 325 National Consumer Cooperative Bank National Defense Stockpile, sales of excess materials, GSA Other Agencies 364 Other Agencies 357 National Endowments for Arts/Humanities Other Agencies Health and Human Services 366 162 National Health Service Corps 420 Program Department/Asencv National Institute of Education Education Health and Human Services National Institutes of Health National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) National Ocean Satellite System (NOSS), NOAA Commerce Commerce Labor Other Agencies National Programs, CETA National Science Foundation National Telecommunications and Information Administration Commerce Housing and Urban Development Commerce Transportation Neighborhood Self-Help Development NOAA, Ocean programs Northeast Corridor Improvement Project Nutrition Assistance for Puerto Rico Office of Personnel Mangement (OPM), Civil Service Retirement Office of Personnel Management (OPM), Intergovernmental Personnel Act Office of Productivity, Technology and Innovation Office of Water Policy Office on Smoking and Health Operating Subsidies, Public Housing Other supply, Energy Pay Comparability Standard, relatedsavings Payment in Lieu of Taxes Payments on a Worker's Death, Social Security Peace Corps Personnel, Office of Personnel Management Physicians/Dentists Bonuses, VA P.L. 480, Food Aid Planning Assistance Postal Service Professional Standards Review Organizations (PSROs) Program Index Program Level, Subsidized Housing Programs Being Recommended for Termination over 1981-1986 Public Health Service (PHS) Commissioned Corps Public Health Service (Merchant Seamen) Hospitals and Clinics Public Housing Modernization Public Housing, Operating Subsidies 421 Page 99 164 59,61,66 61 233 369 Agriculture 65 189 61 274 41 Other Agencies 371 Other Agencies 373 Commerce Water Resources Progrants Health and Human Services 66 78 165 Housing and Urban Development Energy 192 125 Savings Affecting Many Agencies Interior 396 216 Health and Human Services 177 Foreign Assistance Other Agencies Veterans Administration Foreign Assistance Housing and Urban Development Other Agencies 331 371,373 314 330 190 374 Health and Human Services Index I Housing and Urban Development 166 417 199 Appendix II 411 Health and Human Services 169 Health and Human Services Housing and Urban Development Housing and Urban Development 167 206 192 Program Department/Agency Page Public Service Jobs, CETA Public Telecommunications Facilities Grants Labor Railroad Branchlines Railroad Restructuring Assistance Railroad Retirement Board Readjustment Counseling Centers, VA Refugee Assistance, Domestic Regional Development Commissions Regular Benefits Work Test Transportation Transportation Other Agencies Regulation, Energy Energy 117 Regulation Reduction Savings Regulatory Program Reductions, EPA Rehabilitation Loans Savings Affecting Many Agencies Environmental Protection Agency Housing and Urban Development 389 294 194 Remote Land Satellite Sensing (LANDSAT) Rental Assistance Payments Rescissions and Deferrals Research and Technology, HUD Rural Electrification Administration (REA), Community Antenna (Cabie) Loans Rural Electrification Administration (REA), Direct Lending Rural Electrification Administration (REA), Telephone Bank Capital Stock Purchases Savings Due to Reduction in Regulations Sea Grant Termination, NOAA Commerce Housing and Urban Development Appendix I Housing and Urban Development 59 203 403 195 Commerce Veterans Administration Health and Human Services Commerce Labor Service Contract Act Small Business Administration Small Business Development Center Social Security, Overview Social Services Block Grant Solar, Energy Solar Energy and Conservation Bank Special Milk Special Population Programs Special Suplemental Food Program for Women, Infants and Children State Department, Operation of Foreign Affairs Student Assistance Student Loan Marketing Association Subsidized Housing Subsidized Housing, Summary Surface Mining, Regulation and Reclamation Superfund Supplemental Security Income 276 278 376 319 170 55 245 Agriculture 43 Agriculture 44 Agriculture Savings Affecting Many Agencies Commerce Savings Affecting Many Agencies Other Agencies Other Agencies Health and Human Services Health and Human Services Energy Housing and Urban Development Agriculture Education 46 389 61 398 378-382 382 172 150 128 196 48 101 Agriculture State 49 251 Education Other Agencies 103 384 Housing and Urban Development Housing and Urban Development Interior Environmental Protection Agency Health and Human Services 422 235 65 198-206 198 217 295 178 Program Department/Asencv Page Synfuels Energy 131 Tandem, GNMA Targeting Recreation and Conservation Expenditures Telecommunications and Information Administration Telephone Bank Capital Stock Purchase, REA Housing and Urban Development 186 Interior 212 Tenant Rent Burden, Subsidized Housing Termination, Programs Recommended for, 1981-1986 Trade Adjustment Assistance Treasury Law Enforcement/Tax Administration Staffing Housing and Urban Development 201 Appendix II Labor 411 Treasury 287 Commerce Agriculture Unemployment Comensation for Ex-Servicemembers 65 46 240 Labor 242 243,245 134 182 Unemployment Insurance Uranium Enrichment Urban Development Action Grants (UDAG) Urban Mass Transit, Capital Assistance Urban Mass Transit, Operating Assistance User Charges for Grain Inspection and Cotton and Tobacco User Fees, Waterways/Deep Draft Ports Labor Energy Housing and Urban Development Veterans Medical Program Veterans Readjustment Counseling Centers Vocational Education Veterans Administration 316,317 Veterans Administration Education 319. 105 Wage and Price Standards Other Agencies 346 Wastewater Treatment Grants Water and Sewer Loan Levels and Interest Rates, FmH A Water Resource Development Construction Water Projects Unfunded Water Research and Technology Water Resources Council/Office of Water Policy Waterway and Port User Fees Environmental Protection Agency 297 Agriculture Water Resources Water Resources Water Resoruces Water Resources Water Resources Transportation Transportation 280 282 Agriculture Water Resources Programs 50 80 Women's Business, SBA Work Test, Unemployment Insurance Other Agencies 36 76 75 77 78 80 382 Labor 245 Young Adult Conservation Corps Youth Conservation Corps Youth Initiative Labor 246 Interior Labor 219 248 423 Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs INDEX II Budget Reform Criterion Index Page I. REVISE ENTITLEMENTS TO ELIMINATE UNINTENDED BENEFITS Adult Student Benefits 172 AFDC and Child Support Enforcement 139 Annual Indexation of Civil Service Retirement Annuities 371 Beneficiary Travel 307 Black Lung Disability Trust Fund 229 Cubans/Haitians, Domestic Assistance 152 Disability Insurance 174 Federal Employee Injury Compensation Program 238 FHA/GNMA Mortgage-Backed Securities 184 Food Stamps 37 G.I. Bill: Flight and Correspondence Training 311 G.I. Bill: No extension 310 Indian Housing 204 Insurance Loans, VA 312 Outpatient Dental Treatment 309 Medicaid 159 Minimum Payment Amount, Social Security 176 Payment in Lieu of Taxes 216 Payments on a Worker's Death, Social Security 177 Public Housing Operating Subsidies 192 Railroad Retirement Board 376 Rental Assistance Payments 203 Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank 196 425 Page Special Milk 2. 48 Subsidized Housing: Program Level 199 Supplemental Security Income 178 Tenant Rent Contribution 201 Trade Adjustment Assistance 240 Unemployment Compensation for Ex-Servicemembers 242 Unemployment Insurance: Extended Benefits 243 Unemployment Insurance: Regular Benefits Work Test 245 Vocational Education 105 REDUCE MIDDLE- UPPER INCOME BENEFITS Child nutrition 3. 21 Public Health Service Commissioned Corps Physician Bonuses 169 Railroad Retirement Board 376 Student Assistance 103 RECOVERY CLEARLY ALLOCABLE COSTS FROM USERS (increase in governmental receipts) Airport and Airway Trust Fund 257 Boat and Yacht User Fees (Coast Guard) 262 Flood Insurance Program 351 User Charges for Grain Inspection and Cotton and Tobacco 50 User Fees for Recovery for Construction and Operation of Inland Waterways and Deep Ports 4. 80 APPL Y SOUND CRITERIA TO ECONOMIC SUBS ID Y PROGRAMS Alcohol Fuels/Biomass/Urban waste 109 Appalachian Regional Commission 336 Business Credit Assistance 378 CAB Subsidy Elimination 340 CCC Interest Rates and Interest Waiver Changes 23 CCC Storage Facility Loans 25 426 Page CETA: Public Service Jobs 231 CONRAIL 264 Disaster Loan Assistance 380 Economic Development and Tide V Regional Commissions 55 Energy Conservation Programs 113 Export-Import Bank 349 FmHA Business and Industry Loan Program 29 FmHA Direct Lending 31 FmHA Water and Sewer Loan Levels and Interest Rates 36 Forest Service Reductions 39 Fossil Energy 120 GNMA Tandem Mortgage Assistance 186 Housing Counseling Assistance 188 Mineral Leasing Acceleration 214 Northeast Corridor Improvement 274 Other Energy Supply 125 Planning Assistance 190 Postal Service Subsidy Reduction 374 Railroad Branchlines 276 Railroad Restructuring Assistance REA (Rural) Community Antenna Television (CATV) Loans Elimination 278 REA Direct Lending Reductions (Including elimination of FFB direct lending) 43 44 REA Rural Telephone Bank (Capital Stock Purchase Elimination) 46 Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank 196 Solar Energy Development 128 Synthetic Fuels 131 Urban Mass Transit Operating Assistance 282 427 Page 5. STRETCH OUT AND RETARGET PUBLIC SECTOR IMPROVEMENT CAPITAL PROGRAMS ACTION (Domestic Programs) 335 Airport Construction Grant Program 255 AMTRAK 259 Building Construction 354 Bureau of Indian Affairs 209 Construction, VA 308 Cooperative Automotive Research Program 266 District of Columbia: Borrowing from the U.S. Treasury 6. 347 Great River Road. 267 Highway Construction Program 268 Highway Safety Program 271 Maritime Assistance 57 NOAA Ocean Programs 61 Public Housing Modernization 206 Subsidized Housing: Summary 198 Urban Mass Transit: Capital Assistance 280 Wastewater Treatment Grants 297 Water Resource Development Construction 76 Water Projects Unfunded 75 Water Research and Technology 77 IMPOSE FISCAL RESTRAINT ON OTHER PROGRAMS OF NATIONAL INTEREST ACTION (Domestic Programs) 335 Agency for International Development 329 Alcohol, Drug Abuse and Mental Health Administration 144 CETA: National Programs 231 Child nutrition 21 428 Page Clean Lakes, Great Lakes, Chesapeake Bay Program Reductions 291 College Housing Loans 85 Common Fund for Commodities 332 Conduct of Foreign Affairs 251 Conservation Cost-Sharing 27 Consumer Product Safety Commission 343 Corporation for Public Broadcasting 344 Council on Wage and Price Stability 346 Employment Service 237 Energy Information Activities 115 Energy Regulation 117 Energy Research and Development 293 Energy Sciences 119 FmHA Grant and Home Ownership Assistance 34 FmHA Water and Sewer Loan Levels and Interest Rates 36 Federal Trade Commission 352 Fish and Wildlife Service Reductions 210 Foreign Development Assistance 323 Forest Service Reductions 39 General Science Program 122 Health Maintenance Organizations 153 Health Planning 155 Health Professions Education 156 Higher and Continuing Education 90 Highway Safety (402) Grants 271 Historical Publications and Records Commission Grants 356 Improved Targeting of Conservation Expenditures 212 429 Page Indian Health Service 158 Institute of Museum Services 95 Intergovernmental Personnel Act Grant Program 373 International Communication Agency 361 International Organizations 328 LANDSAT, Land Remote Satellite Sensing 59 Library Programs 97 Magnetic Fusion 123 Maritime Assistance, Construction and Operating Subsidies 57 Medical Care: Miscellaneous Reductions, VA 316 Mulitlateral Development Banks 325 National Aeronautics and Space Administration 301 National Center for Health Care Technology 161 National Consumer Cooperative Bank 364 National Endowments for the Arts and Humanities 366 National Health Service Corps 162 National Institute of Education 99 National Institutes of Health 164 National Science Foundation Programs 369 NOAA Ocean Programs 61 Office of Smoking and Health 165 Peace Corps 331 P.L. 480 — Food Aid 330 Professional Standards Review Organization (PSROs) 166 Public Health Service Hospitals and Clinics 167 Public Telecommunications Facilities Program 65 Railroad Retirement Board 376 Refugee Assistance 170 430 Page Research and Technology, HUD 195 SBA; Small Items 382 School Assistance in Federally Affected Areas (Impact Aid) 93 Smaller Items, Commerce 66 Special Milk 48 Special Population Programs 101 Special Supplemental Food Program for Women, Infants, and Children 49 Student Loan Marketing Association 384 Surface Mining Regulation and Reclamation 217 Uranium Enrichment 134 Vocational Education 105 Wage and Price Standards Program 346 Water Resources Council/Office of Water Policy 7. 78 Young Adult Conservation Corps 246 Youth Conservation Corps 219 Youth Initiative CONSOLIDATE GRANTS 248 CATEGORICAL GRANT PROGRAMS INTO BLOCK Alcohol Fuels/Biomass/Urban Waste 144 CETA: Employment and Training Grant Consolidation 231 Community Development Block Grants (CDBG) and Urban Development Grants and Urban Development (UDAG) 182 Community Services Programs 342 Department of Energy Overhead Ill Elementary and Secondary Education Block Grants 86 Energy and Emergency Assistance Block Grant 146 Health Block Grants 148 Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Program 225 Legal Serv ices Corporation 362 431 Page Neighborhood Self-Help Development 189 Nutrition Assistance for Puerto Rico 8. 41 Rehabilitation Loan Fund 194 Social Services Block Grant 150 REDUCE 0 VERHEAD AND PERSONNEL OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT COSTS Administrative Expenses, HUD 181 Architectural Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (ATBCB) 338 Bureau of Indian Affairs, Operating and Construction Programs 209 Davis-Bacon and Service Contracts Acts 398 Defense Savings 71 Executive Office of the President: Resources 348 Federal Pay Comparability Standard 396 Federal Protective Service 359 Forest Service 39 Justice Department: Employment 223 Medical Staffing, VA 317 Physicians' and Dentists' Bonuses 314 Reductions of Federal Civilian Employment 390 Regulatory Program Reductions (Agencywide, EPA) 294 Sale of Excess Materials from the National Defense Stockpile 357 Superfund 295 Treasury Law Enforcement Tax Administration Staffing 287 Veterans Readjustment Counseling Centers 319 432 INDEX III Functional Index 17 FUNCTION/SUBFUNCTIQN PAGE 050 National Defense 051 Department of Defense-Military 71,398 053 Atomic energy defense activities — 054 Defense-related activities 357 150 International Affairs 151 Foreign economic and financial assistance.... 251,268,323, 325, 328,329, 330,331 152 Military assistance — 153 Conduct of foreign affairs 251,323,328 154 Foreign information and exchange activities 323,361 International financial programs 332,349 155 250 General Sciences, Space, and Technology 251 General science and basic research 301,369 253 Space flight 301 254 Science, applications, and technology 301 255 Supporting space activities 301 270 Energy 271 Energy supply 44,119,120,122,124,125,128,131,134,293 272 Energy conservation 113,196 274 Emergency energy preparedness 276 Energy information, policy regulation 109, 111, 115,117 300 Natural Resources and Environment 301 Water resources 75,76,77,78, 80 302 Conservation and land management... 27, 39, 61,66, 209,217, 219 303 Recreational resources 210,212 304 Pollution control and abatement 291,294,295,297 306 Other natural resources 59,66,214 350 Agriculture 351 Farm income stabilization 23,25,29,31 352 Agricultural research and services 36, 50 ^ For dollar amounts distributed by function see the Fiscal Year 1982 Budget Revisions (March 10,1981), pages 33 through 119. 433 FUNCTION/SUBFUNCTION PAGE 370 Commerce and Housing Credit 371 Mortgage credit and thrift insurance 31, 34,186 372 376 Postal Service Other advancement and regulation of commerce 374 61,66, 352,364, 378, 382 400 Transportation 401 Ground transportation 259,264,266,267,268,274,276,278,280,282 402 Air transportation 255,257,271,272, 340 403 Water transportation 57,262 407 Other transportation — 450 Community and Regional Development 451 Community development 182,189,190,194,195 452 Area and regional development 43,46, 55,61, 336 453 Disaster relief and insurance 31, 351,380 500 Education, Training, Employment, and Social Services 501 Elementary, secondary, and vocational education 86,93,101,105,248 502 Higher education 85,90,101,103 503 Research and general education aids 65,95,97,99, 344,366 504 Training and employment 231,233,235, 237,246,248 505 Other labor — 506 Social services 150,188,335, 342, 384 550 Health 551 Health care services 148,153,158,159,166,169 552 553 Health research Education and training of health care work force Consumer and occupational health and safety 144,164,165 554 144,155,156,161,162,164,169 343 600 Income Security 601 General retirement and disability insurance. 167,174,176,177,229, 376 602 Federal employee retirement and disability- 238,371 603 Unemployment compensation 235,240,242,243,245 604 Housing assistance 184,192,198,199,201,203,204,206 605 Food and nutrition assistance 21, 37,41,48,49 609 Other income security 139,146,152,172,178 434 FLNCTION/SUBFUNCTION PAGE 700 Veterans Benefits and Services 701 702 Income security for veterans Veterans education, training, and rehabilitation 312 703 Hospital and medical care for veterans 307,308, 309, 314, 316, 317, 319 704 Veterans housing — 705 Other veterans beneftis and services — 310,311 750 Administration of Justice 751 Federal law enforcement activities 223,287, 338 752 Federal litigative and judicial activities 223,362 753 Federal correctional activities — 754 Criminal justice assistance 225 800 General Government 801 Legislative functions — 802 Executive direction and management 346 803 Central fiscal operations 287 804 General property and records management.. 354,356,359 805 Central personnel management — 806 Other general government 348,373 850 General Purpose Fiscal Assistance 851 General revenue sharing — 852 Other general purpose fiscal assistance 347 900 Interest 901 Interest on the public debt — 902 Other interest — 920 Allowances 921 Civilian agency pay raises 396,398 924 Contingencies for other requirements 248 950 Undistributed Offsetting Receipts 951 Employer share, employee retirement — 952 953 Interest received by trust funds Rents and royalties on the Outer Continental Shelf — Multiple functions 181,389, 390 999 214 435 U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1981 0 - 344-211